BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND INC
485BPOS, 1998-04-30
Previous: VWR SCIENTIFIC PRODUCTS CORP, S-8, 1998-04-30
Next: KEMPER GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TRUST GNMA PORT SERIES 12 & 13, 485BPOS, 1998-04-30





As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 1998.
                                                    1933 Act File No. 33-2847
                                                     1940 Act File No. 811-4625
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D. C. 20549
                            -------------------------
                                    FORM N-1A
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         Post-Effective Amendment No. 19
                                       and
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                       THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                Amendment No. 19

                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                                11 Hanover Square
                            New York, New York 10005
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

       Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: 1-212-785-0900

                                   Copies to:

       Deborah A. Sullivan                        Stuart H. Coleman, Esq.
      Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.                  Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP
       11 Hanover Square                               180 Maiden Lane
        New York, NY 10005                        New York, NY 10038-4982
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

                immediately  upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of rule 485
        X       on May 1, 1998  pursuant  to  paragraph  (b) of rule 485
                60 days after  filing  pursuant to  paragraph  (a) of rule 485
                on (specify  date) pursuant to paragraph (a) of rule 485


         Registrant  has  registered  an  indefinite  number of shares under the
Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Rule 24f-2 under the  Investment  Company Act
of 1940.  The Notice  required by Rule 24f-2 for the fiscal year ended  December
31, 1997 was filed on March 25, 1998.



<PAGE>



                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

                       Contents of Registration Statement


        This registration statement consists of the following papers and
        documents.

         Cover Sheet

         Table of Contents

         Cross Reference Sheets

         Part A - Prospectus

         Part B - Statement of Additional Information

         Part C - Other Information

         Signature Page

         Exhibits


<PAGE>



                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

                              Cross Reference Sheet



Part A. Item No.                       Prospectus Caption

             1                                  Cover Page

             2                                  Expense Table

             3                                  Financial Highlights;
                                                Performance Information

             4                                  General
                                                Risk Factors
                                                Back Cover Page

             5                                  Investment Manager
                                                Custodian and Transfer Agent

             6                                  Cover Page
                                                General
                                                Investment Manager
                                                Distributions and Taxes
                                                Determination of Net Asset Value
                                                Shareholder Services
                                                Capital Stock
                                                Back Cover Page

             7                                  How to Purchase Shares
                                                Shareholder Services
                                                Determination of Net Asset Value
                                                Distribution of Shares
                                                Back Cover Page

             8                                  How to Redeem Shares
                                                Determination of Net Asset Value

             9                                  Not Applicable




<PAGE>



                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

                              Cross Reference Sheet

                             Statement of Additional
Part B. Item No.                       Information Caption

             10                                 Cover Page

             11                                 Table of Contents

             12                                 Not Applicable

             13                                 The Fund's Investment Program
                                                Investment Restrictions
                                                Options, Futures And Forward 
                                                Currency Contract Strategies
                                                Allocation of Brokerage
                                                Appendix

             14                                 Officers and Directors

             15                                 Officers and Directors
                                                Investment Manager

             16                                 Officers and Directors
                                                Investment Manager
                                                Investment Management Agreement
                                                Distribution of Shares
                                                Custodian and Transfer Agent
                                                Auditors

             17                                 Allocation of Brokerage

             18                                 Not Applicable

             19                                 Determination of Net Asset Value
                                                Purchase of Shares

             20                                 Distributions and Taxes

             21                                 Distribution of Shares

             22                                 Performance Information

             23                                 Financial Statements


Part C

             Information  required  to be  included in Part C is set forth under
the appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C of this Registration Statement.



<PAGE>







    The  sole  investment  objective  of Bull & Bear  Special  Equities  Fund is
capital  appreciation.  The Fund invests primarily in equity  securities,  often
involving  special  situations and emerging  growth  companies.  To increase the
potential  opportunities for achieving its objective,  the Fund may borrow money
from banks from time to time to purchase or carry securities.  The activities of
the Fund, a non-diversified  management  investment  company,  entail investment
risks  significantly  greater than the usual  practices of most mutual funds and
may result in higher portfolio turnover, increased expenses and a greater amount
of short term capital gains and losses. There is no assurance that the Fund will
achieve its investment objective.

                     ----------------------------------------------------------


NEWSPAPER LISTING.  Shares of the Fund are sold at the net asset value per share
which is shown daily in the mutual fund section of newspapers  under the "Bull &
Bear Group" heading.

                     ----------------------------------------------------------


    This prospectus  contains  information you should know about the Fund before
you  invest.  Please  keep it for  future  reference.  The Fund's  Statement  of
Additional  Information,  dated May 1, 1998,  has been filed with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  and is  incorporated  by  reference  in this
prospectus.  It is  available  at no charge by calling  1-800-847-4200.  The SEC
maintains a Web site  (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the Fund's Statement of
Additional   Information,   material   incorporated  by  reference,   and  other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC, as does
the Fund.  Fund shares are not bank deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or
endorsed by any bank or any affiliate of any bank, and are not Federally insured
by, obligations of or otherwise  supported by the U.S.  Government,  the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                        1

<PAGE>



EXPENSE TABLES. The tables and example below are designed to help you understand
the various  costs and expenses  that you will bear directly or indirectly as an
investor  in the Fund.  A $5 monthly  account  fee is  charged  if your  average
monthly  balance is less than $500,  unless you are in the Bull & Bear Automatic
Investment Program (see "How to Purchase Shares").


SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES          ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases.....NONE (as a percentage of average net assets)
Sales Load Imposed on                       Management Fees........     0.87%
Reinvested Dividends.......         NONE
Deferred Sales Load.................NONE    12b-1 Fees.............     1.00%
Redemption Fee within                       Other Expenses .........    0.94%
30 days of purchase........         1.00%
                                                                        -----
Redemption Fee after                      Total Fund Operating 
30 days of purchase.........        NONE  Expenses...................   2.81%
Exchange Fees....................   NONE


EXAMPLE                                    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
                                           ------   -------   -------   --------
You would pay the following                  $28      $87       $148      $314
expenses on a $1,000 investment,
assuming a 5% annual return and a 
redemption at the end of each time period.

The example set forth above  assumes  reinvestment  of all  dividends  and other
distributions and assumes a 5% annual rate of return as required by the SEC. THE
EXAMPLE IS AN  ILLUSTRATION  ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE  CONSIDERED AN INDICATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE RETURNS AND EXPENSES.  ACTUAL RETURNS AND EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER
OR LESS THAN  THOSE  SHOWN.  The  percentages  given for Annual  Fund  Operating
Expenses are based on the Fund's operating expenses and average daily net assets
during its fiscal year ended December 31, 1997. Long term  shareholders  may pay
more  than  the  economic  equivalent  of the  maximum  front-end  sales  charge
permitted by the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.'s  ("NASD")
rules regarding investment companies.  "Other Expenses" includes amounts paid to
the Fund's  Custodian  and Transfer  Agent and  reimbursable  to the  Investment
Manager and the Distributor for certain administrative and shareholder services.

FINANCIAL   HIGHLIGHTS  are  presented  below  for  a  share  of  capital  stock
outstanding  throughout  each period since the Fund's  inception.  The following
information  is  supplemental  to the  Fund's  financial  statements  and report
thereon  of Tait,  Weller & Baker,  independent  accountants,  appearing  in the
December 31, 1997 Annual Report to Shareholders and incorporated by reference in
the Statement of Additional Information.

                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                         1997    1996   1995    1994   1993    1992   1991    1990     1989     1988
                                         ----    ----   ----    ----   ----    ----   ----    ----     ----     ----
PER SHARE DATA*
<S>                                     <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>   
Net asset value at beginning of period  $22.96  $25.42 $19.11  $23.13 $24.88  $19.38 $13.79   $21.68  $18.17   $15.75
                                        ------  ------ ------  ------ ------  ------ ------   ------  ------   ------
Income from investment operations:
  Net investment loss..............      (.38)   (.73)  (.81)   (.55)  (.76)   (.58)  (.36)    (.68)  (1.14)    (.86)
  Net realized and unrealized gain          
  (loss) on investments...............   1.55    0.99    8.51  (3.28)   4.65    6.08   5.95    (7.21)  8.70      4.43
                                         ----    ----    ----   -----  -----    ----   ------   -----   ---     -----
 Total from investment operations.       1.17    0.26   7.70   (3.83)  3.89    5.50   5.59    (7.89)   7.56     3.57
                                         ----    ----   ----   ------  ----    ----   ----    ------   ----     ----
 Less distributions:
   Distributions from net realized       
   gains on investments............      (.75)   (2.72) (1.39)   (.19) (5.64)    --     --     --     (4.05)    (1.15)
   Net increase (decrease) in 
   net asset value................        .42     (2.46) 6.31    (4.02)(1.75)   5.50   5.59    (7.89)   3.51     2.42
Net asset value at end of period....    $23.38  $22.96 $25.42  $19.11 $23.13  $24.88 $19.38   $13.79  $21.68   $18.17
                                        ======  ====== ======  ====== ======  ====== ======   ======  ======   ======
TOTAL RETURN........................      5.25%   1.0%  40.5%  (16.5)% 16.4%   28.4%  40.5%   (36.4)%  42.3%    22.7%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
Net assets at end of 
period (000's omitted).............     $44,773 $49,840 $56,340$45,614 $73,957 $68,314 $16,738 $8,475  $6,317  $2,982
Ratio of expenses to average 
net assets(a).....................       2.53%  2.45%   2.88%   2.92%  2.74%   3.07%  2.83%    3.10%   3.50%    2.94%
Ratio of net investment loss to 
average net assets...............        1.48%  2.81%   2.70%   2.43%  2.73%   2.78%  2.11%    3.19%   3.23%    1.49%
Portfolio turnover rate.............     260%   311%    319%    309%   256%    261%   384%     475%    433%     514%
Average commission per share........  $0.0505  $0.0714

</TABLE>


*Per share net investment  loss and net realized and  unrealized  gain (loss) on
investments  have been computed using the average number of shares  outstanding.
These  computations  had no effect on net asset  value  per  share.  (a)  Ratios
including  interest  expense  were  2.81%,  2.92% and 3.67% for the years  ended
December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  (b) Ratio after custodian fee
credits was 2.51% for the year ended  December  31,  1997.  Prior to 1995,  such
credits  were  reflected in the ratio.  There were no custodian  fee credits for
1996 and 1995.  

Information  relating  to  outstanding  debt  during  the fiscal
periods shown below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Amount of Debt        Average Amount of       Average Number of     Average Amount of
   Fiscal Year Ended        Outstanding at         Debt Outstanding      Shares Outstanding      Debt Per Share
      December 31            End of Period        During the Period       During the Period     During the Period
       <S>                        <C>                <C>                     <C>                     <C>   
          1997               $3,462,218              $2,160,383              2,000,257                 $1.08
          1996                9,147,819               3,633,850              2,105,499                  1.73
          1995                        0               4,925,275              2,345,320                  2.10
          1994                6,820,000               2,566,493              2,669,001                  0.96
          1993                2,469,000               4,230,400              2,680,212                  1.58
          1992                8,007,000               2,889,822              1,786,311                  1.62
          1991                  168,000                 715,875                997,025                  0.72
          1990                        0               1,307,671                649,739                  2.01
          1989                1,600,000                 733,150                193,256                  3.79
          1988                        0                 423,497                146,469                  2.89

</TABLE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expense Tables.............2  Distributions and Taxes....................10
Financial Highlights.......2  Determination of Net Asset Value...........11
General....................3  Investment Manager.........................11
Risk Factors...............3  Performance Information....................11
How to Purchase Shares.....6  Distribution of Shares.....................12
Shareholder Services.......7  Capital Stock..............................12
How to Redeem Shares.......9  Custodian and Transfer Agent...............12



                                     GENERAL

PURPOSE OF THE FUND.  The Fund is designed for investors  seeking solely capital
appreciation.  The Fund is not intended for investors  whose objective is income
or  conservation  of  capital,  and you should not  consider a purchase  of Fund
shares to be a complete investment program.

INVESTMENT  TECHNIQUES.   The  Fund  seeks  capital  appreciation  by  investing
aggressively,  depending on the Investment  Manager's assessment of economic and
market factors, in equity securities, warrants, convertible securities, and debt
instruments. The Fund may invest in the securities of a particular company that,
in the opinion of the Investment  Manager,  will appreciate  within a reasonable
period of time,  typically  because of a development  solely  applicable to that
company,  and  regardless  of general  business  conditions  or movements of the
market as a whole ("special  situations").  The Investment  Manager may also use
strategies involving short sales, options,  futures, forward currency contracts,
and borrowings for investment purposes ("leverage").  Generally,  the Investment
Manager seeks to invest in the special  situations and emerging growth companies
offering the  greatest  potential  capital  appreciation,  although  there is no
assurance that the Fund will achieve its objective.

THE FUND'S  INVESTMENT  PROGRAM.  Under normal  conditions,  at least 65% of the
Fund's total assets will be invested long or short in equity  securities of U.S.
and foreign  issuers and up to 35% may be invested for capital  appreciation  in
corporate  bonds,   debentures,   or  preferred  stocks  (both  convertible  and
non-convertible) of U.S. and foreign issuers, securities issued or guaranteed by
the  U.S.  Government,  its  agencies  or  instrumentalities  ("U.S.  Government
Securities"),  and municipal securities. These are fundamental policies that may
not be changed without shareholder  approval.  When the Investment Manager deems
it advisable,  the Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes or in anticipation
of more favorable opportunities for the purchase of equity securities, hold cash
or invest all or a portion of its assets in short term fixed  income  securities
or repurchase agreements.

                                  RISK FACTORS

         Because of the following considerations,  the Fund's investment program
should be considered  speculative and involving  substantial risk and should not
be considered a complete investment program.  The investment program of the Fund
is designed for  investors  seeking  capital  appreciation,  rather than current
income,  and  who are  willing  to  assume  the  risks  inherent  in the  Fund's
investment  policies and  practices.  The  activities  in which the Fund engages
entail  investment  risks  significantly  greater than are inherent in the usual
practices  of most  mutual  funds and may result in higher  portfolio  turnover,
increased expenses, and a greater amount of capital gains and losses.

SPECIAL  SITUATIONS.  The Fund may invest  without limit in special  situations.
Developments   creating  special   situations   might  include,   among  others:
liquidations, reorganizations,  recapitalizations, mergers, material litigation,
technological breakthroughs, and new management or management policies. Although
large,  well-known  companies  may be involved,  special  situations  more often
involve  comparatively small or unseasoned  companies.  Special situations often
involve much greater risk than is inherent in ordinary investments due to, among
other things, a lack of or presumed  inapplicability of the company's  operating
history, a limited market in the company's securities, and the unreliable nature
of the company's anticipated earnings growth. Companies in actual or anticipated
reorganizations  or restructurings  often provide limited financial  information
and markets for their securities may be erratic and volatile.

SHORT TERM  INVESTING.  The Fund may seek capital  appreciation by investing for
the short term on the basis of both technical and fundamental  considerations as
evaluated by the Investment  Manager.  Long term investments,  by contrast,  are
usually based upon fundamental  evaluations.  Short term investing may result in
the Fund's  portfolio  turnover  rate being  substantially  greater than that of
similar  investment  companies.  In 1995 the Fund's portfolio  turnover rate was
319%, in 1996 it was 311% and in 1997 it was 260%. Higher turn over may increase
Fund brokerage costs and taxes payable by shareholders.


                                        2

<PAGE>



BORROWING.  The Fund may borrow money from banks  (including its custodian bank)
to  purchase  and  carry  securities  and  will  pay  interest  thereon.  If the
investment  income on  securities  purchased  with  borrowed  money  exceeds the
interest  paid on the  borrowing,  the  Fund's  income  will be  correspondingly
higher.  If the  investment  income fails to cover the Fund's  costs,  including
interest  on  borrowings,  or if there are  losses,  the net asset  value of the
Fund's  shares will  decrease  faster  than would  otherwise  be the case.  Such
borrowing  is  referred to as  leverage,  is  speculative,  and  increases  both
investment  opportunity and investment risk. The Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended  ("1940  Act"),  requires the Fund to maintain  asset  coverage of at
least 300% for all such  borrowings,  and should such asset coverage at any time
fall below 300%, the Fund will be required to reduce its borrowing  within three
days to the extent necessary to meet the requirements of the 1940 Act. To reduce
its borrowing the Fund might be required to sell securities at a disadvantageous
time.  Interest on money  borrowed  is an expense  the Fund would not  otherwise
incur,  and it may therefore have little or no investment  income during periods
of substantial borrowings.

SHORT SALES.  The Fund may from time to time use short  sales,  which means that
the Fund may sell a security that it does not own in the hope of replacing it by
a later purchase at a lower price.  In order to make delivery to the buyer,  the
Fund must borrow the  security.  When it does,  the Fund incurs an obligation to
replace that security, whatever its price may be, at the time the Fund purchases
it for  delivery  to the  lender.  The Fund must  also pay to the  lender of the
security the  dividends or interest  payable  during such period and may have to
pay a premium to borrow the  security.  The  proceeds  of the short sale will be
retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements,
until the short  position is closed out. The  obligation to restore the borrowed
security will at all times also be secured by  collateral  consisting of cash or
liquid  securities whose value is marked to the market daily. In addition to the
amount  required  to be  maintained  by the broker,  a similarly  collateralized
deposit will be made to a segregated  account at the Fund's custodian bank in an
amount such that the value of these two deposits will, at all times, be at least
equal to the current market value of the securities sold short.  Ordinarily,  no
interest  will be received by the Fund on the proceeds of the short sale held by
the broker,  although  income from the collateral  securities will belong to the
Fund. The Fund will incur a loss,  which could be  substantial,  if the price of
the security  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which
it purchases securities to replace those borrowed.  The Fund will realize a gain
if the security  declines in price between those dates.  Any such gain will be a
short term gain.

         The frequency of short sales by the Fund may vary substantially, and no
specified portion of the Fund's assets will be invested in short sales. However,
not more than 25% of the Fund's net assets will be used to  collateralize  short
sales. To adhere to the 25% limitation,  the Fund may be required to cover short
sales at a disadvantageous time.

         The Fund may also make short sales  "against  the box." A short sale is
"against the box" to the extent that the Fund  contemporaneously owns or has the
right to obtain  without  additional  cost  securities  identical  to those sold
short. Such sales will not be subject to the limitations referred to above.

WARRANTS.  Warrants  give their  holder the right to purchase a given  number of
shares of a particular  company at specified  prices within  certain  periods of
time.  The purchaser of a warrant  expects that the market price of the security
to which the  warrant  pertains  will  exceed  the  exercise  price  before  the
warrant's  expiration date. The purchaser risks losing the entire purchase price
of the warrant if the market price does not rise.  Warrants are usually tradable
in the open market without actual exercise.  Warrants are sometimes sold in unit
form  with  other  securities  of an  issuer,  and are  frequently  employed  in
financing young,  unseasoned  companies.  A warrant's purchase price varies with
its exercise price, current market value of the underlying security, life of the
warrant and various other investment factors.

         The  purchase  price of warrants  and  premiums on put and call options
written by others,  combinations  thereof, or similar options will be limited to
no more than 20% of the Fund's net assets. This  non-fundamental  limitation may
cause the Fund to dispose of warrants or put or call options at  disadvantageous
times.

OPTIONS,  FUTURES  CONTRACTS,  AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACTS.  The  Fund may
purchase  call options on  securities  that the  Investment  Manager  intends to
include in the Fund's portfolio in order to fix the cost of a future purchase or
to attempt to enhance  return by, for example,  participating  in an anticipated
price increase of a security. The Fund may purchase put options to hedge against
a decline in the market value of securities  held in the Fund's  portfolio or to
attempt  to  enhance  return.  The Fund may write  (sell)  covered  put and call
options on securities in which it is authorized to invest. The Fund may purchase
and write  covered  straddles,  purchase and write put and call options on stock
and bond indexes,  and take positions in options on foreign  currencies to hedge
against the risk of foreign exchange rate fluctuations on foreign securities the
Fund  holds  in its  portfolio  or that it  intends  to  purchase.  The Fund may
purchase and sell futures  contracts on interest rates,  stock and bond indexes,
and foreign  currencies  and may purchase put and call options and write covered
put and call options on such futures contracts.

         The Fund may enter into forward  currency  contracts to set the rate at
which   currency   exchanges  will  be  made  for   contemplated   or  completed
transactions.  The Fund  might also enter into  forward  currency  contracts  in
amounts  approximating  the value of one or more portfolio  positions to fix the
U.S. dollar value of those positions.  For example,  when the Investment Manager
believes  that  the  currency  of a  particular  foreign  country  may  suffer a
substantial  decline against the U.S. dollar,  the Fund may enter into a forward
contract to sell, for a fixed amount of dollars,  the amount of foreign currency
approximating the value of some or all

                                        3

<PAGE>



of the Fund's portfolio  securities  denominated in such foreign  currency.  The
Fund has no specific  limitation  on the  percentage  of assets it may commit to
foreign  currency  exchange  contracts,  except  that it will not  enter  into a
forward  contract if the amount of assets set aside to cover the contract  would
impede portfolio management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests.

         Strategies  with  options,  financial  futures,  and  forward  currency
contracts  may be  limited  by  market  conditions,  regulatory  limits  and tax
considerations,  and the Fund might not employ any of the  strategies  described
above. There can be no assurance that any strategy used will be successful.  The
loss from investing in futures  transactions is potentially  unlimited.  Options
and futures may fail as hedging techniques in cases where price movements of the
securities  underlying the options and futures do not follow the price movements
of  the  portfolio  securities  subject  to  the  hedge.  Gains  and  losses  on
investments in options and futures depend on the Investment Manager's ability to
predict  correctly  the  direction of stock prices,  interest  rates,  and other
economic factors. In addition,  the Fund will likely be unable to control losses
by closing its position where a liquid secondary market does not exist and there
is no assurance  that a liquid  secondary  market for hedging  instruments  will
always exist. It also may be necessary to defer closing out hedged  positions to
avoid adverse tax  consequences.  The percentage of the Fund's assets segregated
to cover its obligations under options,  futures,  or forward currency contracts
could impede effective portfolio management or the ability to meet redemption or
other  current  obligations.  To the extent that the Fund  enters  into  futures
contracts, options on futures contracts and options on foreign currencies traded
on a Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") regulated  exchange,  in each
case that is not for bona fide hedging  purposes  (as defined by the CFTC),  the
aggregate  initial  margin and premiums  required to establish  these  positions
(excluding the amount by which options are  "in-the-money") may not exceed 5% of
the  liquidation  value of the  Fund's  portfolio,  after  taking  into  account
unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any contracts to which the Fund is a
party.

ILLIQUID AND RESTRICTED  SECURITIES.  The Fund may invest in securities that are
not widely traded, and the Fund's position in such securities may be substantial
in relation to their  market.  In some cases it may be difficult for the Fund to
dispose  of such  securities  at  prevailing  market  prices  in  order  to meet
redemptions. As a non-fundamental investment restriction, the Fund may invest up
to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements
with a maturity of more than seven days.

FOREIGN SECURITIES,  MARKETS, AND CURRENCIES. You should understand and consider
carefully the  substantial  risks  involved in foreign  investing.  Investing in
foreign securities,  which are generally denominated in foreign currencies,  and
utilization  of  forward  contracts  on  foreign   currencies   involve  certain
considerations  comprising both risk and  opportunity  not typically  associated
with investing in U.S. securities. These considerations include: fluctuations in
currency exchange rates;  restrictions on foreign investment and repatriation of
capital;  costs of converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars;  greater price
volatility  and  trading  illiquidity;  less  public  information  on issuers of
securities;  non-negotiable brokerage commissions; difficulty in enforcing legal
rights outside of the United States;  lack of uniform  accounting,  auditing and
financial  reporting  standards;  the  possible  imposition  of  foreign  taxes,
exchange  controls  (which may  include  suspension  of the  ability to transfer
currency  from a given  country),  and currency  restrictions;  and the possible
greater  political,  economic and social  instability  of  developing as well as
developed  countries,  including  nationalization,  expropriation of assets, and
war.   Furthermore,   individual  foreign  economies  may  differ  favorably  or
unfavorably  from the U.S.  economy in such respects as growth of gross national
product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, and
balance of payments  position.  These risks are often heightened for investments
in developing  countries and emerging markets or when the Fund's investments are
concentrated in a small number of countries. In addition,  because transactional
and custodial  expenses for foreign  securities  are  generally  higher than for
domestic securities,  the Fund's expense ratio can be expected to be higher than
that of investment companies investing exclusively in domestic securities.

         The Fund may purchase securities on U.S. and foreign stock exchanges or
in the  over-the-counter  market.  Foreign  stock  markets are  generally not as
developed or efficient as those in the United  States.  In most foreign  markets
volume  and  liquidity  are  less  than in the  United  States  and,  at  times,
volatility of price can be greater than in the United States.  Fixed commissions
on some foreign stock  exchanges are higher than the  negotiated  commissions on
U.S. exchanges. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of
foreign stock exchanges, brokers and companies than in the United States. If the
Fund invests in  countries in which  settlement  of  transactions  is subject to
delay,  its ability to purchase  and sell  portfolio  securities  at the time it
desires may be hampered. Delays in settlement practices in foreign countries may
also affect the Fund's  liquidity,  making it more difficult to meet  redemption
requests,  or require  the Fund to  maintain a greater  portion of its assets in
money market investments in order to meet such requests.  Some of the securities
in which the Fund invests may not be widely traded,  and the Fund's  position in
such  securities  may  be  substantial  in  relation  to  the  market  for  such
securities.  Accordingly,  it may be  difficult  for the Fund to dispose of such
securities at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemption requests.

         Since  investment  in  foreign   securities  usually  involves  foreign
currencies  and since the Fund may  temporarily  hold cash in bank  deposits  in
foreign currencies in order to facilitate portfolio  transactions,  the value of
the assets of the Fund as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected  favorably or
unfavorably by changes in foreign  currency  exchange rates and exchange control
regulations.  For example, if the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to
a foreign currency in which a Fund investment is denominated or which

                                        4

<PAGE>



is temporarily held by the Fund to facilitate portfolio transactions,  the value
of such Fund assets and the Fund's net asset value per share will increase,  all
else  being  equal.  Conversely,  an  increase  in the value of the U.S.  dollar
relative  to such a foreign  currency  will  result in a decline in the value of
such  Fund  assets  and its net  asset  value  per  share.  The Fund  may  incur
additional  costs in connection  with  conversions  of currencies and securities
into  U.S.  dollars.  The  Fund  will  conduct  its  foreign  currency  exchange
transactions  either on a spot (i.e.,  cash)  basis,  or through  entering  into
forward  currency  contracts.  The Fund  generally will not enter into a forward
contract with a term of greater than one year.

LENDING.  Pursuant to an agency  arrangement with an affiliate of its Custodian,
the Fund may lend  portfolio  securities or other assets  through such affiliate
for a fee to other  parties.  The Fund's  agreement  requires  that the loans be
continuously  secured  by cash,  securities  issued or  guaranteed  by the U. S.
Government,  its agencies or  instrumentalities,  or any combination of cash and
such  securities,  as collateral equal at all times to at least the market value
of the assets lent.  Loans of portfolio  securities may not exceed  one-third of
the  Fund's  total  assets.  There are  risks to the Fund of delay in  receiving
additional collateral and risks of delay in recovery of, and failure to recover,
the assets lent should the borrower fail  financially  or otherwise  violate the
terms of the lending  agreement.  Loans will be made only to borrowers deemed to
be  creditworthy.  Any  loan  made  by the  Fund  will  provide  that  it may be
terminated by either party upon reasonable notice to the other party.

OTHER  INVESTMENTS.  The Fund may also  invest in  repurchase  agreements,  U.S.
Government  Securities,   municipal  securities,   preferred  stocks,  and  debt
securities  (including lower rated debt  securities).  In the last year however,
the Fund did not invest  more than 5% of its net assets in such  securities  and
does not currently intend to do so.

OTHER INFORMATION.  The Fund is  "non-diversified,"  as defined in the 1940 Act,
but intends to continue to qualify as a  regulated  investment  company  ("RIC")
under the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code") for Federal
income tax  purposes.  This means,  in general,  that more than 5% of the Fund's
total  assets may be  invested  in the  securities  of one issuer  (including  a
foreign  government),  but only if at the close of each  quarter  of the  Fund's
taxable year,  the aggregate  amount of such holdings does not exceed 50% of the
value of its total  assets and no more than 25% of the value of its total assets
is invested in the securities of a single issuer.  To the extent that the Fund's
portfolio  at times may include the  securities  of a smaller  number of issuers
than if it were  diversified (as defined in the 1940 Act), the Fund will at such
times be subject to greater risk with respect to its portfolio  securities  than
an  investment  company that invests in a broader  range of  securities  in that
changes in the financial  condition or market  assessment of a single issuer may
cause greater  fluctuation in the Fund's total return. In addition to the Fund's
fundamental  investment objective and the fundamental policies stated above, the
Fund has adopted certain  fundamental  investment  restrictions which may not be
changed without  shareholder  approval.  These fundamental  restrictions are set
forth in the Statement of Additional Information.  All other investment policies
described  herein,  unless  otherwise  stated,  are not  fundamental  and may be
changed by the Fund's Board of Directors without shareholder action.


                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

         The Fund's shares are sold on a continuing basis at the net asset value
(see  "Determination  of Net Asset Value").  The minimum  initial  investment is
$1,000 for regular and Uniform  Gifts/Transfers  to Minors Act custody accounts,
$1,000 for traditional deductible individual retirement accounts ("IRAs"),  Roth
IRAs,  simplified  employee pension plan IRAs  ("SEP-IRAs"),  savings  incentive
match plan for  employee  IRAs  ("SIMPLE  IRAs"),  rollover  IRAs,  403(b)  plan
accounts,  and $500 for Education  IRAs.  The minimum  subsequent  investment is
$100.  The initial  investment  minimums are waived if a  shareholder  elects to
invest  $100 or more each month in the Fund  through  the Bull & Bear  Automatic
Investment  Program  (see  "Additional  Investments"  below).  The  Fund  in its
discretion may waive or lower the investment minimums.

INITIAL  INVESTMENT.  The Account  Application  that accompanies this prospectus
should be  completed,  signed and, with a check or other  negotiable  bank draft
drawn to the order of Special Equities Fund,  mailed to Investor Service Center,
Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.  Initial investments also may be made by
having your bank wire money, as set forth below, in order to avoid mail delays.

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENTS. Additional investments may be made conveniently at any 
time by any one or more of the following methods:

o        BULL  &  BEAR  AUTOMATIC  INVESTMENT  PROGRAM.  With  the  Bull  & Bear
         Automatic  Investment  Program,  you can  establish  a  convenient  and
         affordable  long term  investment  program  through  one or more of the
         Plans explained below. Each Plan is designed to facilitate an automatic
         monthly investment of $100 or more into your Fund account.

                  The BULL & BEAR  BANK  TRANSFER  PLAN lets you  purchase  Fund
                  shares  on  a   certain   day  each   month  by   transferring
                  electronically  a specified  dollar  amount from your  regular
                  checking  account,  NOW account,  or bank money market deposit
                  account.

                  In the BULL & BEAR SALARY  INVESTING PLAN, part or all of your
                  salary may be invested  electronically  in Fund shares on each
                  pay  date,  depending  upon  your  employer's  direct  deposit
                  program.

                                        5

<PAGE>



                  The BULL & BEAR  GOVERNMENT  DIRECT DEPOSIT PLAN allows you to
                  deposit  automatically part or all of certain U.S.  Government
                  payments  into your Fund  account.  Eligible  U.S.  Government
                  payments include Social Security,  pension benefits,  military
                  or retirement  benefits,  salary,  veteran's benefits and most
                  other recurring payments.

         For  more  information  concerning  these  Plans,  or  to  request  the
necessary   authorization   form(s),   please  call  Investor   Service  Center,
1-800-847-4200.  You may modify or terminate  the Bank Transfer Plan at any time
by written  notice  received at least 10 days prior to the scheduled  investment
date. To modify or terminate  the Salary  Investing  Plan or  Government  Direct
Deposit Plan, you should contact, respectively, your employer or the appropriate
U.S.  Government  agency.  The Fund  reserves the right to redeem any account if
participation  in the Program is terminated and the account's value is less than
$1,000. The Program and the Plans do not assure a profit or protect against loss
in a declining  market,  and you should  consider your ability to make purchases
when prices are low.

o        CHECK.  Mail a check or other  negotiable  bank draft  ($100  minimum),
         drawn to the order of Special  Equities  Fund,  together  with a Bull &
         Bear FastDeposit form to Investor  Service Center,  Box 419789,  Kansas
         City, MO 64141-6789.  If you do not use that form, please send a letter
         indicating  the  Fund  and  account  number  to  which  the  subsequent
         investment is to be credited, and name(s) of the registered owner(s).

o   ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT). With EFT, you may purchase additional Fund
    shares quickly and simply, just by calling Investor Service Center, 
    1-800-847-4200. We will contact the bank you designate on your Account 
    Application or Authorization Form to arrange for the EFT, which is done 
    through the Automated Clearing House system, to your Fund account. For 
    requests received by 4 p.m., eastern time, the investment will be credited 
    to your Fund account ordinarily within two business days. There is a $100
    minimum for each EFT investment. Your designated bank must be an Automated 
    Clearing House member and any subsequent changes in bank account information
    must be submitted in writing with a voided check.

o        FEDERAL FUNDS WIRE. You may wire money, by following the procedures set
         forth below, to receive that day's net asset value per share.

INVESTING BY WIRE. For an initial  investment by wire, you must first  telephone
Investor Service Center,  1-800-  847-4200,  to give the name(s) under which the
account is to be registered,  tax  identification  number,  the name of the bank
sending the wire, and to be assigned a Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund account
number.  You may then  purchase  shares  by  requesting  your  bank to  transmit
immediately  available funds ("Federal  funds") by wire to: United Missouri Bank
NA, ABA  #10-10-00695;  for Account  98-7052-724-3;  Special Equities Fund. Your
account  number and name(s)  must be specified in the wire as they are to appear
on the account  registration.  You should then enter your account number on your
completed  Account  Application  and  promptly  forward it to  Investor  Service
Center, Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789. This service is not available on
days when the Federal Reserve wire system is closed.  Subsequent  investments by
wire may be made at any time without  having to call Investor  Service Center by
simply following the same wiring procedures.

SHAREHOLDER ACCOUNTS. When you invest in the Fund, your account will be credited
with all full and fractional shares (to three decimal places), together with any
dividends  and  other  distributions  that are paid in  additional  shares  (see
"Distributions and Taxes"). For joint tenant accounts, any account owner has the
authority  to act on the account  without  notice to the other  account  owners.
Investor  Service Center in its sole  discretion and for its protection may, but
is not  obligated  to,  require the written  consent of all account  owners of a
joint tenant account prior to acting upon the instructions of any account owner.
Stock  certificates  will be  issued  only for full  shares  when  requested  in
writing.   In  order  to  facilitate   redemptions  and  exchanges  and  provide
safekeeping, we recommend that you do not request certificates. You will receive
transaction  confirmations  upon  purchasing  or selling  shares,  and quarterly
statements.   Shares  of  the  Fund  may  also  be  purchased   through  certain
broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries that have entered into selling
agreements  or  related  arrangements.  Investors  may be  charged a fee by such
broker or  financial  intermediary  if they  effect  transactions  through  such
entity.  The Fund or the  Distributor  may, from time to time,  make payments to
broker/dealers  or other financial  intermediaries  for certain  services to the
Fund  and/or  their  shareholders,  including  sub-administration,  sub-transfer
agency and shareholder servicing.

WHEN ORDERS ARE  EFFECTIVE.  The purchase price for Fund shares is the net asset
value of such shares next determined after receipt of a purchase order in proper
form.  All  purchases  are accepted  subject to collection at full face value in
Federal  funds.  Checks must be drawn in U.S.  dollars on a U.S.  bank. No third
party  checks will be  accepted  and the Fund  reserves  the right to reject any
order  for any  reason.  Accounts  are  charged  $30 by the  Transfer  Agent for
submitting checks for investment which are not honored by the investor's bank.

                              SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

         You may modify or  terminate  your  participation  in any of the Fund's
special  plans or services at any time.  Shares or cash should not be  withdrawn
from any  tax-advantaged  retirement  plan  described  below,  however,  without
consulting  a  tax  adviser   concerning   possible  adverse  tax  consequences.
Additional information regarding any of the following services is available from
Investor Service Center, 1-800-847-4200.


                                        6

<PAGE>



ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER (EFT). You automatically have the privilege of linking
your bank account  designated on your Account  Application or Authorization Form
and your Fund account  through Bull & Bear's EFT service.  With EFT, you use the
Automated  Clearing  House system to  electronically  transfer money quickly and
safely between your bank and Fund  accounts.  EFT may be used for purchasing and
redeeming Fund shares,  direct deposit of dividends and other distributions into
your bank account, the Automatic  Investment Program, the Systematic  Withdrawal
Plan,  and  systematic  IRA  distributions.  You may decline  this  privilege by
checking the indicated box on the Account Application. Any subsequent changes in
bank account  information  must be submitted in writing (and the Transfer  Agent
may require the signature to be guaranteed), with a voided check.

DIVIDEND SWEEP PRIVILEGE.  You may elect to have  automatically  invested either
all dividends or all dividends and other  distributions  paid by the Fund in any
other Bull & Bear Fund.  Shares of the other Bull & Bear Fund will be  purchased
at the  current  net  asset  value  calculated  on the  payment  date.  For more
information  concerning  this  privilege and the other Bull & Bear Funds,  or to
request a Dividend  Sweep  Authorization  Form,  please  call  Investor  Service
Center,  1-800-847-4200.  You may  cancel  this  privilege  by  mailing  written
notification to Investor Service Center, Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.
To  select a new Bull & Bear  Fund  after  cancellation,  you must  submit a new
Authorization Form. Enrollment in or cancellation of this privilege is generally
effective  three  business days following  receipt.  This privilege is available
only for existing accounts and may not be used to open new accounts.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL  PLAN.  If you own Fund  shares  with a value of at least
$20,000 you may elect an automatic monthly or quarterly  withdrawal of cash from
your Fund account in fixed or variable  amounts,  subject to a minimum amount of
$100.   Under  the   Systematic   Withdrawal   Plan,  all  dividends  and  other
distributions, if any, are reinvested in the Fund.

ASSIGNMENT. Fund shares may be transferred to another owner. Instructions are 
available from Investor Service Center, 1-800-847-4200.

EXCHANGE  PRIVILEGE.  You may  exchange  at least $500 worth of Fund  shares for
shares  of any Bull & Bear Fund  listed  below  (provided  the  registration  is
exactly  the same,  the shares may be sold in your state of  residence,  and the
exchange may otherwise legally be made).

         To exchange  shares,  please call Investor  Service Center toll-free at
1-800-847-4200 between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., eastern time, on any Fund business day
and  provide  the  following  information:   account  registration   information
including   address,   account  number  and  taxpayer   identification   number;
percentage,  number,  or dollar  value of shares to be  redeemed;  name and,  if
different,  the account number of the Bull & Bear Fund to be purchased; and your
identity and telephone number. The other Bull & Bear Funds are:

o        BULL  & BEAR  DOLLAR  RESERVES  is a high  quality  money  market  fund
         investing in U.S. Government securities.  Income is generally free from
         most state and local income taxes.  Free unlimited  check writing ($250
         minimum per check). Pays monthly dividends.

o        BULL & BEAR GOLD  INVESTORS  seeks long term  capital  appreciation  in
         investments with the potential to provide a hedge against inflation and
         preserve the purchasing power of the dollar.

o        BULL & BEAR U.S. AND OVERSEAS FUND invests worldwide for the highest 
         possible total return.

         Exchange requests received between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m.,  eastern time, on
any  business  day of the Fund will be effected  at the net asset  values of the
Fund and the other Bull & Bear Fund as  determined at the close of that business
day. Exchange requests received between 4 p.m. and 5 p.m.,  eastern time, on any
business  day of the Fund will be effected  at the net asset  values of the Fund
and the  other  Bull & Bear  Fund as  determined  at the  close of the next Fund
business  day.  The Fund is designed as a long term  investment,  and short term
trading is discouraged.  Accordingly,  if shares of the Fund held for 30 days or
less are redeemed or exchanged,  the Fund will deduct a redemption  fee equal to
one percent of the net asset value of shares redeemed or exchanged. The fee will
be retained by the Fund and used to offset the transaction costs that short term
trading imposes on the Fund and its shareholders.  If an account contains shares
with  different  holding  periods (i.e.  some shares held 30 days or less,  some
shares held 31 days or more), the shares with the longest holding period will be
redeemed  first to determine if the Fund's  redemption  fee applies.  If you are
unable to reach Investor  Service Center at the above telephone  number you may,
in emergencies,  call 1-212-  363-1100 or communicate by fax to  1-212-363-1103.
Exchanges may be difficult or impossible  to implement  during  periods of rapid
changes in economic or market conditions.  Exchange privileges may be terminated
or modified by the Fund without notice. For tax purposes, an exchange is treated
as a  redemption  and  purchase of shares.  A free  prospectus  containing  more
complete information including charges, expenses and performance,  on any of the
Funds listed above is available from Investor  Service  Center,  1-800-847-4200.
The other Fund's prospectus  should be read carefully before exchanging  shares.
You may give  exchange  instructions  to Investor  Service  Center by  telephone
without further  documentation.  If you have requested share certificates,  this
procedure may be utilized only if, prior to giving telephone  instructions,  you
deliver the certificates to the Transfer Agent for deposit into your account.


                                        7

<PAGE>



o        BULL & BEAR SECURITIES  (DISCOUNT BROKERAGE ACCOUNT) TRANSFERS.  If you
         have an account at Bull & Bear  Securities,  Inc.,  an affiliate of the
         Investment  Manager and a wholly owned subsidiary of Bull & Bear Group,
         Inc.  offering  discount  brokerage  services,   you  may  access  your
         investment in any Bull & Bear Fund to pay for  securities  purchased in
         your  brokerage  account and have proceeds of  securities  sold in your
         brokerage  account used to purchase shares of any Bull & Bear Fund. You
         may request a Discount  Brokerage Account  Application from Bull & Bear
         Securities, Inc. by calling toll-free at 1-800-262-5800.

TAX-ADVANTAGED RETIREMENT PLANS. These plans provide an opportunity to set aside
money for  retirement  in a  tax-advantaged  account  in which  earnings  can be
compounded  without  incurring a tax liability  until the money and earnings are
withdrawn. Contributions may be fully or partially deductible for Federal income
tax purposes as noted below. Information on any of these plans is available from
Investor Service Center by calling toll-free at 1-800-847-4200.

         The minimum initial investment to establish a Bull & Bear Education IRA
is $500. The minimum  initial  investment to establish any other Bull & Bear IRA
or retirement account is $1,000.

         Minimum   subsequent   investments   are  $100.  The  initial   minimum
investments  are  waived if you elect to invest  $100 or more each  month in the
Fund through the Bull & Bear Automatic  Investment Program.  There are no set-up
fees for any Bull & Bear IRA or  retirement  account.  Subject  to  change on 30
days' notice, the plan custodian charges Bull & Bear IRAs (excluding Bull & Bear
Education IRA) and retirement  accounts a $10 annual fiduciary fee, $10 for each
distribution  prior to age 59 1/2, and a $20 plan termination fee; however,  the
annual fiduciary fee is waived if your Bull & Bear IRA or retirement account has
assets of  $10,000 or more or if you invest  regularly  through  the Bull & Bear
Automatic Investment Program.

                              HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

         Generally,  you  may  redeem  by any of the  methods  explained  below.
Requests for redemption should include the following  information:  your account
registration   information  including  address,   account  number  and  taxpayer
identification  number;  dollar  value,  number  or  percentage  of shares to be
redeemed;  how and to where the  proceeds  are to be sent;  if  applicable,  the
bank's name, address,  ABA routing number, bank account registration and account
number,  and a contact  person's  name and  telephone  number;  and your daytime
telephone number.

BY MAIL. You may request that the Fund redeem any amount of shares by submitting
a written  request to Investor  Service  Center,  Box 419789,  Kansas  City,  MO
64141-6789, signed by the record owner(s). If the written request is sent to the
Fund, it will be forwarded to the above address. If stock certificates have been
issued for shares being redeemed, they must accompany the written request.

BY TELEPHONE. You may telephone Investor Service Center, 1-800-847-4200 to 
expedite redemption of Fund shares if share certificates have not been issued.

         You may redeem as little as $250 worth of shares by  requesting  Bull &
Bear's  Electronic  Funds Transfer (EFT) service.  With EFT, you can redeem Fund
shares quickly and conveniently because Investor Service Center will contact the
bank designated on your Account Application or Authorization Form to arrange for
the  electronic  transfer of your  redemption  proceeds  (through the  Automated
Clearing  House  system)  to your bank  account.  EFT  proceeds  are  ordinarily
available in your bank account within two business days.

         If you are  redeeming  $1,000 or more worth of shares,  you may request
that the proceeds be mailed to your address of record or mailed or wired to your
authorized bank.

         Telephone  requests  received on Fund business days by 4 p.m.,  eastern
time,  will be redeemed  from your account  that day, and if after,  on the next
Fund business day. Any subsequent  changes in bank account  information  must be
submitted in writing,  signature  guaranteed,  with a voided  check.  If you are
unable to reach Investor  Service Center at the above telephone  number you may,
in emergencies,  call  1-212-363-1100  or communicate by fax to  1-212-363-1103.
Redemptions  by telephone  may be difficult or  impossible  to implement  during
periods of rapid changes in economic or market conditions.

CHECK  WRITING  ACCESS.  You may  exchange  a  minimum  of  $500 at any  time by
toll-free  telephone call into Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves,  Bull & Bear's money
market fund,  offering free  personalized  checks,  a $250 check writing minimum
(there  is no  check  writing  minimum  for Bull & Bear  Securities  Performance
Plus(R) discount brokerage accounts),  and no limit on the number of checks that
may be written.  A  signature  card,  which  should be  submitted  for the check
writing privilege,  and a free Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves prospectus containing
more complete  information  including  yield,  charges and expenses is available
from  Investor  Service  Center,  1-800-847-4200.  Please  read  the  prospectus
carefully before exchanging.

REDEMPTION PRICE AND FEES. The redemption price is the net asset value per share
next determined  after receipt of a redemption  request in proper form. The Fund
is designed as a long term  investment,  and short term trading is  discouraged.
Accordingly,  if  shares of the Fund  held for 30 days or less are  redeemed  or
exchanged, the Fund will deduct a redemption fee equal to one percent of the net
asset  value of shares  redeemed or  exchanged.  The fee will be retained by the
Fund and used to offset the transaction costs that short term trading imposes on
the Fund and its shareholders. If an account contains shares with different

                                        8

<PAGE>



holding periods (i.e. some shares held 30 days or less, some shares held 31 days
or more),  the shares with the longest  holding period will be redeemed first to
determine if the Fund's  redemption  fee applies.  Shares  acquired  through the
Dividend Sweep Privilege and the  reinvestment of dividends and capital gains or
redeemed  under the  Systematic  Withdrawal  Plan are exempt from the redemption
fee.  Registered  broker/dealers,  investment  advisers,  banks,  and  insurance
companies  may open  accounts  and redeem  shares by  telephone  or wire and may
impose a charge for handling  purchases and redemptions when acting on behalf of
others.

REDEMPTION  PAYMENT.  Payment for shares redeemed will ordinarily be made within
seven days after receipt of the redemption  request in proper form. The right of
redemption  may not be  suspended,  or date of payment  delayed  more than seven
days,  except for any period (i) when the New York Stock  Exchange  is closed or
trading  thereon is restricted  as  determined by the SEC; (ii) under  emergency
circumstances  as determined by the SEC that make it not reasonably  practicable
for the Fund to dispose of  securities  owned by it or fairly to  determine  the
value of its assets;  or (iii) as the SEC may otherwise  permit.  The mailing of
proceeds on  redemption  requests  involving  any shares  purchased by personal,
corporate, or government check or EFT transfer is generally subject to a fifteen
business  day delay to allow the check or  transfer  to clear.  The  fifteen day
clearing period does not affect the trade date on which a purchase or redemption
order is priced,  or any dividends and capital gain  distributions  to which you
may be entitled  through the date of  redemption.  The clearing  period does not
apply  to  purchases  made  by  wire.  Due  to the  relatively  higher  cost  of
maintaining  small accounts,  the Fund reserves the right, upon 45 days' notice,
to redeem any account, other than IRA and other Bull & Bear prototype retirement
plan accounts,  worth less than $500 except if solely from market action, unless
an investment is made to restore the minimum value.

TELEPHONE PRIVILEGES.  You automatically have all telephone privileges to, among
other things,  authorize  purchases,  redemptions and exchanges,  with EFT or by
other means, unless declined on the Account Application or otherwise in writing.
Neither the Fund nor  Investor  Service  Center  shall be liable for any loss or
damage for acting in good faith upon  instructions  received  by  telephone  and
believed to be genuine.  The Fund employs reasonable  procedures to confirm that
instructions communicated by telephone are genuine and if it does not, it may be
liable  for  losses  due  to  unauthorized  or  fraudulent  transactions.  These
procedures  include  requiring  personal  identification  prior to  acting  upon
telephone instructions, providing written confirmation of such transactions, and
recording  telephone  conversations.  The  Fund  may  modify  or  terminate  any
telephone  privileges  or  shareholder  services  (except  as noted) at any time
without notice.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEES. No signature guarantees are required when payment is to be
made to you at your address of record. If the redemption proceeds are to be paid
to a  non-shareholder  of record,  or to an address  other than your  address of
record,  or the shares are to be assigned,  the Transfer  Agent may require that
your signature be guaranteed by an entity acceptable to the Transfer Agent, such
as a commercial  bank or trust  company or member firm of a national  securities
exchange  or of the NASD.  A notary  public may not  guarantee  signatures.  The
Transfer Agent may require further  documentation,  and may restrict the mailing
of redemption  proceeds to your address of record within 60 days of such address
being changed unless you provide a signature guarantee as described above.

                             DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

DISTRIBUTIONS. The Fund pays dividends annually to its shareholders from its net
investment  income,  if any. The Fund also makes an annual  distribution  to its
shareholders out of any net realized capital gains, after offsetting any capital
loss carryover,  and any net realized gains from foreign currency  transactions.
Dividends  and  other  distributions,  if  any,  are  declared  and  payable  to
shareholders  of record on a date in December of each year.  Such  distributions
may be paid in January of the following year, in which event they will be deemed
received by the shareholders on the preceding December 31 for tax purposes.  The
Fund may also make an  additional  distribution  following the end of its fiscal
year out of any undistributed income and capital gains.

         Dividends and other distributions are paid in additional Fund shares or
shares of another  Bull & Bear Fund  pursuant to the Dividend  Sweep  Privilege,
unless  you  elect  to  receive  cash on the  Account  Application  or so  elect
subsequently by calling  Investor  Service Center,  1-800-847-4200.  For Federal
income tax purposes,  dividends and other  distributions are treated in the same
manner whether received in additional  shares of the Fund or another Bull & Bear
Fund or in cash.  Any election  will remain in effect until you notify  Investor
Service Center to the contrary.

TAXES.  The Fund intends to continue to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the
Code so that it will be  relieved  of  Federal  income  tax on that  part of its
investment  company  taxable  income  (generally  consisting  of net  investment
income,  net short  term  capital  gains,  and net gains  from  certain  foreign
currency transactions) and net capital gain (the excess of net long term capital
gain over net short term capital loss) that is distributed to its shareholders.

         Dividends paid by the Fund from its investment  company  taxable income
(whether  paid in cash or in  additional  shares)  generally  are taxable to its
shareholders,  other  than  shareholders  that are not  subject  to tax on their
income,  as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund's earnings and profits;  a
portion of those dividends may be eligible for the corporate  dividends-received
deduction.  Distributions  by the Fund of its net capital gain  (whether paid in
cash or in additional shares) when designated as such by the Fund, are taxable

                                        9

<PAGE>



to its shareholders as long term capital gains, regardless of how long they have
held their Fund shares.  The Code provides that an individual  generally will be
taxed on his or her net capital  gain at a maximum  rate of 28% with  respect to
capital  gain from  securities  held for more than one year but not more than 18
months and at a maximum rate of 20% with respect to capital gain from securities
held for more than 18 months.  The Fund notifies its shareholders  following the
end of  each  calendar  year  of the  amounts  of  dividends  and  capital  gain
distributions  paid (or  deemed  paid)  that  year and of any  portion  of those
dividends that qualifies for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

         Any dividend or other distribution paid by the Fund will reduce the net
asset value of Fund shares by the amount of the distribution.  Furthermore, such
distribution, although similar in effect to a return of capital, will be subject
to tax.

         The Fund is required to withhold  31% of all  dividends,  capital  gain
distributions  and redemption  proceeds  payable to any  individuals and certain
other  noncorporate  shareholders  who do not  provide  the Fund  with a correct
taxpayer  identification number.  Withholding at that rate also is required from
dividends and capital gain  distributions  payable to such  shareholders who are
otherwise subject to backup withholding.

         The foregoing is only a summary of some of the important Federal income
tax considerations  generally  affecting the Fund and its shareholders;  see the
Statement  of  Additional  Information  for a further  discussion.  Since  other
Federal,  state and local tax  considerations may apply, you should consult your
tax adviser.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

         The  value of a share  of the  Fund is  based  on the  value of its net
assets.  The Fund's net  assets are the total of its  investments  and all other
assets minus any  liabilities.  The value of one share is determined by dividing
the net assets by the total number of shares outstanding. This is referred to as
"net asset value per share" and is determined as of the close of regular trading
on the New York Stock Exchange (currently,  4 p.m. eastern time, unless weather,
equipment  failure  or other  factors  contribute  to an earlier  closing)  each
business day of the Fund. A business day of the Fund is any day on which the New
York Stock Exchange is open for trading.  The following are not business days of
the Fund:  New Year's Day,  Martin  Luther King Jr. Day,  Presidents'  Day, Good
Friday,  Memorial  Day,  Independence  Day,  Labor  Day,  Thanksgiving  Day  and
Christmas Day.

         Portfolio  securities and other assets of the Fund are valued primarily
on the basis of market quotations, if readily available.  Foreign securities, if
any, are valued on the basis of quotations  from a primary  market in which they
are traded and are translated  from the local  currency into U.S.  dollars using
current exchange rates. Securities and other assets for which quotations are not
readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors.

                               INVESTMENT MANAGER

         Bull & Bear  Advisers,  Inc.  ("Investment  Manager")  acts as  general
manager of the Fund, being  responsible for the various functions assumed by it,
including  regularly  furnishing advice with respect to portfolio  transactions.
The Investment  Manager  manages the investment and  reinvestment  of the Fund's
assets,  subject to the control and final  direction of the Board of  Directors.
The Investment Manager is authorized to place portfolio transactions with Bull &
Bear Securities,  Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Manager, and may allocate
brokerage  transactions  by taking into  account the sales of shares of the Fund
and other  affiliated  investment  companies.  The  Investment  Manager may also
allocate   transactions  to  broker/dealers   that  remit  a  portion  of  their
commissions  as a  credit  against  the  Fund's  expenses.  Thomas  B.  Winmill,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Investment Manager and the Fund, is
the  Fund's  portfolio  manager.  Mr.  Winmill  has  served  as a member  of the
Investment  Manager's  Investment  Policy  Committee since 1990 and as portfolio
manager of the Fund since May 1, 1998.

         For its  services,  the  Investment  Manager  receives  a fee,  payable
monthly,  based on the average  daily net assets of the Fund, at the annual rate
of 1% on the first $10  million,  7/8 of 1% over $10 million up to $30  million,
3/4 of 1% over $30 million up to $150 million, 5/8 of 1% over $150 million up to
$500 million, and 1/2 of 1% over $500 million. From time to time, the Investment
Manager  may  waive all or part of this fee or  reimburse  the Fund  monthly  to
improve  the Fund's  total  return.  The  Investment  Manager  provides  certain
administrative  services  to the Fund at cost.  During  the  fiscal  year  ended
December  31,  1997,  investment  management  fees paid by the Fund  represented
approximately  0.87% of average daily net assets.  The  Investment  Manager is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Bull & Bear Group, Inc. ("Group").  Group, a publicly
owned company whose  securities are listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market,  is a New
York based manager of mutual funds and discount brokerage  services.  Bassett S.
Winmill  may be deemed a  controlling  person of Group  and,  therefore,  may be
deemed a controlling person of the Investment Manager.

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

         Advertisements and other sales literature for the Fund may refer to the
Fund's  "average  annual total return" and  "cumulative  total return." All such
quotations are based upon  historical  earnings and are not intended to indicate
future  performance.  The  investment  return  on  and  principal  value  of  an
investment  in the  Fund  will  fluctuate,  so that an  investor's  shares  when
redeemed may be worth more or less than their original cost. In

                                       10

<PAGE>



addition to advertising average annual total return and cumulative total return,
comparative performance information may be used from time to time in advertising
the Fund's shares,  including data from  Morningstar,  Inc.,  Lipper  Analytical
Services,  Inc. and other sources.  "Average annual total return" is the average
annual compounded rate of return on a hypothetical $1,000 investment made at the
beginning of the advertised period. In calculating  average annual total return,
all dividends and other distributions are assumed to be reinvested.  "Cumulative
total return" is calculated by subtracting a hypothetical  $1,000 payment to the
Fund  from  the  ending  redeemable  value  of such  payment  (at the end of the
relevant advertised period),  dividing such difference by $1,000 and multiplying
the quotient by 100. In calculating  ending  redeemable value, all dividends and
other  distributions  are assumed to be reinvested  in  additional  Fund shares.
Although the Fund imposes a 1% redemption  fee on the  redemption of shares held
for 30 days or less,  all of the  periods  for which  performance  is quoted are
longer  than  30  days,  and  therefore  the  1% fee  is  not  reflected  in the
performance   calculations.   In  addition,   there  is  no  sales  charge  upon
reinvestment  of  dividends  or  other  distributions.   Additional  information
regarding  the  Fund's   performance  is  available  in  its  Annual  Report  to
Shareholders,  which is available at no charge upon request to Investor  Service
Center, 1-800-847-4200.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

         Pursuant to a  Distribution  Agreement  between  the Fund and  Investor
Service Center, Inc., 11 Hanover Square, New York, NY 10005 ("Distributor"), the
Distributor acts as the Fund's principal agent for the sale of Fund shares.  The
Fund has also  adopted a plan of  distribution  ("Plan")  pursuant to Rule 12b-1
under the 1940 Act. Pursuant to the Plan, the Fund pays the Distributor  monthly
a distribution  fee in an amount of  three-quarters  of one percent per annum of
the  Fund's  average  daily  net  assets  and a  service  fee  in an  amount  of
one-quarter of one percent per annum of the Fund's average daily net assets. The
service  fee portion is intended  to cover  personal  services  provided to Fund
shareholders  and  maintenance of shareholder  accounts.  The  distribution  fee
portion  is  intended  to cover  all other  activities  and  expenses  primarily
intended to result in the sale of the Fund's shares.  These fees may be retained
by the  Distributor or passed  through to brokers,  banks and others who provide
services to their customers who are Fund shareholders or to the Distributor. The
Fund will pay the fees to the Distributor until either the Plan is terminated or
not  renewed.  In that  event,  the  Distributor's  expenses  in  excess of fees
received or accrued through the termination day will be the  Distributor's  sole
responsibility  and not  obligations of the Fund.  During the period they are in
effect, the Distribution Agreement and Plan obligate the Fund to pay fees to the
Distributor as compensation for its service and distribution activities.  If the
Distributor's  expenses  exceed the fees,  the Fund will not be obligated to pay
any additional amount to the Distributor. If the Distributor's expenses are less
than such fees,  it may realize a profit.  Certain other  advertising  and sales
materials  may be  prepared to promote the sale of Fund shares and shares of one
or more other affiliated investment companies.  In such cases, the expenses will
be allocated among the Funds involved based on the inquiries  resulting from the
materials or other factors  deemed  appropriate  by the Board of Directors.  The
costs of personnel and facilities of the  Distributor to respond to inquiries by
shareholders and prospective  shareholders  will also be allocated based on such
relative  inquiries or other factors.  There is no certainty that the allocation
of any of the  foregoing  expenses  will  precisely  allocate  to the Fund costs
commensurate  with the benefits it receives,  and it may be that the other Funds
and Bull & Bear Securities, Inc. will benefit therefrom.

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

         The Fund is a non-diversified  open-end  management  investment company
organized as a Maryland  corporation in 1986. The Fund is authorized to issue up
to 500,000,000 shares ($.01 par value). The Fund's stock is freely assignable by
way of pledge (as, for example, for collateral purposes), gift, settlement of an
estate  and also by an  investor  to  another  investor.  Each  share  has equal
dividend,  voting, liquidation and redemption rights with every other share. The
shares have no preemptive,  conversion or cumulative  voting rights and they are
not subject to further call or  assessment.  The Fund's  Board of Directors  may
establish  additional  series or classes of shares,  although  it has no current
intention of doing so.

         The Fund's  By-Laws  provide  that  there will be no annual  meeting of
shareholders  in any year except as required by law. In practical  effect,  this
means that the Fund will not hold an annual meeting of  shareholders in years in
which the only  matters  which  would be  submitted  to  shareholders  for their
approval  are the  election of  Directors  and  ratification  of the  Directors'
selection of  accountants,  although  holders of a majority of the Fund's shares
may  call a  meeting  at  any  time.  There  will  normally  be no  meetings  of
shareholders for the purpose of electing  Directors unless fewer than a majority
of the Directors  holding office have been elected by shareholders.  Shareholder
meetings  will be held in years  in which  shareholder  approval  of the  Fund's
investment  management  agreement,  plan  of  distribution,  or  changes  in its
fundamental  investment  objective,  policies or restrictions is required by the
1940 Act.

                          CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

         Investors  Fiduciary Trust Company,  801 Pennsylvania,  Kansas City, MO
64105,  acts as  custodian of the Fund's  assets,  performs  certain  accounting
services for the Fund, and may appoint one or more  subcustodians  provided such
subcustodianship  is in compliance  with the rules and  regulations  promulgated
under the 1940 Act.  The Fund may  maintain  a portion  of its assets in foreign
countries pursuant to such  subcustodianships  and related foreign depositories.
Utilization of such arrangements will increase the Fund's expenses (see also the
special considerations involving foreign securities discussed above).

                                       11

<PAGE>



         The Fund's transfer and dividend disbursing agent is DST Systems, Inc.,
Box 419789,  Kansas  City,  MO  64141-6789.  The  Distributor  provides  certain
shareholder  administration  services to the Fund and is reimbursed  its cost by
the  Fund.  Such  services  include  receiving  and  responding  to  shareholder
inquiries  concerning  their  accounts  and  processing   shareholder  telephone
requests for transfers, purchases,  redemptions,  changes of address and similar
matters.  The costs of  facilities,  personnel  and other  related  expenses are
allocated among the Fund and other affiliated  investment companies based on the
relative  number of inquiries  and other  factors.  The Fund may also enter into
agreements  with  brokers,  banks and others who may  perform on behalf of their
customers certain  shareholder  services not otherwise  provided by the Transfer
Agent or the Distributor.

                                       12

<PAGE>


[Left Side of Back Cover Page]


SPECIAL
EQUITIES
FUND
- -----------------------------------------------------


1-800-847-4200


CALL TOLL-FREE FOR FUND PERFORMANCE,
EXCHANGES AMONG THE BULL & BEAR FUNDS,
AND TO OBTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING YOUR
ACCOUNT. OR, ACCESS THE FUND ON THE WEB AT
HTTP://WWW.MUTUALFUNDS.NET




11 HANOVER SQUARE
NEW YORK, NY 10005


Printed on recycled paper.
[Right Side of Back Cover Page]


SPECIAL
EQUITIES
FUND
- ---------------------------------------------


INVESTING AGGRESSIVELY
FOR MAXIMUM CAPITAL
APPRECIATION



ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFERS
AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PROGRAM
RETIREMENT PLANS:
         TRADITIONAL DEDUCTIBLE IRA, ROTH IRA, SEP-IRA,
         SIMPLE IRA, EDUCATION IRA AND 403(B)




- ---------------------------------------------------------


PROSPECTUS
MAY 1, 1998


- ---------------------------------------------------------

MINIMUM INITIAL INVESTMENT:
         REGULAR ACCOUNTS,  $1,000
         TRADITIONAL DEDUCTIBLE IRA, ROTH IRA, SEP-IRA,
         SIMPLE IRA, AND 403(B), $1,000
         EDUCATION IRA, $500
         AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PROGRAMS, $100
         MINIMUM SUBSEQUENT INVESTMENTS, $100

BULL
&
BEAR  -----------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE DRIVEN(R)



                                       13



<PAGE>


Statement of Additional Information                                May 1, 1998




                        BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND
                                11 Hanover Square
                               New York, NY 10005
                                 1-800-847-4200




   This  Statement  of  Additional  Information  regarding  Bull & Bear  Special
Equities  Fund,  Inc.  ("Fund")  is not a  prospectus  and  should  be  read  in
conjunction  with the Fund's  Prospectus  dated May 1, 1998.  The  Prospectus is
available  to  prospective  investors  without  charge upon  request to Investor
Service Center, Inc., the Fund's Distributor, by calling 1-800-847-4200.


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE FUND'S INVESTMENT PROGRAM............................................2
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS..................................................3
OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES................4
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY COMPLEX..........................................10
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS..................................................10
INVESTMENT MANAGER......................................................11
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT.........................................11
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE........................................12
PURCHASE OF SHARES......................................................12
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.................................................12
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES..................................................15
ALLOCATION OF BROKERAGE.................................................16
DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES.................................................17
REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS.................................................18
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT............................................19
AUDITORS................................................................19
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................19
APPENDIX -- DESCRIPTIONS OF BOND RATINGS................................20


                                        1

<PAGE>




                          THE FUND'S INVESTMENT PROGRAM

   The  following  information   supplements  the  information   concerning  the
investment  objective,  policies  and  limitations  of  the  Fund  found  in the
Prospectus.

   FOREIGN  SECURITIES.  Because  the Fund may  invest  in  foreign  securities,
investment  in the Fund  involves  investment  risks of  adverse  political  and
economic  developments  that are  different  from an  investment in a fund which
invests only in the securities of U.S.  issuers.  Such risks may include adverse
movements  in the market  value of foreign  securities  during days on which the
Fund's net asset value per share is not determined  (see  "Determination  of Net
Asset  Value"),   the  possible  imposition  of  withholding  taxes  by  foreign
governments on dividend or interest income payable on the securities held in the
portfolio, possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, the possible
establishment   of  exchange   controls,   or  the  adoption  of  other  foreign
governmental  restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of dividends
or principal and interest on securities in the portfolio.

   ILLIQUID ASSETS.  The Fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security
or invest in a repurchase agreement if, as a result, more than 15% of the Fund's
net assets would be invested in illiquid assets, including repurchase agreements
not  entitling  the holder to payment of principal  within seven days.  The term
"illiquid  assets" for this purpose includes  securities that cannot be disposed
of within seven days in the  ordinary  course of business at  approximately  the
amount at which the Fund has valued the securities.

   Illiquid  restricted  securities  may be sold by the Fund  only in  privately
negotiated  transactions  or in a  public  offering  with  respect  to  which  a
registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
("1933 Act").  Such  securities  include those that are subject to  restrictions
contained in the  securities  laws of other  countries.  Where  registration  is
required,  the  Fund  may be  obligated  to pay all or part of the  registration
expenses and a  considerable  period may elapse between the time of the decision
to sell  and the time the Fund  may be  permitted  to sell a  security  under an
effective  regis tration  statement.  If, during such a period,  adverse  market
conditions  were to develop,  the Fund might obtain a less favorable  price than
prevailed when it decided to sell.  Securities that are freely marketable in the
country where they are principally traded, but would not be freely marketable in
the U.S., are not included within the meaning of the term "illiquid assets."

   In recent  years a large  institutional  market  has  developed  for  certain
securities  that are not  registered  under  the  1933  Act,  including  private
placements,   repurchase  agreements,   commercial  paper,  foreign  securities,
municipal  securities and corporate bonds and notes. These instruments are often
restricted  securities  because the securities are either themselves exempt from
registration or sold in transactions not requiring  registration.  Institutional
investors  generally  will not seek to sell  these  instruments  to the  general
public,  but instead  will often  depend  either on an  efficient  institutional
market in which such  unregistered  securities  can be  readily  resold or on an
issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment. Therefore, the fact that there
are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or certain
institutions is not dispositive of the liquidity of such investments.

   Rule  144A  under  the  1933  Act   establishes  a  "safe  harbor"  from  the
registration  requirements of the 1933 Act for resales of certain  securities to
qualified  institutional buyers ("QIBs").  Institutional  restricted  securities
markets may provide both readily  ascertainable values for restricted securities
and the ability to liquidate an investment in order to satisfy share  redemption
orders on a timely basis.  Such markets might include  automated systems for the
trading,  clearance and  settlement of  unregistered  securities of domestic and
foreign issuers, such as the PORTAL System sponsored by the National Association
of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD") An insufficient number of QIBs interested
in purchasing certain  restricted  securities held by the Fund,  however,  could
affect adversely the  marketability of such portfolio  securities,  and the Fund
might be unable to dispose of such securities promptly or at favorable prices.

   The Fund's Board of Directors has delegated the function of making day-to-day
determinations of liquidity to Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc. ("Investment Manager")
pursuant to guidelines  approved by the Board. The Investment Manager takes into
account a number of factors in reaching liquidity determinations,  including (1)
the frequency of trades and quotes for the  security,  (2) the number of dealers
willing to  purchase  or sell the  security  and the  number of other  potential
purchasers,  and (3) dealer  undertakings to make a market in the security,  and
the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace  trades (e.g.,  the
time needed to dispose of the security,  the method of soliciting offers and the
mechanics  of  transfer).  The  Investment  Manager  monitors  the  liquidity of
restricted  securities  in the Fund's  portfolio  and  reports  periodically  on
liquidity determinations to the Board of Directors.

   LOWER  RATED DEBT  SECURITIES.  The Fund may invest in  investment  grade and
non-investment  grade debt securities.  Ratings of "investment  grade" or better
include the four  highest  ratings of Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Group  ("S&P")
('AAA',  'AA', 'A', or 'BBB') and Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")
('Aaa',  'Aa',  'A', or 'Baa').  There is no minimum quality rating for the debt
securities in which the Fund may invest and the Fund may invest up to 35% of its
assets in unrated debt  securities  or debt  securities  rated below  investment
grade,  although it has no current  intention of  investing  more than 5% of its
total  assets in such  securities  during the  coming  year.  Moody's  considers
securities  rated Baa to have speculative  characteristics.  Changes in economic
conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity
for such securities to make principal and interest payments than is the case for
higher grade debt  securities.  Debt securities rated below investment grade are
deemed by these  agencies to be  predominantly  speculative  with respect to the
issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal and may involve major risk
exposure to adverse conditions.  Debt securi ties rated lower than B may include
securities  that are in  default  or face the risk of  default  with  respect to
principal or interest.

   Ratings of debt securities  represent the rating agencies' opinions regarding
their quality,  are not a guarantee of quality and may be reduced after the Fund
has acquired the security.  The Investment Manger will consider such an event in
determining  whether the Fund should  continue to hold the  security  but is not
required to dispose of it.  Credit  ratings  attempt to  evaluate  the safety of
principal and interest  payments and do not evaluate the risk of fluctuations in
market value.  Also,  rating  agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit
ratings in response to subsequent  events, so that an issuer's current financial
condition may be better or worse than the rating indicates.  See the Appendix to
this Statement of Additional  Information for a further description of S&P's and
Moody's ratings.

   Lower rated debt securities  generally offer a higher current yield than that
available  for higher grade  issues.  However,  lower rated  securities  involve
greater risks, in that they are especially subject to adverse changes in general
economic  conditions and in the industries in which the issuers are engaged,  to
adverse  changes  in the  financial  condition  of  the  issuers  and  to  price
fluctuations  in  response  to  changes in  interest  rates.  During  periods of
economic  downturn  or rising  interest  rates,  highly  leveraged  issuers  may
experience  financial  stress which could adversely affect their ability to make
payments

                                        2

<PAGE>



of interest and principal and increase the possibility of default.  In addition,
the market for lower rated debt securities has expanded rapidly in recent years,
and its growth paralleled a long economic expansion.  In the past, the prices of
many  lower  rated  debt  securities  declined   substantially,   reflecting  an
expectation  that many issuers of such  securities  might  experience  financial
difficulties.  As a result,  the  yields on lower  rated  debt  securities  rose
dramati  cally,  but such higher  yields did not reflect the value of the income
stream  that  holders  of such  securities  expected,  but  rather the risk that
holders of such securities could lose a substantial  portion of their value as a
result of the  issuers'  financial  restructuring  or  default.  There can be no
assurance that such decline in price will not recur.  The market for lower rated
debt  issues  may be  thinner  and less  active  than  that for  higher  quality
securities,  which may limit the Fund's ability to sell such  securities at fair
value in  response  to changes  in the  economy or  financial  markets.  Adverse
publicity  and  investor  perceptions,  whether  or  not  based  on  fundamental
analysis,  may also decrease the price and liquidity of lower rated  securities,
especially in a thinly traded market.

   REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  The Fund may enter into  repurchase  agreements with
U.S.  banks or dealers  involving  securities in which the Fund is authorized to
invest.  A repurchase  agreement is an instrument under which the Fund purchases
securities  from a bank or dealer  and  simultaneously  commits  to  resell  the
securities  to the bank or dealer at an agreed upon date and price  reflecting a
market  rate  of  interest.  The  Fund's  custodian  maintains  custody  of  the
underlying securities until their repurchase; thus the obligation of the bank or
dealer to pay the repurchase  price is, in effect,  secured by such securi ties.
The Fund's  risk is limited to the  ability of the seller to pay the agreed upon
amount on the repurchase date; if the seller defaults, the securities constitute
collateral for the seller's obligation to pay. If, however,  the seller defaults
and the value of the collateral  declines,  the Fund may incur loss and expenses
in  selling  the  collateral.  To  attempt  to  limit  the risk in  engaging  in
repurchase  agreements,  the Fund enters into  repurchase  agreements  only with
banks and dealers  believed by the Investment  Manager to present minimum credit
risks in accordance with guidelines  established by the Board of Directors.  The
Fund will not enter into a  repurchase  agreement  with a maturity  of more than
seven  days if,  as a  result,  more than 15% of its net  assets  would  then be
invested in such agreements and other illiquid assets.

   U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. The U.S. government securities in which the Fund
may invest include direct obligations of the U.S. government (such
as Treasury bills, notes and bonds) and obligations issued by U.S. government 
agencies and instrumentalities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
government,such as those issued by the Government National Mortgage Association.
In addition, the U.S. government securities in which the Fund may invest include
securities supported primarily or solely by the creditworthiness of the issuer, 
such as securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, the 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Tennessee Valley Authority. In
the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. 
government, the Fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality 
issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be 
able to assert a claim against the U.S. government itself in the event the 
agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments.
Accordingly, these securities may involve more risk than securities backed by 
the U.S. government's full faith and credit.

   MUNICIPAL SECURITIES.  Under certain  circumstances  municipal securities may
offer the  potential  for capital  appreciation  relative to other fixed  income
alternatives even without taking into consideration the tax-advantaged nature of
interest  earned  on such  securities.  At such  times,  the Fund may  invest in
municipal  securities of varying maturities.  The municipal  securities in which
the Fund may invest include general obligation and revenue or special obligation
securities.  General obligation  securities are secured by an issuer's pledge of
its full faith,  credit and unlimited  taxing power for the payment of principal
and interest. Revenue or special obligation securities are payable only from the
revenues derived from a particular  facility or class of facility or project or,
in a few cases,  from the proceeds of a special  excise or other tax.  Municipal
securities also include "private activity bonds," the interest income from which
generally is subject to the Federal  alternative  minimum  tax.  Even though the
interest  from  municipal  securities  may be exempt  from  Federal  income tax,
dividends paid by the Fund  attributable  to that interest will be fully taxable
to Fund shareholders.

   EQUITY  SECURITIES.  The Fund may  invest in equity  securities  of U.S.  and
foreign issuers that, in the Investment Manager's judgment,  offer potential for
capital  appreciation.  Such equity  securities  involve greater risk of loss of
income than debt securities  because issuers are not obligated to pay dividends.
In addition, equity securities are subordinate to debt securities,  and are more
subject to changes in economic  and  industry  conditions  and in the  financial
conditions of the issuers of such securities.

   YEAR 2000 RISKS.  Like other  investment  companies,  financial  and business
organizations  around  the world,  the Fund will be  adversely  affected  if the
computer systems used by Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc. and the Fund's other service
providers do not properly  process and calculate  date-related  information  and
data from and after  January 1, 2000.  This is commonly  known as the "Year 2000
Problem." The Fund is taking steps that it believes are  reasonably  designed to
address the Year 2000 Problem  with respect to the computer  systems it uses and
to obtain satisfactory  assurances that comparable steps are being taken by each
of the Fund's  major  service  providers.  The Fund does not expect to incur any
significant  costs in order to address the Year 2000 Problem.  However,  at this
time there can be no assurances that these steps will be sufficient to avoid any
adverse impact on the Fund.

                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

   The Fund has adopted the following fundamental  investment  restrictions that
may not be changed  without the approval of the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the
voting  securities  of the Fund present at a meeting if the holders of more than
50% of the outstanding  voting securities of the Fund are present or represented
by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding  voting securities of the Fund.
Any investment  restriction which involves a maximum percentage of securities or
assets  shall  not be  considered  to be  violated  unless  an  excess  over the
percentage  occurs  immediately  after,  and is  caused  by, an  acquisition  of
securities or assets of, or borrowing by, the Fund. The Fund may not:

1.         Issue senior  securities as defined in the Investment  Company Act of
           1940, as amended ("1940 Act"). The following will not be deemed to be
           senior  securities  for this purpose:  (a) evidences of  indebtedness
           that the Fund is permitted to incur,  (b) the issuance of  additional
           series or  classes  of  securities  that the Board of  Directors  may
           establish,  (c) the Fund's  futures,  options,  and forward  currency
           transactions,  and (d) to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act and
           applicable  rules and policies adopted by the Securities and Exchange
           Commission ("SEC"),  (i) the establishment or use of a margin account
           with a broker for the purpose of effecting securities transactions on
           margin and (ii) short sales;

2.         Lend  its  assets,  provided  however,  that  the  following  are not
           prohibited: (a) the making of time or demand deposits with banks, (b)
           the purchase of debt securities such as bonds, debentures, commercial
           paper, repurchase agreements and short term obligations in accordance
           with the

                                        3

<PAGE>



           Fund's  investment   objective  and  policies  and  (c)  engaging  in
           securities and other asset loan transactions  limited to one-third of
           the Fund's total assets;

3.         Underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that
           the  Fund  may be  deemed  to be an  underwriter  under  the  Federal
           securities  laws in  connection  with the  disposition  of the Fund's
           authorized investments;

4.         Borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act;

5.         Purchase or sell commodities or commodity futures contracts, although
           it  may  enter  into  (i)  financial  and  foreign  currency  futures
           contracts and options  thereon,  (ii) options on foreign  currencies,
           and (iii) forward contracts on foreign currencies; or

6.         Purchase or sell real  estate,  provided  that the Fund may invest in
           securities (excluding limited partnership  interests) secured by real
           estate or interests  therein or issued by  companies  which invest in
           real estate or interests therein.

   The Fund's Board of Directors has established  the following  non-fundamental
investment  limitations  that may be  changed by the Board  without  shareholder
approval:

1.         The Fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire any security or invest
           in a  repurchase  agreement  if,  as a  result,  more than 15% of the
           Fund's  net assets  (taken at current  value)  would be  invested  in
           illiquid assets,  including  repurchase  agreements not entitling the
           holder to payment of principal within seven days;

2.         The Fund may not purchase the  securities of any  investment  company
           (as  defined  in the 1940 Act)  except  (a) by  purchase  in the open
           market where no commission  or profit to a sponsor or dealer  results
           from such purchase,  provided that immediately after such purchase no
           more than:  10% of the Fund's total assets are invested in securities
           issued by  investment  companies,  5% of the Fund's  total assets are
           invested in securities issued by any one investment company, or 3% of
           the voting securities of any one such investment company are owned by
           the Fund,  and (b) when such  purchase  is part of a plan of  merger,
           consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of assets;

3.         The  aggregate   value  of  securities   underlying  put  options  on
           securities  written  by the Fund,  determined  as of the date the put
           options  are  written,  will not exceed 25% of the Fund's net assets,
           and the  aggregate  value of  securities  underlying  call options on
           securities  written by the Fund,  determined  as of the date the call
           options are written, will not exceed 25% of the Fund's net assets;

4.         The  Fund  may  purchase  a put or call  option  on a  security  or a
           security index, including any straddles or spreads, only if the value
           of its premium,  when  aggregated with the premiums on all other such
           instruments  held by the Fund, does not exceed 5% of the Fund's total
           assets;

5.         To the extent that the Fund enters into futures contracts, options on
           futures  contracts  and  options  on foreign  currencies  traded on a
           Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") regulated exchange,  in
           each case that is not for bona fide  hedging  purposes (as defined by
           the CFTC),  the  aggregate  initial  margin and premiums  required to
           establish these positions  (excluding the amount by which options are
           "in-the-money")  may not  exceed 5% of the  liquidation  value of the
           Fund's portfolio,  after taking into account  unrealized  profits and
           unrealized losses on any contracts the Fund has entered into;

6.         The Fund may not purchase securities on margin,  except that the Fund
           may obtain such short term credits as are necessary for the clearance
           of transactions, and provided that margin payments and other deposits
           made in connection with transactions in options,  futures  contracts,
           forward  contracts  and  other  derivative  instruments  shall not be
           deemed to constitute purchasing securities on margin; and

7. The Fund may not  mortgage,  pledge or  hypothecate  any  assets in excess of
one-third of the Fund's total assets.

            OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES

   REGULATION  OF THE USE OF  OPTIONS,  FUTURES AND  FORWARD  CURRENCY  CONTRACT
STRATEGIES. As discussed in the Prospectus, the Investment Manager may engage in
certain options strategies to attempt to enhance return or for hedging purposes.
The Investment Manager also may use securities index futures contracts, interest
rate  futures  contracts,  foreign  currency  futures  contracts  (collectively,
"futures  contracts"  or  "futures"),  options on futures  contracts and forward
currency contracts for hedging purposes or in other  circumstances  permitted by
the CFTC.  There is no  guarantee,  however,  that the  Investment  Manager will
engage  in  any of  these  transactions  in the  coming  year.  Certain  special
characteristics  of and  risks  associated  with  using  these  instruments  are
discussed  below.  In addition to the  non-fundamental  investment  restrictions
described above in sections 4 and 5, use of options,  forward currency contracts
and futures by the Fund is subject to the applicable regulations of the SEC, the
several options and futures exchanges upon which such instruments may be traded,
the CFTC and the various state regulatory authorities.

   In addition to the products,  strategies and risks described below and in the
Prospectus,  the Investment  Manager may discover  additional  opportunities  in
connection  with  options,  futures and forward  currency  contracts.  These new
opportunities  may become  available  as the  Investment  Manager  develops  new
techniques,   as   regulatory   authorities   broaden  the  range  of  permitted
transactions  and as new options,  futures and forward  currency  contracts  are
developed.  The Investment Manager may utilize these opportunities to the extent
they are  consistent  with the Fund's  investment  objective,  permitted  by the
Fund's  investment  limitations  and  permitted  by  the  applicable  regulatory
authorities.  The Fund's  registration  statement  will be  supplemented  to the
extent that new products and strategies involve materially  different risks than
those described below and in the Prospectus.


                                        4

<PAGE>



   COVER FOR OPTIONS, FUTURES AND FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACT STRATEGIES. The Fund
will not use  leverage in its  options,  futures and forward  currency  contract
strategies. Accordingly, the Fund will comply with guidelines established by the
SEC with  respect to coverage of these  strategies  by either (1) setting  aside
cash or  liquid  securities  whose  value is  marked  to the  market  daily in a
segregated  account with its custodian in the prescribed  amount, or (2) holding
securities,  currencies or other options or futures  contracts  whose values are
expected to offset ("cover") its obligations thereunder. Securi ties, currencies
or other options or futures  contracts used for cover and  securities  held in a
segregated  account  cannot  be  sold  or  closed  out  while  the  strategy  is
outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar assets. As a result, there is
a possibility that the use of cover or segregation  involving a large percentage
of the Fund's assets could impede portfolio  management or the Fund's ability to
meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

   OPTION INCOME AND HEDGING STRATEGIES.  The Fund may purchase and write (sell)
both exchange-traded options and options traded on the over-the-counter  ("OTC")
market.  Currently,  options on debt securities are primarily  traded on the OTC
market. Although many options on currencies are exchange-traded, the majority of
such options currently are traded on the OTC market.  Exchange-traded options in
the U.S. are issued by a clearing  organization  affiliated with the exchange on
which the option is listed,  which,  in effect,  guarantees  completion of every
exchange-traded  option  transaction.  In  contrast,  OTC options are  contracts
between the Fund and its contra-party with no clearing  organization  guarantee.
Thus, when the Fund purchases an OTC option,  it relies on the dealer from which
it has  purchased  the OTC  option to make or take  delivery  of the  securities
underlying  the option.  Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss
of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of the  expected  benefit of
the transaction.

   The Fund may purchase call options on securities  (both equity and debt) that
the Investment  Manager  intends to include in the Fund's  portfolio in order to
fix the cost of a future  purchase.  Call options also may be used as a means of
enhancing  returns  by,  for  example,  participating  in an  anticipated  price
increase of a security. In the event of a decline in the price of the underlying
security,  use of this strategy  would serve to limit the potential  loss to the
Fund  to the  option  premium  paid;  conversely,  if the  market  price  of the
underlying security increases above the exercise price and the Fund either sells
or exercises the option, any profit eventually  realized would be reduced by the
premium paid.

   The Fund may purchase put options on  securities  in order to hedge against a
decline in the market value of securities held in its portfolio or to attempt to
enhance return. The put option enables the Fund to sell the underlying  security
at the  predetermined  exercise price;  thus, the potential for loss to the Fund
below the exercise  price is limited to the option  premium  paid. If the market
price of the  underlying  security is higher than the exercise  price of the put
option,  any  profit  the Fund  realizes  on the sale of the  security  would be
reduced by the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put
option may be sold.

   The Fund may on  certain  occasions  wish to hedge  against a decline  in the
market value of  securities  held in its portfolio at a time when put options on
those  particular  securities  are not  available  for  purchase.  The  Fund may
therefore  purchase a put option on other  carefully  selected  securities,  the
values of which  historically have a high degree of positive  correlation to the
value of such  portfolio  securities.  If the Investment  Manager's  judgment is
correct, changes in the value of the put options should generally offset changes
in the value of the portfolio securities being hedged.  However, the correlation
between  the  two  values  may  not be as  close  in  these  transactions  as in
transactions  in which the Fund purchases a put option on a security held in its
portfolio. If the Investment Manager's judgment is not correct, the value of the
securities  underlying  the put option may  decrease  less than the value of the
Fund's  portfolio  securities  and  therefore  the put  option  may not  provide
complete  protection  against a decline  in the  value of the  Fund's  portfolio
securities below the level sought to be protected by the put option.

   The  Fund  may  write  covered  call  options  on  securities  in which it is
authorized  to invest for hedging or to increase  return in the form of premiums
received from the  purchasers of the options.  A call option gives the purchaser
of the option the right to buy, and the writer  (seller) the obligation to sell,
the  underlying  security at the exercise  price during the option  period.  The
strategy  may be used to provide  limited  protection  against a decrease in the
market price of the  security,  in an amount  equal to the premium  received for
writing the call option less any transaction costs. Thus, if the market price of
the underlying  security held by the Fund  declines,  the amount of such decline
will be offset  wholly or in part by the amount of the  premium  received by the
Fund.  If,  however,  there is an increase in the market price of the underlying
security  and the option is  exercised,  the Fund would be obligated to sell the
security at less than its market value.  The Fund would give up the ability sell
any portfolio securities used to cover the call option while the call option was
outstanding.  In addition,  the Fund could lose the ability to participate in an
increase in the value of such  securities  above the exercise  price of the call
option  because  such an increase  would  likely be offset by an increase in the
cost of closing  out the call  option (or could be negated if the buyer chose to
exercise the call option at an exercise  price below the current  market value).
Portfolio  securities  used to cover OTC options  written also may be considered
illiquid,  and therefore  subject to the Fund's  limitation on investing no more
than 15% of its net asset in  illiquid  securities,  unless the OTC  options are
sold to qualified dealers who agree that the Fund may repurchase any OTC options
it writes for a maximum  price to be  calculated  by a formula  set forth in the
option agreement.  The cover for an OTC option written subject to this procedure
would be  considered  illiquid  only to the extent that the  maximum  repurchase
price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

   The Fund also may write  covered  put  options on  securities  in which it is
authorized  to invest.  A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right
to sell, and the writer (seller) the obligation to buy, the underlying  security
at the exercise price during the option period. So long as the obligation of the
writer  continues,  the  writer  may  be  assigned  an  exercise  notice  by the
broker/dealer  through whom such option was sold,  requiring it to make pay ment
of the exercise price against delivery of the underlying security. The operation
of put options in other respects,  including their related risks and rewards, is
substantially  identical  to that  of call  options.  If the put  option  is not
exercised,  the Fund will realize income in the amount of the premium  received.
This technique  could be used to enhance current return during periods of market
uncertainty.  The risk in such a  transaction  would be that the market price of
the underlying security would decline below the exercise price less the premiums
received, in which case the Fund would expect to suffer a loss.

   The Fund may  purchase  put and call  options and write  covered put and call
options on  securities  indexes in much the same manner as the more  traditional
securities  options  discussed  above,  except that index options may serve as a
hedge  against  overall  fluctuations  in the  securities  markets  (or a market
sector)  rather  than  anticipated  increases  or  decreases  in the  value of a
particular  security.  A  securities  index  assigns  values  to the  securities
included in the index and fluctuates with changes in such values. Settlements of
securities index options are effected with cash payments and do not

                                        5

<PAGE>



involve  delivery of securities.  Thus,  upon  settlement of a securities  index
option, the purchaser will realize,  and the writer will pay, an amount based on
the  difference  between the exercise  price and the closing price of the index.
The  effectiveness  of hedging  techniques  using  securities index options will
depend on the extent to which price  movements in the securities  index selected
correlate with price movements of the securities in which the Fund invests.

   The Fund may purchase and write covered  straddles on securities  indexes.  A
long  straddle  is a  combination  of a call  and a put  purchased  on the  same
security  where  the  exercise  price  of the put is less  than or  equal to the
exercise  price on the call.  The Fund would enter into a long straddle when the
Investment  Manager  believes that it is likely that  securities  prices will be
more  volatile  during  the term of the  options  than is  implied by the option
pricing.  A short  straddle is a combination  of a call and a put written on the
same security  where the exercise  price on the put is less than or equal to the
exercise  price of the call where the same issue of the  security is  considered
"cover"  for  both  the put and the  call.  The Fund  would  enter  into a short
straddle  when  the  Investment  Manager  believes  that  it  is  unlikely  that
securities  prices  will be as  volatile  during  the term of the  options as is
implied by the option pricing. In such case, the Fund will set aside permissible
liquid assets whose value is marked to the market daily in a segregated  account
with its custodian  equivalent in value to the amount,  if any, by which the put
is  "in-the-money,"  that is, that amount by which the exercise price of the put
exceeds the current market value of the underlying security.

   FOREIGN  CURRENCY  OPTIONS AND RELATED RISKS.  The Fund may take positions in
options on foreign currencies to hedge against the risk of foreign exchange rate
fluctuations on foreign  securities that the Fund holds in its portfolio or that
it intends to  purchase.  For  example,  if the Fund  enters  into a contract to
purchase securities  denominated in a foreign currency, it could effectively fix
the maximum U.S.  dollar cost of the  securities by  purchasing  call options on
that foreign currency.  Similarly,  if the Fund held securities denominated in a
foreign currency and anticipated a decline in the value of that currency against
the U.S. dollar, the Fund could hedge against such a decline by purchasing a put
option on the currency  involved.  The Fund's ability to establish and close out
positions in such options is subject to the  maintenance  of a liquid  secondary
market.  Although many options on foreign curren cies are  exchange-traded,  the
majority are traded on the OTC market.  The Fund will not purchase or write such
options  unless,  in the Investment  Mana ger's opinion,  the market for them is
sufficiently liquid to ensure that the risks in connection with such options are
not  greater  than the risks in  connection  with the  underlying  currency.  In
addition,  options on foreign  currencies  are affected by all of those  factors
that influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.

   The  value  of a  foreign  currency  option  depends  upon  the  value of the
underlying  currency relative to the U.S. dollar. As a result,  the price of the
option  position may vary with changes in the value of either or both currencies
and may have no  relationship  to the investment  merits of a foreign  security.
Because foreign currency transactions  occurring in the interbank market involve
substantially  larger  amounts  than  those that may be  involved  in the use of
foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an
odd lot market  (generally  consisting of  transactions of less than $1 million)
for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for
round lots.

   There  is no  systematic  reporting  of last  sale  information  for  foreign
currencies or any  regulatory  requirement  that  quotations  available  through
dealers  and  other  market  resources  be firm or  revised  on a timely  basis.
Available  quotation  information  is  generally  representative  of very  large
transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller
transactions  (less than $1  million)  where  rates may be less  favorable.  The
interbank market in foreign currencies is a global,  around-the-clock market. To
the extent that the U.S.  options  markets are closed  while the markets for the
underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take
place in the underlying  markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets
until they reopen.

   SPECIAL   CHARACTERISTICS  AND  RISKS  OF  OPTIONS  TRADING.   The  Fund  may
effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a
closing transaction.  If the Fund wishes to terminate its obligation to purchase
or sell  securities or  currencies  under a put or a call option it has written,
the Fund may  purchase a put or a call  option of the same  series  (that is, an
option identical in its terms to the option previously  written);  this is known
as a closing purchase transaction.  Conversely,  in order to terminate its right
to purchase  or sell  specified  securities  or  currencies  under a call or put
option it has  purchased,  the Fund may sell an option of the same series as the
option held; this is known as a closing sale transaction.  Closing  transactions
essentially  permit the Fund to realize  profits or limit  losses on its options
positions prior to the exercise or expiration of the option.

   In considering  the use of options to enhance  returns or to hedge the Fund's
portfolio, particular note should be taken of the following:

   (1) The value of an option  position  will reflect,  among other things,  the
current market price of the underlying  security,  securities index or currency,
the time remaining until  expiration,  the relationship of the exercise price to
the market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security, se
curities index or currency and general market  conditions.  For this reason, the
successful  use of options  depends  upon the  Investment  Manager's  ability to
forecast the direction of price  fluctuations  in the  underlying  securities or
currency  markets or, in the case of securities  index options,  fluctuations in
the market sector represented by the selected index.

   (2) Options normally have expiration dates of up to three years. The exercise
price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market value of
the underlying  security,  securities index or currency.  Purchased options that
expire  unexercised  have no value.  Unless an option  purchased  by the Fund is
exercised  or unless a closing  transaction  is  effected  with  respect to that
position, the Fund will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any
transaction costs.

   (3) A  position  in an  exchange-listed  option  may be closed out only on an
exchange  that  provides  a  secondary  market  for  identical   options.   Most
exchange-listed  options relate to stocks. Although the Fund intends to purchase
or write only those  exchange-traded  options  for which  there  appears to be a
liquid  secondary  market,  there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market
will  exist  for  any  particular   option  at  any  particular  time.   Closing
transactions  may be effected with respect to options  traded in the OTC markets
(currently the primary  markets for options on debt securities and a significant
market for foreign currencies) only by negotiating directly with the other party
to the option  contract or in a  secondary  market for the option if such market
exists. Although the Fund will enter into OTC options with dealers that agree to
enter  into,  and that are  expected  to be capable of  entering  into,  closing
transactions  with the Fund,  there can be no  assurance  that the Fund would be
able to  liquidate  an OTC  option  at a  favorable  price at any time  prior to
expiration.  In the event of  insolvency  of the  contra-party,  the Fund may be
unable to liquidate an OTC option. Accordingly, it may

                                        6

<PAGE>



not be possible to effect closing  transactions with respect to certain options,
which  would  result in the Fund having to exercise  those  options  that it has
purchased in order to realize any profit. With respect to options written by the
Fund, the inability to enter into a closing  transaction  may result in material
losses to the Fund.  For  example,  because  the Fund  must  maintain  a covered
position  with  respect to any call option it writes on a security,  currency or
securities  index,  the Fund may not sell the underlying  securities or currency
(or invest any cash securities used to cover the option) during the period it is
obligated under such option.  This  requirement may impair the Fund's ability to
sell a portfolio  security or make an  investment  at a time when such a sale or
investment might be advantageous.

   (4)  Securities  index options are settled  exclusively  in cash. If the Fund
writes a call  option on an index,  the Fund will not know in advance the differ
ence,  if any,  between the closing  value of the index on the exercise date and
the exercise  price of the call option  itself and thus will not know the amount
of cash payable upon  settlement.  In addition,  a holder of a securities  index
option  who  exercises  it  before  the  closing  index  value  for  that day is
available, runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently
change.

   (5) The  Fund's  activities  in the  options  markets  may result in a higher
portfolio turnover rate and additional  brokerage costs and taxes;  however, the
Fund also may save on commissions by using options as a hedge rather than buying
or  selling  individual  securities  in  anticipation  or as a result  of market
movements.

   FUTURES  AND  RELATED  OPTIONS  STRATEGIES.  The Fund may  engage in  futures
strategies for hedging purposes to attempt to reduce the overall investment risk
that  would  normally  be  expected  to be  associated  with  ownership  of  the
securities  in which it invests.  This may involve,  among other  things,  using
futures  strategies  to  manage  the  effective  duration  of the  Fund.  If the
Investment  Manager  wishes to shorten the effective  duration of the Fund,  the
Fund may sell a futures  contract  or a call option  thereon,  or purchase a put
option on that futures  contract.  If the Investment  Manager wishes to lengthen
the  effective  duration of the Fund,  the Fund may buy a futures  contract or a
call option thereon, or sell a put option.

   The Fund may use interest rate futures contracts and options thereon to hedge
its  portfolio  against  changes in the general  level of interest  rates and in
other  circumstances  permitted  by the CFTC.  The Fund may purchase an interest
rate futures  contract when it intends to purchase debt  securities  but has not
yet done so. This strategy may minimize the effect of all or part of an increase
in the market  price of the debt  security  that the Fund intends to purchase in
the future.  A rise in the price of the debt security  prior to its purchase may
either be offset by an increase in the value of the futures  contract  purchased
by the Fund or  avoided  by taking  delivery  of the debt  securities  under the
futures contract.  Conversely, a fall in the market price of the underlying debt
security  may result in a  corresponding  decrease  in the value of the  futures
position.  The Fund may  sell an  interest  rate  futures  contract  in order to
continue to receive the income from a debt security,  while endeavoring to avoid
part or all of the decline in market value of that security that would accompany
an increase in interest rates.

   The Fund may purchase a call option on an interest  rate futures  contract to
hedge against a market advance in debt securities that the Fund plans to acquire
at a future  date.  The  purchase of a call option on an interest  rate  futures
contract is  analogous to the  purchase of a call option on an  individual  debt
security,  which can be used as a  temporary  substitute  for a position  in the
security  itself.  The Fund also may write  covered put options on interest rate
futures  contracts as a partial  anticipatory  hedge and may write  covered call
options on interest rate futures  contracts as a partial hedge against a decline
in the price of debt securities held in the Fund's portfolio.  The Fund may also
purchase  put  options on  interest  rate  futures  contracts  in order to hedge
against a decline in the value of debt securities held in the Fund's portfolio.

   The Fund may sell  securities  index futures  contracts in  anticipation of a
general market or market sector decline that could  adversely  affect the market
value of the  Fund's  portfolio.  To the  extent  that a portion  of the  Fund's
portfolio  correlates with a given index, the sale of futures  contracts on that
index could reduce the risks  associated  with a market decline and thus provide
an alternative to the liquidation of securities  positions.  For example, if the
Fund correctly  anticipates a general market decline and sells  securities index
futures to hedge  against  this risk,  the gain in the futures  position  should
offset  some or all of the decline in the value of the  portfolio.  The Fund may
purchase securities index futures contracts if a market or market sector advance
is anticipated. Such a purchase of a futures contract would serve as a temporary
substitute for the purchase of individual securities,  which securities may then
be purchased in an orderly fashion. This strategy may minimize the effect of all
or part of an increase in the market price of  securities  that the Fund intends
to purchase.  A rise in the price of the securities  should be in part or wholly
offset by gains in the futures position.

   As in the case of a purchase of a securities index futures contract, the Fund
may  purchase a call  option on a  securities  index  futures  contract to hedge
against a market  advance  in  securities  that the Fund  plans to  acquire at a
future date. The Fund may write covered put options on securities  index futures
as a partial anticipatory hedge and may write covered call options on securities
index  futures as a partial  hedge  against a decline in the price of securities
held in the Fund's portfolio.  This is analogous to writing covered call options
on  securities.  The Fund also may  purchase  put  options on secur  ities index
futures  contracts.  The  purchase of put options on  securities  index  futures
contracts is analogous to the purchase of  protective  put options on individual
securities  where a level of  protection  is sought  below  which no  additional
economic loss would be incurred by the Fund.

   The  Fund  may sell  foreign  currency  futures  contracts  to hedge  against
possible  variations in the exchange rate of foreign currency in relation to the
U.S. dollar.  In addition,  the Fund may sell foreign currency futures contracts
when the  Investment  Manager  anticipates  a general  weakening  of the foreign
currency  exchange  rate that could  adversely  affect  the market  value of the
Fund's foreign  securities  holdings or interest payments to be received in that
foreign currency.  In this case, the sale of futures contracts on the underlying
currency  may reduce the risk to the Fund of a reduction  in market value caused
by foreign  currency  exchange  rate  variations  and,  by so doing,  provide an
alternative to the liquidation of securities positions and resulting transaction
costs. When the Investment  Manager  anticipates a significant  foreign exchange
rate  increase  while  intending  to invest in a  security  denominated  in that
currency,  the Fund may purchase a foreign  currency  futures  contract to hedge
against the increased rates pending  completion of the anticipated  transaction.
Such a purchase  would serve as a temporary  measure to protect the Fund against
any rise in the foreign currency  exchange rate that may add additional costs to
acquiring the foreign security position.  The Fund may also purchase call or put
options on foreign currency futures contracts to obtain a fixed foreign currency
exchange rate at limited risk.  The Fund may purchase a call option on a foreign
currency  futures  contract  to hedge  against  a rise in the  foreign  currency
exchange  rate  while  intending  to invest in a  security  denominated  in that
currency.  The Fund  may  purchase  put  options  on  foreign  currency  futures
contracts as a hedge against a decline in the foreign currency exchange rates or
the value of its foreign portfolio securities.  The Fund may write a covered put
option on a foreign currency futures  contract as a partial  anticipatory  hedge
and may write a covered

                                        7

<PAGE>



call option on a foreign  currency  futures  contract as a partial hedge against
the effects of declining foreign currency exchange rates on the value of foreign
securities.

   The Fund may also write put options on  interest  rate,  securities  index or
foreign  currency  futures  contracts  while, at the same time,  purchasing call
options on the same interest rate,  securities index or foreign currency futures
contract in order to synthetically create an interest rate,  securities index or
foreign currency futures contract.  The options will have the same strike prices
and expiration dates. The Fund will only engage in this strategy when it is more
advantageous  to  the  Fund  to do so as  compared  to  purchasing  the  futures
contract.

   The Fund may also  purchase and write  covered  straddles on interest rate or
securities index futures  contracts.  A long straddle is a combination of a call
and a put purchased on the same security at the same  exercise  price.  The Fund
would  enter  into a long  straddle  when it  believes  that it is  likely  that
securities  prices will be more volatile  during the term of the options than is
implied by the option  pricing.  A short straddle is a combination of a call and
put written on the same futures  contract at the same  exercise  price where the
same security or futures contract is considered "cover" for both the put and the
call.  The Fund would enter into a short  straddle  when it believes  that it is
unlikely  that  securities  prices  will be as  volatile  during the term of the
options as is implied by the  option  pricing.  In such case,  the Fund will set
aside permissible liquid assets in a segregated account with its custodian equal
in value to the amount, if any, by which the put is "in-the-money,"  that is the
amount by which the exercise  price of the put exceeds the current  market value
of the underlying security.

   SPECIAL  CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS TRADING. No
price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, upon entering into
a futures  contract,  the Fund is required to deposit  with its  custodian  in a
segregated  account  in  the  name  of  the  futures  broker  through  whom  the
transaction  is effected an amount of cash or liquid  securities  whose value is
marked to the market daily generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.
This amount is known as "initial margin." When writing a call or a put option on
a futures contract,  margin also must be deposited in accordance with applicable
exchange  rules.  Unlike margin in securities  transactions,  initial  margin on
futures   contracts   does  not  involve   borrowing   to  finance  the  futures
transactions.  Rather, initial margin on futures contracts is in the nature of a
performance  bond or good-faith  deposit on the contract that is returned to the
Fund upon  termination of the  transaction,  assuming all obligations  have been
satisfied. Under certain circumstances,  such as periods of high volatility, the
Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial  margin
payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in
the future by regulatory action. Subsequent payments, called "variation margin,"
to and from the broker, are made on a daily basis as the value of the futures or
options  position  varies,  a process  known as  "marking  to the  market."  For
example, when the Fund purchases a contract and the value of the contract rises,
the Fund  receives  from the broker a  variation  margin  payment  equal to that
increase in value.  Conversely,  if the value of the futures position  declines,
the Fund is required to make a variation  margin  payment to the broker equal to
the decline in value. Variation margin does not involve borrowing to finance the
futures  transaction  but rather  represents  a daily  settlement  of the Fund's
obligations to or from a clearing organization.

   Buyers and sellers of futures  positions  and options  thereon can enter into
offsetting closing  transactions,  similar to closing transactions on options on
securities,  by selling or purchasing an offsetting contract or option.  Futures
contracts or options thereon may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade
providing a secondary market for such futures contracts or options.

   Under certain circumstances,  futures exchanges may establish daily limits on
the  amount  that the price of a futures  contract  or  related  option may vary
either up or down from the previous day's settlement price. Once the daily limit
has been reached in a particular  contract,  no trades may be made that day at a
price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements  during a
particular  trading day and therefore does not limit potential  losses,  because
prices could move to the daily limit for several  consecutive  trading days with
little or no trading and  thereby  prevent  prompt  liquidation  of  unfavorable
positions.  In such  event,  it may not be  possible  for  the  Fund to  close a
position  and, in the event of adverse price  movements,  the Fund would have to
make daily cash  payments of variation  margin  (except in the case of purchased
options).  However,  if  futures  contracts  have been  used to hedge  portfolio
securities,  such  securities  will  not be  sold  until  the  contracts  can be
terminated.  In such circumstances,  an increase in the price of the securities,
if any,  may  partially or  completely  offset  losses on the futures  contract.
However,  there is no guarantee that the price of the securities  will, in fact,
correlate  with the price  movements in the contracts and thus provide an offset
to losses on the contracts.

   In  considering  the Fund's use of futures  contracts  and  related  options,
particular note should be taken of the following:

   (1) Successful use by the Fund of futures  contracts and related options will
depend  upon the  Investment  Manager's  ability  to  predict  movements  in the
direction of the overall securities, currencies and interest rate markets, which
requires  different skills and techniques than predicting  changes in the prices
of individual  securities.  Moreover,  futures  contracts relate not only to the
current  price level of the  underlying  instrument  or currency but also to the
anticipated price levels at some point in the future. There is, in addition, the
risk that the movements in the price of the futures  contract will not correlate
with the movements in the prices of the  securities or currencies  being hedged.
For example,  if the price of the securities  index futures  contract moves less
than the price of the  securities  that are the subject of the hedge,  the hedge
will not be fully  effective,  but if the price of the securi ties being  hedged
has moved in an unfavorable  direction,  the Fund would be in a better  position
than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the securi  ties being  hedged
has moved in a favorable  direction,  the advantage  may be partially  offset by
losses in the futures position.  In addition, if the Fund has insufficient cash,
it may have to sell assets from its  portfolio  to meet daily  variation  margin
requirements.  Any such  sale of assets  may or may not be made at  prices  that
reflect a rising  market.  Consequently,  the Fund may need to sell  assets at a
time  when  such  sales are  disadvantageous  to the  Fund.  If the price of the
futures  contract  moves more than the price of the underlying  securities,  the
Fund will experience either a loss or a gain on the futures contract that may or
may not be completely  offset by movements in the price of the  securities  that
are the subject of the hedge.

   (2)  In  addition  to  the  possibility   that  there  may  be  an  imperfect
correlation,  or no correlation at all,  between price  movements in the futures
position and the securities or currencies being hedged,  movements in the prices
of futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of
the hedged  securities or  currencies  due to price  distortions  in the futures
market.  There may be several  reasons  unrelated to the value of the underlying
securities or currencies  that cause this  situation to occur.  First,  as noted
above,  all  participants  in the  futures  market are  subject  to initial  and
variation margin  requirements.  If, to avoid meeting  additional margin deposit
requirements  or for other  reasons,  investors  choose  to close a  significant
number of futures contracts through offsetting transactions,  distortions in the
normal price relationship between the securities or currencies

                                        8

<PAGE>



and  the  futures  markets  may  occur.  Second,   because  the  margin  deposit
requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin  requirements in
the securities  market,  there may be increased  participation by speculators in
the futures  market;  such  speculative  activity in the futures market also may
cause temporary price  distortions.  As a result,  a correct forecast of general
market  trends may not result in successful  hedging  through the use of futures
contracts over the short term. In addition,  activities of large traders in both
the futures and  securities  markets  involving  arbitrage and other  investment
strategies may result in temporary price distortions.

   (3)  Positions in futures  contracts may be closed out only on an exchange or
board of trade that  provides a  secondary  market for such  futures  contracts.
Although  the Fund  intends to purchase  and sell  futures  only on exchanges or
boards of trade where there appears to be an active secondary  market,  there is
no  assurance  that a liquid  secondary  market on an exchange or board of trade
will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. In such event, it
may not be  possible to close a futures  positions,  and in the event of adverse
price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make variation margin
payments.

   (4) Like options on securities and currencies,  options on futures  contracts
have limited  life.  The ability to  establish  and close out options on futures
will be subject to the development and maintenance of liquid  secondary  markets
on the  relevant  exchanges or boards of trade.  There can be no certainty  that
such markets for all options on futures contracts will develop.

   (5)  Purchasers of options on futures  contracts pay a premium at the time of
purchase. This amount and the transaction costs are all that is at risk. Sellers
of options on  futures  contracts,  however,  must post  initial  margin and are
subject to  additional  margin calls that could be  substantial  in the event of
adverse price movements.  In addition,  although the maximum amount at risk when
the  Fund  purchases  an  option  is the  premium  paid for the  option  and the
transaction  costs, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on
a futures  contract would result in a loss to the Fund when the use of a futures
contract  would  not,  such as when  there is no  movement  in the  level of the
underlying securities index value or the securities or cur rencies being hedged.

   (6) As is the case with options, the Fund's activities in the futures markets
may result in a higher portfolio turnover rate and additional  transaction costs
in the form of added brokerage commissions and taxes; however, the Fund also may
save on  commissions  by using futures  contracts or options  thereon as a hedge
rather  than  buying  or  selling   individual   securities   or  currencies  in
anticipation or as a result of market movements.

   SPECIAL  RISKS  RELATED TO FOREIGN  CURRENCY  FUTURES  CONTRACTS  AND RELATED
OPTIONS. Buyers and sellers of foreign currency futures contracts are subject to
the same risks that apply to the use of futures  generally.  In addition,  there
are risks associated with foreign currency futures  contracts and their use as a
hedging device similar to those  associated  with options on foreign  currencies
described above.

   Options on foreign currency futures contracts may involve certain  additional
risks.  The ability to  establish  and close out  positions  on such  options is
subject  to the  maintenance  of a  liquid  secondary  market.  Compared  to the
purchase or sale of foreign currency futures contracts,  the purchase of call or
put options thereon involves less potential risk to the Fund because the maximum
amount at risk is the  premium  paid for the option  (plus  transaction  costs).
However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of a call or put option on
a foreign  currency  futures contract would result in a loss, such as when there
is no movement in the price of the underlying currency or futures contract, when
the purchase of the underlying futures contract would not result in such a loss.

   FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACTS. The Fund may use forward currency contracts to 
protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency
exchange rates.

   The Fund may enter into forward  currency  contracts with respect to specific
transactions. For example, when the Fund enters into a contract for the purchase
or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency, or the Fund anticipates
the receipt in a foreign currency of dividend or interest payments on a security
that it holds or  anticipates  purchasing  the Fund may  desire to "lock in" the
U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such payment,
as the case may be, by  entering  into a forward  contract  for the  purchase or
sale, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or foreign  currency,  of the amount of
foreign currency involved in the underlying  transaction.  The Fund will thereby
be able to protect  itself  against a possible  loss  resulting  from an adverse
change in the relationship between the currency exchange rates during the period
between the date on which the  security is  purchased  or sold,  or on which the
payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

   The Fund also may hedge by using  forward  currency  contracts in  connection
with portfolio positions to lock in the U.S. dollar value of those positions, to
increase the Fund's exposure to foreign  currencies that the Investment  Manager
believes  may rise in value  relative to the U.S.  dollar or to shift the Fund's
exposure to foreign  currency  fluctuations  from one  country to  another.  For
example,  when the Investment Manager believes that the currency of a particular
foreign country may suffer a substantial  decline relative to the U.S. dollar or
another currency, it may enter into a forward contract to sell the amount of the
former  foreign  currency  approximating  the value of some or all of the Fund's
portfolio  securities  denominated  in such foreign  currency.  This  investment
practice  generally  is  referred to as  "cross-hedging"  when  another  foreign
currency is used.

   The precise  matching of the  forward  contract  amounts and the value of the
securities  involved will not generally be possible  because the future value of
such  securities in foreign  currencies  will change as a consequence  of market
movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract
is entered into and the date it matures.  Accordingly,  it may be necessary  for
the Fund to purchase  additional  foreign  currency on the spot (that is,  cash)
market  (and bear the  expense  of such  purchase)  if the  market  value of the
security is less than the amount of foreign  currency  the Fund is  obligated to
deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make  delivery of the
foreign  currency.  Conversely,  it may be  necessary to sell on the spot market
some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security if
the market value of the security exceeds the amount of foreign currency the Fund
is obligated to deliver.  The projection of short term currency market movements
is  extremely  difficult  and the  successful  execution of a short term hedging
strategy  is  highly   uncertain.   Forward  contracts  involve  the  risk  that
anticipated  currency  movements will not be accurately  predicted,  causing the
Fund to sustain losses on these  contracts and transaction  costs.  Under normal
circumstances,  consideration  of the  prospects  for currency  parities will be
incorporated  into the  longer  term  decisions  made  with  regard  to  overall
investment strategies. However, the

                                        9

<PAGE>



Investment  Manager  believes  that it is important to have the  flexibility  to
enter into such forward  contracts when it determines that the best interests of
the Fund will be served.

   At or before the maturity  date of a forward  contract  requiring the Fund to
sell a currency,  the Fund may either sell a portfolio security and use the sale
proceeds to make  delivery of the currency or retain the security and offset its
contractual  obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second  contract
pursuant to which the Fund will  obtain,  on the same  maturity  date,  the same
amount of the currency that it is obligated to deliver.  Similarly, the Fund may
close out a forward  contract  requiring it to purchase a specified  currency by
entering into a second contract entitling it to sell the same amount of the same
currency on the maturity  date of the first  contract.  The Fund would realize a
gain or loss as a result of entering  into such an offsetting  forward  currency
contract  under either  circumstance  to the extent the  exchange  rate or rates
between the currencies  involved moved between the execution  dates of the first
contract and the offsetting contract.

   The cost to the Fund of engaging in forward  currency  contracts  varies with
factors such as the currencies  involved,  the length of the contract period and
the market  conditions then prevailing.  Because forward currency  contracts are
usually entered into on a principal  basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
The use of forward  currency  contracts does not eliminate  fluctuations  in the
prices of the underlying  securities the Fund owns or intends to acquire, but it
does fix a rate of exchange in advance.  In addition,  although forward currency
contracts  limit  the risk of loss due to a decline  in the value of the  hedged
currencies,  at the same time they limit any  potential  gain that might  result
should the value of the currencies increase.

   Although the Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S.  dollars,  it does
not intend to convert its holdings of foreign  currencies into U.S. dollars on a
daily  basis.  The Fund may  convert  foreign  currency  from time to time,  and
investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion.  Although foreign
exchange  dealers do not charge a fee for  conversion,  they do realize a profit
based on the difference  between the prices at which they are buying and selling
various  currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the
Fund at one rate,  while  offering  a lesser  rate of  exchange  should the Fund
desire to resell that currency to the dealer.

                         THE INVESTMENT COMPANY COMPLEX

   The investment companies advised by affiliates of Bull & Bear Group, Inc. 
   ("Investment Company Complex") are:

                               Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
                               Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.
                               Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
                               Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
                               Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                               Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
                               Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
                               Midas Fund, Inc.
                               Rockwood Fund, Inc.

                             OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

   The  officers  and  Directors  of the  Fund,  their  respective  offices  and
principal  occupations  during the last five years are set forth  below.  Unless
otherwise noted, the address of each is 11 Hanover Square, New York, NY 10005.

THOMAS B. WINMILL* -- Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Co-President, and 
General Counsel. He is President of the Investment Manager and the
Distributor, and of their affiiates. He is a member of the New York State Bar 
and the SEC Rules Committee of the Investment Company Institute. He
is a son of Bassett S. Winmill and brother of Mark C. Winmill. He is also a 
Director of eight other investment companies in the Investment Company
Complex. He was born June 25, 1959.

ROBERT D.  ANDERSON* -- Vice  Chairman and  Director.  He is Vice Chairman and a
Director of two other investment companies in the Investment Company Complex and
of the  Investment  Manager  and its  affiliates.  He is a former  member of the
District #12, District Business Conduct and Investment  Companies  Committees of
the NASD. He was born December 7, 1929.

BRUCE B. HUBER, CLU, ChFC, MSFS -- Director. 3443 Highway 66, Neptune, NJ 07753.
He is Senior  Consultant with The Berger Financial Group,  LLC,  specializing in
financial,  estate and insurance  matters.  From March 1995 to December 1995, he
was President of Huber Hogan Knotts Consulting,  Inc., financial consultants and
insurance  planners.  From  1988  to  1990,  he  was  Chairman  of  Bruce  Huber
Associates.  He is also a Director  of five other  investment  companies  in the
Investment Company Complex. He was born February 7, 1930.

JAMES E. HUNT -- Director. One Dag Hammarskjold Plaza, New York, NY 10017. He is
 a principal of Hunt & Howe Inc., executive recruiting consultants.
He is also a Director of five other investment companies in the Investment 
Company Complex. He was born December 14, 1930.

JOHN B. RUSSELL -- Director. 334 Carolina Meadows Villa, Chapel Hill, NC 27514. 
He is a Director of Wheelock, Inc., a manufacturer of signal products,
and a consultant for the National Executive Service Corps in the health care 
industry. He is also a Director of five other investment companies in the
Investment Company Complex. He was born February 9, 1923.

The executive  officers of the Fund,  each of whom serves at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors, are as follows:

MARK C. WINMILL -- Co-President. He is President of Bull & Bear Securities, 
Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Manager. He received his M.B.A. from
the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University in 1987. From 1983 to 1985 he 
was Assistant Vice President and Director of Marketing of E.P. Wilbur
& Co., Inc., a real estate development and syndication firm and Vice President 
of E.P.W. Securities, its broker/dealer subsidiary. He is a son of Bassett
S. Winmill and brother of Thomas B. Winmill. He is also a Director of five other
investment companies in the Investment Company Complex. He was born
November 26, 1957.


                                       10

<PAGE>


THOMAS B. WINMILL -- Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Co-President, and 
General Counsel. (see biographical information above)

ROBERT D. ANDERSON -- Vice Chairman. (see biographical information above.)

STEVEN A. LANDIS -- Senior Vice  President.  He is Senior Vice  President of the
Investment  Manager and  certain of its  affiliates.  From 1993 to 1995,  he was
Associate  Director -- Proprietary  Trading at Barclays De Zoete Wedd Securities
Inc.,  and from  1992 to 1993 he was  Director,  Bond  Arbitrage  at WG  Trading
Company. He was born March 1, 1955.

JOSEPH LEUNG,  CPA -- Chief  Accounting  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer and
Treasurer.  He is  Treasurer  and Chief  Accounting  Officer  of the  Investment
Manager and its  affiliates.  From 1992 to 1995 he held various  positions  with
Coopers  &  Lybrand  L.L.P.,  a public  accounting  firm.  He is a member of the
American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants.  He was born September 15,
1965.

DEBORAH ANN SULLIVAN -- Chief Compliance Officer,  Secretary and Vice President.
She is Chief Compliance Officer,  Secretary and Vice President of the investment
companies in the Investment Company Complex,  and the Investment Manager and its
affiliates. From 1993 through 1994 she was the Blue Sky Paralegal for SunAmerica
Asset  Management  Corporation  and from 1992  through  1993 she was  Compliance
Administrator and Blue Sky Administrator  with Prudential  Securities,  Inc. and
Prudential  Mutual Fund Management,  Inc. She earned her Juris Doctor at Hofstra
University, School of Law. She was born June 13, 1969.

* Thomas B. Winmill and Robert D. Anderson are "interested  persons" of the Fund
as  defined  by the 1940 Act,  because of their  positions  with the  Investment
Manager.

COMPENSATION TABLE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


NAME OF PERSON,      Aggregate        Pension or Retirement    Estimated Annual Benefits    Total Compensation From Registrant
POSITION             Compensation     Benefits Accrued as      Upon Retirement              and Investment Company Complex
                     From Registrant  Part of Fund Expenses                                 Paid to Directors
<S>                      <C>                 <C>                    <C>                            <C>
Bruce B. Huber,          $3,000             None                    None                      $12,500 from 6
Director                                                                                      Investment Companies
James E. Hunt,           $3,000             None                    None                      $12,500 from 6
Director                                                                                      Investment Companies
John B. Russell,         $3,000             None                    None                      $12,500 from 6
Director                                                                                      Investment Companies

</TABLE>


   Information  in the above  table is based on fees paid  during the year ended
December 31, 1997.

   No officer,  Director or employee of the Fund's  Investment  Manager receives
any compensation from the Fund for acting as an officer, Director or employee of
the Fund. As of April 1, 1998 officers and Directors of the Fund owned less than
1% of the  outstanding  shares of the Fund. As of April 1, 1998 no shareowner of
record owned more than 5% of the Fund's outstanding shares.

                               INVESTMENT MANAGER

   The Fund's  Investment  Manager  is Bull & Bear  Advisers,  Inc.,  11 Hanover
Square,  New York, NY 10005.  The Investment  Manager,  a registered  investment
adviser, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Group. The other principal subsidiaries
of Group include  Investor  Service Center,  Inc., the Fund's  Distributor and a
registered  broker-dealer,  Midas Management  Corporation and Rockwood Advisers,
Inc.,  registered  investment  advisers,  and Bull & Bear  Securities,  Inc.,  a
registered broker-dealer providing discount brokerage services.

   Group is a publicly  owned company whose  securities are listed on the Nasdaq
Stock Market and traded in the over-the-counter  market.  Bassett S. Winmill may
be deemed a controlling person of Group on the basis of his ownership of 100% of
Group's voting stock and, therefore, of the Investment Manager. The Fund and its
investment  company  affiliates had net assets in excess of  $300,000,000  as of
March 31, 1998.

                         INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

   Under the  Investment  Management  Agreement,  the Fund  assumes and pays all
expenses required for the conduct of its business including, but not limited to,
custodian  and  transfer  agency  fees,  accounting  and legal fees,  investment
management fees, fees of disinterested  Directors,  association fees,  printing,
salaries of certain  administrative  and clerical  personnel,  necessary  office
space, all expenses  relating to the registration or qualification of the shares
of the Fund under Blue Sky laws and  reasonable  fees and expenses of counsel in
connection with such registration and qualification,  miscellaneous expenses and
such  non-recurring   expenses  as  may  arise,   including  actions,  suits  or
proceedings  affecting the Fund and the legal obligation which the Fund may have
to indemnify its officers and Directors with respect thereto.

   The Investment Manager has agreed in the Investment Management Agreement that
it will waive all or part of its fee or  reimburse  the Fund  monthly if, and to
the  extent  that,  the  Fund's  aggregate  operating  expenses  exceed the most
restrictive limit imposed by any state in which shares of the Fund are qualified
for  sale.  Currently,  the  Fund  is  not  subject  to any  such  state-imposed
limitations.  Certain expenses, such as brokerage commissions,  taxes, interest,
distribution fees, certain expenses attributable to investing outside the United
States and  extraordinary  items,  are excluded  from this  limitation.  For the
fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1996,  and 1997 the Fund paid to the
Investment Manager aggregate investment  management fees of $456,593,  $461,244,
and  $403,809  respectively.  No  reimbursement  was  made  to the  Fund  by the
Investment  Manager for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997
pursuant to the expense guaranty described above.


                                       11

<PAGE>



   If requested by the Fund's Board of  Directors,  the  Investment  Manager may
provide other services to the Fund such as, without limitation, the functions of
billing,   accounting,   certain   shareholder   communications   and  services,
administering  state and Federal  registrations,  filings and controls and other
administrative services. Any services so requested and performed will be for the
account of the Fund and the costs of the  Investment  Manager in rendering  such
services  shall be  reimbursed  by the Fund,  subject  to  examination  by those
Directors of the Fund who are not interested  persons of the Investment  Manager
or any affiliate  thereof.  The cost of such services  billed to the Fund by the
Investment  Manager for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997
was $24,263, $22,062, and $19,659, respectively.

   The Investment Management Agreement provides that the Investment Manager will
not be  liable  to the Fund or any  shareholder  of the  Fund  for any  error of
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered  by the Fund in  connection
with the  matters  to which the  agreement  relates.  Nothing  contained  in the
Investment  Management  Agreement,  however,  shall be  construed to protect the
Investment  Manager  against  any  liability  to the Fund by reason  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or
by  reason  of its  reckless  disregard  of  obligations  and  duties  under the
Investment Management Agreement.

   The  Investment   Management   Agreement  will  continue   automatically  for
successive  periods of twelve months,  provided such continuance is specifically
approved  at least  annually  by (a) the  Fund's  Board of  Directors  or by the
holders  of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the Fund as
defined in the 1940 Act and (b) a vote of a  majority  of the  Directors  of the
Fund who are not parties to the Investment Management  Agreement,  or interested
persons of any such party. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated
without penalty at any time either by a vote of the Fund's Board of Directors or
the holders of a majority of the outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund, as
defined in the 1940 Act, on 60 days' written notice to the  Investment  Manager,
or by the  Investment  Manager on 60 days' written notice to the Fund, and shall
immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.

   Group has granted  the Fund a  non-exclusive  license to use various  service
marks  including  "Bull  &  Bear,"  "Bull  &  Bear   Performance   Driven,"  and
"Performance Driven" under certain terms and conditions on a royalty free basis.
Such license will be withdrawn in the event the  investment  manager of the Fund
shall not be the  Investment  Manager or  another  subsidiary  of Group.  If the
license is terminated, the Fund will eliminate all reference to "Bull & Bear" in
its  corporate  name and cease to use any of such  service  marks or any similar
service marks in its business.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   The Fund's net asset value per share is determined as of the close of regular
trading in equity securities on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE")  (currently
4:00 p.m.  eastern time,  unless weather,  equipment  failure,  or other factors
contribute  to an  earlier  closing)  each  day the  NYSE is  open  for  trading
("Business Day"). The NYSE is closed on the following holidays:  New Year's Day,
Martin  Luther  King Jr.  Day,  Presidents'  Day,  Good  Friday,  Memorial  Day,
Independence  Day, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving  Day, and Christmas  Day.  Because a
portion of the Fund's net assets may be invested in foreign  securities that are
traded in foreign markets that are not necessarily  closed on days when the NYSE
is  closed,  the net  asset  value  per  share  may be  affected  on  days  when
shareholders have no access to the Fund or its transfer agent.

   Securities  owned by the Fund are valued by various methods  depending on the
market or  exchange  on which they  trade.  Securities  traded on the NYSE,  the
American  Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq Stock Market are valued at the last sale
price, or if no sale has occurred, at the mean between the current bid and asked
prices. Securities traded on other exchanges are valued as nearly as possible in
the same manner.  Securities traded only over-the-counter are valued at the mean
between the last available bid and asked quotations,  if available,  or at their
fair value as  determined  in good faith by or under  general  direction  of the
Board of Directors. Short term securities are valued either at amortized cost or
at original cost plus accrued interest, both of which approximate current value.

   Foreign securities,  if any, are valued at the last sale price in a principal
market where they are traded,  or, if last sale prices are  unavailable,  at the
mean  between the last  available  bid and asked  quotations.  Foreign  security
prices are expressed in their local currency and translated the value of foreign
securities from the local currency into U.S.  dollars at current exchange rates.
Any changes in the value of forward  contracts due to exchange rate fluctuations
are included in the determination of net asset value.  Foreign currency exchange
rates  are  generally  determined  prior to the  close of  trading  on the NYSE.
Occasionally, events affecting the value of foreign securities and such exchange
rates  occur  between  the time at which  they are  determined  and the close of
trading on the NYSE,  which events will not be reflected in a  computation  of a
Fund's net asset value on that day. If events materially  affecting the value of
such  securities or currency  exchange rates occur during such time period,  the
securities  will be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by or
under the direction of the Fund's Board of Directors.

   Price quotations generally are furnished by pricing services,  which may also
use a matrix system to determine valuations.  This system considers such factors
as security prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings, and developments
relating to specific securities in arriving at valuations.

                               PURCHASE OF SHARES

   The Fund will only issue shares upon  payment of the purchase  price by check
made drawn to the Fund's  order in U.S.  dollars on a U.S.  bank,  or by Federal
Reserve wire transfer.  Third party checks,  credit cards,  and cash will not be
accepted.  The Fund reserves the right to reject any order,  to cancel any order
due to nonpayment,  to accept  initial  orders by telephone or telegram,  and to
waive the limit on subsequent orders by telephone, with respect to any person or
class of persons.  Orders to  purchase  shares are not binding on the Fund until
they are confirmed by the Fund's transfer agent. If an order is canceled because
of non-payment or because the  purchaser's  check does not clear,  the purchaser
will be responsible for any loss the Fund incurs.  If the purchaser is already a
shareholder,  the  Fund  can  redeem  shares  from the  purchaser's  account  to
reimburse the Fund for any loss. In addition, the purchaser may be prohibited or
restricted  from placing future  purchase orders in the Fund or any of the other
Funds  in the  Investment  Company  Complex.  In  order  to  permit  the  Fund's
shareholder base to expand, to avoid certain shareholder  hardships,  to correct
transactional  errors, and to address similar exceptional  situations,  the Fund
may waive or lower the  investment  minimums with respect to any person or class
of persons.  The Fund has authorized one or more brokers to accept on its behalf
purchase and redemption  orders.  Such brokers are authorized to designate other
intermediaries  to accept  purchase and redemption  orders on the Fund's behalf.
The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption  order when an
authorized

                                       12

<PAGE>



broker or, if applicable,  a broker's authorized designee,  accepts the order. A
shareholder's  order will be priced at the Fund's net asset value next  computed
after such order is accepted by an authorized broker or the broker's  authorized
designee.

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

   The Fund computes its average annual total return by determining  the average
annual  compounded  rate of return  during  specified  periods  that equates the
initial amount invested to the ending redeemable value of such investment.  This
is done by dividing the ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 initial
payment by $1,000 and  raising  the  quotient to a power equal to one divided by
the number of years (or fractional  portion  thereof) covered by the computation
and  subtracting  one from the result.  This  calculation  can be  expressed  as
follows: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~T~~=~~ (~ERV OVER P~) SUP {1 OVER n}~~-~~1









           Where:   T    =   average annual total return.

                    ERV=     ending  redeemable  value at the end of the  period
                             covered by the computation of a hypothetical $1,000
                             payment  made at the  beginning of the period which
                             assumes all  dividends and other  distributions  by
                             the Fund are  reinvested on the  reinvestment  date
                             during the period.

                    P = hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.

                    n = period covered by the computation, expressed in terms of
years.

   The Fund's average annual total return for the ten, five and one year periods
ended December 31, 1997 was 11.26%, 7.73% and 5.25%, respectively.

   The Fund's "total return" or "cumulative total return" or "cumulative growth"
is calculated by subtracting  the amount of the Fund's net asset value per share
at the  beginning  of a stated  period from the net asset value per share at the
end of the period (after giving effect to the reinvestment of all  distributions
during the period),  and dividing the result by the net asset value per share at
the beginning of the period.  Although the Fund imposes a 1%  redemption  fee on
the  redemption of shares held for 30 days or less, all of the periods for which
performance  is quoted are longer than 30 days,  and therefore the 1% fee is not
reflected in the  performance  calculations.  The Fund's  average annual return,
"total return" or "cumulative total return" or "cumulative growth," expressed as
a percentage rate and as the value of a hypothetical  $1,000 and $10,000 initial
investment at the end of the period, for the periods set forth below, commencing
on the dates set forth and ending on December 31, 1997, are set forth below:


START OF PERIODS  AVERAGE ANNUAL    TOTAL     ENDING VALUE   ENDING VALUE 
ENDING 12/31/97       RETURN        RETURN    OF A $1,000    OF A $10,000 
                                              INVESTMENT     INVESTMENT
==============================================================================
January 1, 1997        5.25%         5.25%     $1,052.52         $10,525.21
January 1, 1996        3.13%         6.36%     $1,063.60         $10,636.03
January 1, 1995       14.32%        49.40%     $1,494.03         $14,940.29
January 1, 1994        5.67%        24.69%     $1,246.90         $12,469.02
January 1, 1993        7.73%        45.08%     $1,450.82         $14,508.23
January 1, 1992       10.92%        86.25%     $1,862.54         $18,625.44
January 1, 1991       14.74%       161.76%     $2,617.58         $26,175.78
January 1, 1990        6.58%        66.50%     $1,664.96         $16,649.60
January 1, 1989       10.06%       136.90%     $2,368.98         $23,689.79
January 1, 1988       11.26%       190.74%     $2,907.40         $29,073.97

   The Fund may provide the above  described  standard total return for a period
which ends as of not earlier than the most recent calendar quarter end and which
begins either twelve months before or at the time of  commencement of the Fund's
operations.  In  addition,  the Fund may provide  nonstandardized  total  return
results  for  differing  periods,  such as for a recent  month or  quarter.  For
example,  the Fund's  nonstandardized  total  return for the three  months ended
December 31, 1997 was (12.51%).  Such nonstandardized total returns are computed
as  otherwise  described  above  except  that no  annualization  is made.  Since
performance  will vary,  these  results are not  necessarily  representative  of
future  results.  Performance is a function of the type and quality of portfolio
securities and will reflect  general market  conditions and operating  expenses.
See "The  Fund's  Investment  Program"  in the  Prospectus.  This  Statement  of
Additional Information may be in use for a full year and performance results for
periods  subsequent to December 31, 1997 may vary substantially from those shown
above.


                                       13

<PAGE>



   The  Investment  Manager and certain of its  affiliates  serve as  investment
managers  to the Fund and other  affiliated  investment  companies,  which  have
individual and institutional  shareholder investors throughout the United States
and in 37 foreign countries.  The Fund may also provide performance  information
based on an initial  investment  in the Fund and/or  cumulative  investments  of
varying  amounts over periods of time.  Some or all of this  information  may be
provided either graphically or in tabular form.

SOURCE MATERIAL

   From time to time, in marketing pieces and other Fund literature,  the Fund's
performance  may be compared to the  performance  of broad groups of  comparable
mutual funds or unmanaged  indexes of comparable  securities,  including but not
limited to small company growth, capital appreciation, and

                                       14

<PAGE>



growth funds indexes.  Indexes are fully invested in the securities  they index,
whereas the Fund is managed and may hold cash, non-comparable  securities, or be
leveraged.  Evaluations of Fund performance made by independent sources may also
be used in  advertisements  concerning  the Fund.  Sources for Fund  performance
information may include, but are not limited to, the following:

Bank Rate Monitor,  a weekly  publication  which reports  yields on various bank
money market accounts and certificates of deposit.

Barron's, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. business and financial weekly that 
periodically reviews mutual fund performance and other data.

Bloomberg, a computerized market data source and portfolio analysis system.

Bond Buyer  Municipal Bond Index (20 year), an index of municipal bonds provided
by a national periodical reporting on municipal securities.

Business  Week,  a  national  business  weekly  that  periodically  reports  the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds.

CDA/Wiesenberger   Investment  Companies  Services,   an  annual  compendium  of
information  about  mutual  funds  and  other  investment  companies,  including
comparative data on funds' backgrounds,  management policies,  salient features,
management results, income and dividend records, and price ranges.

Consumer's  Digest,  a  bimonthly   magazine  that  periodically   features  the
performance of a variety of investments, including mutual funds.

Financial Times,  Europe's business  newspaper,  which from time to time reports
the performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

Forbes,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

Fortune, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

Goldman  Sachs  Convertible  Bond Index --  currently  includes  67 bonds and 33
preferred  shares.  The original  list of names was  generated by screening  for
convertible  issues of $100  million or greater  in market  capitalization.  The
index is priced monthly.

Global Investor, a European publication that periodically reviews the 
performance of U.S. mutual funds.

Growth Fund Guide, a newsletter providing a mutual fund rating service published
for over 25 years.

IBC's Money Fund  Report,  a weekly  publication  of money market fund total net
assets, yield, and portfolio composition.

Individual   Investor,   a  newspaper  that  periodically  reviews  mutual  fund
performance and other data.

Investment Advisor, a monthly publication reviewing performance of mutual funds.

Investor's  Business Daily, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly
covers financial news.

Kiplinger's  Personal  Finance  Magazine,  a  monthly  publication  periodically
reviewing mutual fund performance.

Lehman Brothers, Inc. "The Bond Market Report" reports on various Lehman 
Brothers bond indices.

Lehman  Government/Corporate  Bond Index -- is a widely  used index  composed of
government, corporate, and mortgage backed securities.

Lehman Long Term Treasury Bond -- is composed of all bonds covered by the Lehman
Treasury Bond Index with maturities of 10 years or greater.

Lipper Analytical Services,  Inc., a publication  periodically  reviewing mutual
funds industry-wide by means of various methods of analysis.

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Taxable Bond Indices reports on a variety of
bond indices.

Money,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

Morgan Stanley  Capital  International  World Index measures the  performance of
stock markets in 16 nations, including Australia, Hong Kong, Germany, the United
Kingdom, Canada, and the United States.

Morningstar, Mutual Fund Values, publications of Morningstar, Inc., periodically
reviewing mutual funds industry-wide by means of various methods of analysis and
textual commentary.

Mutual Fund Forecaster, a newsletter providing a mutual fund rating service.

Nasdaq Industrial Index -- is composed of more than 3,000 industrial  issues. It
is a  value-weighted  index calculated on price change only and does not include
income.

New York Times,  a  nationally  distributed  newspaper  which  regularly  covers
financial news.

The No-Load  Fund  Investor,  a monthly  newsletter  that reports on mutual fund
performance,  rates funds, and discusses  investment  strategies for mutual fund
investors.

Personal  Investing  News,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

Personal  Investor,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
special  section  reporting on mutual fund  performance,  yields,  indices,  and
portfolio holdings.


                                       15

<PAGE>



Russell  3000 Index -- consists of the 3,000  largest  stocks of U.S.  domiciled
companies  commonly  traded on the New York and American Stock  Exchanges or the
Nasdaq over-the-counter  market,  accounting for over 90% of the market value of
publicly traded stocks in the U.S.

Russell 2000 Small Company Stock Index -- consists of the smallest  2,000 stocks
within the Russell 3000; a widely used benchmark for small capitalization common
stocks.

Salomon Brothers GNMA Index -- includes pools of mortgages originated by private
lenders and guaranteed by the mortgage pools of the Government National Mortgage
Association.

Salomon Brothers High-Grade Corporate Bond Index -- consists of publicly issued,
non-convertible  corporate bonds rated AA or AAA. It is a value-weighted,  total
return index, including  approximately 800 issues with maturities of 12 years or
greater.

Salomon Brothers Broad Investment-Grade Bond Index -- is a market-weighted index
that contains approximately 4,700 individually priced investment-grade corporate
bonds rated BBB or better, U.S. Treasury/agency issues and mortgage pass-through
securities.

Salomon Brothers Market Performance tracks the Salomon Brothers bond index.

Standard  &  Poor's  500  Composite  Stock  Price  Index  -- is an  index of 500
companies representing the U.S. stock market.

Standard  &  Poor's  100  Composite  Stock  Price  Index  -- is an  index of 100
companies representing the U.S. stock market.

Standard & Poor's Preferred Index is an index of preferred securities.

Success,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
businesses, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

USA  Today,  a  national   newspaper  that  periodically   reports  mutual  fund
performance data.

U.S. News and World Report, a national weekly that periodically reports mutual 
fund performance data.

The Wall Street  Journal,  a nationally  distributed  newspaper  which regularly
covers financial news.

The Wall Street  Transcript,  a periodical  reporting  on financial  markets and
securities.

Wilshire  5000  Equity  Indexes  --  consists  of  nearly  5,000  common  equity
securities,  covering  all  stocks  in the  U.S.  for  which  daily  pricing  is
available.

Wilshire 4500 Equity Index -- consists of all stocks in the Wilshire 5000 except
for the 500 stocks in the Standard & Poor's 500 Index.

   Indices prepared by the research departments of such financial  organizations
as Salomon Smith Barney Holdings Inc.,  Merrill Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner & Smith,
Inc., Bear Stearns & Co., Inc., and Ibbotson  Associates may be used, as well as
information provided by the Federal Reserve Board.

                             DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

   Pursuant to a Distribution  Agreement,  Investor Service Center, Inc. acts as
the  principal   Distributor  of  the  Fund's  shares.  Under  the  Distribution
Agreement,  the  Distributor  uses its best efforts,  consistent  with its other
businesses,  to sell shares of the Fund.  Fund shares are offered  continuously.
Pursuant to a Plan of Distribution ("Plan") adopted under Rule 12b-1 of the 1940
Act, the Fund pays the Distributor monthly a fee in the amount of one-quarter of
one percent per annum of the Fund's average daily net assets as compensation for
service  activities and a fee in the amount of three-quarters of one percent per
annum of the Fund's average daily net assets as  compensation  for  distribution
activities.

   In performing  distribution and service activities  pursuant to the Plan, the
Distributor may spend such amounts as it deems  appropriate on any activities or
expenses  primarily  intended to result in the sale of the Fund's  shares or the
servicing and maintenance of shareholder  accounts,  including,  but not limited
to:  advertising,  direct mail, and  promotional  expenses;  compensation to the
Distributor and its employees;  compensation to and expenses, including overhead
and  telephone  and  other  communication  expenses,  of  the  Distributor,  the
Investment  Manager,  the Fund,  and selected  dealers and their  affiliates who
engage in or  support  the  distribution  of shares or who  service  shareholder
accounts; fulfillment expenses, including the costs of printing and distributing
prospectuses,  statements of additional information,  and reports for other than
existing shareholders;  the costs of preparing,  printing and distributing sales
literature  and  advertising  materials;  and  internal  costs  incurred  by the
Distributor and allocated by the Distributor to its efforts to distribute shares
of the Fund such as  office  rent and  equipment,  employee  salaries,  employee
bonuses and other overhead expenses.

   Among other things, the Plan provides that (1) the Distributor will submit to
the Fund's Board of Directors at least quarterly, and the Directors will review,
reports regarding all amounts expended under the Plan and the purposes for which
such  expenditures  were made, (2) the Plan will continue in effect only so long
as it is approved at least  annually,  and any  material  amendment or agreement
related thereto is approved,  by the Fund's Board of Directors,  including those
Directors who are not "interested persons" of the Fund and who have no direct or
indirect  financial  interest  in the  operation  of the  Plan or any  agreement
related to the Plan ("Plan Directors"), acting in person at a meeting called for
that purpose,  unless terminated by vote of a majority of the Plan Directors, or
by vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the Fund,  (3)
payments by the Fund under the Plan shall not be  materially  increased  without
the  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a majority of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of the Fund and (4) while the Plan remains in effect,  the selection
and nomination of Directors who are not  "interested  persons" of the Fund shall
be committed to the discretion of the Directors who are not  interested  persons
of the Fund.

   With the  approval of the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors
and of the Plan  Directors  of the Fund,  the  Distributor  has  entered  into a
related  agreement  with Hanover  Direct  Advertising  Company,  Inc.  ("Hanover
Direct"),  a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of Group,  in an attempt to obtain  cost
savings on the  marketing  of the Fund's  shares.  Hanover  Direct will  provide
services  to  the  Distributor  on  behalf  of the  Fund  and  other  affiliated
investment companies at standard industry rates, which includes commissions. The
amount of Hanover Direct's commissions over its cost of providing Fund marketing

                                       16

<PAGE>



will be credited to the Fund's distribution  expenses and represent a savings on
marketing  to the  benefit of the Fund.  To the extent  Hanover  Direct's  costs
exceed such commissions, Hanover Direct will absorb any such costs.

   It is the opinion of the Board of  Directors  that the Plan is  necessary  to
maintain a flow of  subscriptions to offset  redemptions.  Redemptions of mutual
fund shares are inevitable.  If redemptions are not offset by  subscriptions,  a
fund shrinks in size and its ability to maintain  quality  shareholder  services
declines.  Eventually,  redemptions  could  cause a fund to  become  uneconomic.
Furthermore,   an  extended   period  of  significant  net  redemptions  may  be
detrimental  to orderly  management  of the  portfolio.  Offsetting  redemptions
through sales efforts  benefits  shareholders  by maintaining the viability of a
fund. In periods where net sales are  achieved,  additional  benefits may accrue
relative to portfolio management and increased shareholder servicing capability.
In addition,  increased  assets enable the  establishment  and  maintenance of a
better  shareholder  servicing  staff which can  respond  more  effectively  and
promptly to shareholder inquiries and needs. While net increases in total assets
are  desirable,  the primary  goal of the Plan is to prevent a decline in assets
serious  enough to cause  disruption of portfolio  management  and to impair the
Fund's ability to maintain a high level of quality shareholder services.

   The Plan  increases  the  overall  expense  ratio  of the  Fund;  however,  a
substantial  decline in Fund  assets is likely to  increase  the  portion of the
Fund's expense ratio comprised of management  fees and fixed costs (i.e.,  costs
other  than the Plan)  while a  substantial  increase  in Fund  assets  would be
expected to reduce the portion of the expense ratio comprised of management fees
(reflecting  a larger  portion  of the  assets  falling  within  fee  scale-down
levels), as well as of fixed costs. Nevertheless,  the net effect of the Plan is
to  increase  overall  expenses.  To the  extent  the Plan  maintains  a flow of
subscriptions  to the Fund, there results an immediate and direct benefit to the
Investment   Manager  by   maintaining  or  increasing  its  fee  revenue  base,
diminishing the obligation, if any, of the Investment Manager to make an expense
reimbursement to the Fund, and eliminating or reducing any contribution  made by
the Investment Manager to marketing expenses. Other than as described herein, no
Director or interested  person of the Fund had any direct or indirect  financial
interest in the operation of the Plan or any related agreement.

   Of the amounts paid to the  Distributor  during the Fund's  fiscal year ended
December 31, 1997,  approximately  $6,605 represented paid expenses incurred for
advertising,   $190,586  for  printing  and  mailing   prospectuses   and  other
information  to other  than  current  shareholders,  $197,662  for  salaries  of
marketing  and sales  personnel,  $13,209 for payments to third parties who sold
shares of the Fund and provided  certain services in connection  therewith,  and
$63,686 for overhead and miscellaneous expenses. These amounts have been derived
by determining the ratio each such category represents to the total expenditures
incurred by the Distributor in performing services pursuant to the Plan and then
applying  such  ratio  to the  total  amount  of  compensation  received  by the
Distributor pursuant to the Plan.

   The  Glass-Steagall Act prohibits certain banks from engaging in the business
of underwriting,  selling, or distributing securities such as shares of a mutual
fund.  Although the scope of this prohibition under the  Glass-Steagall  Act has
not been fully  defined,  in the  Distributor's  opinion it should not  prohibit
banks from being paid for  shareholder  services  under the Plan. If, because of
changes in law or regulation, or because of new interpretations of existing law,
a bank or the Fund were  prevented from  continuing  these  arrangements,  it is
expected that other  arrangements  for these services will be made. In addition,
state  securities  laws on this  issue may  differ  from the  interpretation  of
Federal  law  expressed  herein  and banks  and  financial  institutions  may be
required to register as dealers pursuant to state law.

                             ALLOCATION OF BROKERAGE

   The Fund seeks to obtain prompt execution of orders at the most favorable net
prices.  Transactions  are directed to brokers and dealers  qualified to execute
orders or provide  research,  statistical  or other  services,  and who may sell
shares of the Fund or other  affiliated  investment  companies.  The  Investment
Manager may also allocate portfolio  transactions to broker/dealers that remit a
portion of their  commissions as a credit against the  Custodian's  charges.  No
formula exists and no arrangement is made with or promised to any  broker/dealer
which commits  either a stated volume or percentage of brokerage  business based
on research,  statistical or other services  furnished to the Investment Manager
or upon sale of Fund  shares.  Fund  transactions  in debt and  over-the-counter
securities  generally  are with dealers  acting as principals at net prices with
little or no brokerage costs. In certain  circumstanc es, however,  the Fund may
engage a broker  as agent  for a  commission  to  effect  transactions  for such
securities.  Purchases of securities from  underwriters  include a commission or
concession  paid by the issuer to the  underwriter,  and purchases  from dealers
include a spread between the bid and asked price.  While the Investment  Manager
generally  seeks  competitive   spreads  or  commissions,   the  Fund  will  not
necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

   The Investment  Manager directs portfolio  transactions to broker/dealers for
execution  on  terms  and at rates  which  it  believes,  in good  faith,  to be
reasonable in view of the overall  nature and quality of services  provided by a
particular  broker/dealer,  including brokerage and research services,  sales of
Fund shares and shares of other affiliated investment companies,  and allocation
of commissions to the Fund's  custodian.  With respect to brokerage and research
services,  consideration  may be given in the  selection  of  broker/dealers  to
brokerage or research  services provided and payment may be made of a fee higher
than that charged by another  broker/dealer  which does not furnish brokerage or
research services or which furnishes brokerage or research services deemed to be
of lesser  value,  so long as the  criteria of Section  28(e) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), or other  applicable law are met.
Section  28(e) of the 1934 Act was adopted in 1975 and  specifies  that a person
with investment  discretion  shall not be "deemed to have acted unlawfully or to
have  breached a  fiduciary  duty"  solely  because  such  person has caused the
account to pay a higher  commission  than the  lowest  available  under  certain
circumstances.  To obtain the benefit of Section 28(e), the person so exercising
investment  discretion must make a good faith determination that the commissions
paid are  "reasonable  in relation to the value of the  brokerage  and  research
services  provided ... viewed in terms of either that particular  transaction or
his  overall  responsibilities  with  respect  to the  accounts  as to  which he
exercises  investment  discretion."  Thus,  although the Investment  Manager may
direct portfolio  transactions without necessarily obtaining the lowest price at
which  such  broker/dealer,  or  another,  may be willing  to do  business,  the
Investment  Manager  seeks  the  best  value  for the  Fund on each  trade  that
circumstances  in the market  place  permit,  including  the value  inherent  in
on-going relationships with quality brokers.

   Currently,  it is not possible to determine  the extent to which  commissions
that reflect an element of value for brokerage or research services might exceed
commissions  that would be payable for  execution  alone,  nor generally can the
value of such  services  to the Fund be  measured,  except  to the  extent  such
services have a readily  ascertainable  market value. There is no certainty that
services so purchased, or the sale of fund shares, if any, will be

                                       17

<PAGE>



beneficial to the Fund, and it may be that other affiliated investment companies
will derive benefit therefrom. Such services being largely intangible, no dollar
amount can be  attributed  to  benefits  realized  by the Fund or to  collateral
benefits,  if any, conferred on affiliated entities.  These services may include
"brokerage  and research  services"  as defined in Section  28(e)(3) of the 1934
Act,  which  presently  include  (1)  furnishing  advice  as  to  the  value  of
securities,  the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling  securities
and the  availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities,  (2)
furnishing  analyses and reports  concerning  issuers,  industries,  securities,
economic  factors  and  trends,  portfolio  strategy,  and  the  performance  of
accounts,  and (3) effecting  securities  transactions and performing  functions
incidental  thereto (such as clearance,  settlement,  and custody).  Pursuant to
arrangements with certain  broker/dealers,  such broker/dealers  provide and pay
for  various   computer   hardware,   software  and  services,   market  pricing
information, investment subscriptions and memberships, and other third party and
internal research of assistance to the Investment  Manager in the performance of
its investment  decision-making  responsibilities  for transactions  effected by
such broker/dealers for the Fund. Commission "soft dollars" may be used only for
"brokerage  and  research  services"  provided  directly  or  indirectly  by the
broker/dealer  and under no  circumstances  will cash  payments  be made by such
broker/dealers  to the Investment  Manager.  To the extent that commission "soft
dollars" do not result in the provision of any "brokerage and research services"
by  a  broker/dealer  to  whom  such  commissions  are  paid,  the  commissions,
nevertheless,  are  the  property  of such  broker/dealer.  To the  extent  such
services are utilized by the Investment  Manager for other than the  performance
of its investment decision-making responsibilities, the Investment Manager makes
an appropriate allocation of the cost of such services according to their use.

   BBSI provides  discount  brokerage  services to the public as an  introducing
broker clearing  through an unaffiliated  firm on a fully disclosed  basis.  The
Investment  Manager is authorized by the Board of Directors of the Fund to place
Fund brokerage through BBSI at its posted discount rates and indirectly  through
BBSI's  clearing  firm.  The Fund will not deal with BBSI in any  transaction in
which  BBSI  acts as  principal.  The  clearing  firm  will  execute  trades  in
accordance  with the  fully-disclosed  clearing  agreement  between BBSI and the
clearing firm. BBSI will be financially responsible to the clearing firm for all
trades of the Fund until  complete  payment has been received by the Fund or the
clearing firm. BBSI will provide order entry services or order entry  facilities
to the  Investment  Manager,  arrange for  execution  and  clearing of portfolio
transactions  through  executing  and  clearing  brokers,   monitor  trades  and
settlements and perform limited back-office  functions including the maintenance
of all records required of it by the NASD.

   In order for BBSI to effect  any  portfolio  transactions  for the Fund,  the
commissions,  fees or other remuneration received by BBSI must be reasonable and
fair  compared  to the  commissions,  fees or other  remuneration  paid to other
brokers in connection with comparable  transactions involving similar securities
being purchased or sold on a securities  exchange during a comparable  period of
time.  The Fund's Board of Directors has adopted  procedures in conformity  with
Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage  commissions  paid to
BBSI are reasonable and fair. Although BBSI's posted discount rates may be lower
than those  charged  by full cost  brokers,  such rates may be higher  than some
other  discount  brokers and certain  brokers may be willing to do business at a
lower  commission  rate on certain  trades.  The Fund's Board of  Directors  has
determined that portfolio  transactions  may be executed through BBSI if, in the
judgement  of the  Investment  Manager,  the use of BBSI is  likely to result in
price  and  execution  at  least  as  favorable  as  those  of  other  qualified
broker/dealers and if, in particular transactions,  BBSI charges the Fund a rate
consistent  with that charged to  comparable  unaffiliated  customers in similar
transactions.  Brokerage  transactions  with  BBSI  are  also  subject  to  such
fiduciary  standards  as  may be  imposed  by  applicable  law.  The  Investment
Manager's  fees under its  agreement  with the Fund are not reduced by reason of
any brokerage commissions paid to BBSI.

   During the fiscal years ended  December 31, 1995,  1996,  and 1997,  the Fund
paid  total   brokerage   commissions  of  $883,910,   $446,414,   and  $305,591
respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, $183,482 in brokerage
commissions was allocated to broker/dealers that provided research,  analytical,
statistical,  and other services to the Fund,  including  third party  research,
market  and  comparative  industry  information,  portfolio  analysis  services,
computerized  market data and other services.  No transactions  were directed to
broker/dealers  during such periods for selling  shares of the Fund or any other
affiliated investment  companies.  During the Fund's fiscal years ended December
31,  1995,  1996,  and  1997,  the Fund  paid  $43,269,  $39,674,  and  $122,109
respectively,  in brokerage commissions to BBSI, which represented 4.90%, 8.89%,
and 39.96% respectively, of the total brokerage commissions paid by the Fund and
19.36%,  19.27%,  and 33.77%  respectively,  of the  aggregate  dollar amount of
transactions involving the payment of commissions.

   Investment  decisions  for the Fund and for the other  Funds  managed  by the
Investment Manager or its affiliates are made independently based on each Fund's
investment objectives and policies.  The same investment decision,  however, may
occasionally  be made  for two or more  Funds.  In such a case,  the  Investment
Manager may combine orders for two or more Funds for a particular security if it
appears that a combined order would reduce brokerage  commissions  and/or result
in a more favorable transaction price. Combined purchase or sale orders are then
averaged as to price and  allocated as to amount  according to a formula  deemed
equitable  to each  Fund.  While  in  some  cases  this  practice  could  have a
detrimental  effect upon the price or quantity  available of the  security  with
respect to the Fund, the Investment  Manager  believes that the larger volume of
combined orders can generally result in better execution and prices. The Fund is
not  obligated  to deal with any  particular  broker,  dealer or group  thereof.
Certain broker/dealers that the Fund or other affiliated investment companies do
business  with may, from time to time,  own more than 5% of the publicly  traded
Class A non-voting Common Stock of Group, the parent of the Investment  Manager,
and may provide clearing services to BBSI.

                             DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

   If the U.S.  Postal  Service cannot deliver a  shareholder's  check,  or if a
shareholder's check remains uncashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right
to credit the  shareholder's  account  with  additional  Fund shares at the then
current net asset value in lieu of the cash payment and to thereafter issue such
shareholder's distributions in additional Fund shares.

   The Fund  intends  to  continue  to  qualify  for  treatment  as a  regulated
investment  company ("RIC") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
("Code").  To  qualify  for that  treatment,  the Fund  must  distribute  to its
shareholders  for each  taxable  year at  least  90% of its  investment  company
taxable income  (consisting  generally of net investment  income, net short term
capital  gain  and  net  gains  from  certain  foreign  currency   transactions)
("Distribution  Requirement")  and must meet  several  additional  requirements.
Among these requirements are the following: (1) at least 90% of the Fund's gross
income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with
respect to securities  loans,  and gains from the sale or other  disposition  of
securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options,
futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing
in securities or those  currencies  ("Income  Requirement"),  and (2) the Fund's
investments must satisfy certain diversification requirements. In

                                       18

<PAGE>



any year during which the applicable  provisions of the Code are satisfied,  the
Fund will not be liable for Federal  income tax on net income and gains that are
distributed  to its  shareholders.  If for any  taxable  year the Fund  does not
qualify for  treatment  as a RIC,  all of its taxable  income  would be taxed at
corporate rates.

   A portion of the dividends from the Fund's investment  company taxable income
(whether  paid in cash or in  additional  Fund  shares) may be eligible  for the
dividends-received  deduction allowed to corporations.  The eligible portion may
not exceed the aggregate dividends received by the Fund from U.S.  corporations.
However,  dividends  received  by a  corporate  shareholder  and  deducted by it
pursuant  to the  dividends-received  deduction  are subject  indirectly  to the
alternative minimum tax.

   A loss on the sale of Fund  shares that were held for six months or less will
be treated as a long term (rather than a short term)  capital loss to the extent
the seller received any capital gain distributions attributable to those shares.

   Any dividend or other  distribution  will have the effect of reducing the net
asset  value of the Fund's  shares on the  payment  date by the amount  thereof.
Furthermore, any such dividend or other distribution, although similar in effect
to a  return  of  capital,  will  be  subject  to  taxes.  Dividends  and  other
distributions may also be subject to state and local taxes.

   The Fund will be subject to a  nondeductible  4% excise tax ("Excise Tax") to
the  extent it fails to  distribute  by the end of any  calendar  year an amount
equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income,  (2) 98% of its capital gain
net income (determined on an October 31 fiscal year basis),  plus (3) generally,
income  and gain not  distributed  or  subject  to  corporate  tax in the  prior
calendar year. The Fund intends to avoid  imposition of the Excise Tax by making
adequate distributions.

   Dividends  and  interest  received  by the Fund  may be  subject  to  income,
withholding,  or other taxes imposed by foreign  countries and U.S.  possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities.  Tax conventions  between certain
countries  and the United States may reduce or eliminate  these  foreign  taxes,
however,  and many foreign  countries  do not impose  taxes on capital  gains in
respect of  investments by foreign  investors.  If more than 50% of the value of
the Fund's total assets at the close of its taxable year  consists of securities
of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to, and may, file an election
with the Internal Revenue Service that would enable its shareholders, in effect,
to receive the benefit of the foreign tax credit with respect to any foreign and
U.S.  possessions'  income taxes paid by it. Pursuant to the election,  the Fund
would  treat  those  taxes  as  dividends  paid  to its  shareholders  and  each
shareholder would be required to (1) include in gross income,  and treat as paid
by the shareholder,  the shareholder's  proportionate  share of those taxes, (2)
treat the  shareholder's  share of those taxes and of any  dividend  paid by the
Fund that  represents  income from  foreign or U.S.  possessions  sources as the
shareholder's  own income from those  sources,  and (3) either  deduct the taxes
deemed paid by the shareholder in computing the shareholder's taxable income or,
alternatively,  use the foregoing  information  in  calculating  the foreign tax
credit against the shareholder's Federal income tax. The Fund will report to its
shareholders  shortly  after each  taxable year their  respective  shares of the
Fund's income from sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S.
possessions if it makes this election.

   The Fund may invest in the stock of "passive  foreign  investment  companies"
("PFICs"). A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the
following  tests:  (1) at least 75% of its gross  income  is  passive  or (2) an
average of at least 50% of its assets  produce,  or are held for the  production
of, passive  income.  Under certain  circumstances,  the Fund will be subject to
Federal  income tax on a portion of any  "excess  distribution"  received on the
stock of a PFIC or of any gain from disposition of the stock (collectively "PFIC
income"), plus interest thereon, even if the Fund distributes the PFIC income as
a taxable dividend to its  shareholders.  The balance of the PFIC income will be
included in the Fund's taxable income and,  accordingly,  will not be taxable to
it to the extent that income is  distributed  to its  shareholders.  If the Fund
invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC as a "qualified  electing  fund",
then in lieu of the  foregoing  tax and interest  obligation,  the Fund would be
required  to  include in income  each year its pro rata  share of the  qualified
electing fund's annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain (the excess of net
long term capital  gain over net short term  capital  loss) even if they are not
distributed  to the Fund;  those amounts  likely would have to be distributed to
satisfy the Distribution  Requirement and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax. In
most  instances  it will be very  difficult,  if not  impossible,  to make  this
election because of certain requirements thereof.

   For the tax years  beginning  1997,  open-end  RICs,  such as the  Fund,  are
entitled to elect to "mark-to-market" their stock in certain PFICs. "Marking-to-
market," in this context,  means  recognizing  as gain for each taxable year the
excess, as of the end of that year, of the fair market value of each such PFIC's
stock over the adjusted basis in that stock (including  mark-to-market  gain for
each prior year for which an election was in effect).

   The Taxpayer  Relief Act of 1997 included  constructive  sale provisions that
generally  will  apply  if a Fund  either  (1)  holds an  appreciated  financial
position  with  respect  to stock,  certain  debt  obligations,  or  partnership
interests  ("appreciated financial position") and then enters into a short sale,
futures  or  forward  contract  or  offsetting   notional   principal   contract
(collectively, a "Contract") with respect to the same or substantially identical
property or (2) holds an appreciated  financial  position that is a Contract and
then acquires  property that is the same as, or  substantially  identical to the
underlying  property.  In each  instance,  with  certain  exceptions,  the  Fund
generally will be taxed as if the  appreciated  financial  position were sold at
its fair market value on the date the Fund enters into the financial position or
acquires the property, respectively. Transactions that are identified as hedging
or straddle  transactions  under other  provisions of the Code can be subject to
the constructive sale provisions.

   The foregoing  discussion of Federal tax consequences is based on the tax law
in effect on the date of this  Statement  of  Additional  Information,  which is
subject to change by legislative,  judicial, or administrative  action. The Fund
may be subject to state or local tax in  jurisdictions in which it may be deemed
to be doing business.

                             REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

   The  Fund  issues,  at  least  semi-annually,  reports  to  its  shareholders
including a list of investments  held and statements of assets and  liabilities,
operations,  and changes in net assets of the Fund.  The Fund's fiscal year ends
on December 31.


                                       19

<PAGE>



                          CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

   Investors  Fiduciary Trust Company,  801 Pennsylvania,  Kansas City, MO 64105
("Custodian")  has been  retained to act as Custodian of the Fund's  investments
and  may  appoint  one  or  more  subcustodians.  The  Custodian  also  performs
accounting  services for the Fund. As part of its agreement  with the Fund,  the
Custodian  may  apply  credits  or  charges  for its  services  to the Fund for,
respectively,  positive or deficit cash balances maintained by the Fund with the
Custodian.  DST Systems,  Inc., Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789,  acts as
the Fund's Transfer and Dividend  Disbursing  Agent.  The  Distributor  provides
certain  shareholder   administration   services  to  the  Fund  pursuant  to  a
Shareholder  Services  Agreement  and is reimbursed by the Fund the actual costs
incurred  with  respect  thereto.   For  services   performed  pursuant  to  the
Shareholder  Services  Agreement,  the Fund  reimbursed the  Distributor for the
fiscal  years ended  December 31, 1995,  1996 and 1997  approximately  $125,256,
$61,675, and $59,403 respectively.

                                    AUDITORS

   Tait,  Weller & Baker,  8 Penn  Center  Plaza,  Suite 800,  Philadelphia,  PA
19103-2108,  are  the  Fund's  independent  accountants.  The  Fund's  financial
statements are audited annually.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   The Fund's Financial  Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997,
together with the Report of the Fund's independent  accountants thereon,  appear
in the Fund's  Annual  Report to  Shareholders  and are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

                                       20

<PAGE>



                    APPENDIX -- DESCRIPTIONS OF BOND RATINGS

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS

Aaa             Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best  quality.
                They  carry  the  smallest  degree  of  investment  risk and are
                generally  referred to as "gilt  edged".  Interest  payments are
                protected  by  a  large  or  exceptionally   stable  margin  and
                principal is secure.  While the various protective  elements are
                likely to change,  such  changes as can be  visualized  are most
                unlikely  to impair the  fundamentally  strong  position of such
                issues.

Aa              Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
                standards.  Together  with the Aaa group they  comprise what are
                generally  known as high grade bonds.  They are rated lower than
                the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large
                as in Aaa securities or  fluctuation of protective  elements may
                be of greater  amplitude or there may be other elements  present
                which make the long term risk  appear  somewhat  larger than the
                Aaa securities.

A                   Bonds which are rated A possess  many  favorable  investment
                    attributes  and are to be considered as  upper-medium  grade
                    obligations.   Factors  giving  security  to  principal  and
                    interest  are  considered  adequate,  but  elements  may  be
                    present which suggest a  susceptibility  to impairment  some
                    time in the future.

Baa             Bonds  which  are  rated  Baa are  considered  as  medium  grade
                obligations  (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
                secured).   Interest  payments  and  principal  security  appear
                adequate for the present but certain protective  elements may be
                lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
                length  of  time.   Such  bonds  lack   outstanding   investment
                characteristics and in fact have speculative  characteristics as
                well.

Ba              Bonds  which  are  rated  Ba  are  judged  to  have  speculative
                elements;  their future cannot be  considered  as  well-assured.
                Often the  protection of interest and principal  payments may be
                very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during both good
                and  bad  times  over  the  future.   Uncertainty   of  position
                characterizes bonds in this class.

B               Bonds which are rated B generally  lack  characteristics  of the
                desirable  investment.   Assurance  of  interest  and  principal
                payments or of  maintenance  of other terms of the contract over
                any long period of time may be small.

Caa             Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may 
                be in default or there may be present elements of danger with 
                respect to principal or interest.

Ca              Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are 
                speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default 
                or have other marked shortcomings.


STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS GROUP CORPORATE BOND RATINGS

AAA             An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by
                Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial 
                commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA              An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated 
                obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to 
                meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A                   An obligation  rated A is somewhat more  susceptible  to the
                    adverse  effects of changes in  circumstances  and  economic
                    conditions  than  obligations  in higher  rated  categories.
                    However,  the  obligor's  capacity  to  meet  its  financial
                    commitments on the obligation is still strong.

BBB             An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
                However,  adverse economic conditions or changing  circumstances
                are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to
                meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB              An obligation  rated BB is less  vulnerable  to nonpayment  than
                other  speculative  issues.  However,  it  faces  major  ongoing
                uncertainties  or exposure to adverse  business,  financial,  or
                economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
                capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B               An obligation  rated B is more  vulnerable to nonpayment than an
                obligation rated BB, but the obligor  currently has the capacity
                to meet its  financial  commitment  on the  obligation.  Adverse
                business,  financial,  or economic conditions will likely impair
                the  obligor's  capacity or  willingness  to meet its  financial
                commitment on the obligation.

CCC             An  obligation  rated CCC is currently  vulnerable to nonpayment
                and  is  dependent  upon  favorable  business,   financial,  and
                economic  conditions  for  the  obligor  to meet  its  financial
                commitment on the obligation.  In the event of adverse business,
                financial, or economic conditions,  the obligor is not likely to
                have  the  capacity  to meet  its  financial  commitment  on the
                obligation.

CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C               The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
                petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
                payments on the obligation are being continued.

                                       21


<PAGE>




                       BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND,
INC.

                            Part C. Other Information

Item 24.     Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a)          Financial Statements to be included in Part A of this
             Registration Statement:

             Financial Highlights

             Financial Statements to be included in Part B of this
             Registration Statement:

             The financial  statements  contained in the Fund's Annual Report to
             Shareholders  for the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997 are
             incorporated  into Part B by  reference,  except that the letter to
             shareholders and other  information  contained on pages one and two
             of said Annual  Report is not so  incorporated  by reference and is
             not part of this Registration Statement.

(b)          Exhibits
    (1)         Amended and Restated   Articles  of   Incorporation   filed  
                with  the Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (2)         Amended By-Laws filed with the Securities and Exchange
                Commission herewith.
    (3)         Voting trust agreement -- none
    (4)         Specimen security filed with the Securities and Exchange
                Commission herewith.
    (5)         Form of Investment Management Agreement of Bull  & Bear Special
                Equities Fund, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange
                Commission  herewith.
    (6)(a)      Form of Distribution Agreement of Bull & Bear Special Equities
                Fund, Inc. filed with  the Securities and Exchange Commission
                herewith.
    (6)(b)      Amended Plan and Agreement pursuant to Rule 12b-1 with
                respect to Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund Inc. filed with the
                Securities and Exchange Commission  herewith.
    (7)         Bonus, profit sharing or pension plans --  none
    (8)(a)      Form of Retirement Plan Custodial Services Agreement,
                filed with the Securities and  Exchange Commission herewith.
    (8)(b)      Form of Custody and Investment Accounting Agreement with
                Investors Fiduciary Trust Company filed with the Securities
                and Exchange Commission on April 29, 1997, accession
                number 0000052234-97-000003.
    (9)(a)   Form of Transfer  Agency  Agreement  filed with the  Securities and
             Exchange Commission herewith.
    (9)(b)   Form  of  Transfer  Agency  Assignment  Agreement  filed  with  the
             Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (9)(c)   Form of Shareholder
             Services   Agreement   filed  with  the   Securities  and  Exchange
             Commission herewith.
    (9)(d)   Form of Credit Facilities Agreement for $15,000,000 uncommitted, 
             unsecured line of credit filed with the Securities
             and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (9)(e)   Form of Credit  Facilities Agreement for $28,000,000


<PAGE>



             committed,  unsecured  leveraging  line of  credit  filed  with the
             Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (9)(f)   Form of Securities Lending  Authorization Agreement filed with the
             Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (9)(g)   Form of Segregated Account Procedural and Safekeeping Agreement 
             filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (10)(a)  Opinion  of  counsel  filed  with  the   Securities   and  Exchange
             Commission herewith.
    (11)(a)  Accountants' consent with  respect to Bull & Bear Special
             Equities Fund, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange
             Commission herewith.
    (11)(b)  Opinion of counsel with respect to eligibility for effectiveness
             under paragraph (b) of Rule 485. Filed herewith.
    (12)     Financial  statements omitted from Item 23 -- not applicable
    (13)     Agreement for  providing initial capital filed with the
             Securities and  Exchange  Commission herewith.
    (14)(a)  Form of Standardized Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement, filed
             with the  Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (14)(b)  Form of Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document, filed
             with the Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (14)(c)  Form of Standardized Money Purchase Adoption Agreement, filed with 
             the Securities and  Exchange Commission  herewith.
    (14)(d)  Form of Simplified Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement,filed with the
             Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (14)(e)  Form of Simplified Money Purchase Adoption Agreement,
             filed with the Securities and  Exchange Commission herewith.
    (14)(f)  Form of Custodial  Account and IRA Disclosure Statement,
             filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (14)(g)  Form of Investor
             Service  Center  Section  403(b)(7)   Custodial  Account  Agreement
             Amended  and  Restated  as  of  January  1,  1998  filed  with  the
             Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (15)(a)  Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 with respect to  Bull & Bear Special
             Equities Fund, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange 
             Commission herewith.
    (15)(b)  Amended Plan and Agreement pursuant to Rule 12b-1 with  respect to 
             Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund,  Inc. filed with the
             Securities and  Exchange Commission herewith.
    (15)(c)  Related Agreement to Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1


<PAGE>



            between Investor Service Center, Inc. and Hanover Direct Advertising
            Company, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
            herewith.
    (16)    Schedule for  computation of performance quotations filed
            with the Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
    (17)    Financial Data Schedule (filed  herewith).
    (18)    Plan pursuant to  Rule 18f-3 -- not  applicable.


Item 25.     Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

                      Not applicable.

Item 26.     Number of Holders
             of Securities


             Number of Record Holders
    Title of Class
             (as of April 24, 1998)
    Shares of Common Stock,
    $0.01 par value
                                       6,293


Item 27.     Indemnification

             The Registrant is incorporated under Maryland law. Section 2-418 of
the Maryland  General  Corporation  Law requires the Registrant to indemnify its
directors,  officers and employees against expenses,  including legal fees, in a
successful  defense  of a civil or  criminal  proceeding.  The law also  permits
indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents unless it is proved
that (a) the act or omission of the person was material and was committed in bad
faith or was the  result of  active or  deliberate  dishonesty,  (b) the  person
received an improper  personal benefit in money,  property or services or (c) in
the case of a criminal  action,  the person had reasonable cause to believe that
the act or omission was unlawful.

             Registrant's  amended and restated Articles of  Incorporation:  (1)
provide that, to the maximum extent  permitted by applicable  law, a director or
officer will not be liable to the  Registrant or its  stockholders  for monetary
damages; (2) require the Registrant to indemnify and advance expense as provided
in the  By-laws to its  present  and past  directors,  officers,  employees  and
agents,  and  persons  who are  serving  or have  served at the  request  of the
Registrant  in  similar  capacities  for  other  entities  in  advance  of final
disposition  of any  action  against  that  person to the  extent  permitted  by
Maryland law and the 1940 Act; (3) allow the  corporation to purchase  insurance
for any present or past director,  officer,  employee, or agent; and (4) require
that any  repeal  or  modification  of the  amended  and  restated  Articles  of
Incorporation by the shareholders,  or adoption or modification of any provision
of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation   inconsistent  with  the   indemnification
provisions, be prospective only to the extent such repeal or modification would,
if applied retrospectively,  adversely affect any limitation on the liability of
or  indemnification  available  to any  person  covered  by the  indemnification
provisions of the amended and restated Articles of Incorporation.

             Section  11.01  of  Article  XI  of  the  By-Laws  sets  forth  the
procedures  by which the  Registrant  will  indemnify its  directors,  officers,
employees  and  agents.  Section  11.02 of  Article  XI of the  By-Laws  further
provides  that the  Registrant  may  purchase  and  maintain  insurance or other
sources of  reimbursement to the extent permitted by law on behalf of any person
who is or was a director or officer of the  Registrant,  or is or was serving at
the request of the  Registrant as a director or officer of another  corporation,
partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise  against any liability
asserted  against him or her and incurred by him or her in or arising out of his
or her position.

             Registrant's  amended Investment  Management  Agreement between the
Registrant and Bull & Bear Advisers,  Inc. ("Investment  Manager") provides that
the  Investment  Manager shall not be liable to the  Registrant or its series or
any  shareholder  of the  Registrant  or its series for any error of judgment or
mistake of law or for


<PAGE>



any loss suffered by the Registrant in connection  with the matters to which the
Investment Management Agreement relates.  However, the Investment Manager is not
protected  against any liability to the Registrant or to the series by reason of
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross  negligence in the performance of its
duties or by reason of its  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and duties
under the Investment Management Agreement.

             Section 9 of the Distribution
Agreement between the Registrant and
Investor Service Center,  Inc.  ("Service  Center") provides that the Registrant
will  indemnify  Service  Center and its  officers,  directors  and  controlling
persons  against all  liabilities  arising from any alleged untrue  statement of
material  fact in the  Registration  Statement  or from any alleged  omission to
state in the Registration  Statement a material fact required to be stated in it
or necessary to make the statements in it, in light of the  circumstances  under
which they were made, not  misleading,  except insofar as liability  arises from
untrue  statements or omissions  made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
information  furnished  by  Service  Center  to the  Registrant  for  use in the
Registration  Statement;  and provided that this indemnity  agreement  shall not
protect  any such  persons  against  liabilities  arising by reason of their bad
faith,  gross  negligence  or  willful  misfeasance;  and shall not inure to the
benefit  of any  such  persons  unless  a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  or
controlling  precedent  determines that such result is not against public policy
as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act of 1933.  Section  9 of the  Distribution
Agreement also provides that Service Center agrees to indemnify, defend and hold
the  Registrant,  its  officers  and  Directors  free and harmless of any claims
arising out of any alleged untrue  statement or any alleged omission of material
fact  contained  in  information  furnished  by  Service  Center  for use in the
Registration  Statement or arising out of any agreement  between  Service Center
and any retail dealer, or arising out of supplementary literature or advertising
used by Service Center in connection with the Distribution Agreement.

             The  Registrant   undertakes  to  carry  out  all   indemnification
provisions of its Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and the  above-described
Investment  Management  Agreement  in  accordance  with  Investment  Company Act
Release No. 11330 (September 4, 1980) and successor releases.

             Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  may be provided to directors,  officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant,  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  Registrant  with the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or
proceeding or payment pursuant to any insurance  policy) is asserted against the
Registrant by such director,  officer or controlling  person in connection  with
the securities being  registered,  the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a
court of appropriate  jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by
it is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.


Item 28.     Business and other Connections of  Investment Adviser

             The  directors   and  officers  of  the   Investment   Manager,   a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Bull & Bear Group,  Inc.,  are also  directors  and
officers  of  other  Funds  managed  by the  Investment  Manager  ("Funds").  In
addition,  such officers are officers and  directors of Bull & Bear Group,  Inc.
and its other subsidiaries Investor Service Center, Inc., the Funds' distributor
and a  registered  broker/dealer,  Midas  Management  Corporation  and  Rockwood
Advisers, Inc., registered investment


<PAGE>



advisers, and Bull & Bear Securities, Inc., a discount brokerage firm. The 
principalbusiness of the Investment Manager, Midas Management Corporation and
Rockwood Advisers, Inc. since their founding has been to serve as
investment managers to registered investment companies. The Investment
Manager also serves as investment manager of Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves, a
series of Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc.; Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.; Bull
& Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.; Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund,
Inc.; Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd. and Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund,Inc.
Midas Management Corporation serves as investment adviser to Midas Fund, Inc.
and Rockwood Advisers, Inc. serves as investment adviser to Rockwood Fund, Inc.

Item 29.     Principal  Underwriters

    a) In addition to the Registrant,  Investor  Service Center,  Inc. serves as
principal  underwriter of Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd., Bull & Bear Funds II,
Inc., Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc., Midas Fund, Inc., and Rockwood Fund, Inc.

    b) Service Center will serve as the Registrant's  principal underwriter with
respect to Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc. The directors and officers of
Service Center, their principal business addresses,  their positions and offices
with Service Center and their positions and offices with the Registrant (if any)
are set forth below.


Name and Principal         Position and Offices with        Position and Offices
Business Address           Investor Service Center, Inc.    with Registrant
- ------------------         -----------------------------    --------------------
Robert D. Anderson         Vice Chairman and Director       Vice Chairman 
11 Hanover Square                                           and Director
New York, NY 10005

Steven A. Landis           Senior Vice President           Senior Vice President
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005

Mark C. Winmill            Director                         Co-President
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005

Thomas B. Winmill       Chief Executive Officer,       Chairman, Chief Executive
11 Hanover Square       Director, General Counsel and  Officer, Co-President and
New York, NY 10005      President                        General Counsel

Deborah A. Sullivan      Chief Compliance Officer,     Chief Compliance Officer,
11 Hanover Square     Secretary and Vice President  Secretary and Vice President
New York, NY 10005

Irene K. Kawczynski        Vice President                     None
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005

Joseph Leung           Chief Accounting Officer  Chief Accounting Officer, Chief
11 Hanover Square       and Treasurer            Financial Officer and Treasurer
New York, NY 10005

Item 30.     Location of Accounts
             and Records

             The minute books of  Registrant  and copies of its filings with the
Commission are located at 11 Hanover Square,  New York, NY 10005 (the offices of
Registrant and its Investment  Manager).  All other records  required by Section
31(a) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940 are located at Investors  Fiduciary
Trust  Company,  801  Pennsylvania,  Kansas  City,  MO  64105  (the  offices  of
Registrant's  custodian) and at DST Systems, Inc., P.O. Box 419789, Kansas City,
MO 64141-6789 (the offices of the Registrant's  transfer and dividend disbursing
agent).  Copies of certain of the records  located at Investors  Fiduciary Trust
Company and DST Systems, Inc. are kept at 11 Hanover Square, New York, NY 10005.

Item 31.     Management Services --  none

Item 32.     Undertakings -- The Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish
             each person to whom a prospectus is delivered with a copy
             of the Registrant's annual report to shareholders upon request and 
             without charge.


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act of  1933  and  the
Investment  Company Act of 1940, the  Registrant  certifies that it meets all of
the requirements for  effectiveness of this Registration  Statement  pursuant to
Rule  485 (b)  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  and has  duly  caused  this
Registration  Statement to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereto
duly authorized,  in the City,  County and State of New York on this 30th day of
April, 1998.

                               BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.
                      
                                /s/ Thomas B. Winmill
                                By: Thomas B. Winmill

    Pursuant  to  the   requirements   of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the
dates indicated:


Mark C. Winmill            Co-President                         April 30, 1998
Mark C. Winmill
Thomas B. Winmill          Chairman, Chief Executive            April 30, 1998
- -----------------
Thomas B. Winmill          Officer, Co-President and
                           General Counsel
Joseph Leung               Chief Accounting Officer,            April 30, 1998
- ------------
Joseph Leung               Chief Financial Officer
                           and Treasurer
Robert D. Anderson         Director and Vice                    April 30, 1998
- ------------------
Robert D. Anderson         Chairman
Bruce B. Huber             Director                             April 30, 1998
- --------------
Bruce B. Huber
James E. Hunt              Director                             April 30, 1998
- -------------
James E. Hunt
John B. Russell            Director                             April 30, 1998
- ---------------
John B. Russell




<PAGE>






                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


EXHIBIT

      (1)    Amended and Restated Articles  of Incorporation
      (2)    Amended By-Laws
      (4)    Specimen security
      (5)    Form of Investment Management Agreement of Bull
             & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc..
      (6)(a) Form of Distribution Agreement of Bull & Bear Special
             Equities Fund, Inc.
      (6)(b) Amended Plan and Agreement  pursuant  to  Rule  12b-1  with respect
             to Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
      (8)(a) Form of Retirement Plan Custodial Services Agreement
      (9)(a) Form of Transfer Agency Agreement
      (9)(b) Form of Transfer Agency Assignment Agreement
      (9)(c) Form of Shareholder Services Agreement
      (9)(d) Form of Credit  Facilities  Agreement for $15,000,000  uncommitted,
             unsecured line of credit
      (9)(e) Form of Credit  Facilities  Agreement  for  $28,000,000  committed,
             unsecured leveraging line of credit
      (9)(f) Form of Securities Lending Authorization Agreement
      (9)(g) Form of Segregated Account Procedural and Safekeeping Agreement
      (10)(a) Opinion of counsel
      (11)(a) Accountants' consent with respect to Bull & Bear Special Equities
              Fund, Inc.
      (11)(b) Opinion of counsel with respect to eligibility for effectiveness
              under paragraph (b) of Rule 485
      (13)    Agreement for providing initial capital
      (14)(a) Form ofStandardized Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement
      (14)(b) Form of  Defined Contribution Basic Plan  Document
      (14)(c) Form of  Standardized Money Purchase Adoption Agreement
      (14)(d) Form of  Simplified Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement
      (14)(e) Form of Simplified Money Purchase  Adoption Agreement
      (14)(f) Form of Custodial  Account and IRA  Disclosure Statement
      (14)(g) Form of Investor Service Center Section 403(b)(7) Custodial
              Account Agreement Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1998
      (15)(a) Form of Distribution Agreement of Bull & Bear Special
              Equities Fund, Inc.
      (15)(b) Amended Plan and Agreement pursuant to Rule 12b-1 with respect to
              Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
      (15)(c) Related Agreement to Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule
              12b-1 between Investor Service Center, Inc. and Hanover Direct
              Advertising Company, Inc.
      (16)    Schedule for computation of performance quotations
      (17)    Financial Data Schedule


                      


                      ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
                                     OF THE
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.


         BULL BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC., a Maryland  corporation,  having
its  principal  office in  Maryland  in the City of  Baltimore  ("Corporation"),
hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland
that:

FIRST:  The Corporation desires to amend and restate its charter as currently
in effect; such amendment and restatement to be effective on April 30, 1993.

SECOND: The Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation are hereby amended
and restated as follows:









<PAGE>



THIRD: The Board of Directors of the Corporation  advised the foregoing  amended
and restated  Articles of  Incorporation on March 11, 1993, and the stockholders
of the  Corporation  approved the  foregoing  Amended and  Restated  Articles of
Incorporation on April 29, 1993.

FOURTH: The provisions set forth in these Articles of Amendment and
Restatement are all the provisions of the charter currently in effect.

FIFTH:  (a) The total number of shares of all classes of stock of the
Corporation heretofore authorized is fifty million shares, all of one class,
par value of one cent ($.Ol) per share and aggregate par value of $500,000.

        (b)  The  total  number  of  shares  of  all  classes  of  stock  of the
Corporation as increased is five hundred million  shares,  par value of one cent
($.Ol) per share and aggregate par value of $5,000,000.

        (c) Under the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation,  shares of
stock  of the  Corporation  may be  issued  by the  Board of  Directors  in such
separate and distinct series and classes of series as the Board of Directors may
from time to time create and establish.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc. has caused
these  presents to be signed in its name and on its behalf by an Executive  Vice
President  of Bull & Bear  Special  Equities  Fund,  Inc. and attested to by its
Secretary on this 29th of April, 1993.

                                 BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.


                             By:
                                       Thomas B. Winmill
                                       Executive Vice President


Attest:


Fredda E.Ackerman
Secretary



<PAGE>



         THE  UNDERSIGNED,  an Executive  Vice  President of Bull & Bear Special
Equities Fund,  Inc., who executed on behalf of said  Corporation  the foregoing
Articles of Amendment and Restatement, of which this certificate is made a part,
hereby  acknowledges,  in the  name  and on  behalf  of  said  Corporation,  the
foregoing  Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of said
Corporation  and  further   certifies  that,  to  the  best  of  his  knowledge,
information and belief,  the matters and facts set forth therein with respect to
the approval thereof are true in all material  respects,  under the penalties of
perjury.




                                            Thomas B. Winmill
                                            Executive Vice President




<PAGE>



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.


         FIRST:
         (1) The name and address of each incorporator of the Corporation are as
follows:

                             Perez C. Ehrich
                             11 Pine Ridge Road
                          Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

                             John T. Landry, Jr.
                             44 Chittenden Avenue
                             Yonkers, New York 10707

                 (2)       Each of said incorporators is over eighteen years
                 of age.

                   (3)  Said incorporators are forming a corporation under the
general laws of the State of Maryland.

SECOND:                    The name of the Corporation is:

                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

THIRD:    The purposes for which the Corporation is formed and the business or
objects to be carried on and promoted by it are as follows:

(1) To invest and reinvest its funds, and to purchase or otherwise acquire, own,
hold,  sell,  assign,  negotiate,  transfer,  exchange or otherwise  dispose of,
stocks, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages or other obligations and any
certificates,  receipts,  warrants or other instruments  representing  rights to
receive,  purchase  or  subscribe  for the same or  interests  therein or in any
property or assets, issued by any persons,  firms,  associations,  syndicates or
the  Government  of the United  States or any  state,  territory  or  possession
thereof or any foreign  government or any  municipality  or subdivision  thereof
(all  of  which  are  hereinafter  referred  to as  "securities"),  as  well  as
commodities and contracts for commodities of any nature.

(2) To  exercise as owner or holder of any  securities  or other  property,  all
rights,  powers and privileges in respect thereof and to do any and all acts and
things for the preservation, protection and enhancement in value thereof.

(3) To issue and sell shares of its own capital stock in such amounts,  for such
purposes  and for such  prices,  now or  hereafter  permitted by the laws of the
State of Maryland, by its Articles of Incorporation and the then current By-Laws
of the Corporation, as its Board of Directors may determine.


<PAGE>



(4) To purchase,  hold, or otherwise acquire (without the vote or consent of the
stockholders  of the  Corporation),  dispose of,  resell,  transfer,  reissue or
cancel  shares of its  capital  stock in any  manner  and to the  extent  now or
hereafter  permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland and by these  Articles
of Incorporation and the By-Laws.

(5) To conduct its  business in all its  branches at one or more  offices in the
State of Maryland and elsewhere in any part of the world without  restriction or
limitation  as to the extent  except as expressly  limited in these  Articles of
Incorporation  and in the By-Laws and to acquire,  use,  hold and dispose of, in
any manner and for any purpose  now or  hereafter  permitted  by the laws of the
said State, any real or personal  property or any rights or interests therein in
said  State or  elsewhere  subject  to the laws of the state or country in which
located.

(6) To carry out all or any of the  foregoing  objects and purposes as principal
or agent  and  alone  or with  associates  and to the  extent  now or  hereafter
permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland,  as a member of, or as the owner
or holder of any stock of,  or shares or  interest  in,  any firm,  association,
corporation,  trust or syndicate, and in connection therewith, to make and enter
into  such  deeds  or   contracts   with  any  persons,   firms,   associations,
corporations,  syndicates,  governments or  subdivisions  thereof and to do such
acts and things and to  exercise  such powers as any  natural  person  might do,
enter into or exercise,  and to do everything  necessary,  proper,  advisable or
convenient for accomplishment of any of the purposes or the attainment of any of
the objects or the  performance  of any of the powers herein set forth and to do
every other act and thing incidental thereto or connected therewith.

         The  foregoing  clauses shall be construed as powers as well as objects
and purposes.  The enumeration herein of specific purposes and powers are not to
be held to limit or restrict in any way the general  purposes  and powers of the
Corporation now or hereafter  conferred by the laws of the State of Maryland nor
shall the matter specified in any clause,  except where otherwise expressed,  be
limited or restricted  by reference to or inference  from the terms of any other
clause of this or any other  Article of these  Articles  of  Incorporation,  nor
shall the  expression of one thing be deemed to exclude  another though it be of
like nature;  provided,  however,  that nothing  contained in these  Articles of
Incorporation  shall be construed as giving the Corporation  any rights,  powers
and  privileges  not permitted it by the laws of the State of Maryland nor shall
it carry on any  business or exercise any powers in any other state or territory
or country  except to the  extent  that the same may be  lawfully  carried on or
exercised under the laws thereof.

FOURTH:   The address of the principal office of the Corporation within the
State of Maryland is 11 East Chase Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

FIFTH: The name and address of the resident agent of the Corporation  within the
State of  Maryland  are The  Prentice-Hall  Corporation  System,  11 East  Chase
Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

SIXTH:    (1) The total number of shares of capital stock which the
Corporation has authority to issue is Five Hundred Million (500,000,000).
Each share of stock shall have a par value of One Cent ($.Ol) and the


<PAGE>



aggregate  par  value  of  the  authorized   shares  is  Five  Million   Dollars
($5,000,000).  The  shares  may be  issued  by the  Board of  Directors  in such
separate and distinct series ("Series") and classes of Series ("Classes") as the
Board of Directors  shall from time to time create and  establish.  The Board of
Directors shall have full power and authority, in its sole discretion, to

                                       2 -




<PAGE>



create and establish Series and Classes having such preferences,  rights, voting
powers,   terms  of   conversion,   restrictions,   limitations   on  dividends,
qualifications,  and terms and  conditions  of  redemption as shall be fixed and
determined  from time to time by  resolution  or  resolutions  providing for the
issuance of such shares  adopted by the Board of Directors.  In the event of the
establishment  of Classes,  each Class of a Series shall represent  interests in
the assets of that Series and have identical voting,  dividend,  liquidation and
other  rights  and the same  terms and  conditions  as any  other  Class of that
Series,  except as provided in these Articles of  Incorporation  and except that
expenses allocated to the Class of a Series may be borne solely by such Class as
shall be determined by the Directors and a Class of a Series may have  exclusive
voting  rights  with  respect to matters  affecting  only that  Class.  Expenses
related  to the  distribution  of, and other  identified  expenses  that  should
properly be allocated to, the shares of a particular  Class or Series of capital
stock may be charged to and borne solely by such Class or Series and the bearing
of expenses  solely by a Class or Series of capital  stock may be  appropriately
reflected  (in a  manner  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors)  and  cause
differences in the net asset value attributable to, and the dividend, redemption
and liquidation  rights of, the shares of each Class or Series of capital stock.
In addition,  the Board of  Directors,  upon the  adoption of a resolution  of a
majority of the directors,  is hereby expressly granted authority to increase or
decrease  the  authorized  number  of shares  of any  Series  or Class,  but the
authorized number of shares of any Series or Class shall not be decreased by the
Board of Directors  below the number of shares  thereof then  outstanding,  and,
from time to time, to designate or redesignate  the name of any Class or Series,
whether or not shares of such Class or Series are outstanding.

         The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  is authorized  from time to
time to  classify  or to  reclassify,  as the case  may be,  any  shares  of the
Corporation in separate Series or Classes.  The shares of said Series or Classes
of stock  shall have such  preferences,  rights,  voting  powers,  restrictions,
limitations  as to  dividends,  qualifications,  and  terms  and  conditions  of
redemption  as shall be fixed and  determined  from time to time by the Board of
Directors.  The  Corporation  may  hold as  treasury  shares,  reissue  for such
consideration  and on such terms as the Board of  Directors  may  determine,  or
cancel,  at their  discretion  from time to time,  any shares  reacquired by the
Corporation.  No holder of any of the shares  shall be  entitled  as of right to
subscribe  for,  purchase,  or otherwise  acquire any shares of the  Corporation
which the Corporation proposes to issue or reissue.

         The  Corporation  shall have authority to issue any  additional  shares
hereafter  authorized and any shares redeemed or repurchased by the Corporation.
All shares of any Series or Class when properly  issued in accordance with these
Articles of Incorporation shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

(2) The  establishment  of any  Series  or  Class  shall be  effective  upon the
adoption of a  resolution  by a majority  of the  Directors  setting  forth such
establishment  and  designation  and the relative  rights and preferences of the
shares of such Series or Class. At any time that there are no shares outstanding
of any particular  Series or Class  previously  established and designated,  the
Directors  may  by a  majority  vote  abolish  that  Series  or  Class  and  the
establishment and designation thereof.


<PAGE>



(3) At all meetings of stockholders,  each stockholder of the Corporation  shall
be entitled  to one vote for each share of stock  standing in his or her name on
the books of the  Corporation  on the date fixed in accordance  with the By-Laws
for determination of stockholders entitled to vote thereat;  provided,  however,
that when required by the Investment  Company Act of 1940 or rules thereunder or
when the Board of Directors has determined that the matter affects only
the  interest of one Series or Class,  matters may be submitted to a vote of the
stockholders of a particular  Series or Class, and each holder of shares thereof
shall be entitled  to votes equal to the shares of the Series or Class  standing
in his or her name on the books of the Corporation. The presence in person or by
proxy of the  holders of  one-third  of the shares of the  capital  stock of the
Corporation  outstanding and entitled to vote thereat shall  constitute a quorum
at any meeting of the stockholders  except that where any provision of law or of
these Articles of Incorporation  permit or require that holders of any Series or
Class  shall vote as a Series or Class,  one-third  of the  aggregate  number of
shares of that Series or Class outstanding and entitled to vote shall constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business by that Series or Class.

(4) Each holder of the  capital  stock of the  Corporation  shall be entitled to
require the Corporation, so long as it has assets legally available therefor, to
redeem any or all of the shares of such  capital  stock  standing in the name of
such  holder on the books of the  Corporation  at the  redemption  price of such
shares,  upon request made by such stockholder to the transfer agent accompanied
by surrender of the stock  certificate or certificates  therefore,  if any, duly
endorsed in proper form for  transfer and  accompanied  by all  necessary  stock
transfer stamps.  The time as of which the redemption price shall be determined,
and the time and manner of payment  thereof may be fixed,  from time to time, in
the manner prescribed by the Board of Directors, subject to such restrictions as
may be set forth in the By-Laws.  The Board of Directors may postpone payment of
the  redemption  price and may  suspend  the right of the  holders  of shares to
require the  Corporation  to redeem shares during any period or at any time when
and to the extent  permissible under the Investment  Company Act of 1940. If the
Board of Directors,  in its discretion,  so determines,  the Corporation may pay
the redemption price of such shares wholly in kind or partly in money and partly
in kind,  and in making any payment  wholly or partly in kind,  the  Corporation
shall  have the  authority  to  select  and  value  particular  investments  and
otherwise decide the fair and practicable manner of making such payment.

(5) The Board of Directors  may cause the  Corporation  to redeem at current net
asset value all shares owned or held by any one stockholder  having an aggregate
current  net  asset  value  of less  than  five  hundred  dollars  ($500).  Such
redemptions shall be effected in accordance with such procedures as the Board of
Directors may adopt.  Upon  redemption of shares  pursuant to this Section,  the
Corporation shall promptly cause payment of the full redemption price to be made
to the holder of shares so redeemed.

(6) Except as set forth at the end of this Section, the redemption price of each
share of the capital stock of the Corporation, or each Series or Class, shall be
in an amount  equal to the net asset value per share  determined  in  accordance
with  good  accounting  practice,  by or under  the  authority  of the  Board of
Directors  subject  to  such  rules  as may be set  forth  in the  bylaws.  Such
determination may be made on a  Series-by-Series  basis or made or adjusted on a
Class-by-Class basis. If the Board of Directors should deem it advisable, it may
authorize  the  Corporation  to  deduct  and  retain a  redemption  fee from the
redemption  price computed as herein set forth under such conditions and in such
amount as the Board may prescribe,  provided that such  redemption fee shall not
be greater than five percent of the redemption price as so determined.


<PAGE>



(7) The Board of  Directors  may  authorize  purchases by the  Corporation  from
holders of the capital stock of the  Corporation  of any or all of the shares of
such capital  stock  standing in the name of any such holder on the books of the
Corporation  at prices not  exceeding  the net asset value as defined in Article
SEVENTH hereof upon which the then current public offering
price is based or such  net  asset  value at the time the  offer of sale of such
shares is accepted by the Corporation.

(8) All  shares of stock of the  Corporation  now or  hereafter  authorized  and
outstanding  shall be subject to liquidation at net asset value at the option of
the  Corporation in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the
Board of Directors and the By-Laws.

(9) Dividends and  distributions  on shares with respect to each Series or Class
may be declared and paid with such  frequency and in such form and amount as the
Board of Directors  may from time to time  determine.  Dividends may be declared
daily or otherwise pursuant to a standing resolution or resolutions adopted only
once or with such frequency as the Board of Directors may determine.

         All dividends and  distributions on shares of a particular Series shall
be  distributed  pro rata to the  holders of that  Series in  proportion  to the
number of shares of that  Series  held by such  holders  at the date and time of
record  established for the payment of such dividends or  distributions,  except
that such  dividends and  distributions  shall  appropriately  reflect  expenses
allocated to a particular Class of such Series.

         The Board of Directors shall have the power, in its sole discretion, to
distribute in any fiscal year as dividends  (including  dividends  designated in
whole or in part as  capital  gain  distributions)  amounts  sufficient,  in the
opinion  of the  Board  of  Directors,  to  enable  the  Corporation,  or  where
applicable each Series of the Corporation,  to qualify as a regulated investment
company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor or
comparable statute thereto, and regulations promulgated thereunder, and to avoid
liability of the Corporation,  or each Series of the Corporation,  or any Series
of the Corporation, for such tax.

         Dividends and distributions may be paid in cash, property or shares, or
a  combination  thereof,  as determined by the Board of Directors or pursuant to
any program that the Board of Directors may have in effect at the time. Any such
dividend  or  distribution  paid in shares will be paid at the current net asset
value thereof as defined in Article SEVENTH.

SEVENTH:  (1) The  Board of  Directors  is hereby  empowered  to  authorize  the
issuance  and sale  from  time to time of  shares  of the  capital  stock of the
Corporation  as  hereinafter  provided,  and  no  such  shares,  whether  now or
hereafter authorized, shall be required to be first offered to the then existing
stockholders  and no stockholder  shall have any preemptive right to purchase or
subscribe to any unissued shares of the  Corporation's  capital stock or for any
additional shares whether now or hereafter authorized.

(2) Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation (whether theretofore unissued
shares or shares held in treasury) shall be sold for cash or securities or other
property as the Board of Directors  may deem  advisable in the manner and to the
extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland provided,
however,  that the consideration per share (exclusive of any selling commission)
to be received by the Corporation upon the issuance or sale of any shares of its
capital  stock  shall  not be less than the par value per share and shall not be
less than the net asset value per


<PAGE>



share of such capital stock determined as hereinafter provided,  except that the
initial  sale of  shares  of each  Series or Class of stock may be made for such
consideration  not less than the par value  thereof as may be fixed by the Board
of Directors in its discretion.

(3) Net asset value,  as used herein,  shall be  determined  on such days and at
such times as determined by the Board of Directors.  Such determination shall be
made in accordance  with the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 and the applicable
rules and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder and in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis. Such determination
may be made on a Series-by-Series  basis or made or adjusted on a Class-by-Class
basis,  as appropriate,  and shall include any expenses  allocated to a specific
Series or Class thereof,  amounts receivable for shares which have been sold but
have not been issued,  and  liabilities  of the  Corporation  (including  in the
discretion of the Board of Directors, accrued expenses and reserves). The result
shall be the net asset value of the  Corporation or Series or Class, as the case
may be. The net asset  value  divided by the number of shares of the  respective
capital  stock  of the  Corporation,  or of the  Series  or  Class,  issued  and
outstanding  (including  shares which have been sold,  but have not been issued)
shall be the net asset value per share of the Corporation or Series or Class, as
the case may be  adjusted  to the next higher or the next lower cent or fraction
of a cent per share as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

EIGHTH:   The following provisions are hereby adopted for the purpose of
defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the Corporation and of the
directors and stockholders:

(1) The following voting  requirements shall be satisfied in order for valid and
effective action to be taken on the matters indicated:

                 (a) Except as provided in Subsection  (b) of this Section,  and
notwithstanding  any  provision  of law  requiring  any  action  to be  taken or
authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a greater proportion than a
majority of the shares entitled to vote thereon,  such action shall be effective
and valid if taken or  authorized  by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of a
majority of the total number of shares  outstanding and entitled to vote thereon
pursuant to the provisions of these Articles of Incorporation.

                 (b) Investment policies which have been designated "fundamental
policies"  by the  Corporation  in  filings  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  cannot be  approved,  modified,  repealed  or  changed  without  the
approval of such  percentage of  outstanding  shares as may from time to time be
permitted or required under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(2) The Board of Directors  shall have power,  if authorized  by the ByLaws,  to
designate by  resolution  adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors,
one or  more  committees  to  consist  of two or more  of the  directors  of the
Corporation  which,  to the extent provided in said resolution or in the By-Laws
of the  Corporation  and  permitted by the laws of the State of Maryland,  shall
have and may  exercise any or all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the  Corporation and may have power to
authorize  the seal of the  Corporation  to be affixed  to all papers  which may
require it.

(3) The Board of Directors  shall,  subject to the laws of the State of Maryland
and  subject to any  limitations  contained  in the  By-Laws,  have the power to
determine  from time to time  whether  and to what  extent and at what times and
places and under what conditions and regulations the books,


<PAGE>



accounts  and records of the  Corporation  or any of them shall be opened to the
inspection  of the  stockholders  and no  stockholder  shall  have any  right to
inspect any account,  book or record of the  Corporation  except as conferred by
the laws of the State of Maryland or the then current
By-Laws of the Corporation unless and until authorized to do so by resolution of
the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

(4)  Subject  to the  provisions  of the laws of the State of  Maryland  and the
By-Laws  of the  Corporation,  the Board of  Directors  shall have power to hold
their  meetings,  to have an  office  or  offices  and to keep the  books of the
Corporation  outside of the State of Maryland,  and the meetings of stockholders
may be held  outside of the State of Maryland and at such place or places as may
from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.

(5) All securities,  and cash and other property owned by the  Corporation  from
time to time shall be deposited  with and held by  custodians  or  subcustodians
qualified to act as such in accordance  with the  requirements of the Investment
Company Act of 1940. In the event of the  resignation  of any such  custodian or
the  termination  of the  custodian  agreement  for any  reason,  the  Board  of
Directors  shall use its best efforts to obtain a successor  custodian,  and any
custodian  agreement  shall  contain  provisions  to the  effect  that  if it is
terminated  the cash or securities  held or controlled by such custodian for the
Corporation shall be delivered directly to such a successor  custodian if such a
successor  custodian  can be found willing and able to act upon  reasonable  and
customary  terms.  In the event that upon the  termination of any such custodian
agreement,  no such  successor  custodian  can be found,  the Board of Directors
shall submit to the stockholders  the question of whether the Corporation  shall
be  liquidated  or shall  function  without  a  custodian.  The  By-Laws  of the
Corporation  may contain  further  provisions with respect to the custody of the
securities,   cash  and  securities   other  property  of  the  Corporation  not
inconsistent with the foregoing.

(6)  Subject  to the  provisions  of these  Articles  of  Incorporation  and the
provisions  of the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  any  director,  officer or
employee,  individually,  or any  partnership of which any director,  officer or
employee  may be a  member,  or any  corporation  or  association  of which  any
director,  officer or employee of this Corporation may be an officer,  director,
trustee,  employee  or  stockholder  may be a  party  to or  may be  pecuniarily
interested in any contract or transaction of the Corporation, and in the absence
of  fraud,  no  contract  or other  transaction  shall be  thereby  affected  or
invalidated, provided that the facts shall be disclosed or shall have been known
to the  Board  of  Directors  or a  majority  thereof  and any  director  of the
Corporation  who is so interested or who is also a director,  officer,  trustee,
employee or stockholder  of such  corporation or association or a member of such
partnership  which is so interested may be counted in determining  the existence
of a quorum at any  meeting of the  Directors  of the  Corporation  which  shall
authorize  any such  contract or  transaction  and may vote  thereat on any such
contract or transaction with like force and effect as if he or she were not such
director,  officer,  trustee,  employee  or  stockholder  of  such  corporation,
association so interested or not a member of a partnership so interested,  or so
interested individually.

(7) (a) To the maximum extent  permitted by applicable  law (including  Maryland
law and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940) as  currently  in effect or as may
hereafter be amended,  no director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable
to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages.



<PAGE>



                    (b)  To the  maximum  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law
(including  Maryland law and the Investment Company Act of 1940) as currently in
effect or as may  hereafter be amended,  the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  and
advance  expenses as provided in the By-Laws to its present and past  directors,
officers, employees and agents, and persons who are serving or have
served at the request of the  Corporation  as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent in similar capacities for other entities.

                   (c) The  Corporation  may purchase and maintain  insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of  the  Corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or
her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her
status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify
him or her against such liability.

                   (d)  Any  repeal  or  modification  of this  Article  EIGHTH,
Section (7) by the stockholders of the Corporation,  or adoption or modification
of any other provision of the Articles of Incorporation  or ByLaws  inconsistent
with this Section shall be  prospective  only, to the extent that such repeal or
modification would, if applied retrospectively,  adversely affect any limitation
on  the   liability   of  any  director  or  officer  of  the   Corporation   or
indemnification available to any person covered by these provisions with respect
to any act or omission  which  occurred  prior to such repeal,  modification  or
adoption.

NINTH:  The Board of Directors  shall have power  insofar as permitted by law to
make, alter, amend, and repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation. From time to time
any of the provisions of these Articles of Incorporation may be amended to alter
or repeal its provisions or to add other  provisions as may be authorized by the
laws of the State of Maryland  at the time in force.  Such  amendments  shall be
effective and valid if authorized  by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of a
majority of the total  number of shares of the  Corporation  entitled to vote on
such  amendment,  or by such lesser voting  requirement as may then be in effect
under the laws of the State of  Maryland.  All rights and  powers  conferred  by
these  Articles of  Incorporation  on  stockholders,  directors and officers are
granted subject to this reservation.

TENTH:  The name "Bull & Bear" included in the name of the Corporation  shall be
used pursuant to a  royalty-free  non-exclusive  license from Bull & Bear Group,
Inc. or a subsidiary of Bull & Bear Group,  Inc. The license may be withdrawn by
Bull & Bear Group, Inc. or its subsidiary in the event the Investment Manager of
the  Corporation  shall  not  be  Bull &  Bear  Advisers,  Inc.  or  some  other
corporation controlling,  controlled by or under common control with Bull & Bear
Group,  Inc., in which case the  Corporation  shall have no further right to use
the name "Bull & Bear" in its corporate  name or otherwise and the  Corporation,
the holders of its capital stock and its officers and directors,  shall promptly
take whatever action may be necessary to change its name accordingly.

ELEVENTH:  (1) The number of  directors  of the  Corporation,  until such number
shall be  increased  or  decreased  pursuant to the By-Laws of the  Corporation,
shall be six (6).  The number of  directors  shall never be less than the number
prescribed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland.

(2) The names of the persons who shall act as directors of the Corporation until
the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their  respective  successors
are elected and qualified are:


<PAGE>


                           Bassett S. Winimill
                           Robert D. Anderson
                           Bruce B. Huber
                           James E. Hunt
                           Oswald Ruggero
                           John B. Russell


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  adopted and signed  these
Articles  of  Incorporation  on this 10th day of  January  1986 and each  hereby
acknowledges  the  same  to be his act and  that to the  best of his  knowledge,
information  and belief,  all matters  and facts  stated  herein are true in all
material  respects and that he is making this  statement  under the penalties of
perjury.


                                                 /S/ Perez C. Ehrich
                                                     Perez C. Ehrich


                                                 /s/ John T. Landry, Jr.
                                                     John T. Landry, Jr.



                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997


                                 AMENDED BY-LAWS


                                       OF


                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.


                             A MARYLAND CORPORATION



                                DECEMBER 11, 1997


<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997

                                 AMENDED BY-LAWS
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE

ARTICLE I - NAME OF CORPORATION, LOCATION OF OFFICES AND SEAL...............  1
         Section 1.01.  Name................................................  1
         Section 1.02.  Principal Offices...................................  1
         Section 1.03.  Seal................................................  1

ARTICLE II - STOCKHOLDERS...................................................  1
         Section 2.01.  Annual Meetings.....................................  1
         Section 2.02.  Special Meetings....................................  1
         Section 2.03.  Notice of Meetings..................................  1
         Section 2.04.  Quorum and Adjournment of Meetings..................  1
         Section 2.05.  Voting and Inspectors...............................  1
         Section 2.06.  Validity of Proxies.................................  2
         Section 2.07.  Stock Ledger and List of Stockholders...............  2
         Section 2.08.  Action Without Meeting..............................  2

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS............................................  2
         Section 3.01.  General Powers......................................  2
         Section 3.02.  Power to Issue and Sell Stock.......................  2
         Section 3.03.  Power to Declare Dividends..........................  2
         Section 3.04.  Number and Term of Directors........................  3
         Section 3.05.  Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships...........  3
         Section 3.06.  Removal.............................................  3
         Section 3.07.  Regular Meetings....................................  3
         Section 3.08.  Special Meetings....................................  3
         Section 3.09.  Waiver of Notice....................................  3
         Section 3.10.  Quorum and Voting...................................  3
         Section 3.11.  Action Without a Meeting............................  4
         Section 3.12.  Compensation of Directors...........................  4
ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES.....................................................  4
         Section 4.01.  Organization........................................  4
         Section 4.02.  Powers of the Executive Committee...................  4
         Section 4.03.  Powers of Other Committees of the Board of Directors  4
         Section 4.04.  Proceedings and Quorum..............................  4
         Section 4.05.  Other Committees....................................  4

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS........................................................  4
         Section 5.01.  Officers............................................  4
         Section 5.02.  Election, Tenure and Qualifications.................  4
         Section 5.03.  Vacancies and Newly Created Offices.................  4
         Section 5.04.  Removal and Resignation.............................  5
         Section 5.05.  Chairman of the Board...............................  5
         Section 5.06.  Vice Chairman of the Board..........................  5
         Section 5.07.  President, Co-President.............................  5
         Section 5.08.  Vice President......................................  5
         Section 5.09.  Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers..................  5
         Section 5.10.  Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.................  5
         Section 5.11.  Subordinate Officers................................  5
         Section 5.12.  Remuneration........................................  5
         Section 5.13.  Surety Bonds........................................  6

ARTICLE VI - EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS, VOTING OF SECURITIES.................  6
         Section 6.01.  General.............................................  6
         Section 6.02.  Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc..........................  6
         Section 6.03.  Voting of Securities................................  6

ARTICLE VII - CAPITAL STOCK.................................................  6
         Section 7.01.  Certificates of Stock...............................  6
         Section 7.02.  Transfer of Shares..................................  6
         Section 7.03.  Transfer Agents and Registrars......................  6
         Section 7.04.  Fixing of Record Date...............................  7
         Section 7.05.  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates..............  7

ARTICLE VIII - CONFLICT OF INTEREST TRANSACTIONS............................  7
         Section 8.01.  Validity of Contract or Transactions................  7
         Section 8.02.  Dealings............................................  7


                                        i

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997

ARTICLE IX - FISCAL YEAR AND ACCOUNTANT.....................................  7
         Section 9.01.  Fiscal Year.........................................  7
         Section 9.02.  Accountant..........................................  7

ARTICLE X - CUSTODY OF SECURITIES...........................................  8
         Section 10.01.  Employment of a Custodian..........................  8
         Section 10.02.  Termination of Custodian Agreement.................  8
         Section 10.03.  Provisions of Custodian Contract...................  8
         Section 10.04.  Other Arrangements.................................  8

ARTICLE XI - INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE..................................  8
         Section 11.01.  Indemnification of Officers, Directors, 
                         Employees and Agents...............................  8
         Section 11.02.  Insurance of Officers, Directors, 
                         Employees and Agents...............................  9
         Section 11.03.  Non-exclusivity....................................  9
         Section 11.04.  Amendment..........................................  9

ARTICLE XII - AMENDMENTS....................................................  9
         Section 12.01.  General............................................  9
         Section 12.02.  By Stockholders Only...............................  9


                                       ii

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997

                                 AMENDED BY-LAWS
                                       OF

                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

                            (A MARYLAND CORPORATION)


                                    ARTICLE I
                        NAME OF CORPORATION, LOCATION OF
                                OFFICES AND SEAL


Section 1.01.  Name.  The name of the Corporation is Bull & Bear Special
                      Equities Fund, Inc.
                      

Section 1.02.  Principal Offices. The principal office of the Corporation in the
State of Maryland shall be located in Baltimore,  Maryland. The Corporation may,
in addition, establish and maintain such other offices and places of business as
the board of directors may, from time to time, determine.

Section 1.03.  Seal. The corporate seal of the Corporation  shall consist of two
(2) concentric circles, between which shall be the name of the Corporation,  and
in the center shall be inscribed  the year of its  incorporation,  and the words
"Corporate  Seal." The form of the seal shall be  subject to  alteration  by the
board of  directors  and the seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile to be
impressed or affixed or printed or otherwise reproduced. Any officer or director
of the  Corporation  shall have  authority  to affix the  corporate  seal of the
Corporation to any document requiring the same.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                  STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.01.  Annual Meetings.  There shall be no stockholders' meetings for 
the election of directors and the transaction of other proper business except as
required by law or as hereinafter provided.

Section 2.02.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of stockholders may be called
at any time by the chairman of the board or the president or a co-president  and
shall be held at such  time and  place as may be  stated  in the  notice  of the
meeting.  The secretary shall call a special meeting of the  stockholders on the
written request of stockholders  entitled to cast at least a majority of all the
votes  entitled to be cast at the meeting.  Such request shall state the purpose
of such  meeting and the matters  proposed to be acted on thereat,  and no other
business shall be transacted at any such special  meeting.  The secretary  shall
inform such  stockholders  of the  reasonably  estimated  costs of preparing and
mailing the notice of the meeting,  and upon payment to the  Corporation of such
costs,  the secretary shall give not less than ten nor more than 90 days' notice
of the time,  place and purpose of the meeting in the manner provided in Section
2.03 of this Article II.

Section 2.03. Notice of Meetings. The secretary shall cause notice of the place,
date and hour and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise  required by
law,  the  purpose or  purposes  for which the  meeting is called,  to be served
personally or to be mailed,  postage prepaid,  not less than 10 nor more than 90
days before the date of the  meeting,  to each  stockholder  entitled to vote at
such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the  Corporation  at
the time of such mailing.  Notice shall be deemed to be given when  deposited in
the United States mail addressed to the stockholders as aforesaid.

Notice of any  stockholders'  meeting need not be given to any  stockholder  who
shall sign a written  waiver of such notice  whether before or after the time of
such meeting,  which waiver shall be filed with the records of such meeting,  or
to any stockholder who is present at such meeting in person or by proxy.  Notice
of adjournment of a  stockholders'  meeting to another time or place need not be
given if such time and place are announced at the meeting.

Irregularities  in the notice of any meeting to, or the  nonreceipt  of any such
notice by, any of the  stockholders  shall not invalidate  any action  otherwise
properly taken by or at any such meeting.

Section  2.04.  Quorum  and  Adjournment  of  Meetings.   The  presence  at  any
stockholders'  meeting, in person or by proxy, of stockholders  entitled to cast
one-third  of all votes  entitled  to be cast  thereat  shall be  necessary  and
sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that
with respect to any matter to be voted upon separately by any Series (as defined
in the Articles of  Incorporation) or class of shares, a quorum shall consist of
the holders of one-third of the shares of that Series or class  outstanding  and
entitled to vote on the matter.  In the  absence of a quorum,  the  stockholders
present in person or by proxy or, if no stockholder  entitled to vote is present
in person  or by proxy,  any  officer  present  entitled  to  preside  or act as
secretary of such meeting may adjourn the meeting  without  determining the date
of the new  meeting or from time to time  without  further  notice to a date not
more than 120 days after the original  record date. Any business that might have
been transacted at the meeting  originally  called may be transacted at any such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present.


                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997


Section  2.05.  Voting and  Inspectors.  At every  stockholders'  meeting,  each
stockholder  shall be entitled to one vote for each share and a fractional  vote
for each  fraction  of a share of stock of the  Corporation  validly  issued and
outstanding  and  standing  in his name on the books of the  Corporation  on the
record date fixed in accordance with Section 7.04 hereof, either in person or by
proxy appointed by instrument in writing  subscribed by such  stockholder or his
duly authorized attorney, except that no shares held by the Corporation shall be
entitled to a vote; provided, however, that (a) as to any matter with respect to
which a separate vote of any series is required by the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended,  or by the Maryland General  Corporation Law, such requirement
as to a separate  vote by that  series  shall  apply;  (b) in the event that the
separate vote requirements referred to in (a) above apply with respect to one or
more  series,  then,  subject to (c) below,  the shares of all other such one or
more  series  shall  vote as a single  series;  and (c) as to any  matter  which
affects the interest of only a particular series,  only the holders of shares of
the one or more affected series shall be entitled to vote.

If no record  date has been  fixed,  the record  date for the  determination  of
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall
be the later of the close of business on the day on which  notice of the meeting
is mailed or the 30th day  before  the  meeting,  or, if notice is waived by all
stockholders,  at the close of  business  on the 11th day  preceding  the day on
which the meeting is held.

Except as otherwise  specifically  provided in the Articles of  Incorporation or
these  By-laws or as required by  provisions  of the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended,  all matters shall be decided by a vote of the majority of the
votes validly cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.  The vote upon any
question shall be by ballot  whenever  requested by any person entitled to vote,
but, unless such a request is made,  voting may be conducted in any way approved
by the meeting.

At any meeting at which there is an election of  directors,  the chairman of the
meeting may appoint two inspectors of election who shall first subscribe an oath
or affirmation  to execute  faithfully the duties of inspectors at such election
with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability,  and shall,
after the  election,  make a  certificate  of the result of the vote  taken.  No
candidate for the office of director shall be appointed as an inspector.

Section 2.06.  Validity of Proxies.  The right to vote by proxy shall exist only
if the  instrument  authorizing  such proxy to act shall have been signed by the
stockholder  or by  his  duly  authorized  attorney.  Unless  a  proxy  provides
otherwise, it shall not be valid more than 11 months after its date. All proxies
shall be delivered to the secretary of the  Corporation  or to the person acting
as secretary of the meeting  before being voted,  who shall decide all questions
concerning  qualification of voters, the validity of proxies, and the acceptance
or rejection of votes.  If  inspectors  of election  have been  appointed by the
chairman of the meeting,  such  inspectors  shall decide all such  questions.  A
proxy with  respect to stock  held in the name of two or more  persons  shall be
valid if  executed  by one of them  unless at or prior to exercise of such proxy
the Corporation  receives from any one of them a specific  written notice to the
contrary  and a copy of the  instrument  or  order  which so  provides.  A proxy
purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a stockholder shall be deemed valid
unless challenged at or prior to its exercise.

Section 2.07. Stock Ledger and List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the
secretary or  assistant  secretary  of the  Corporation  to cause an original or
duplicate   stock  ledger   containing  the  names  and  addresses  of  all  the
stockholders  and the  number  of  shares  held  by  them,  respectively,  to be
maintained at the office of the Corporation's  transfer agent. Such stock ledger
may be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written
form within a reasonable  time for visual  inspection.  Any one or more persons,
each of whom has been a stockholder of record of the  Corporation  for more than
six months next preceding  such request,  who owns in the aggregate five percent
or more of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation,  may submit (unless
the Corporation at the time of the request maintains a duplicate stock ledger at
its  principal  office in  Maryland)  a written  request  to any  officer of the
Corporation or its resident agent in Maryland for a list of the  stockholders of
the  Corporation.  Within 20 days after such a request,  there shall be prepared
and filed at the  Corporation's  principal  office in Maryland a list containing
the names and addresses of all stockholders of the Corporation and the number of
shares of each  class  held by each  stockholder,  certified  as  correct  by an
officer of the Corporation, by its stock transfer agent, or by its registrar.

Section 2.08.  Action Without  Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted to be
taken by  stockholders  at a  meeting  of  stockholders  may be taken  without a
meeting if (a) all  stockholders  entitled to vote on the matter  consent to the
action in writing,  (b) all  stockholders  entitled to notice of the meeting but
not  entitled to vote at it sign a written  waiver of any right to dissent,  and
(c) the  consents  and  waivers  are filed with the  records of the  meetings of
stockholders.  Such  consent  shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at the
meeting.


                                   ARTICLE III
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.01. General Powers.  Except as otherwise provided by operation of law,
by the Articles of Incorporation,  or by these By-laws,  the property,  business
and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed under the direction of and all
the powers of the  Corporation  shall be exercised by or under  authority of its
board of directors.

                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997

Section  3.02.  Power to Issue and Sell Stock.  The board of directors  may from
time  to  time  issue  and  sell or  cause  to be  issued  and  sold  any of the
Corporation's  authorized  shares to such persons and for such  consideration as
the board of directors  shall deem  advisable,  subject to the provisions of the
Articles of Incorporation.

Section 3.03. Power to Declare Dividends.  The board of directors,  from time to
time as they may deem advisable, may declare and pay dividends in stock, cash or
other property of the Corporation, out of any source available for dividends, to
the  stockholders   according  to  their  respective  rights  and  interests  in
accordance  with the provisions of the Articles of  Incorporation.  The board of
directors may prescribe from time to time that dividends declared may be payable
at the  election  of any of the  stockholders  (exercisable  before or after the
declaration  of the dividend),  either in cash or in shares of the  Corporation,
provided that the sum of the cash dividend  actually paid to any stockholder and
the asset value of the shares received  (determined as of such time as the board
of directors shall have prescribed,  pursuant to the Articles of  Incorporation,
with respect to shares sold on the date of such  election)  shall not exceed the
full amount of cash to which the stockholder  would be entitled if he elected to
receive only cash.  The board of directors  shall cause to be  accompanied  by a
written  statement any dividend  payment  wholly or partly from any source other
than:

         (a) the Corporation's  accumulated undistributed net income (determined
         in  accordance  with  good  accounting   practice  and  the  rules  and
         regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  then in effect)
         and  not  including  profits  or  losses  realized  upon  the  sale  of
         securities or other properties; or

         (b) the  Corporation's  net  income so  determined  for the  current or
         preceding fiscal year.

Such statement shall  adequately  disclose the source or sources of such payment
and the basis of  calculation,  and shall be in such form as the  Securities and
Exchange Commission may prescribe.

Section  3.04.  Number and Term of  Directors.  Except for the initial  board of
directors, the board of directors shall consist of not fewer than three nor more
than fifteen directors, as specified by a resolution of a majority of the entire
board of directors and at least one member of the board of directors  shall be a
person who is not an  "interested  person" of the  Corporation,  as that term is
defined in the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended.  All other directors
may be interested  persons of the  Corporation  if the  requirements  of Section
10(d)  of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as  amended,  are  met by the
Corporation  and its investment  manager.  Each director shall hold office until
his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier  death,  resignation
or removal.

All acts done at any  meeting  of the  directors  or by any  person  acting as a
director,  so  long as his  successor  shall  not  have  been  duly  elected  or
appointed,  shall,  notwithstanding that it be afterwards  discovered that there
was some defect in the election of the  directors or of such person  acting as a
director  or that they or any of them were  disqualified,  be as valid as if the
directors  or such other  person,  as the case may be, had been duly elected and
were or was qualified to be directors or a director of the Corporation.

Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 3.05. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.  If any vacancies shall
occur in the board of  directors  by reason of death,  resignation,  removal  or
otherwise,  or if the  authorized  number of directors  shall be increased,  the
directors  then in office  shall  continue to act,  and such  vacancies  (if not
previously  filled  by the  stockholders)  may be filled  by a  majority  of the
directors  then in  office,  although  less than a quorum,  except  that a newly
created  directorship  may be filled only by a majority vote of the entire board
of directors; provided, however, that immediately after filling such vacancy, at
least  two-thirds  (2/3) of the  directors  then holding  office shall have been
elected to such office by the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event that
at any  time,  other  than the time  preceding  the first  annual  stockholders'
meeting, less than a majority of the directors of the Corporation holding office
at that time were  elected by the  stockholders,  a meeting of the  stockholders
shall be held  promptly  and in any  event  within  60 days for the  purpose  of
electing  directors  to fill any existing  vacancies in the board of  directors,
unless the Securities and Exchange Commission shall by order extend such period.

Section 3.06.  Removal.  At any  stockholders'  meeting duly called,  provided a
quorum is present,  the stockholders may remove any director from office (either
with or  without  cause)  by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of all votes
represented at the meeting,  and at the same meeting a duly qualified  successor
or successors  may be elected to fill any resulting  vacancies by a plurality of
the votes validly cast.

Section  3.07.  Regular  Meetings.  The  meeting of the board of  directors  for
choosing officers and transacting other proper business, and all other meetings,
shall be held at such time and place,  within or outside the state of  Maryland,
as the board may  determine and as provided by  resolution.  Except as otherwise
provided  in the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as  amended,  notice of such
meetings need not be given,  following the annual  meeting of  stockholders,  if
any,  provided  that notice of any change in the time or place of such  meetings
shall be sent promptly to each director not present at the meeting at which such
change was made, in the manner provided for notice of special  meetings.  Except
as otherwise  provided  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended,
members  of the board of  directors  or any  committee  designated  thereby  may
participate  in a meeting of such board or  committee  by means of a  conference
telephone or similar communications equipment that allows

                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997

all  persons  participating  in the meeting to hear each other at the same time;
and  participation  by such  means  shall  constitute  presence  in  person at a
meeting.

Section 3.08. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors shall
be held  whenever  called by the  chairman  of the board or the  president  or a
co-president  (or, in the absence or  disability of the chairman of the board or
the  president  or a  co-president,  by any  officer  or  director,  as  they so
designate)  at the time and place  (within or outside of the State of  Maryland)
specified in the  respective  notice or waivers of notice of such  meetings.  At
least three days before the day on which a special meeting is to be held, notice
of special  meetings,  stating  the time and place,  shall be (a) mailed to each
director at his  residence or regular  place of business or (b) delivered to him
personally  or  transmitted  to him  by  telegraph,  telefax,  telex,  cable  or
wireless.

Section  3.09.  Waiver of Notice.  No notice of any meeting need be given to any
director  who is present at the meeting or who waives  notice of such meeting in
writing (which waiver shall be filed with the records of such  meeting),  either
before or after the time of the meeting.

Section 3.10. Quorum and Voting. At all meetings of the board of directors,  the
presence of one-half of the number of directors then in office shall  constitute
a quorum for the  transaction of business,  provided that there shall be present
at least two directors.  In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors
present may  adjourn the  meeting,  from time to time,  until a quorum  shall be
present. The action of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which
a quorum  is  present  shall be the  action of the  board of  directors,  unless
concurrence  of a greater  proportion is required for such action by law, by the
Articles of Incorporation or by these By-laws.

Section  3.11.  Action  Without a Meeting.  Except as otherwise  provided in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,  any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the board of  directors or of any  committee  thereof
may be taken without a meeting if a written  consent to such action is signed by
all  members  of the board or of such  committee,  as the case may be,  and such
written  consent  is filed  with the  minutes  of  proceedings  of the  board or
committee.

Section 3.12.  Compensation of Directors.  Directors may receive such 
compensation for their services as may from time to time be determined by 
resolution of the board of directors.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   COMMITTEES

Section 4.01. Organization. By resolution adopted by the board of directors, the
board may designate one or more committees of the board of directors,  including
an Executive Committee,  each consisting of at least two directors.  Each member
of a committee  shall be a director and shall hold  committee  membership at the
pleasure of the board.  The chairman of the board,  if any, shall be a member of
the Executive Committee. The board of directors shall have the power at any time
to  change  the  members  of  such  committees  and  to  fill  vacancies  in the
committees.

Section 4.02. Powers of the Executive  Committee.  Unless otherwise  provided by
resolution  of the board of  directors,  when the board of  directors  is not in
session the  Executive  Committee  shall have and may exercise all powers of the
board  of  directors  in the  management  of the  business  and  affairs  of the
Corporation that may lawfully be exercised by an Executive  Committee except the
power to declare a dividend or distribution on stock,  authorize the issuance of
stock,  recommend to stockholders any action requiring  stockholders'  approval,
amend these By-laws, approve any merger or share exchange which does not require
stockholder  approval or approve or terminate any contract  with an  "investment
adviser"  or  "principal  underwriter,"  as  those  terms  are  defined  in  the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or to take any other action required
by the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  to be taken by the board of
directors.  Notwithstanding  the above,  such Executive  Committee may make such
dividend  calculations  and  payments as are  consistent  with  applicable  law,
including Maryland corporate law.

Section  4.03.  Powers of Other  Committees  of the Board of  Directors.  To the
extent  provided by  resolution of the board,  other  committees of the board of
directors  shall have and may  exercise  any of the powers that may  lawfully be
granted to the Executive Committee.

Section  4.04.  Proceedings  and  Quorum.  In  the  absence  of  an  appropriate
resolution  of the board of directors,  each  committee may adopt such rules and
regulations  governing its proceedings,  quorum and manner of acting as it shall
deem proper and  desirable,  provided  that a quorum  shall not be less than two
directors.  In the event any member of any committee is absent from any meeting,
the members  thereof  present at the meeting,  whether or not they  constitute a
quorum,  may appoint a member of the board of  directors  to act in the place of
such absent member.

Section  4.05.  Other  Committees.  The board of  directors  may  appoint  other
committees,  each consisting of one or more persons,  who need not be directors.
Each such  committee  shall have such powers and  perform  such duties as may be
assigned  to it from  time to time by the  board of  directors,  but  shall  not
exercise  any  power  which  may  lawfully  be  exercised  only by the  board of
directors or a committee thereof.

                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997


                                    ARTICLE V
                                    OFFICERS

Section 5.01. Officers.  The officers of the Corporation shall be a president or
co-presidents,  a secretary,  and a treasurer,  and may include one or more vice
presidents   (including   executive  and  senior  vice  presidents),   assistant
secretaries or assistant treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed
in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof. The board of directors
may, but shall not be required  to,  elect a chairman  and vice  chairman of the
board.

Section  5.02.  Election,  Tenure  and  Qualifications.   The  officers  of  the
Corporation  (except those  appointed  pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof) shall be
elected  by the board of  directors  at its  first  meeting  or such  subsequent
meetings as shall be held prior to its first annual  meeting,  and thereafter at
regular board  meetings,  as required by applicable law. If any officers are not
elected at any annual  meeting,  such officers may be elected at any  subsequent
meetings of the board.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in this  Article V, each
officer  elected by the board of  directors  shall hold office  until his or her
successor shall have been elected and qualified. Any person may hold one or more
offices of the Corporation  except that no one person may serve  concurrently as
both the president or a co-president and vice president. A person who holds more
than one  office in the  Corporation  may not act in more than one  capacity  to
execute,  acknowledge,  or verify an instrument  required by law to be executed,
acknowledged,  or verified by more than one  officer.  The chairman of the board
shall be chosen from among the  directors of the  Corporation  and may hold such
office only so long as he continues to be a director. No other officer need be a
director.

Section 5.03. Vacancies and Newly Created Offices. If any vacancy shall occur in
any office by reason of death, resignation,  removal,  disqualification or other
cause,  or if any new office shall be created,  such  vacancies or newly created
offices  may be filled by the  chairman  of the board at any  meeting or, in the
case of any office created pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof,  by any officer upon
whom such power shall have been conferred by the board of directors.

Section 5.04.  Removal and Resignation.  At any meeting called for such purpose,
the  Executive  Committee  may remove any officer  from office  (either  with or
without cause) by the affirmative  vote, given at the meeting,  of a majority of
the members of the Committee.  Any officer may resign from office at any time by
delivering a written  resignation to the board of directors,  the president or a
co-president,  the  secretary,  or any  assistant  secretary.  Unless  otherwise
specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

Section 5.05. Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board, if there be such
an officer, shall be the senior officer of the Corporation, shall preside at all
stockholders'  meetings and at all meetings of the board of directors  and shall
be ex officio a member of all  committees  of the board of  directors.  He shall
have such other  powers and perform  such other duties as may be assigned to him
from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 5.06.  Vice Chairman of the Board.  The board of directors may from time
to time elect a vice chairman who shall have such powers and perform such duties
as from time to time may be assigned to him by the board of directors,  chairman
of the board or the  president or a  co-president.  At the request of, or in the
absence or in the event of the disability of the chairman of the board, the vice
chairman  may  perform  all the  duties  of the  chairman  of the  board  or the
president or a  co-president  and, when so acting,  shall have all the powers of
and be subject to all the restrictions upon such respective officers.

Section 5.07. President,  Co-President.  The president or co-presidents shall be
the chief executive officer or co-chief executive officers,  as the case may be,
of the  Corporation  and,  in the  absence of the  chairman of the board or vice
chairman or if no chairman of the board or vice chairman has been chosen,  shall
preside  at all  stockholders'  meetings  and at all  meetings  of the  board of
directors and shall in general exercise the powers and perform the duties of the
chairman of the board. Subject to the supervision of the board of directors, the
president  or the  co-presidents  shall  have  general  charge of the  business,
affairs  and  property  of the  Corporation  and  general  supervision  over its
officers,  employees and agents.  Except as the board of directors may otherwise
order, the president or a co-president may sign in the name and on behalf of the
Corporation  all deeds,  bonds,  contracts,  or  agreements.  The president or a
co-president  shall  exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as
from time to time may be assigned by the board of directors.

Section 5.08. Vice President. The board of directors may from time to time elect
one or more vice presidents (including executive and senior vice presidents) who
shall  have such  powers  and  perform  such  duties as from time to time may be
assigned to them by the board of directors or the  president or a  co-president.
At the request of, or in the absence or in the event of the  disability  of, the
president or both  co-presidents,  the vice  president  (or, if there are two or
more vice presidents, then the senior of the vice presidents present and able to
act) may perform all the duties of the president or  co-presidents  and, when so
acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the president or co-presidents.

Section 5.09.  Treasurer and Assistant  Treasurers.  The treasurer  shall be the
chief accounting officer of the Corporation and shall have general charge of the
finances and books of account of the Corporation.  The treasurer shall render to
the board of  directors,  whenever  directed  by the  board,  an  account of the
financial condition of the Corporation and of all transactions as treasurer; and
as soon as possible after the close of

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997

each  financial  year he shall make and submit to the board of  directors a like
report  for such  financial  year.  The  treasurer  shall  cause to be  prepared
annually  a full and  complete  statement  of the  affairs  of the  Corporation,
including  a balance  sheet and a  financial  statement  of  operations  for the
preceding  fiscal  year,  which  shall be  submitted  at the  annual  meeting of
stockholders  (when,  and if,  such  meeting  is held) and filed  within 20 days
thereafter at the principal  office of the Corporation in the state of Maryland,
except  that for any year when an annual  meeting of  stockholders  is not held,
such statement of affairs shall be filed at the  Corporation's  principal office
within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year.  The  treasurer  shall perform
all acts  incidental to the office of  treasurer,  subject to the control of the
board of directors.

Any  assistant  treasurer  may  perform  such  duties  of the  treasurer  as the
treasurer  or the board of  directors  may  assign,  and,  in the absence of the
treasurer, may perform all the duties of the treasurer.

Section 5.10. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The secretary shall attend to
the giving and serving of all notices of the  Corporation  and shall  record all
proceedings  of the meetings of the  stockholders  and  directors in books to be
kept for that purpose.  The secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the
Corporation,  and shall have  responsibility for the records of the Corporation,
including  the stock  books  and such  other  books  and  papers as the board of
directors may direct and such books,  reports,  certificates and other documents
required by law to be kept, all of which shall at all  reasonable  times be open
to  inspection by any  director.  The secretary  shall perform such other duties
which appertain to this office or as may be required by the board of directors.

Any  assistant  secretary  may  perform  such  duties  of the  secretary  as the
secretary  or the board of  directors  may  assign,  and,  in the absence of the
secretary, may perform all the duties of the secretary.

Section 5.11.  Subordinate Officers. The chairman of the board from time to time
may appoint such other officers or agents as he may deem advisable, each of whom
shall have such title,  hold office for such  period,  have such  authority  and
perform such duties as the board of directors may determine. The chairman of the
board from time to time may delegate to one or more officers or agents the power
to  appoint  any such  subordinate  officers  or agents and to  prescribe  their
respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties. Any officer or agent
appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.11 may be removed,
either with or without  cause,  by any  officer  upon whom such power of removal
shall have been conferred by the board of directors.

Section 5.12.  Remuneration.  The salaries or other compensation of the officers
of the  Corporation  shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board
of directors,  except that the board of directors may by resolution  delegate to
any  person  or  group  of  persons  the  power  to fix the  salaries  or  other
compensation of any subordinate  officers or agents appointed in accordance with
the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof.

Section 5.13.  Surety  Bonds.  The board of directors may require any officer or
agent of the Corporation to execute a bond (including,  without limitation,  any
bond required by the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  and the rules
and   regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission   promulgated
thereunder)  to the  Corporation in such sum and with such surety or sureties as
the board of directors may determine,  conditioned upon the faithful performance
of his or her duties to the Corporation, including responsibility for negligence
and for the accounting of any of the Corporation's property, funds or securities
that may come into his hands.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                 EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS, VOTING OF SECURITIES

Section 6.01.  General.  Subject to the provisions of Sections  5.07,  6.02, and
7.03 hereof, all deeds, documents,  transfers,  contracts,  agreements and other
instruments  requiring  execution  by the  Corporation  shall be  signed  by the
president or a co-president,  a vice president  (including  executive and senior
vice presidents), chairman or vice chairman and by the treasurer or secretary or
an assistant treasurer or an assistant  secretary,  or as the board of directors
may  otherwise,  from time to time,  authorize.  Any such  authorization  may be
general or confined to specific instances.

Section 6.02.  Checks,  Notes,  Drafts,  Etc. So long as the  Corporation  shall
employ  a  custodian  to  keep  custody  of  the  cash  and  securities  of  the
Corporation,  all checks and drafts for the payment of money by the  Corporation
may be  signed  in the  name of the  Corporation  by the  custodian.  Except  as
otherwise  authorized by the board of directors,  all requisitions or orders for
the  assignment  of  securities  standing  in the name of the  custodian  or its
nominee, or for the execution of powers to transfer the same, shall be signed in
the name of the  Corporation  by any two of the  following:  the  president or a
co-president,  vice president  (including executive and senior vice presidents),
treasurer or an assistant treasurer, provided that no one person may sign in the
capacity of two such officers. Promissory notes, checks or drafts payable to the
Corporation  may be endorsed  only to the order of the  custodian or its nominee
and  only  by any  two of the  following:  the  treasurer,  the  president  or a
co-president,  a vice president (including executive and senior vice presidents)
or by such  other  person  or  persons  as shall be  authorized  by the board of
directors,  provided  that no one  person may sign in the  capacity  of two such
officers.

Section 6.03.  Voting of Securities.  Unless otherwise ordered by the board of 
directors, the president or a co-president, or any vice president (including 
executive and senior vice presidents) shall have full power and

                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997

authority on behalf of the  Corporation  to attend and to act and to vote, or in
the name of the  Corporation  to  execute  proxies  to vote,  at any  meeting of
stockholders of any company in which the Corporation may hold stock. At any such
meeting such officer  shall possess and may exercise (in person or by proxy) any
and all rights,  powers and privileges  incident to the ownership of such stock.
The board of directors  may by  resolution  from time to time confer like powers
upon any other  person or  persons in  accordance  with the laws of the State of
Maryland.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                  CAPITAL STOCK

Section 7.01.  Certificates  of Stock.  The interest of each  stockholder of the
Corporation  may be, but shall not be required to be,  evidenced by certificates
for  shares  of  stock in such  form  not  inconsistent  with  the  Articles  of
Incorporation  as the board of  directors  may from time to time  authorize.  No
certificate shall be valid unless it is signed in the name of the Corporation by
a president or a  co-president  or a vice  president  and  countersigned  by the
secretary or an assistant  secretary or the treasurer or an assistant  treasurer
of the  Corporation  and sealed with the seal of the  Corporation,  or bears the
facsimile  signatures of such officers and a facsimile of such seal. In case any
officer who shall have signed any such certificate, or whose facsimile signature
has been placed  thereon,  shall cease to be such an officer  (because of death,
resignation or otherwise)  before such  certificate is issued,  such certificate
may be issued and  delivered  by the  Corporation  with the same effect as if he
were such officer at the date of issue.

The number of each certificate issued, the name and address of the person owning
the  shares  represented  thereby,  the  number of such  shares  and the date of
issuance  shall be entered upon the stock ledger of the  Corporation at the time
of issuance.

Every certificate exchanged, surrendered for redemption or otherwise returned to
the Corporation shall be marked "canceled" with the date of cancellation.

Section  7.02.   Transfer  of  Shares.   Shares  of  the  Corporation  shall  be
transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof (in
person or by his duly  authorized  attorney  or legal  representative)  (a) if a
certificate or  certificates  have been issued,  upon surrender duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper instruments of assignment and transfer, with such proof of
the  authenticity  of  the  signature  as the  Corporation  or  its  agents  may
reasonably  require,  or (b) as otherwise  prescribed by the board of directors.
Except as  otherwise  provided in the Articles of  Incorporation,  the shares of
stock of the Corporation may be freely  transferred,  subject to the charging of
customary  transfer  fees,  and the board of directors  may,  from time to time,
adopt  rules and  regulations  with  reference  to the method of transfer of the
shares of stock of the Corporation.  The Corporation  shall be entitled to treat
the holder of record of any share of stock as the absolute owner thereof for all
purposes,  and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any legal,  equitable
or other  claim or  interest  in such  share  on the part of any  other  person,
whether  or not it  shall  have  express  or other  notice  thereof,  except  as
otherwise expressly provided by law or the statutes of the State of Maryland.

Section 7.03.  Transfer Agents and  Registrars.  The board of directors may from
time to time appoint or remove  transfer  agents or  registrars of transfers for
shares of stock of the  Corporation,  and it may appoint the same person as both
transfer  agent  and  registrar.  Upon  any  such  appointment  being  made  all
certificates  representing  shares of capital stock  thereafter  issued shall be
countersigned  by one of such  transfer  agents or by one of such  registrars of
transfers or by both and shall not be valid unless so countersigned. If the same
person shall be both transfer agent and registrar,  only one countersignature by
such person shall be required.

Section 7.04. Fixing of Record Date. The board of directors may fix in advance a
date as a record  date for the  determination  of the  stockholders  entitled to
notice of or to vote at any stockholders' meeting or any adjournment thereof, or
to express  consent to  corporate  action in  writing  without a meeting,  or to
receive  payment of any  dividend  or other  distribution  or  allotment  of any
rights,  or to  exercise  any  rights in respect of any  change,  conversion  or
exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action,  provided that
(a) such  record  date  shall be within  90 days  prior to the date on which the
particular  action  requiring such  determination  will be taken,  except that a
meeting  of  stockholders  convened  on the date for which it was  called may be
adjourned  from time to time without  further notice to a date not more than 120
days after the original  record date; (b) the transfer books shall not be closed
for a  period  longer  than  20  days;  and  (c) in the  case  of a  meeting  of
stockholders,  the record  date shall be at least 10 days before the date of the
meeting.

Section  7.05.  Lost,  Stolen or Destroyed  Certificates.  Before  issuing a new
certificate  for stock of the Corporation  alleged to have been lost,  stolen or
destroyed, the board of directors or any officer authorized by the board may, in
its discretion,  require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed  certificate
(or his legal representative) to give the Corporation a bond or other indemnity,
in such form and in such amount as the board or any such  officer may direct and
with such  surety or sureties  as may be  satisfactory  to the board or any such
officer,  sufficient to indemnify the Corporation  against any claim that may be
made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such
certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.



                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                        CONFLICT OF INTEREST TRANSACTIONS

Section  8.01.  Validity  of  Contract  or  Transactions.  In the event that any
officer  or  director  of the  Corporation  shall have any  interest,  direct or
indirect,  in any other firm,  association or corporation as officer,  employee,
director or stockholder, no transaction or contract made by the Corporation with
any such other  firm,  association  or  corporation  shall be valid  unless such
interest shall have been disclosed or made known to all of the directors or to a
majority of the  directors  and such  transaction  or  contract  shall have been
approved by a majority of a quorum of directors, which majority shall consist of
directors not having any such interest or a majority of the directors in office,
including directors having such an interest.

Section  8.02.  Dealings.  No officer,  director or employee of the  Corporation
shall deal for or on behalf of the  Corporation  with  himself,  as principal or
agent,  or with any  corporation  or  partnership  in  which he has a  financial
interest, except that:

         (a) Such prohibition shall not prevent officers, directors or employees
         of the Corporation from having a financial interest in the Corporation,
         or the sponsor,  or a distributor of the shares of the Corporation,  or
         the investment manager or counsel of the Corporation;

         (b) Such  prohibition  shall not prevent the purchase of securities for
         the portfolio of the Corporation or the sale of securities owned by the
         Corporation through a securities broker, one or more of whose partners,
         officers  or  directors  is an  officer,  director  or  employee of the
         Corporation,  provided such transactions are handled in the capacity of
         broker,  only,  and  provided  they are  performed in  accordance  with
         applicable law;

         (c) Such prohibition shall not prevent the employment of legal counsel,
         registrar,  transfer agent,  dividend disbursing agent, or custodian or
         trustee  having a  partner,  officer  or  director  who is an  officer,
         director or employee of the  Corporation,  provided only customary fees
         are charged for services rendered for the benefit of the Corporation;

         (d) Such  prohibition  shall not prevent the purchase for the portfolio
         of the Corporation of securities issued by an issuer having an officer,
         director or security holder who is an officer,  director or employee of
         the  Corporation  or of  the  manager  or  investment  counsel  of  the
         Corporation,  unless at the time of such  purchase  one or more of such
         officers,  directors or employees owns  beneficially more than one-half
         of one per cent (1/2%) of the shares or  securities,  or both,  of such
         issuer and such  officers,  directors  and  employees  owning more than
         one-half of one per cent (1/2%) of such shares or  securities  together
         own  beneficially  more  than  five per  cent  (5%) of such  shares  or
         securities.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                           FISCAL YEAR AND ACCOUNTANT

Section 9.01.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall, unless 
otherwise ordered by the board of directors, be twelve calendar months ending on
the 31st day of December.

Section 9.02.  Accountant.  The Corporation  shall employ an independent  public
accountant or a firm of  independent  public  accountants  as its  accountant to
examine  the  accounts  of the  Corporation  and to sign and  certify  financial
statements filed by the Corporation.  The accountant's  certificates and reports
shall be addressed both to the board of directors and to the  stockholders.  The
employment  of the  accountant  shall  be  conditioned  upon  the  right  of the
Corporation to terminate the employment forthwith without any penalty by vote of
a majority of the outstanding  voting  securities at any  stockholders'  meeting
called for that purpose.

A majority  of the  members of the board of  directors  who are not  "interested
persons" (as defined in the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended) of the
Corporation  shall  select the  accountant  at any  meeting  held within 90 days
before or after the  beginning of the fiscal year of the  Corporation  or before
the annual  stockholders'  meeting (if any) in that year. The selection shall be
submitted  for   ratification  or  rejection  at  the  next  succeeding   annual
stockholders'  meeting,  if  any,  when  and if such  meeting  is  held.  If the
selection  is  rejected at that  meeting,  the  accountant  shall be selected by
majority vote of the Corporation's outstanding voting securities,  either at the
meeting  at  which  the  rejection  occurred  or  at  a  subsequent  meeting  of
stockholders called for the purpose of selecting an accountant.

Any vacancy  occurring  between  annual  meetings,  if any,  due to the death or
resignation  of the  accountant  may be filled by the vote of a majority  of the
members of the board of directors who are not interested persons.


                                    ARTICLE X
                              CUSTODY OF SECURITIES

Section 10.01.  Employment of a Custodian.  Unless otherwise  required by law or
the Articles of Incorporation,  all securities and cash owned by the Corporation
from time to time shall be deposited with and held by a

                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997

custodian  or  subcustodian  qualified  to act as such in  accordance  with  the
requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section  10.02.  Termination  of Custodian  Agreement.  Upon  termination of the
agreement  for services  with the  custodian  or  inability of the  custodian to
continue to serve,  the board of directors  shall  promptly  appoint a successor
custodian, but in the event that no successor custodian can be found who has the
required  qualifications  and is willing to serve,  the board of directors shall
call as promptly as possible a special meeting of the  stockholders to determine
whether  the  Corporation  shall  function  without  a  custodian  or  shall  be
liquidated. If so directed by resolution of the board of directors or by vote of
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation,
the custodian shall deliver and pay over all property of the Corporation held by
it as specified in such vote.

Section 10.03.  Provisions of Custodian  Contract.  The board of directors shall
cause to be delivered to the custodian all securities  owned by the  Corporation
or to which it may become entitled,  and shall order the same to be delivered by
the custodian only in completion of a sale, exchange, transfer, pledge, or other
disposition thereof, all as the board of directors may generally or from time to
time require to approve or to a successor custodian;  and the board of directors
shall  cause  all  funds  owned by the  Corporation  or to  which it may  become
entitled to be paid to the  custodian,  and shall order the same  disbursed only
for investment  against  delivery of the securities  acquired,  or in payment of
expenses, including management compensation, and liabilities of the Corporation,
including distributions to shareholders, or to a successor custodian.

Section 10.04.  Other Arrangements.  The Corporation may make such other
arrangements for the custody of its assets (including deposit arrangements) as 
may be required by any applicable law, rule or regulation.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                          INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

Section 11.01. Indemnification of Officers, Directors,  Employees and Agents. In
accordance with applicable law, including the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, and Maryland Corporate law, the Corporation shall indemnify each person
who was or is a party or is  threatened  to be made a party  to any  threatened,
pending or  completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,
administrative or investigative ("Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or
she is or was a director,  officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is
or was  serving  at the  request  of the  Corporation  as a  director,  officer,
employee, partner, trustee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture, trust, or other enterprise,  against all reasonable expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually incurred, and judgments,  fines, penalties and amounts
paid in  settlement  in connection  with such  Proceeding to the maximum  extent
permitted  by law,  now  existing  or  hereafter  adopted.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the following provisions shall apply with respect to indemnification
of the Corporation's directors,  officers, and investment manager (as defined in
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended):

         (a)  Whether  or not  there is an  adjudication  of  liability  in such
         Proceeding, the Corporation shall not indemnify any such person for any
         liability arising by reason of such person's willful  misfeasance,  bad
         faith,  gross negligence,  or reckless disregard of the duties involved
         in the conduct of his or her office or under any  contract or agreement
         with the Corporation ("disabling conduct").

         (b) The Corporation shall not indemnify any such person unless:

                  (1) the court or other body before  which the  Proceeding  was
                  brought (a)  dismisses the  Proceeding  for  insufficiency  of
                  evidence  of any  disabling  conduct,  or (b)  reaches a final
                  decision  on the  merits  that such  person  was not liable by
                  reason of disabling conduct; or

                  (2) absent  such a decision,  a  reasonable  determination  is
                  made,  based upon a review of the facts,  by (a) the vote of a
                  majority of a quorum of the directors of the  Corporation  who
                  are neither  interested  persons of the Corporation as defined
                  in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, nor parties
                  to the Proceeding, or (b) if such quorum is not obtainable, or
                  even if  obtainable,  if a majority  of a quorum of  directors
                  described  above so directs,  based upon a written  opinion by
                  independent legal counsel,  that such person was not liable by
                  reason of disabling conduct.

         (c)  Reasonable  expenses  (including   attorneys'  fees)  incurred  in
         defending a  Proceeding  involving  any such person will be paid by the
         Corporation  in  advance  of the  final  disposition  thereof  upon  an
         undertaking  by  such  person  to  repay  such  expenses  unless  it is
         ultimately  determined  that he or she is entitled to  indemnification,
         if:

                  (1)  such person shall provide adequate security for his or
                       her undertaking;

                  (2) the Corporation shall be insured against losses arising by
                      reason of such advance; or

                  (3) a majority of a quorum of the directors of the Corporation
                  who are  neither  interested  persons  of the  Corporation  as
                  defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, nor

                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>


                                         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                            By-laws As Amended December 11, 1997


                  parties to the Proceeding,  or independent  legal counsel in a
                  written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily
                  available  facts,  that there is reason to  believe  that such
                  person will be found to be entitled to indemnification.

Section  11.02.  Insurance of Officers,  Directors,  Employees  and Agents.  The
Corporation   may  purchase  and   maintain   insurance  or  other   sources  of
reimbursement  to the extent  permitted by law on behalf of any person who is or
was a  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the  Corporation,  or is or was
serving at the  request of the  Corporation  as a director,  officer,  employee,
partner,  trustee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,
trust or other enterprise  against any liability asserted against him or her and
incurred by him or her in or arising out of his position.

Section 11.03. Non-exclusivity.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses
provided  by,  or  granted  pursuant  to,  this  Article  XI shall not be deemed
exclusive  of any  other  rights  to  which  those  seeking  indemnification  or
advancement  of expenses may be entitled  under the  Articles of  Incorporation,
these By-Laws,  agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, or otherwise, both
as to  action  in his or her  official  capacity  and as to  action  in  another
capacity while holding such office.

Section 11.04. Amendment. No amendment,  alteration or repeal of this Article or
the adoption, alteration or amendment of any other provisions to the Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws  inconsistent  with this Article shall adversely affect
any right or protection of any person under this Article with respect to any act
or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment,  alteration, repeal or
adoption.


                                   ARTICLE XII
                                   AMENDMENTS

Section 12.01. General.  Except as provided in Section 12.02 of this Article XII
and  subject  to the  provisions  concerning  stockholder  voting in  Article II
hereof,  all  By-laws  of the  Corporation,  whether  adopted  by the  board  of
directors or the  stockholders,  shall be subject to  amendment,  alteration  or
repeal,  and new By-laws may be made by the affirmative vote of either:  (a) the
holders  of  record  of a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of stock of the
Corporation  entitled to vote, at any meeting, the notice or waiver of notice of
which shall have  specified or summarized  the proposed  amendment,  alteration,
repeal or new By-law; or (b) a majority of directors,  at any meeting the notice
or waiver of notice of which shall have  specified  or  summarized  the proposed
amendment, alteration, repeal or new By-law.

Section  12.02.  By  Stockholders  Only.  No  amendment  of any section of these
By-laws  shall be made  except by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  if the
By-laws provide that such section may not be amended, altered or repealed except
by the  stockholders.  From and after the  issuance of any shares of the capital
stock of the Corporation no amendment,  alteration or repeal of this Article XII
shall be made except by the stockholders of the Corporation.


                                     - 10 -





                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

    The  Corporation  will furnish  without  charge to each  stockholder  who so
requests the powers,  designations,  preferences  and  relative,  participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the
Corporation,  and  the  qualifications,  limitations,  or  restrictions  of such
preferences  and/or rights.  The Corporation  will also fumish without charge to
each  stockholder  who  so  requests  a  description  of  the  authority  of the
Corporation's  board of directors to set the relative  rights and preferences of
unissued series of the Corporation's capital stock. Such requests may be made to
the Corporation or the transfer agent.

    The following  abbreviations,  when used in the  inscription  on the face of
this  certificate,  shall be  construed  as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common                 UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -Custodian
TEN ENT - as tenants by the                            (Cust)   (Minor)
          entireties                             under Uniform Gifts to
JT TEN - as joint tenants with                           Minors Act
         right of survivorship
         and not as tenants                    -----------------------
         in common                                    (State)


    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

    For value received,___________________hereby sell, assign and
transfer unto

      PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
  OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE




<PAGE>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL
               ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
_________________________________________Shares of the Stock
represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Attorney to transfer the said Stock on the books of the within-named Corporation
with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:_______________________________


                      -------------------------------
                      Signature
                      NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS
                      ASSIGNMENT  MUST  CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON
                      THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY  PARTICULAR,  WITHOUT
                      ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.


COMMON STOCK

PAR VALUE $.Ol                    Shares

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND THIS CERTIFICATE
                        IS TRANSFERABLE IN KANSAS CITY, MO OR IN NEW YORK, NY
                        CUSIP 120177100 SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS




<PAGE>


                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

IS THE OWNER OF

  FULL PAID AND  NONASSESSABLE  SHARES OF THE  COMMON  STOCK OF Bull & Bear 
Special Equities Fund, Inc.,  transferable on the books of the Corporation
by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized  attorney upon surrender of
this Certificate properly endorsed.  This Certificate and the shares represented
hereby are issued and shall be subject to all of the  provisions of the Articles
of  Incorporation  and  By-Laws  of the  Corporation,  such as from time to time
amended,  to  all of  which  the  holder  by  acceptance  hereof  assents.  This
Certificate  is not valid until  countersigned  and  registered  by the Transfer
Agent and  Registrar.  Witness the  facsimile  seal of the  Corporation  and the
facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

DATED

    SECRETARY                            CO-PRESIDENT

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED
        
 TRANSFER AGENT
        
 AND REGISTRAR
   
 AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE




                         INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT made this 29th day of April, 1993, by and between BULL & BEAR
SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation (the "Fund") and BULL & BEAR
ADVISERS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Investment Manager").

                                   WITNESSETH:

         In consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein contained
and  other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  of which is hereby
acknowledged, it is hereby agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

1. The Fund hereby employs the  Investment  Manager to manage the investment and
reinvestment  of the assets of the Fund,  including  the regular  furnishing  of
advice with respect to the Fund's portfolio transactions subject at all times to
the control and final  direction of the Board of Directors of the Fund,  for the
period  and on the terms set forth in this  Agreement.  The  Investment  Manager
hereby  accepts  such  employment  and agrees  during  such period to render the
services and to assume the obligations  herein set forth,  for the  compensation
herein provided.  The Investment Manager shall for all purposes herein be deemed
to be an independent  contractor and shall,  unless otherwise expressly provided
or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund in any way, or
otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

2. The Fund assumes and shall pay all the  expenses  required for the conduct of
its  business  including,  but not limited to,  salaries of  administrative  and
clerical  personnel,  brokerage  commissions,  taxes,  insurance,  fees  of  the
transfer agent, custodian,  legal counsel and auditors,  association fees, costs
of FILING,  printing and mailing  proxies,  reports and notices to shareholders,
preparing,  filing and  printing the  prospectus  and  statement  of  additional
information,  payment  of  dividends,  costs  of  stock  certificates,  costs of
shareholders meetings, fees of the independent directors, necessary office space
rental,  all expenses relating to the registration or qualification of shares of
the Fund under  applicable  Blue Sky laws and  reasonable  fees and  expenses of
counsel  in  connection  with  such  registration  and  qualification  and  such
non-recurring  expenses as may arise,  including,  without limitation,  actions,
suits or proceedings  affecting the Fund and the legal obligation which the Fund
may have to indemnify its officers and directors with respect thereto.

3. The Investment Manager may, but shall not be obligated to, pay or provide for
the payment of expenses  which are  primarily  intended to result in the sale of
the Fund's shares or the  servicing and  maintenance  of  shareholder  accounts,
including,  without  limitation,  payments  for:  advertising,  direct  mail and
promotional  expenses;  compensation  to and  expenses,  including  overhead and
telephone and other  communication  expenses,  of the Investment Manager and its
affiliates, the Fund, and selected dealers and their affiliates who engage in or
support  the  distribution  of  shares  or  who  service  shareholder  accounts;
fulfillment   expenses   including  the  costs  of  printing  and   distributing
prospectuses,  statements of additional information,  and reports for other than
existing shareholders;  the costs of preparing,  printing and distributing sales
literature  and  advertising  materials;  and,  internal  costs  incurred by the
Investment  Manager and its  affiliates  and  allocated to efforts to distribute
shares  of the Fund  such as  office  rent  and  equipment,  employee  salaries,
employee  bonuses and other  overhead  expenses.  Such  payments  may be for the
Investment  Manager's  own account or may be made on behalf of the Fund pursuant
to a written




<PAGE>



agreement  relating  to any plan of  distribution  of the Fund  pursuant to Rule
12b-I under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as from time to time  amended
(the "1940 Act").

4. If requested by the Fund's Board of  Directors,  the  Investment  Manager may
provide other services to the Fund such as, without limitation, the functions of
billing,   accounting,   certain   shareholder   communications   and  services,
administering  state and Federal  registrations,  filings and controls and other
administrative services. Any services so requested and performed will be for the
account of the Fund and the costs of the  Investment  Manager in rendering  such
services  shall be  reimbursed  by the Fund,  subject  to  examination  by those
directors of the Fund who are not interested  persons of the Investment  Manager
or any affiliate thereof.

5. The services of the Investment  Manager are not to be deemed  exclusive,  and
the  Investment  Manager shall be free to render  similar  services to others in
addition to the Fund so long as its services hereunder are not impaired thereby.

6. The  Investment  Manager  shall create and maintain all  necessary  books and
records in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including
but not  limited to records  required  by Section  31(a) of the 1940 Act and the
rules  thereunder,  as the same may be amended from time to time,  pertaining to
the investment  management  services performed by it hereunder and not otherwise
created and maintained by another party pursuant to a written  contract with the
Fund.  Where  applicable,  such records shall be  maintained  by the  Investment
Manager for the periods and in the places  required by Rule 3la-2 under the 1940
Act. The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in the possession of
the  Investment  Manager  shall be the  property of the Fund.  The Fund,  or the
Fund's authorized  representatives,  shall have access to such books and records
at all times during the Investment  Manager's  normal business  hours.  Upon the
reasonable  request of the Fund,  copies of any such books and records  shall be
provided  by the  Investment  Manager  to the  Fund  or  the  Fund's  authorized
representatives.

7. As compensation for its services,  the Investment Manager will be paid by the
Fund a fee payable  monthly  and  computed at the annual rate of 1% of the first
$10  million  of average  daily net  assets of the Fund,  7/8 of 1 % of such net
assets  over $ 10 million up to $30  million,  3/4 of 1% of such net assets over
$30 million up to $150  million,  5/8 of 1% of such net assets over $150 million
up to $500  million,  and 1/2 of 1% of such net assets  over $500  million.  The
aggregate  net  assets  for  each day  shall  be  computed  by  subtracting  the
liabilities of the Fund from the value of its assets, such amount to be computed
as of the calculation of the net asset value per share on each business day.

8. The Investment Manager shall direct portfolio  transactions to broker/dealers
for  execution  on terms and at rates which it  believes,  in good faith,  to be
reasonable in view of the overall  nature and quality of services  provided by a
particular broker/dealer, including brokerage and research services and sales of
Fund shares and shares of the other Bull & Bear Funds. With respect to brokerage
and research  services,  the Investment Manager may consider in the selection of
broker/dealers  brokerage or research  provided and payment may be made of a fee
higher  than that  charged  by  another  broker/dealer  which  does not  furnish
brokerage or research services or which furnishes brokerage or research services
deemed to be of lesser value, so long as the criteria of Section 28(e)
of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended (the "1934 Act") or other
applicable  law are met.  Although the Investment  Manager may direct  portfolio
transactions  without  necessarily  obtaining  the  lowest  price at which  such
broker/dealer, or another, may be willing to do business, the Investment Manager
shall seek the best value for the Fund on each trade that  circumstances  in the
market place permit, including the value inherent in on-going

                                        2




<PAGE>



relationships with quality brokers. To the extent any such brokerage or research
services may be deemed to be additional  compensation to the Investment  Manager
from the Fund, it is authorized by this  Agreement.  The Investment  Manager may
place Fund brokerage  through an affiliate of the Investment  Manager,  provided
that:  THE Fund not deal with such  affiliate in any  transaction  in which such
affiliate  acts  as  principal;  the  commissions,  fees or  other  remuneration
received by such affiliate be reasonable  and fair compared to the  commissions,
fees or other  remuneration  paid to other brokers in connection with comparable
transactions   involving  similar  securities  being  purchased  or  sold  on  a
securities  exchange  during a comparable  period of time; and such brokerage be
undertaken in compliance  with  applicable  law. The  Investment  Manager's fees
under this Agreement shall not be reduced by reason of any commissions,  fees or
other remuneration received by such affiliate from the Fund.

9. The  Investment  Manager  shall waive all or part of its fee or reimburse the
Fund monthly if and to the extent the aggregate  operating  expenses of the Fund
exceed the most  restrictive  limit  imposed by any state in which shares of the
Fund are qualified for sale. In calculating the limit of operating expenses, all
expenses  excludable under state  regulation or otherwise shall be excluded.  If
this  Agreement is in effect for less than all of a fiscal year,  any such limit
will be applied proportionately.

10. Subject to and in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation  and By-laws
of the Fund and of the  Investment  Manager,  it is understood  that  directors,
officers,  agents and  shareholders  of the Fund are or may be interested in the
Fund as directors,  officers,  shareholders  or otherwise,  that the  Investment
Manager is or may be interested  in the Fund as a  shareholder  or otherwise and
that the effect and nature of any such interests shall be governed by law and by
the provisions, if any, of said Articles of Incorporation or By-laws.

         11. This Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the date  hereinabove
written and, unless sooner  terminated as provided herein,  this Agreement shall
continue in effect for two years from the above written date. Thereafter, if not
terminated,  this Agreement shall continue  automatically for successive periods
of twelve months each,  provided that such continuance is specifically  approved
at least annually (a) by the Board of Directors of the Fund or by the holders of
a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund as defined in the
1940 Act and (b) by a vote of a majority  of the  Directors  of the Fund who are
not parties to this  Agreement,  or interested  persons of any such party.  This
Agreement  may be terminated  without  penalty at any time either by vote of the
Board of  Directors  of the Fund or by vote of the  holders of a majority of the
outstanding  voting  securities  of the Fund on 60 days'  written  notice to the
Investment  Manager,  or by the Investment Manager on 60 days' written notice to
the  Fund.  This  Agreement  shall  immediately  terminate  in the  event of its
assignment.

12. The Investment Manager shall not be liable to the Fund or any shareholder of
the Fund for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by
the Fund in connection  with the matters to which this  Agreement  relates,  but
nothing herein  contained  shall be construed to protect the Investment  Manager
against any liability to the Fund by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,
or gross  negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or by  reason  of its
reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

13. As used in this Agreement,  the terms "interested person," "assignment," and
"majority of the outstanding voting securities" shall have the meanings provided
therefor in the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder.


                                                         3


<PAGE>


14. This Agreement  constitutes the entire agreement  between the parties hereto
and  supersedes  any prior  agreement with respect to the subject hereof whether
oral or  written.  If any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall  be held or made
invalid by a court or regulatory  agency decision,  statute,  rule or otherwise,
the remainder of THIS Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

15. This  Agreement  shall be construed in  accordance  with and governed by the
laws of the State of New York, provided,  however,  that nothing herein shall be
construed in a manner  inconsistent  with the 1940 Act or any rule or regulation
promulgated thereunder.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
the day and year first above written.


                                BULL & BEAR ADVISERS, INC.

                        By:
                          

                                BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.
                        By:


                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT  made as of September  17, 1993,  between BULL & BEAR SPECIAL
EQUITIES FUND, INC. ("Corporation") , a corporation organized and existing under
the  laws of the  State  of  Maryland,  and  Bull & Bear  Service  Center , Inc.
("Distributor")  , a corporation  organized  and existing  under the laws of the
State of Delaware.

         WHEREAS the Corporation is registered under the Investment  Company Act
of 1940, as amended (1940 Act") , as an open-end  management  investment company
and

         WHEREAS the Corporation  desires to retain the Distributor as principal
distributor  in  connection  with the  offering and sale of the shares of common
stock ("Shares") and

         WHEREAS the Distributor is willing to act as principal  distributor for
each such Series on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

1. Appointment. The Corporation hereby appoints the Distributor as its exclusive
agent to be the  principal  distributor  to sell and arrange for the sale of the
Shares  on the  terms  and for the  period  set  forth  in this  Agreement.  The
Distributor hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act hereunder.

2. Services and Duties of the Distributor.

(a) The Distributor  agrees to sell the Shares on a best efforts basis from time
to time during the term of this Agreement as agent for the  Corporation and upon
the terms described in the  Registration  Statement.  As used in this Agreement,
the  term   "Registration   Statement"   shall  mean  the  currently   effective
registration  statement of the Corporation,  and any supplements thereto,  under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act") and the 1940 Act.



<PAGE>



(b) Upon the date of this Agreement,  the Distributor will hold itself available
to receive purchase orders,  satisfactory to the Distributor for Shares and will
accept  such  orders on behalf of the  Corporation  as of the time of receipt of
such  orders  and  promptly   transmit  such  orders  as  are  accepted  to  the
Corporation's  transfer agent.  Purchase orders shall be deemed effective at the
time and in the manner set forth in the Registration Statement.

(c) The  Distributor in its discretion may enter into  agreements to sell Shares
to such  registered and qualified  retail dealers,  as it may select.  In making
agreements with such dealers,  the  Distributor  shall act only as principal and
not as agent for the Corporation.

(d) The offering price of the Shares of each Series shall be the net asset value
per Share as next determined by the Corporation following receipt of an order at
the Distributor's  principal office.  The Corporation shall promptly furnish the
Distributor with a statement of each computation of net asset value.

(e) The Distributor shall not be obligated to sell any certain number of Shares.

(f) The Distributor shall provide ongoing  shareholder  services,  which include
responding to shareholder -inquiries, providing shareholders with information on
their  investments  in the  Corporation  and any other services now or hereafter
deemed to be  appropriate  subjects  for the  payments of  "service  fees" under
Section 26(d) of the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD")
Rules of Fair Practice (collectively, "service activities").

(g) The Distributor shall have the right to use any lists of shareholders of the
Corporation or any other lists of investors  that it obtains in connection  with
its provision of services  under this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that the
Distributor  shall not sell or knowingly  provide such lists of  shareholders to
any unaffiliated person unless reasonable payment is made to the Corporation.

3.  Authorization  to Enter into  Dealer--Agreements  and to Delegate  Duties as
Distributor.  The distributor may enter into a dealer  agreement with respect to
sales of the Shares or the provision of service  activities  with any registered
and  qualified  dealer.  In a separate  contract  or as part of any such  dealer
agreement, the Distributor may also delegate to another registered and qualified
dealer ("sub-distributor") any or all of its duties specified in this Agreement,
provided that such separate contract or dealer agreement imposes on the sub-

                                        2




<PAGE>



distributor  bound  thereby all  applicable  duties and  conditions to which the
Distributor  is subject  under this  Agreement,  and further  provided that such
separate contract meets all requirements of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder.

4. Services Not Exclusive.  The services furnished by the Distributor  hereunder
are not to be deemed  exclusive  and the  Distributor  shall be free to  furnish
similar  services to others so long as its services under this Agreement are not
impaired thereby. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of
any  director,  officer  or  employee  of the  Distributor,  who  may  also be a
director,  officer  or  employee  of the  Corporation,  to  engage  in any other
business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or
other  aspects  of any other  business,  whether  of a similar  or a  dissimilar
nature.

5.       Compensation for Distribution and Service Activities.

(a) As compensation  for its activities under this Agreement with respect to the
distribution of Shares, the Distributor shall receive from the Corporation a fee
at the rate and  under  the terms  and  conditions  of the Plan of  Distribution
pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act ("Plan")  adopted by the Corporation ,
as such  Plan  is  amended  from  time  to  time,  and  subject  to any  further
limitations on such fee as the Board may impose.

(b) As  compensation  for  its  service  activities  under  this  Agreement  the
Distributor  shall receive from the  Corporation a fee at the rate and under the
terms and  conditions  of the Plan adopted by the  Corporation,  as such Plan is
amended from time to time, and subject to any further limitations on such fee as
the Board may impose.

(c)  The  Distributor  may re  allow  any or all of the  fees it is paid to such
dealers as the Distributor may from time to time determine.

6. Duties of the Corporation.

(a) The Corporation  reserves the right at any time to withdraw  offering Shares
of any or all  Series by  written  notice to the  Distributor  at its  principal
office.

(b) The Corporation shall determine in its sole discretion whether  certificates
shall be issued with respect to the Shares.  If the  Corporation  has determined
that certificates  shall be issued,  the Corporation will not cause certificates
representing  Shares to be issued unless so requested by  shareholders.  If such
request is transmitted by the Distributor, the Corporation will


                                        3




<PAGE>



cause   certificates   evidencing   Shares  to  be  issued  in  such  names  and
denominations as the Distributor shall from time to time direct.

(c) The Corporation shall keep the Distributor fully informed of its affairs and
shall make available to the  Distributor  copies of all  information,  financial
statements, and other papers that the Distributor may reasonably request for use
in connection with the distribution of Shares,  including,  without  limitation,
certified copies of any financial statements prepared for the Corporation by its
independent  public  accountant and such reasonable number of copies of the most
current prospectus,  statement of additional information, and annual and interim
reports of any Series as the Distributor may request,  and the Corporation shall
fully  cooperate in the efforts of the  Distributor  to sell and arrange for the
sale of the Shares and in the performance of the Distributor's duties under this
Agreement.

(d) The  Corporation  shall  take,  from  time to time,  all  necessary  action,
including  payment of the related  filing fee, as may be  necessary  to register
Shares under the 1933 Act to the end that there will be available  for sale such
number of Shares as the  Distributor  may be expected to sell.  The  Corporation
agrees to file, from time to time, such amendments, reports, and other documents
as may be  necessary  in order  that  there  will be no  untrue  statement  of a
material fact in the Registration Statement, nor any omission of a material fact
that would make the statements therein misleading.

(e) The  Corporation  shall use its best  efforts to qualify  and  maintain  the
qualification  of an appropriate  number of Shares for sale under the securities
laws  of  such  states  or  other  jurisdictions  as  the  Distributor  and  the
Corporation  may  approve,  and,  if  necessary  or  appropriate  in  connection
therewith,  to qualify and maintain the  qualification  of the  Corporation as a
broker or dealer in such jurisdictions;  provided that the Corporation shall not
be required to amend its Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws to comply with the
laws of any jurisdiction,  to maintain an office in any jurisdiction,  to change
the terms of the offering of the Shares in any  jurisdiction  from the terms set
forth in its Registration  Statement, to qualify as a foreign corporation in any
jurisdiction, or to consent to service of process in any jurisdiction other than
with  respect  to  claims  arising  out  of the  offering  of  the  Shares.  The
Distributor  shall furnish such  information and other material  relating to its
affairs and activities as maybe required by the  Corporation in connection  with
such qualifications.

7.  Expenses  of the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  shall  bear all  costs and
expenses of registering  the Shares with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
and state and other  regulatory  bodies,  and shall assume  expenses  related to
communications  with  shareholders  of  each  Series,  including  (i)  fees  and
disbursements

                                        4




<PAGE>



of its counsel and independent public accountant; (ii) the preparation,  filing,
and printing of  registration  statements  and/or  prospectuses or statements of
additional  information  required under the federal  securities  laws; (iii) the
preparation and mailing of annual and interim reports, prospectuses,  statements
of additional  information,  and proxy materials to  shareholders;  and (iv) the
qualifications  of Shares for sale and of the  Corporation as a broker or dealer
under the  securities  laws of such  jurisdictions  as shall be  selected by the
Corporation  and the  Distributor  pursuant to  Paragraph 6 (e) hereof,  and the
costs  and  expenses   payable  to  each  such   jurisdiction   for   continuing
qualification therein.

8. Expenses of the Distributor. Distributor shall bear all costs and expenses of
(i)  preparing,  printing and  distributing  any  materials  not prepared by the
Corporation  and other  materials used by the Distributor in connection with the
sale of Shares under this  Agreement,  including the additional cost of printing
copies of  prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,  and annual and
interim  shareholder reports other than copies thereof required for distribution
to existing  shareholders  or for filing  with any  Federal or state  securities
authorities;  (ii) any expenses of  advertising  incurred by the  Distributor in
connection   with  such  offering;   (iii)  the  expenses  of   registration  or
qualification  of the  Distributor  as a broker or dealer under federal or state
laws and the expenses of continuing such registration or qualification; and (iv)
all  compensation  paid to the  Distributor's  employees  and others for selling
Shares,  and all  expenses of the  Distributor,  its  employees,  and others who
engage in or support the sale of Shares as may be incurred  in  connection  with
their sales efforts.

9.       Indemnification.

(a) The Corporation agrees to indemnify,  defend, and hold the Distributor,  its
officers and directors,  and any person who controls the Distributor  within the
meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,  free and  harmless  from and against any
and all  claims,  demands,  liabilities,  and  expenses  (including  the cost of
investigating or defending such claims,  demands, or liabilities and any counsel
fees  incurred in  connection  therewith)  that the  Distributor,  its officers,
directors, or any such controlling person may incur under the 1933 Act, or under
common  law or  otherwise,  arising  out of or  based  upon any  alleged  untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Registration  Statement or arising
out of or based upon any alleged  omission to state a material  fact required to
be stated in the  Registration  Statement or  necessary  to make the  statements
therein not misleading,  except insofar as such claims, demands, liabilities, or
expenses arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or
alleged  untrue  statement or omission  made in reliance  upon and in conformity
with information  furnished in writing by the Distributor to the Corporation for
use in the  Registration  Statement;  provided,  however,  that  this  indemnity
agreement shall not inure to the

                                      - 5 -




<PAGE>



benefit of any person who is also an officer or director of the  Corporation  or
who controls the  Corporation  within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,
unless a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine,  or it shall have been
determined  by  controlling  precedent ' that such  result  would not be against
public  policy as expressed in the 1933 Act;  and further  provided,  that in no
event  shall  anything  contained  herein  be so  construed  as to  protect  the
Distributor  against any liability to the Corporation or to the  shareholders of
any  Series to which the  Distributor  would  otherwise  be subject by reason of
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross  negligence in the performance of its
duties or by reason of its  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  under this
Agreement.  The Corporation  shall not be liable to the  Distributor  under this
Agreement  with respect to any claim made against the  Distributor or any person
indemnified  unless the Distributor or other such person shall have notified the
Corporation  in writing of the claim within a reasonable  time after the summons
or other first  written  notification  giving  information  of the nature of the
claim shall have been served upon the Distributor or such other person (or after
the  Distributor  or the  person  shall have  received  notice of service on any
designated agent). However, failure to notify the Corporation of any claim shall
not  relieve  the  Corporation  from  any  liability  that  it may  have  to the
Distributor or any person against whom such action is brought  otherwise than on
account of this Agreement.  The Corporation  shall be entitled to participate at
its own expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any
suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this Agreement. If the Corporation
elects to assume the defense of any such claim,  the defense  shall be conducted
by counsel chosen by the Corporation and satisfactory to indemnified  defendants
in the suit whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that
the Corporation elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the
indemnified  defendants  shall  bear  the fees and  expenses  of any  additional
counsel  retained  by them.  If the  Corporation  does not elect to  assume  the
defense  of a  suit,  it  will  reimburse  the  indemnified  defendants  for the
reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of any  counsel  retained  by  the  indemnified
defendants.  The  Corporation  agrees to promptly  notify the Distributor of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of any of its Shares.

(b) The Distributor  shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of
law or for any loss suffered by the  Corporation in connection  with the matters
to which this Agreement  relates  (including any loss arising out of the receipt
by the  Distributor of inadequate  consideration  in connection with an order to
purchase Shares whether in the form of fraudulent check, draft, or wire; a check
returned  for  insufficient   funds;  or  any  other  inadequate   consideration
(hereinafter  "Check  Loss")  ) ,  except  a loss  resulting  from  the  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith,  or gross  negligence on its part in the performance of
its duties or from

                                        6




<PAGE>



reckless  disregard by it of its  obligations  and duties under this  Agreement;
provided,  -however,  that the  Corporation  shall not be liable  for Check Loss
resulting from willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence on the part
of the Distributor.

(c) The Distributor agrees to indemnify,  defend, and hold the Corporation,  its
officers and directors,  and any person who controls the Corporation  within the
meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,  free and  harmless  from and against any
and all  claims,  demands,  liabilities,  and  expenses  (including  the cost of
investigating or defending against such claims,  demands, or liabilities and any
counsel  fees  incurred  in  connection  therewith)  that the  Corporation,  its
directors or officers,  or any such controlling  person may incur under the 1933
Act or under  common law or  otherwise  arising out of or based upon any alleged
untrue  statement  of a material  fact  contained  in  information  furnished in
writing  by the  Distributor  to the  Corporation  for  use in the  Registration
Statement, arising out of or based upon any alleged omission to state a material
fact  in  connection  with  such  information  required  to  be  stated  in  the
Registration  Statement  necessary to make such  information not misleading,  or
arising out of any agreement  between the Distributor and any retail dealer,  or
arising out of any  supplemental  sales  literature or  advertising  used by the
Distributor in connection with its duties under this Agreement.  The Distributor
shall be entitled to participate,  at its own expense,  in the defense or, if it
so elects,  to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce the claim,  but
if the Distributor elects to assume the defense,  the defense shall be conducted
by  counsel  chosen  by the  Distributor  and  satisfactory  to the  indemnified
defendants whose approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld. In the event that
the Distributor elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the
defendants  in the suit  shall  bear the fees  and  expenses  of any  additional
counsel  retained  by them.  If the  Distributor  does not elect to  assume  the
defense of any suit, it will  reimburse the  indemnified  defendants in the suit
for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.

10. Services  Provided to the Corporation by Employees of the  Distributor.  Any
person,  even  though  also an  officer,  director,  employee,  or  agent of the
Distributor who may be or become an officer, director, employee, or agent of the
Corporation,  shall be deemed,  when  rendering  services to the  Corporation or
acting in any business of the  Corporation,  to be rendering such services to or
acting for solely the Corporation and not as an officer, director,  employee, or
agent or one under the control or direction of the Distributor  even though paid
by the Distributor.

11.      Duration and Termination.

(a) This  Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the date  hereabove  written,
provided that, with respect to any Series, this

                                      - 7 -




<PAGE>



Agreement  shall not take effect  unless such action has first been  approved by
vote of a majority of the Board and by vote of a majority of those  directors of
the Corporation who are not interested  persons of the Corporation,  and have no
direct or indirect  financial  interest in the operation of the Plan relating to
the Series or in any agreements related thereto (all such directors collectively
being referred to herein as the  "Independent  Directors"),  cast in person at a
meeting called for the purpose of voting on such action.

(b) Unless sooner  terminated as provided herein,  this Agreement shall continue
in  effect  for one  year  from  the  above  written  date.  Thereafter,  if not
terminated,  this Agreement shall automatically  continue for successive periods
of twelve months each,  provided that such continuance is specifically  approved
at least annually (i) by a vote of a majority of the Independent Directors, cast
in person at a meeting  called for the purpose of voting on such  approval,  and
(ii) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding  voting securities
of the Corporation.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated at any time,
without the payment of any penalty,  by vote of the Board, by vote of a majority
of the Independent Directors, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of the  Corporation on sixty days,  written notice to the Distributor
or by the Distributor at any time, without the payment of any penalty,  on sixty
days' written  notice to the  Corporation.  This  Agreement  will  automatically
terminate in the event of its assignment.


12. Amendment of this Agreement.  No provision of this Agreement may be changed,
waived,  discharged,  or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing
signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver,  discharge,
or termination is sought.  13.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed
in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York and the 1940 Act.  To the
extent  that the  applicable  laws of the  State of New York  conflict  with the
applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

14. Notice.  Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the
other shall be deemed  sufficient  upon receipt in writing at the other  party's
principal offices.




<PAGE>


15.  Miscellaneous.  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience
of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the  provisions  hereof
or  otherwise  affect their  construction  or effect.  If any  provision of this
Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision,  statute,  rule, or
otherwise,  the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This
Agreement  shall be binding  upon and shall  inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their  respective  successors.  As used in this Agreement,  the terms
"majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities,"  "interested  person,"  and
"assignment" shall have the same meaning as such terms have in the 1940 Act.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed  by  their  officers  designated  as of the day and  year  first  above
written.

    ATTEST:                             BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

                                        By:
    


    ATTEST:                             BULL & BEAR SERVICE CENTER, INC.
                                          
                                        BY:




                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.
                   AMENDED PLAN AND AGREEMENT OF DISTRIBUTION


         AMENDED PLAN AND AGREEMENT  made this 17th day of  September,  1993, by
and between BULL & BEAR SPECIAL  EQUITIES  FUND,  INC., a corporation  organized
under the laws of the State of Maryland  (the  "Fund"),  and BULL & BEAR SERVICE
CENTER,  INC., a corporation  organized  under the laws of the State of Delaware
(the "Distributor").

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is engaged in  business  as an  open-end  management
investment company and is registered as such under the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "Act"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Fund has entered into a  Distribution  Agreement with the
Distributor  pursuant  to  which  the  Distributor  has  agreed  to serve as the
principle distributor for the Fund; and

         NOW,   THEREFORE,   the  Fund  hereby   adopts  this  amended  plan  of
distribution  (the 'Amended Plan and  Agreement") in accordance  with Rule 12b-1
under the Act:

1. As  Distributor  for the Fund, the  Distributor  agrees to assist the Fund in
selling its shares and to perform distribution and service activities as defined
herein.  In rendering  services  pursuant to this Amended Plan and Agreement and
the Distribution  Agreement,  the Distributor may spend such amounts as it deems
appropriate  on any activities or expenses  primarily  intended to result in the
sale of the  Fund's  shares or the  servicing  and  maintenance  of  shareholder
accounts,  including,  but  not  limited  to:  advertising,   direct  mail,  and
promotional  expenses;  compensation  to  the  Distributor  and  its  employees;
compensation  to and  expenses,  including  overhead  and  telephone  and  other
communication  expenses,  of the Distributor,  the Investment Manager, the Fund,
and selected  broker  dealers and their  affiliates who engage in or support the
distribution  of  shares  or  who  service  shareholder  accounts;   fulfillment
expenses,  including  the  costs  of  printing  and  distributing  prospectuses,
statements  of  additional  information,  and  reports  for other than  existing
shareholders; the costs of preparing, printing and distributing sales literature
and  advertising  materials;  and internal costs incurred by the Distributor and
allocated by the  Distributor  to its efforts to  distribute  shares of the Fund
such as office rent and equipment, employee salaries, employee bonuses and other
overhead expenses.

2. A. The Fund is authorized to pay to the Distributor,  as compensation for the
Distributor's  distribution  activities as defined in paragraph 14 hereof, a fee
at the rate of 0.75% on an  annualized  basis of the average daily net assets of
the Fund. Such  distribution  fee shall be calculated and accrued daily and paid
monthly or at such other intervals as the Board shall determine.
      B.  The  Fund  is  further  authorized  to  pay  to  the  Distributor,  as
compensation for the Distributor's service activities as defined in paragraph 14
hereof,  a fee at the rate of 0.25% on an annualized  basis of the average daily
net assets of the Fund.  Such service fee shall be calculated  and accrued daily
and paid monthly or at such other intervals as the Board shall determine.

         C. The Fund may pay a distribution or service fee to the Distributor at
a lesser rate than the fees specified in paragraphs 2A and 2B, respectively,  of
this Amended  Plan and  Agreement,  in either case as mutually  agreed to by the
Fund and the Distributor.

3. This  Amended  Plan and  Agreement  shall not take  effect  until it has been
approved by the vote of a majority of both (i) those  directors  of the Fund who
are not  "interested  persons"  of the Fund (as  defined in the Act) and have no
direct or indirect  financial interest in the operation of this Amended Plan and
Agreement or any agreement


                                        1


<PAGE>




related to it (the "Rule 12b-1 Plan  Directors"),  and (ii) all of the directors
then in office, cast in person at a meeting (or meetings) called for the purpose
of voting on this Amended Plan and Agreement and such related agreements.

4. This Amended Plan and  Agreement  shall  continue in affect for one year from
its  execution or adoption and  thereafter  for so long as such  continuance  is
specifically  approved at least annually in the manner  provided for approval of
this Amended Plan and Agreement in paragraph 3.

5. The  Distributor  shall provide to the Board and the Board shall  review,  at
least  quarterly,  a written  report of the amounts  expended under this Amended
Plan and  Agreement  and the purposes for which such  expenditures  were made. A
reasonable  allocation of overhead and other expenses of the Distributor related
to its distribution  activities and service activities,  including telephone and
other  communication  expenses,  may be  included in the  information  regarding
amounts expended for such activities.

6. This Amended Plan and Agreement may not be amended to increase materially the
amount of fees provided for in paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof unless such amendment
is approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding  voting securities of the
Fund, and no material amendment to this Amended Plan and Agreement shall be made
unless  approved by the Board and the Plan Directors in the manner  provided for
approval of this Amended Plan and Agreement in paragraph 3.

7. The amount of the  distribution  and service  fees payable by the Fund to the
Distributor  under  paragraphs  2A and 2B  hereof  is not  related  directly  to
expenses  incurred  by the  Distributor  on  behalf  of the Fund in  serving  as
Distributor,  and paragraph 2 hereof does not obligate the Fund to reimburse the
Distributor for such expenses.  The  distribution  and service fees set forth in
paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof will be paid by the Fund to the  Distributor  unless
and until this Amended Plan and Agreement is terminated or not renewed.  If this
Amended Plan and Agreement is terminated or not renewed,  any expenses  incurred
by the  Distributor  an behalf of the Fund in  excess  of  payments  of the fees
specified in paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof which the  Distributor  has received or
accrued through the termination date are the sole  responsibility  and liability
of the Distributor, and are not obligations of the Fund.

8. Any other  agreements  related to this Amended Plan and  Agreement  shall not
take effect until  approved in the manner  provided for approval of this Amended
Plan and Agreement in paragraph 3.

9. The Distributor shall use its best efforts in rendering  services to the Fund
hereunder,  but in the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or  reckless  disregard  of its
obligations and duties  hereunder,  the  Distributor  shall not be liable to the
Fund or to any  shareholder  of the Fund f or any act or  failure  to act by the
Distributor  or any  affiliated  person  of  the  Distributor  or f or any  loss
sustained by the Fund or its shareholders.

10.  Nothing  contained  in this Amended Plan and  Agreement  shall  prevent the
Distributor or any affiliated person of the Distributor from performing
services similar to those to be performed hereunder for any other person,  firm,
corporation or for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others.

11. This Amended Plan and  Agreement  may be terminated at any time by vote of a
majority  of the Plan  Directors,  or by vote of a majority  of the  outstanding
voting   securities  of  the  Fund.   This  Amended  Plan  and  Agreement  shall
automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

12. While this  Amended  Plan and  Agreement  is in effect,  the  selection  and
nomination  of  directors  who are not  interested  persons of the Fund shall be
committed to the discretion of the directors who are not interested persons.

                                        2




<PAGE>


13. The Fund shall  preserve  copies of this Amended Plan and  Agreement and any
other agreements related to this Amended Plan and Agreement and all reports made
pursuant to paragraph 5 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the
date of this Amended Plan and Agreement, or the date of any such agreement or of
any such report, as the case may be, the first two years in an easily accessible
place.

14. For purposes of this Amended Plan and Agreement,  "distribution  activities"
shall mean any activities in connection  with the  Distributor's  performance of
its  services  under  this  Amended  Plan  and  Agreement  and the  Distribution
Agreement that are not deemed "service  activities."  "Service activities" shall
mean activities  covered by the definition of "service fee" contained in Section
26(b) of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.'s Rules of Fair
Practice, as amended.

15.      As used in this Amended Plan and Agreement, the terms: "majority of the
         outstanding voting securities,"  "interested  person," and "assignment"
         shall have the same meaning as those terms have in the Act.

16. This Amended Plan and Agreement  shall be construed in  accordance  with the
laws of the State of New York and the Act. To the extent the  applicable  law of
the  State of New  York,  or any at the  provisions  herein,  conflict  with the
applicable provisions of the Act, the latter shall control.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amended Plan and Agreement is executed on the
day and year set forth above in the City and State of New York.


                               BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.


                               By:


                               BULL & BEAR SERVICE CENTER, INC.


                               By:



                                     FORM OF
                  RETIREMENT PLAN CUSTODIAL SERVICES AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the 26th day of June, 1997, by and
between INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC., a Delaware corporation  ("Company"),  and
INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY, a Missouri trust company ("IFTC").

WHEREAS, Company desires to name a custodial trustee without discretionary trust
powers  and/or a custodian  (in either or both  capacities  a  "Custodian")  for
individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified employee pension plans,  403(b)(7)
custodial  accounts,  savings  incentive  match  plans  for  employees  of small
employers and defined contribution  retirement plans (whether or not "qualified"
under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"), and whether or not
subject to the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA")) (all
such accounts and plans are herein  referred to  collectively  as "Plans") which
Company sponsors, or may hereafter sponsor, for participants to invest solely in
shares  of the  registered  investment  companies  for  which  Company  provides
distribution and shareholder services (the "Funds"); and

WHEREAS, IFTC is willing to serve as Custodian with respect to Plans approved by
IFTC, but only on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the
parties agree as follows:

1. IFTC shall serve as Custodian  for Plans  sponsored by the Company which IFTC
approves as  hereinafter  provided.  Company  and IFTC agree to  evidence  their
agreement  for IFTC to act as such with respect to each Plan approved by IFTC by
executing a Retirement Plan Custodial Services Confirmation substantially in the
form  attached  hereto as Exhibit A  ("Confirmation"),  and each party agrees to
execute such further  documents  evidencing  such agreement as may be reasonably
requested by either  party from time to time.  As to each Plan,  the  "Effective
Date"  for  purposes  hereof  shall  be  the  date  specified  as  such  in  the
Confirmation  for such  Plan.  IFTC  certifies  that it is  qualified  to act as
Custodian for the Plans under the requirements of the Code.

2. No Plan  shall  provide  for  IFTC  to  serve  as  Custodian  for any  assets
whatsoever  other than shares of the Funds.  In no event shall any Plan  provide
for IFTC (i) to have or exercise any  discretionary  authority or  discretionary
control whatsoever respecting management of the Plan or any authority or control
respecting  management or disposition of any assets of the Plan;  (ii) to render
or have authority or  responsibility to render investment advice with respect to
any  moneys or other  property  of any Plan;  or (iii) to have or  exercise  any
discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of
any Plan.  No Plan shall  provide  for IFTC to be, and in no event shall IFTC be
deemed to be, a "fiduciary" as defined in ERISA.

3. IFTC shall serve as Custodian with respect to shares of each Fund only during
such period of time as such Fund maintains its shareholder  accounts and records
on the computerized mutual fund recordkeeping  system of DST Systems,  Inc. (the
"System").  IFTC shall at all times have full access to and use of all  accounts
and records relating to accounts on which IFTC is named custodian or trustee and
which are  maintained  on the System for purposes of  performing  its duties and
obligations  as such custodian or trustee.  In addition,  IFTC, its auditors and
accountants, and to the extent required by law its regulatory authorities, shall
have full access at all times to all such  accounts  and records for purposes of
audit,  examination,  and testing and verifying compliance with the terms of the
Plans and any other applicable governing documents,  all applicable requirements
of law and all applicable accounting


<PAGE>



standards. Company hereby irrevocably authorizes and instructs DST Systems, Inc.
to provide  such access to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such  accounts
and records upon demand.  The Company  irrevocably  acknowledges and agrees that
IFTC may  appoint  agents and  subcontractors  with  respect to  servicing  such
accounts.  The provisions of this paragraph shall continue after the termination
of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the Funds for so
long as such access to and use of such  accounts  and records may be  reasonably
required  by  IFTC.  Further,  Company  shall  deliver  to  IFTC a  Consent  and
Authorization  from  each  Fund  substantially  in the form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit  B.  IFTC's  agreement  to serve as  Custodian  hereunder  shall  not be
effective as to any Fund until IFTC has received such Consent and  Authorization
executed by such Fund.

4. Company shall submit to IFTC for approval all Plans for which Company  wishes
for IFTC to serve as Custodian, including any and all related application forms,
adoption  agreements,   transfer  request  forms,  disclosure  statements,  Plan
loan-related documents, beneficiary designation forms and any other Plan-related
documents  ("Plan  Documents"),  and any and all amendments,  modifications  and
supplements  thereto  which  Company may propose to use from time to time.  IFTC
shall not become the  Custodian of any Plan unless and until it has approved the
applicable  Plan  Documents  in writing as  evidenced  by its  execution  of the
Confirmation referencing the same, and IFTC shall not be deemed to have accepted
and agreed to any subsequent  amendment,  modification or supplement to any Plan
Document unless and until it has approved the same in writing. IFTC's review and
approval of all Plan  Documents and any and all  amendments,  modifications  and
supplements  thereto is solely for IFTC's  benefit,  and Company shall bear full
responsibility  for the  form  and  content  thereof  and  compliance  with  all
applicable laws, rules and  regulations,  as amended from time to time.  Company
shall be responsible for acquiring, at Company's sole expense,  Internal Revenue
Service  determination  letters  ("IRS  Letters")  with respect to all Plans for
which such  determination  letters are  required by the Code and shall  promptly
provide IFTC copies thereof.

5.  Company  shall be  solely  responsible  for all costs  and  expenses  (i) of
preparing,   printing  and  distributing  all  Plan  Documents  and  amendments,
modifications  and supplements  thereto,  including but not limited to costs and
expenses  necessary  in order to  comply  with new or  amended  laws,  rules and
regulations,  or (ii)  related to or arising  from any  merger,  reorganization,
dissolution,  termination or other organizational change involving any Plan, any
Fund or Company.

6. With respect to all  existing  and future  Plans (if any) in  existence  with
enrolled   participants  prior  to  the  Effective  Date  with  respect  thereto
(including but not limited to Plans  associated  with any  investment  companies
hereafter acquired):

i. Company, at its sole expense,  shall in a timely manner obtain the removal or
resignation  of any prior trustee or custodian,  modify and amend Plan Documents
as  necessary  to name  IFTC as  Custodian  and give  all  notices,  obtain  all
approvals and take such other steps as may be required in  connection  therewith
under the Plan Documents and applicable laws, rules and regulations.

ii.  Except as provided in the next  paragraph,  Company,  at its sole  expense,
shall  cause to be  prepared,  mailed,  distributed  and filed all tax  reports,
information  returns and other  documents  required by the Code with  respect to
Plan  accounts  ("Returns"),  and shall cause to be withheld  and paid all taxes
relating to such  accounts,  with  respect to the portion of the  calendar  year
during which the Effective Date occurs which is prior thereto.



<PAGE>



iii.  Provided  that IFTC  consents to do so in writing,  IFTC shall cause to be
prepared,  mailed,  distributed  and filed all Returns for the calendar  year in
which the Effective Date occurs;  provided,  however, that Company shall provide
or cause to be provided to IFTC all  necessary  information  with respect to the
portion of such year prior to the Effective Date. IFTC shall be entitled to rely
on the accuracy and completeness of such information with no duty to investigate
or verify the same, and Company shall  indemnify and hold harmless IFTC from and
against, any and all losses,  liabilities,  claims, demands,  actions, suits and
expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys  fees and  penalties  and other sums
assessed  by any  federal,  state or local  governmental  agency  including  the
Internal Revenue Service and the United States Department of Labor  ("Government
Authority")) arising out of or resulting from any error, omission, inaccuracy or
other  deficiency  therein.  Company,  at its sole  expense,  shall  cause to be
withheld  and paid all taxes  relating  to such  accounts  with  respect  to the
portion of the  calendar  year during which the  Effective  Date occurs which is
prior thereto.

iv. If and to the  extent  necessary  to permit  performance  of all  duties and
obligations of the Custodian,  Company,  at its sole expense,  shall transfer or
cause to be  transferred  onto the System to the maximum  extent  possible,  and
shall otherwise  deliver or cause to be delivered to the transfer agent or other
agent(s)  which will perform  shareholder  account  recordkeeping  and servicing
functions with respect to Plan accounts  after the Effective  Date, all relevant
records  previously  maintained  with respect to the accounts of participants in
such Plans.

v. IFTC shall have no  responsibility  for,  and  Company  shall,  except to the
extent (if any)  prohibited by ERISA,  indemnify and hold harmless IFTC from and
against, any and all losses,  liabilities,  claims, demands,  actions, suits and
expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys  fees and  penalties  and other sums
assessed by any Government  Authority)  arising out of or resulting from (a) any
acts,  omissions or errors of any previous  trustee or custodian,  including but
not  limited to its  failure to file or mail any  Returns,  withhold  or pay any
taxes,  or file any  schedules  or other  required  information,  (b) any error,
omission, inaccuracy or other deficiency in the Plan participant account records
or other relevant records created and maintained prior to the Effective Date, or
(c) costs  and  expenses  of  enforcing  Company's  obligations  and  agreements
hereunder.

7. As  compensation  for its  services  as  Custodian  as  provided  for in this
Agreement,  the  Company  agrees  that IFTC  shall be paid the fees set forth in
Exhibit  C  attached  hereto,  as the same may be  amended  from time to time by
mutual agreement of the parties.

8. Subject to any longer notice periods required by the Plan Documents,  Company
may remove  IFTC,  and IFTC may resign,  as Custodian of any or all the Plans by
providing  sixty (60) days written  notice to the other  party.  In the event of
such removal or  resignation,  Company,  at its sole expense,  shall in a timely
manner appoint a successor trustee or custodian, modify and amend Plan Documents
as necessary to delete all references to IFTC, and give all notices,  obtain all
approvals and take such other steps as may be required in  connection  therewith
under the Plan Documents and applicable laws, rules and regulations.

9. Except to the extent (if any)  prohibited by ERISA,  and except to the extent
resulting  from the  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of IFTC,  Company shall
indemnify  and  hold  harmless  IFTC  from  and  against  any  and  all  losses,
liabilities,  claims, demands, actions, suits and expenses whatsoever (including
reasonable  attorneys fees,  penalties and other sums assessed by any Government
Authority, and all costs and expenses of enforcing Company's


<PAGE>



obligations  and  agreements  hereunder)  arising out of,  resulting  from or in
connection  with (i) the Plans and Plan  Documents,  (ii) the appointment of and
service by IFTC as Custodian  therefor,  (iii) any acts,  omissions or errors of
any successor trustee or custodian  (including but not limited to its failure to
file or mail any Returns, reports, schedules or other required documentation, or
withhold  or pay any taxes) or of any Plan  administrator,  co-trustee  or other
fiduciary,  (iv) any  instructions  given by or on behalf  of the  Fund,  or any
policies,  procedures or practices  adopted or followed by any Fund, the Company
or the Funds'  transfer  or other  shareholder  servicing  agent(s)  (other than
IFTC),  with respect to shareholder  account  recordkeeping  and servicing which
impacts  Plan  accounts,  or (v) the  failure of  Company to perform  any of its
obligations hereunder.

10.  This  Agreement  shall  be  construed  according  to,  and the  rights  and
liabilities of the parties hereto shall be governed by, the laws of the State of
Missouri, without reference to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

11. All terms and provisions of this Agreement  shall be binding upon,  inure to
the benefit of and be  enforceable  by the parties  hereto and their  respective
successors and permitted  assigns.  This Agreement may not be assigned by either
party without the prior written consent of the other.

12. The provisions for  indemnification  extended  hereunder are intended to and
shall continue after and survive the expiration,  termination or cancellation of
this  Agreement.  All  rights and  remedies  of each  party  hereunder  shall be
cumulative  of all other  rights and  remedies  which may be  available  to such
party.

13. No  provisions  of the  Agreement  may be amended or  modified in any manner
except by a written  agreement  properly  authorized  and executed by each party
hereto.

14. This  Agreement may be executed in two or more  counterparts,  each of which
shall be deemed an original but all of which together  shall  constitute one and
the same instrument.

15. If any  provision of this  Agreement  shall be  determined  to be invalid or
unenforceable,  the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected
thereby,  and every  provision of this Agreement  shall remain in full force and
effect  and  shall  remain  enforceable  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by
applicable law.

16. Neither the execution nor  performance of this Agreement  shall be deemed to
create a partnership or joint venture by and between Company and IFTC.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of
the day and year  first  above  written  by  their  respective  duly  authorized
officers.

INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY
By:
Name:
Title:

INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC.
By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                 RETIREMENT PLAN CUSTODIAL SERVICES CONFIRMATION


This confirms that INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC. ("Company") has designated, and
hereby designates,  INVESTORS  FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY, a Missouri trust company
with offices at 127 West Tenth Street,  Kansas City, Missouri 64105 ("IFTC"), as
custodial  trustee  without  discretionary  trust powers and custodian under the
individual retirement  account/simplified  employee pension/403(b)(7)  custodial
account/savings  incentive match plans for employees of small  employers/defined
contribution  retirement  plan(s)  ("Plans")  sponsored  by  Company,  which are
created and  governed by Plan  documents  as  presently  in effect and as may be
amended from time to time:

Investor Service Center, Inc. IRA Information Kit
Investor Service Center 403(b)(7) Account
Bull & Bear Qualified Retirement Plan (Basic Plan Document 03)
Bull & Bear Qualified Retirement Plan Supplemental Trust/Custody Agreement

IFTC has accepted, and hereby accepts, such appointment and certifies that it is
qualified to act as such custodial  trustee without  discretionary  trust powers
and custodian  under the applicable  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended.

This agreement is made under and subject to the terms of that certain Retirement
Plan Custodial  Services  Agreement by and between  Company and IFTC dated as of
June  26th,  1997  (the  "Agreement"),  which is hereby  incorporated  herein by
reference.

The Effective Date of this agreement for purposes of the Agreement shall be June
26, 1997.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this  instrument to be executed by
their respective duly authorized officers.

INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY


By:
Name:
Title:



INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC.


By:
Name:
Title:




<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION


In  consideration  of Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC")  serving as
custodian  and/or custodial  trustee for the Accounts (as hereinafter  defined),
the undersigned  registered investment  company(ies) agree(s) that IFTC shall at
all times have full access to and use of all  accounts  and records  relating to
Accounts  which are  maintained  on the  computerized  mutual  fund  shareholder
recordkeeping  system of DST  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "System")  for  purposes  of
performing  its  duties  and  obligations  as such  custodian  and/or  custodial
trustee.  In addition,  IFTC,  its auditors and  accountants,  and to the extent
required by law its regulatory authorities,  shall have full access at all times
to all such accounts and records for purposes of audit, examination, and testing
and verifying compliance with all applicable requirements of law, all applicable
accounting standards, and the terms of the retirement plan documents,  trust and
custody  agreements and other  applicable  governing  documents  relating to the
Accounts.

DST Systems, Inc. is hereby authorized and instructed to provide such access
to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such accounts and records upon
demand.  The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that DST Systems, Inc.
may serve as agent and sub-contractor of IFTC with respect to the Accounts.

The  provisions  of this  Consent and  Authorization  shall  continue  after the
termination  of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the
undersigned  for so long as such access to and use of such  accounts and records
may be reasonably required by IFTC.

The term "Accounts" shall mean all individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified
employee pension plan accounts,  403(b)(7) custodial  accounts,  Keogh accounts,
defined contribution retirement plan accounts and other accounts of any type for
which IFTC may from time to time be named as custodian or trustee  which contain
shares issued by the undersigned investment company(ies).

This Consent and Authorization is irrevocable in every respect, shall be binding
upon the undersigned  and its (their)  successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of IFTC and DST Systems,  Inc. and their  respective  successors and
assigns.



BULL & BEAR FUNDS I, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION


In  consideration  of Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC")  serving as
custodian  and/or custodial  trustee for the Accounts (as hereinafter  defined),
the undersigned  registered investment  company(ies) agree(s) that IFTC shall at
all times have full access to and use of all  accounts  and records  relating to
Accounts  which are  maintained  on the  computerized  mutual  fund  shareholder
recordkeeping  system of DST  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "System")  for  purposes  of
performing  its  duties  and  obligations  as such  custodian  and/or  custodial
trustee.  In addition,  IFTC,  its auditors and  accountants,  and to the extent
required by law its regulatory authorities,  shall have full access at all times
to all such accounts and records for purposes of audit, examination, and testing
and verifying compliance with all applicable requirements of law, all applicable
accounting standards, and the terms of the retirement plan documents,  trust and
custody  agreements and other  applicable  governing  documents  relating to the
Accounts.

DST Systems, Inc. is hereby authorized and instructed to provide such access
to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such accounts and records upon
demand.  The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that DST Systems, Inc.
may serve as agent and sub-contractor of IFTC with respect to the Accounts.

The  provisions  of this  Consent and  Authorization  shall  continue  after the
termination  of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the
undersigned  for so long as such access to and use of such  accounts and records
may be reasonably required by IFTC.

The term "Accounts" shall mean all individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified
employee pension plan accounts,  403(b)(7) custodial  accounts,  Keogh accounts,
defined contribution retirement plan accounts and other accounts of any type for
which IFTC may from time to time be named as custodian or trustee  which contain
shares issued by the undersigned investment company(ies).

This Consent and Authorization is irrevocable in every respect, shall be binding
upon the undersigned  and its (their)  successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of IFTC and DST Systems,  Inc. and their  respective  successors and
assigns.



BULL & BEAR FUNDS II, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION


In  consideration  of Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC")  serving as
custodian  and/or custodial  trustee for the Accounts (as hereinafter  defined),
the undersigned  registered investment  company(ies) agree(s) that IFTC shall at
all times have full access to and use of all  accounts  and records  relating to
Accounts  which are  maintained  on the  computerized  mutual  fund  shareholder
recordkeeping  system of DST  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "System")  for  purposes  of
performing  its  duties  and  obligations  as such  custodian  and/or  custodial
trustee.  In addition,  IFTC,  its auditors and  accountants,  and to the extent
required by law its regulatory authorities,  shall have full access at all times
to all such accounts and records for purposes of audit, examination, and testing
and verifying compliance with all applicable requirements of law, all applicable
accounting standards, and the terms of the retirement plan documents,  trust and
custody  agreements and other  applicable  governing  documents  relating to the
Accounts.

DST Systems, Inc. is hereby authorized and instructed to provide such access
to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such accounts and records upon
demand.  The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that DST Systems, Inc.
may serve as agent and sub-contractor of IFTC with respect to the Accounts.

The  provisions  of this  Consent and  Authorization  shall  continue  after the
termination  of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the
undersigned  for so long as such access to and use of such  accounts and records
may be reasonably required by IFTC.

The term "Accounts" shall mean all individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified
employee pension plan accounts,  403(b)(7) custodial  accounts,  Keogh accounts,
defined contribution retirement plan accounts and other accounts of any type for
which IFTC may from time to time be named as custodian or trustee  which contain
shares issued by the undersigned investment company(ies).

This Consent and Authorization is irrevocable in every respect, shall be binding
upon the undersigned  and its (their)  successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of IFTC and DST Systems,  Inc. and their  respective  successors and
assigns.



BULL & BEAR GLOBAL INCOME FUND, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION


In  consideration  of Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC")  serving as
custodian  and/or custodial  trustee for the Accounts (as hereinafter  defined),
the undersigned  registered investment  company(ies) agree(s) that IFTC shall at
all times have full access to and use of all  accounts  and records  relating to
Accounts  which are  maintained  on the  computerized  mutual  fund  shareholder
recordkeeping  system of DST  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "System")  for  purposes  of
performing  its  duties  and  obligations  as such  custodian  and/or  custodial
trustee.  In addition,  IFTC,  its auditors and  accountants,  and to the extent
required by law its regulatory authorities,  shall have full access at all times
to all such accounts and records for purposes of audit, examination, and testing
and verifying compliance with all applicable requirements of law, all applicable
accounting standards, and the terms of the retirement plan documents,  trust and
custody  agreements and other  applicable  governing  documents  relating to the
Accounts.

DST Systems, Inc. is hereby authorized and instructed to provide such access
to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such accounts and records upon
demand.  The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that DST Systems, Inc.
may serve as agent and sub-contractor of IFTC with respect to the Accounts.

The  provisions  of this  Consent and  Authorization  shall  continue  after the
termination  of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the
undersigned  for so long as such access to and use of such  accounts and records
may be reasonably required by IFTC.

The term "Accounts" shall mean all individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified
employee pension plan accounts,  403(b)(7) custodial  accounts,  Keogh accounts,
defined contribution retirement plan accounts and other accounts of any type for
which IFTC may from time to time be named as custodian or trustee  which contain
shares issued by the undersigned investment company(ies).

This Consent and Authorization is irrevocable in every respect, shall be binding
upon the undersigned  and its (their)  successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of IFTC and DST Systems,  Inc. and their  respective  successors and
assigns.



BULL & BEAR U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES FUND, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION


In  consideration  of Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC")  serving as
custodian  and/or custodial  trustee for the Accounts (as hereinafter  defined),
the undersigned  registered investment  company(ies) agree(s) that IFTC shall at
all times have full access to and use of all  accounts  and records  relating to
Accounts  which are  maintained  on the  computerized  mutual  fund  shareholder
recordkeeping  system of DST  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "System")  for  purposes  of
performing  its  duties  and  obligations  as such  custodian  and/or  custodial
trustee.  In addition,  IFTC,  its auditors and  accountants,  and to the extent
required by law its regulatory authorities,  shall have full access at all times
to all such accounts and records for purposes of audit, examination, and testing
and verifying compliance with all applicable requirements of law, all applicable
accounting standards, and the terms of the retirement plan documents,  trust and
custody  agreements and other  applicable  governing  documents  relating to the
Accounts.

DST Systems, Inc. is hereby authorized and instructed to provide such access
to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such accounts and records upon
demand.  The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that DST Systems, Inc.
may serve as agent and sub-contractor of IFTC with respect to the Accounts.

The  provisions  of this  Consent and  Authorization  shall  continue  after the
termination  of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the
undersigned  for so long as such access to and use of such  accounts and records
may be reasonably required by IFTC.

The term "Accounts" shall mean all individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified
employee pension plan accounts,  403(b)(7) custodial  accounts,  Keogh accounts,
defined contribution retirement plan accounts and other accounts of any type for
which IFTC may from time to time be named as custodian or trustee  which contain
shares issued by the undersigned investment company(ies).

This Consent and Authorization is irrevocable in every respect, shall be binding
upon the undersigned  and its (their)  successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of IFTC and DST Systems,  Inc. and their  respective  successors and
assigns.



BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION


In  consideration  of Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC")  serving as
custodian  and/or custodial  trustee for the Accounts (as hereinafter  defined),
the undersigned  registered investment  company(ies) agree(s) that IFTC shall at
all times have full access to and use of all  accounts  and records  relating to
Accounts  which are  maintained  on the  computerized  mutual  fund  shareholder
recordkeeping  system of DST  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "System")  for  purposes  of
performing  its  duties  and  obligations  as such  custodian  and/or  custodial
trustee.  In addition,  IFTC,  its auditors and  accountants,  and to the extent
required by law its regulatory authorities,  shall have full access at all times
to all such accounts and records for purposes of audit, examination, and testing
and verifying compliance with all applicable requirements of law, all applicable
accounting standards, and the terms of the retirement plan documents,  trust and
custody  agreements and other  applicable  governing  documents  relating to the
Accounts.

DST Systems, Inc. is hereby authorized and instructed to provide such access
to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such accounts and records upon
demand.  The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that DST Systems, Inc.
may serve as agent and sub-contractor of IFTC with respect to the Accounts.

The  provisions  of this  Consent and  Authorization  shall  continue  after the
termination  of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the
undersigned  for so long as such access to and use of such  accounts and records
may be reasonably required by IFTC.

The term "Accounts" shall mean all individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified
employee pension plan accounts,  403(b)(7) custodial  accounts,  Keogh accounts,
defined contribution retirement plan accounts and other accounts of any type for
which IFTC may from time to time be named as custodian or trustee  which contain
shares issued by the undersigned investment company(ies).

This Consent and Authorization is irrevocable in every respect, shall be binding
upon the undersigned  and its (their)  successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of IFTC and DST Systems,  Inc. and their  respective  successors and
assigns.



BULL & BEAR GOLD INVESTORS LTD.

By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION


In  consideration  of Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC")  serving as
custodian  and/or custodial  trustee for the Accounts (as hereinafter  defined),
the undersigned  registered investment  company(ies) agree(s) that IFTC shall at
all times have full access to and use of all  accounts  and records  relating to
Accounts  which are  maintained  on the  computerized  mutual  fund  shareholder
recordkeeping  system of DST  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "System")  for  purposes  of
performing  its  duties  and  obligations  as such  custodian  and/or  custodial
trustee.  In addition,  IFTC,  its auditors and  accountants,  and to the extent
required by law its regulatory authorities,  shall have full access at all times
to all such accounts and records for purposes of audit, examination, and testing
and verifying compliance with all applicable requirements of law, all applicable
accounting standards, and the terms of the retirement plan documents,  trust and
custody  agreements and other  applicable  governing  documents  relating to the
Accounts.

DST Systems, Inc. is hereby authorized and instructed to provide such access
to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such accounts and records upon
demand.  The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that DST Systems, Inc.
may serve as agent and sub-contractor of IFTC with respect to the Accounts.

The  provisions  of this  Consent and  Authorization  shall  continue  after the
termination  of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the
undersigned  for so long as such access to and use of such  accounts and records
may be reasonably required by IFTC.

The term "Accounts" shall mean all individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified
employee pension plan accounts,  403(b)(7) custodial  accounts,  Keogh accounts,
defined contribution retirement plan accounts and other accounts of any type for
which IFTC may from time to time be named as custodian or trustee  which contain
shares issued by the undersigned investment company(ies).

This Consent and Authorization is irrevocable in every respect, shall be binding
upon the undersigned  and its (their)  successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of IFTC and DST Systems,  Inc. and their  respective  successors and
assigns.



BULL & BEAR MUNICIPAL INCOME FUND, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION


In  consideration  of Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC")  serving as
custodian  and/or custodial  trustee for the Accounts (as hereinafter  defined),
the undersigned  registered investment  company(ies) agree(s) that IFTC shall at
all times have full access to and use of all  accounts  and records  relating to
Accounts  which are  maintained  on the  computerized  mutual  fund  shareholder
recordkeeping  system of DST  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "System")  for  purposes  of
performing  its  duties  and  obligations  as such  custodian  and/or  custodial
trustee.  In addition,  IFTC,  its auditors and  accountants,  and to the extent
required by law its regulatory authorities,  shall have full access at all times
to all such accounts and records for purposes of audit, examination, and testing
and verifying compliance with all applicable requirements of law, all applicable
accounting standards, and the terms of the retirement plan documents,  trust and
custody  agreements and other  applicable  governing  documents  relating to the
Accounts.

DST Systems, Inc. is hereby authorized and instructed to provide such access
to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such accounts and records upon
demand.  The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that DST Systems, Inc.
may serve as agent and sub-contractor of IFTC with respect to the Accounts.

The  provisions  of this  Consent and  Authorization  shall  continue  after the
termination  of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the
undersigned  for so long as such access to and use of such  accounts and records
may be reasonably required by IFTC.

The term "Accounts" shall mean all individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified
employee pension plan accounts,  403(b)(7) custodial  accounts,  Keogh accounts,
defined contribution retirement plan accounts and other accounts of any type for
which IFTC may from time to time be named as custodian or trustee  which contain
shares issued by the undersigned investment company(ies).

This Consent and Authorization is irrevocable in every respect, shall be binding
upon the undersigned  and its (their)  successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of IFTC and DST Systems,  Inc. and their  respective  successors and
assigns.



MIDAS FUND, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            CONSENT AND AUTHORIZATION


In  consideration  of Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC")  serving as
custodian  and/or custodial  trustee for the Accounts (as hereinafter  defined),
the undersigned  registered investment  company(ies) agree(s) that IFTC shall at
all times have full access to and use of all  accounts  and records  relating to
Accounts  which are  maintained  on the  computerized  mutual  fund  shareholder
recordkeeping  system of DST  Systems,  Inc.  (the  "System")  for  purposes  of
performing  its  duties  and  obligations  as such  custodian  and/or  custodial
trustee.  In addition,  IFTC,  its auditors and  accountants,  and to the extent
required by law its regulatory authorities,  shall have full access at all times
to all such accounts and records for purposes of audit, examination, and testing
and verifying compliance with all applicable requirements of law, all applicable
accounting standards, and the terms of the retirement plan documents,  trust and
custody  agreements and other  applicable  governing  documents  relating to the
Accounts.

DST Systems, Inc. is hereby authorized and instructed to provide such access
to IFTC and to permit IFTC to make use of such accounts and records upon
demand.  The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that DST Systems, Inc.
may serve as agent and sub-contractor of IFTC with respect to the Accounts.

The  provisions  of this  Consent and  Authorization  shall  continue  after the
termination  of System and other services  provided by DST Systems,  Inc. to the
undersigned  for so long as such access to and use of such  accounts and records
may be reasonably required by IFTC.

The term "Accounts" shall mean all individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified
employee pension plan accounts,  403(b)(7) custodial  accounts,  Keogh accounts,
defined contribution retirement plan accounts and other accounts of any type for
which IFTC may from time to time be named as custodian or trustee  which contain
shares issued by the undersigned investment company(ies).

This Consent and Authorization is irrevocable in every respect, shall be binding
upon the undersigned  and its (their)  successors and assigns and shall inure to
the benefit of IFTC and DST Systems,  Inc. and their  respective  successors and
assigns.


ROCKWOOD FUND, INC.

By:
Name:
Title:


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                               ANNUAL FEE SCHEDULE


IRAs (including SEP-IRAs):  $1.00 per IRA Plan
403(b)(7) Accounts:  $1.00 per 403(b) Plan
Employer Defined Contribution Retirement Plans:  $10.00 per Participant in the
Employer Plan




                            TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

This Agreement made as of the 30th of August 1994 between Bull & Bear Special 
Equities Fund,
Inc., a Maryland corporation ("Fund"),  having its principal office and place of
business at 11 Hanover Square,  New York, New York 10005 and Supervised  Service
Company Inc.,  ("SSC") a Delaware  corporation  having its principal  office and
place of business at 120 South LaSalle,  Chicago IL 60603 (hereinafter  referred
to as the "Transfer Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
That for and in consideration of the mutual promises  hereinafter set forth, the
parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
                                                  
                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings:

1. "Approved  Institution" shall mean an entity so named in a Certificate.  From
time to time the Fund may amend a previously delivered Certificate by delivering
to the Transfer Agent a Certificate  naming an additional entity or deleting any
entity named in a previously delivered Certificate.

2. The "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Fund.

3.  "Certificate"  shall mean any notice,  instruction,  or other  instrument in
writing, authorized or required by this


                                        1



<PAGE>



Agreement to be given to the Transfer Agent by the Fund which is signed by any
Officer, as hereinafter defined, and actually received by the Transfer Agent.

4.       "Custodian" shall mean the financial institution appointed as custodian
under the terms and conditions of the Custody Agreement between the financial
institution and the Fund, or its successor(s).

5.                  "Fund Business Day"' shall be deemed to be each day on

which the           New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading.

6.                  "Officer" shall be deemed to be the Fund's President, any

Vice  President of the Fund, the Fund's  Secretary,  the Fund's  Treasurer,  the
Fund's Controller, any Assistant Controller of the Fund, any Assistant Treasurer
of the Fund and any Assistant  Secretary of the Fund,  and any other person duly
authorized  by the Board of  Directors  of the Fund to execute any  Certificate,
instruction,  notice or other  instrument on behalf of the Fund and named in the
Certificate  annexed  hereto as Appendix A, as such  Certificate  may be amended
from time to time, and any person  reasonably  believed by the Transfer Agent to
be such a person. 7. "Out-of-pocket Expenses" means amounts reasonably necessary
and  actually  incurred by Transfer  Agent in the  provision  of Transfer  Agent
services or pursuant to this Agreement for the following purposes:  postage (and
first class mail  insurance  in  connection  with mailing  share  certificates),
envelopes,  check forms,  continuous  forms,  forms for reports and  statements,
station and other similar items, telephone and telegraph


                                        2



<PAGE>



charges incurred in answering inquiries from dealers or shareholders,  microfilm
used to record transactions in shareholder  accounts and computer tapes used for
permanent  storage of records  and cost of  insertion  of  materials  in mailing
envelopes by outside firms.  Transfer Agent may, at its option,  arrange to have
various service  providers  submit invoices  directly to the Fund for payment of
out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable  hereunder;  and such other expenses paid or
incurred by Transfer  Agent at the request of the Fund.  Any charges  associated
with  special or exception  processing  shall also be  considered  Out-of-Pocket
Expenses. 8. "Prospectus" shall mean the most recent Fund prospectus

actually          received by the Transfer Agent from the Fund with respect

to which the Fund has  indicated  a  registration  statement  under the  Federal
Securities  Act of 1933  has  becomes  effective,  including  the  Statement  of
Additional  Information,  incorporated by reference  therein.  9. "Shares" shall
mean all or any part of each  class or series of the  shares of common  stock of
the Fund or Portfolio  listed in the  Certificate as to which the Transfer Agent
acts as transfer agent hereunder, as may be amended from time to time, which are
authorized and/or issued by the Fund. 10. "Transfer Agent" shall mean Supervised
Service Company,  Inc., ("SSC"), as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent
under the terms and conditions of this Agreement, its successors or assign(s).
                                                  

                                   ARTICLE II
                                                      
                                        3



<PAGE>



                          APPOINTMENT OF TRANSFER AGENT

1. The Fund hereby constitutes and appoints the Transfer Agent as transfer agent
of all the Shares of the Fund and as dividend disbursing agent during the period
of this Agreement.  2. The Transfer Agent hereby accepts appointment as transfer
agent and  dividend  disbursing  agent and agrees to perform  duties  thereof as
hereinafter set forth. 3. In connection with such appointment, the Fund upon the
request of the Transfer  Agent,  shall  deliver the  following  documents to the
Transfer Agent:
       (i) A  copy  of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of the  Fund  and  all
amendments thereto certified by the Secretary of the Fund;

       (ii) A copy of the By-Laws of the Fund  certified by the Secretary of the
Fund;
      (iii) A copy  of a  resolution  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Fund
certified  by the  Secretary  of the Fund  appointing  the  Transfer  Agent  and
authorizing the execution of this Transfer Agency Agreement;
      (iv)          A   Certificate   signed  by  the   Secretary  of  the  Fund
                    specifying:  the number of authorized  Shares, the number of
                    such authorized
Shares  issued,  the  number of such  authorized  Shares  issued  and  currently
outstanding;  the names and specimen signatures of the Officers of the Fund; and
the name and address of the legal counsel for the Fund;

       (v)          Specimen Share certificate for each or series class


                                        4




<PAGE>



of Shares in the f orm  approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund (and in a
f ormat  compatible  with the  Transf  er Agent t a system)  ,  together  with a
Certificate signed by the Secretary of the Fund as to such approval;
       (vi) Copies of the Fund's Registration Statement, as amended to date, and
the most recently filed Post-Effective Amendment thereto, filed by the Fund with
the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, together with
any applications filed in connection therewith; and
      (vii)  opinion of counsel for the Fund with respect to the validity of the
authorized  and  outstanding  Shares,  whether  such  Shares  are fully paid and
non-assessable  and the status of such Shares under the  Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, and any other applicable federal law or regulation (i.e., if subject
to  registration,  that  they  have been  registered  and that the  Registration
Statement has become ef f ective or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor.)

                                   ARTICLE III
                      AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCe OF SHARES

1. The Fund shall deliver to the Transfer  Agent the f ollowing  documents on or
bef ore the ef f ective date of any  increase or decrease in the total number of
Shares  authorized  to be issued:  (a) A certified  copy of the amendment to the
Articles of Incorporation giving effect to such increase or decrease; (b) In the
case of an increase, an opinion of counsel


                                        5



<PAGE>



for the Fund with  respect  to the  validity  of the  Shares of the Fund and the
status of such Shares  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and any
other  applicable  federal law or regulation  (i.e., if subject to registration,
that they have been  registered and that the  Registration  Statement has become
effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor);  and
          (c) In the case of
an increase,  if the appointment of the Transfer Agent was theretofore expressly
limited,  a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund
increasing the authority of the Transfer  Agent. 

2. Prior to the issuance of any
additional Shares of the Fund pursuant to stock dividends or stock splits, etc.,
and prior to any reduction in the number of shares  outstanding,  the Fund shall
deliver the following  documents to the Transfer Agent:  
          
          (a) A certified copy of
the resolution (s) adopted by the Board of Directors  and/or the shareholders of
the Fund  authorizing  such  issuance of  additional  Shares of the Fund or such
reduction,  as the case may be, and 
          
          (b) An opinion of counsel  for the Fund with
respect to the  validity of the Shares of the Fund and the status of such Shares
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and any other applicable  federal
law or  regulation  (i.e.,  if  subject  to  registration,  that  they have been
registered  and that the  Registration  Statement has become  effective,  or, if
exempt, the specific grounds therefor).
                                               
                                   ARTICLB IV
                                                    
                                        6



<PAGE>



                     RECAPITALIZATION OR CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT

1. In the case of any negative  stock split,  recapitalization  or other capital
adjustment  requiring a change in the form of Share  certificates,  the Transfer
Agent will issue share  certificates  in the new form in  exchange  for, or upon
transfer of, outstanding Share certificates in the old form, upon receiving: 

      (a)  A Certificate authorizing the issuance of the Share certificates 
in the new form;  
      (b) A certified  copy of any  amendment to the Articles of  Incorporation
with respect to the change;

      (c)  Specimen Share certificates for each class of Shares  in the new form
approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund, with a Certificate signed by the
Secretary of the Fund as to such approval; and

      (d) An opinion of counsel for the Fund with respect to the validity of the
Shares in the new form and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  and any other  applicable  federal law or regulation (ie., if
subject to  registration,  that the  Shares  have been  registered  and that the
Registration  Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds
therefor.) 

2. The Fund at its expense  shall  furnish the Transfer  Agent with a
sufficient supply of blank Share  certificates in the new f orm and from time to
time will  replenish  such supply upon the request of the Transfer  Agent.  Such
blank Share  certificates  shall be compatible with the Transfer  Agent's system
and shall be
                                        7



<PAGE>



properly  signed by facsimile or otherwise by Officers of the Fund authorized by
law or by the By-Laws to sign share certificates and, if required shall bear the
corporate Seal or facsimile thereof. The Fund agrees to indemnify and exonerate,
save and hold the Transfer Agent  harmless,  from and against any and all claims
or demands that may be asserted  against the Transfer  Agent with respect to the
genuineness of any Share certificate  supplied to the Transfer Agent by the Fund
pursuant to this section 2.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    ISSUANCE,
                        REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

1. (a) The Transfer Agent acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Fund's
Prospectus, which Prospectus describes how sales and redemption of shares of the
Fund shall be made, and the Transfer Agent agrees to accept  purchase orders and
redemption  requests  with  respect to Fund shares on each Fund  Business Day in
accordance with such  Prospectus.  The Fund agrees to provide the Transfer Agent
with  sufficient  advance  notice to enable  the  Transfer  Agent to effect  any
changes in the procedures  set forth in the  Prospectus  regarding such purchase
and redemption procedure;  provided, however, that in no event will such advance
notice be less than 30 days.  
   (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall also  accept  with
respect to each Fund Business Day, at such times as are agreed upon from time to
time by the Transfer  Agent and the Fund,  a computer  tape or  electronic  data
transmission consistent in all respects with the
                                                  
                                        8



<PAGE>



Transfer  Agent's  record  format,  as  amended  from  time to  time,  which  is
reasonably believed by the Transfer Agent to be furnished by or on behalf of any
Approved  Institution.  The Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any losses or
damages to the Fund or its  shareholders  in the event  that a computer  tape or
electronic  data  transmission  from an  Approved  Institution  is  unable to be
processed for any reason beyond the control of the Transfer  Agent, or if any of
the  information on such tape or  transmission  is found to be incorrect.  

2. On each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall, as of the time at which
the Fund computes the net asset value of the Fund, issue to and redeem  from the
accounts specified in a purchase order,  redemption request, or computer tape or
electronic  data  transmission,  which  in  accordance  with the  Prospectus  is
effective  on such  Fund  Business  Day,  the  appropriate  number  of full  and
fractional  Shares based on the net asset value per Share of such Fund specified
in an advice  received on such Fund Business Day from the Fund.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  if a redemption  specified in a computer tape or electronic data
transmission  is for a dollar  value of Shares in excess of the dollar  value of
uncertificated  Shares in the specified  account,  the Transfer  Agent shall not
effect such  redemption  in whole or in part and shall within  twentyfour  hours
orally  advise  the  Approved  Institution  which  supplied  such  tape  of  the
discrepancy.  

3. In connection with a reinvestment of a dividend or distribution
of Shares of the Fund, the Transfer Agent shall as of
                                            
                                        9



<PAGE>



each Fund Business Day, as specified in a Certificate or resolution described in
paragraph 1 of succeeding  Article VI, issue Shares of the Fund based on the net
asset value per Share of such Fund specified in an advice received from the Fund
on such Fund Business Day. 

4. On each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall
supply the Fund with a  statement  specifying  with  respect to the  immediately
preceding  Fund Business Day: the total number of Shares of the Fund  (including
fractional  Shares)  issued and  outstanding  at the opening of business on such
day;  the total  number of  Shares  of the Fund  sold on such day,  pursuant  to
preceding  paragraph 2 of this  Article;  the total number of Shares of the Fund
redeemed from  Shareholders  by the Transfer Agent on such day; the total number
of Shares of the Fund, if any, sold on such day pursuant to preceding  paragraph
3 of this  Article,  and the  total  number of  Shares  of the Fund  issued  and
outstanding.  

5. In connection with each purchase and each redemption of Shares,
the Transfer  Agent shall send such  statements as are prescribed by the Federal
Securities laws applicable to transfer agents or as described in the Prospectus.
If the Prospectus  indicates that  certificates  for Shares are available and if
specifically  requested in writing by any shareholder,  or if otherwise required
hereunder,  the  Transfer  Agent  will  countersign,  issue  and  mail  to  such
shareholder  at the  address set forth in the  records of the  Transfer  Agent a
Share certificate for any full Share requested.
                                      

                                       10



<PAGE>



6.              As of each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall
furnish the Fund with an advice setting forth the number and dollar
amount of Shares to be redeemed on such Fund Business Day in
accordance with paragraph 2 of this Article.

7.              Upon receipt of a proper redemption request and moneys
paid to it by the Custodian in connection with a redemption of
Shares, the Transfer Agent shall cancel the redeemed Shares and
after making appropriate  deduction f or any withholding of taxes required of it
by  applicable  law (a) in the case of a  redemption  of  Shares  pursuant  to a
redemption  described in preceding paragraph i(a) of this Article,  make payment
in accordance with the Fund's redemption and payment procedures described in the
Prospectus, and (b) in the case of a redemption of Shares pursuant to a computer
tape or electronic data  transmission  described in preceding  paragraph l(b) of
this  Article,  make  payment  by  directing  a federal  funds wire order to the
account  previously  designated  by the Approved  Institution  specified in said
computer tape or electronic data  transmission.  

8. The Transfer Agent shall not
be required  to issue any Shares  after it has  received  from an officer of the
Fund or from an appropriate federal or state authority written notification that
the sale of Shares has been  suspended or  discontinued,  and the Transfer Agent
shall be entitled to rely upon such written  notification.  

9. Upon the issuance of any Shares in accordance  with this Agreement the 
Transfer Agent shall not be responsible for the

                                       11




<PAGE>



payment of any original  issue or other taxes required to be paid by the Fund in
connection with such issuance of any Shares. 

10. The Transfer Agent shall accept
a computer tape or electronic  data  transmission  consistent  with the Transfer
Agent's  record  format,  as  amended  from  time to time,  which is  reasonably
believed by the  Transfer  Agent to be furnished by or on behalf of any Approved
Institution and is represented to be  instructions  with respect to the transfer
of Shares from one account of such Approved Institution to another such account,
and shall effect the  transfers  specified in said  computer  tape or electronic
data transmission.  The Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any losses to the
Fund or its  shareholders  in the event that a computer tape or electronic  data
transmission  from an Approved  Institution  is unable to be  processed  for any
reason beyond the control of the Transfer Agent, or if any of the information on
such tape or transmission  is found to be incorrect.  

ll.(a) Except as otherwise provided in sub-paragraph (b) of
this paragraph and in paragraph 13 of this Article, Shares will be
transferred  or  redeemed  upon  presentation  to the  Transfer  Agent  of Share
certificates  or  instructions  properly  endorsed for  transfer or  redemption,
accompanied by such documents as the Transfer Agent deems  necessary to evidence
the  authority of the person  making such  transfer or  redemption,  and bearing
satisfactory  evidence of the payment of stock  transfer  taxes.  In the case of
small estates where no administration  is contemplated,  the Transfer Agent may,
when furnished with an appropriate surety bond, and without further
                                                        

                                       12



<PAGE>



approval of the Fund,  transfer  or redeem  Shares  registered  in the name of a
decedent where the current market value of the Shares being transferred does not
exceed such amount as may from time to time be prescribed by various states. The
Transfer  Agent  reserves the right to refuse to transfer or redeem Shares until
it is satisfied that the endorsement on the stock certificate or instructions is
valid  and  genuine,  and for that  purpose  it will  require  unless  otherwise
instructed by an authorized  officer of the Fund, a guarantee of signature by an
"Eligible  Guarantor  Institution"  as that term is defined by SEC Rule  17Ad-15
under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934. The Transfer Agent also reserves the
right to refuse to  transfer or redeem  Shares  until it is  satisfied  that the
requested  transfer or redemption is legally  authorized,  and it shall incur no
liability for the refusal, in good faith, to make transfers or redemptions which
the Transfer Agent, in its judgement,  deems improper or unauthorized,  or until
it is satisfied that there is no basis to any claims adverse to such transfer or
redemption.  The Transfer Agent may, in effecting  transfers and  redemptions of
Shares,  rely upon those provisions of the Uniform Act for the simplification of
Fiduciary  Security Transfers or the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be
amended from time to time,  applicable  to the transfer of  securities,  and the
Fund shall  indemnify  the  Transfer  Agent for any act done or omitted by it in
good faith in reliance upon such laws.  In no event will the Fund  indemnify the
Transfer  Agent for any act done by it as a result of willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith,

                                       13



<PAGE>



negligence or reckless disregard of its duties.

       (b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision
contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Transfer Agent
shall  be  fully  protected  by the  Fund  in  not  requiring  any  instruments,
documents,   assurances,   endorsements   or  guarantees,   including,   without
limitation,  any  signature  guarantees,  in connection  with a  redemption,  or
transfer,  of Shares  whenever  the  Transfer  Agent  reasonably  believes  that
requiring  the same  would be  inconsistent  with the  transfer  and  redemption
procedures as described in the  Prospectus.  

12.  Notwithstanding  any provision
contained in this  agreement to the  contrary,  the Transfer  Agent shall not be
required or expected to require,  as a condition  to any  transfer of any Shares
pursuant  to  paragraph  13 of this  Article  or any  redemption  of any  Shares
pursuant to a computer tape or electronic  data  transmission  described in this
Agreement, any documents,  including,  without limitation,  any documents of the
kind described in sub-paragraph (a) of paragraph 13 of this Article, to evidence
the authority of the person  requesting  the transfer or  redemption  and/or the
payment of any stock transfer taxes, and shall be fully protected in acting
in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Article.

13. (a)As used in this Agreement, the terms "computer tape
or electronic data transmission" and "computer tape believed by the
Transfer  Agent to be furnished by an Approved  Institution",  shall include any
tapes  generated by the Transfer  Agent to reflect  information  believed by the
Transfer Agent to have been input by an
         
                                       14



<PAGE>



Approved  Institution,  via a remote terminal or other similar link, into a data
processing,  storage,  or collection  system,  or similar system (the "System"),
located on the Transfer  Agent's  premises.  For purposes of paragraph 1 of this
Article, such a computer tape or electronic data transmission shall be deemed to
have been  furnished  at such times as are agreed  upon from time to time by the
Transfer Agent and Fund only if the information  reflected  thereon was input to
the System at such times as are agreed upon in writing  from time to time by the
Transfer Agent and the Fund.
 (b) Nothing  contained in this  Agreement  shall  constitute  any  agreement or
representation  by the  Transfer  Agent to permit,  or to agree to  permit,  any
Approved Institution to input information into a System.
 (c) The Transfer Agent reserves the right to approve, in advance,  any Approved
Institution,  such approval not to be unreasonably  withheld. The Transfer Agent
also reserves the right to terminate any and all automated data  communications,
at its  discretion,  upon a  reasonable  attempt  to notify the Fund when in the
reasonable  opinion of the Transfer Agent  continuation  of such  communications
would  jeopardize  the accuracy  and/or  integrity of the Fund's  records on the
System.
                          
                                   ARTICLE VI
                           DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

1. The Fund shall  furnish to the Transfer  Agent a copy of a resolution  of its
Board of  Directors,  certified  by the  Secretary or any  Assistant  Secretary,
either (i) setting forth the date of the

                                       15




<PAGE>



declaration of a dividend or  distribution,  the date of accrual or payment,  as
the case may be, thereof,  the record date as of which Shareholders  entitled to
payment,  or accrual,  as the case may be, shall be  determined,  the amount per
Share of such dividend or distribution, the payment date on which all previously
accrued  and unpaid  dividends  are to be paid,  and the total  amount,  if any,
payable to the Transfer  Agent on such payment  date,  or (ii)  authorizing  the
declaration  of dividends and  distributions  on a daily or other periodic basis
and  authorizing  the Transfer Agent to rely on a Certificate  setting forth the
information described in subsection (i) of this paragraph. 

2. Upon the mail date
specified in such Certificate or resolution, as the case may be, the Fund shall,
in the case of a cash dividend or  distribution,  cause the Custodian to deposit
in an account in the name of the Transfer  Agent on behalf of the Fund an amount
of cash, if any,  sufficient for the Transfer  Agent to make the payment,  as of
the mail date, specified in such Certificate or resolution,  as the case may be,
to the  Shareholders  who were of record on the record date.  The Transfer Agent
will,  upon  receipt of any such cash,  make  payment of such cash  dividends or
distributions  to the  shareholders  of record  as of the  record  date by:  (i)
mailing a check, payable to the registered shareholder, to the address of record
or  dividend  mailing  address,  or (ii)  wiring  such  amounts to the  accounts
previously  designated  by an  Approved  Institution,  as the case  may be.  The
Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any improper  payments made in good faith
and without
                           
                                       16



<PAGE>



negligence,  in  accordance  with a Certificate  or resolution  described in the
preceding paragraph.  If the Transfer Agent shall not receive from the Custodian
sufficient  cash to make  payments of any cash dividend or  distribution  to all
shareholders  of the Fund as of the record date, the Transfer Agent shall,  upon
notifying the Fund,  withhold  payment to all  shareholders  of record as of the
record date until  sufficient  cash is provided to the Transfer  Agent. 

3. It is
understood  that  the  Transfer  Agent  shall in no way be  responsible  for the
determination of the rate or form of dividends or capital gain distributions due
to the  shareholders.  It is expressly  agreed and understood  that the Transfer
Agent is not liable for any loss as a result of processing a distribution  based
on information provided in the Certificate that is incorrect. The Fund agrees to
pay the  Transfer  Agent for any and all costs,  both  direct and  out-of-pocket
expenses, incurred in such corrective work as necessary to remedy such error. 

4. It is understood that the Transfer Agent shall file such
appropriate information returns concerning the payment of dividend
and  capital  gain  distributions  with the  proper  federal,  state  and  local
authorities  as are  required by law to be filed by the Fund but shall in no way
be responsible  for the collection or withholding of taxes due on such dividends
or distributions due to shareholders, except and only to the extent, required by
applicable law.
                                                   
                                   ARTICLE VII
                                                   

                                       17



<PAGE>



                               CONCERNING THE FUND

1.       The Fund represents to the Transfer Agent that:

(a)             It is a corporation duly organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Maryland.

(b) It is empowered under  applicable laws and by its Articles of  Incorporation
and  By-Laws  to enter  into  and  perform  this  Agreement.  

(c) All  requisite corporate  proceedings have been taken to authorize it to 
enter into and perform this Agreement.  

(d) It is an investment company registered under the Investment
Company  Act of  1940,  as  amended.  

(e) A  registration  statement  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Shares is effective. The
Fund shall notify the Transfer Agent if such registration statement or any state
securities  registrations  have been terminated or a stop order has been entered
with respect to the Shares. 

2. Each copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the
Fund and copies of all amendments thereto shall be certified by the Secretary of
State (or other appropriate official) of the state of organization,  and if such
Articles of Incorporation and/or amendments are required by law also to be filed
with a county or other officer or official  body, a  certificate  of such filing
shall be filed with a certified copy submitted to the Transfer Agent.  Each copy
of the By-Laws and copies of all amendments  thereto,  and copies of resolutions
of the Board of  Directors of the Fund,  shall be certified by the  Secretary of
the Fund.
                                                

                                       18



<PAGE>



3. The Fund shall  promptly  deliver to the Transfer Agent written notice of any
change in the Officers authorized to sign Share  Certificates,  notifications or
requests,  together with a specimen signature of each new Officer.  In the event
any Officer who shall have signed  manually or whose  facsimile  signature shall
have been affixed to blank Share  certificates  shall die,  resign or be removed
prior to issuance of such Share certificates,  the Transfer Agent may issue such
Share  certificates  of the Fund  notwithstanding  such  death,  resignation  or
removal,  and the  Fund  shall  promptly  deliver  to the  Transfer  Agent  such
approval, adoption or ratification as may be required by law. 

4. It shall be the
sole  responsibility  of the Fund to  deliver to the  Transfer  Agent the Fund's
currently effective Prospectus and, for purposes of this Agreement, the Transfer
Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of any  information  contained  in such
Prospectus  until a reasonable time, not to exceed ten (10) business days, after
it is actually received by the Transfer Agent.
                                                  
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                          CONCERNING THE TRANSFER AGENT
1.       The Transfer Agent represents and warrants to the Fund
that:
       (a) It is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware.

       (b) It is empowered  under  applicable law and by its Charter and By-laws
to enter into and perform this Agreement.
       
       (c) All requisite  corporate proceedings   have  been  taken 
                                                

                                       19



<PAGE>



to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
      
       (d) It is duly  registered  as a transfer  agent under Section 17A of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

2. The Transfer Agent shall not be
liable and shall be  indemnified  in acting upon any computer tape or electronic
data transmission,  writing or document  reasonably believed by it to be genuine
and to have been  signed or made by an officer of the Fund or person  designated
by the Fund and shall not be held to have any notice of any change of  authority
of any person  until  receipt of written  notice  thereof f rom the Fund or such
person. It shall also be protected in processing Share  certificates  which bear
the  proper  countersignature  of the  Transfer  Agent and  which it  reasonably
believes to bear the proper manual or facsimile signature of the Officers of the
Fund. 

 3. The Transfer  Agent upon  reasonable  notice to the Fund may establish
such  additional  procedures,  rules and  regulations  governing the transfer or
registration of Share  certificates as it may deem advisable and consistent with
such rules and regulations  generally adopted by mutual fund transfer agents. 

4.   The Transfer Agent shall keep such records as are specified in Schedule II
hereto in the form and manner,  and f or such period,  as it may deem  advisable
and is agreeable to the Fund but not inconsistent with the rules and regulations
of appropriate government authorities, in particular Rules 3la-2 and 3la-3 under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Transfer Agent acknowledges
that such records are the property of the Fund. The
                                                    

                                       20



<PAGE>



Transfer Agent may deliver to the Fund from time to time at its discretion,  for
safekeeping  or  disposition  by the Fund in accordance  with law, such records,
papers,  documents  accumulated  in the execution of its duties as such Transfer
Agent,  as the  Transfer  Agent may deem  expedient,  other than those which the
Transfer Agent is itself  required to maintain  pursuant to applicable  laws and
regulations. The Fund shall assume all responsibility for any failure thereafter
to produce any record, paper, cancelled Share certificate,  or other document so
returned,  if and when  required.  The records  specified  in Schedule II hereto
maintained by the Transfer  Agent  pursuant to this  paragraph 4, which have not
been  previously  delivered to the Fund pursuant to the foregoing  provisions of
this  paragraph 4, shall be considered to be the property of the Fund,  shall be
made available upon request for inspection by the officers,  employees, auditors
of the Fund,  or such staff of  applicable  regulatory  agencies as the Fund may
designate,  and records  shall be  delivered to the Fund upon request and in any
event upon the date of termination of this Agreement, as specified in Article IX
of this  Agreement,  in the form and manner kept by the  Transfer  Agent on such
date of termination or such earlier date as may be requested by the Fund. 

5. The Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any loss or damage, including 
counsel fees, resulting from its actions or omissions to act or otherwise, 
except for any  loss  or  damage  arising  out  of  its  bad  faith, negligence,
willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties under 
this
                                                 
                                       21



<PAGE>



agreement.
  
  6 (a) The Fund shall  indemnify  and  exonerate,  save and hold  harmless  the
Transfer  Agent from and  against  any and all claims  (whether  with or without
basis in fact or law), demands,  expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees)
and  liabilities of any and every nature which the Transfer Agent may sustain or
incur or which may be  asserted  against  the  Transfer  Agent by any  person by
reason of or as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken by any prior
transf er agent of the Fund or as a result of any action  taken or omitted to be
taken by the  Transfer  Agent in good faith and  without  negligence  or willful
misconduct  or in reliance upon (i) any  provision of this  Agreement;  (ii) the
Prospectus;  (iii) any instruction or order including,  without limitation,  any
computer  tape  or  electronic  data  transmission  reasonably  believed  by the
Transfer  Agent to have been  received  from an Approved  Institution;  (iv) any
instrument,  order or Share certificate  reasonably believed by it to be genuine
and to be signed,  countersigned  or executed by any duly authorized  officer of
the Fund; (v) any Certificate or other  instructions of an Officer;  or (vi) any
opinion of legal  counsel  for the Fund or the  Transfer  Agent.  The Fund shall
indemnify  and  exonerate,  save and hold the Transfer  Agent  harmless from and
against  any and all  claims  (whether  with or  without  basis in fact or law),
demands,  expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) and liabilities of any
and every nature  which the Transfer  Agent may sustain or incur or which may be
asserted against the Transfer Agent by any person by reason
                                                


                                       22



<PAGE>



of or as a result of any action  taken or  omitted  to be taken by the  Transfer
Agent in good faith and without negligence in connection with its appointment or
in reliance upon any law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same even
though such law, act or regulation  may thereafter  have been altered,  changed,
amended or repealed.
      
      (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall not settle any claim,  demand,  expense or
liability to which it may seek indemnity pursuant to paragraph 6(a) above (each,
an  "Indemnifiable  Claim") without the express written consent of an Officer of
the Fund.  The Transfer Agent shall notify the Fund within 15 days of receipt of
notification  of an  Indemnifiable  Claim,  provided  that  the  failure  by the
Transfer Agent to furnish such  notification  shall not impair its right to seek
indemnification from the Fund unless the Fund is unable to adequately defend the
Indemnifiable  Claim  as a result  of such  failure,  or if as a  result  of the
Transfer  Agent's  failure  to  provide  the  Fund  with  timely  notice  of the
institution of litigation a judgment by default is entered.  The Fund shall have
the right to defend any  Indemnifiable  Claim at its own expense,  provided that
such defense  shall be conducted by counsel  selected by the Fund.  The Transfer
Agent may join in such  defense at its own  expense,  but to the extent  that it
shall so desire the Fund shall  direct such  defense.  The Fund shall not settle
any  Indemnifiable  Claim  without the express  written  consent of the Transfer
Agent if the  Transfer  Agent  determines  that such  settlement  would  have an
adverse effect on the Transfer Agent
                                                  



                                       23



<PAGE>



beyond the scope of this  Agreement.  In the event the  Transfer  Agent does not
provide its written  consent,  each of the Fund and the Transfer  Agent shall be
responsible for their own defense at their own cost and expense,  and such claim
shall not be deemed an Indemnifiable Claim hereunder.  If the Fund shall fail or
refuse to defend an Indemnifiable  Claim, the Transfer Agent may provide its own
defense at the cost and expense of the Fund.  Anything in this  Agreement to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  the Fund  shall not  indemnify  the  Transfer  Agent
against any  liability or expense  arising out of the Transfer  Agent's  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith,  negligence  or  reckless  disregard  of its duties and
obligations under this Agreement.
         
         The Transfer Agent shall  indemnify and hold the Fund harmless from and
against any and all losses,  damages,  costs,  charges,  counsel fees, payments,
expenses and liability  arising out of or  attributable to any action or failure
or omission to act by the  Transfer  Agent as a result of the  Transfer  Agent's
lack of good faith,  negligence  or willful  misconduct.  

7. The Transfer  Agent
shall not be liable to the Fund with  respect to any  redemption  draft on which
the  signature  of the drawer is forged and which the Fund's  Custodian  or Cash
Management Bank has advised the Transfer Agent to honor the redemption. Provided
that the Transfer  Agent  inspects  redemption  drafts with  reasonable  care to
verify the drawer's  signature  against  signatures on file,  the Transfer Agent
shall not be liable  for any  material  alteration  or absence or forgery of any
endorsement.
                                 

                                       24



<PAGE>



8. There shall be excluded from the  consideration of whether the Transfer Agent
has been negligent or has breached this Agreement,  any period of time, and only
such period of time, during which the Transfer Agent's performance is materially
affected,  by reason of  circumstances  beyond its  control  and not  reasonably
foreseeable in that the Transfer Agent could not reasonable have made back-up or
alternative arrangements (collectively, "Causes"), including, without limitation
(except as provided below),  mechanical  breakdowns of equipment  (including any
alternative power supply and operating systems software),  flood or catastrophe,
acts of God, failures of transportation, communication or power supply, strikes,
lockouts,  work  stoppages or other  similar  circumstances.  

9. At any time the
Transfer Agent may apply to an officer of the Fund for written instructions with
respect to any matter arising in connection with the Transfer Agent's duties and
obligations under this Agreement, and the Transfer Agent shall not be liable for
any  action  taken or  permitted  by it in good  faith in  accordance  with such
written  instructions.  Such  application  by the  Transfer  Agent  for  written
instructions  from an Officer  of the Fund may set forth in  writing  any action
proposed to be taken or omitted by the Transfer Agent with respect to its duties
or  obligations  under this  Agreement  and the date on and/or  after which such
action  shall be taken.  The  Transfer  Agent shall not be liable for any action
taken or omitted in accordance with a proposal  included in any such application
on or after the date specified  therein unless,  prior to taking or omitting any
such action, the Transfer Agent has
                                             

                                       25



<PAGE>



received  written  instructions in response to such  application  specifying the
action to be taken or omitted.  The  Transfer  Agent may consult  counsel of the
Fund, or if acceptable to the Fund, its own counsel,  at the expense of the Fund
and shall be fully  protected  with respect to anything done or omitted by it in
good  faith in  accordance  with the advice or opinion of counsel to the Fund or
its own counsel.  

10. The  Transfer  Agent may issue new Share  certificates  in
place of certificates  represented to have been lost,  stolen, or destroyed upon
receiving written  instructions from the shareholder  accompanied by proof of an
indemnity or surety bond issued by a recognized insurance  institution specified
by the Fund or the Transfer Agent. If the Transfer Agent receives written
notification from the shareholder or broker dealer that the
certificate issued was never received, and such notification is
made within 30 days of the date of issuance, the Transfer Agent may reissue the
certif  icate  without  requiring a surety  bond.  The  Transfer  Agent may also
reissue certificates which are represented as lost, stolen, or destroyed without
requiring  a surety  bond  provided  that the  notification  is in  writing  and
accompanied by an  indemnification  signed on behalf of a member firm of the New
York Stock  Exchange  and signed by an officer of said firm with the  signature
guaranteed.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Transfer Agent will reissue a
certificate upon written  authorization from an officer of the Fund. 

11. In case of any requests or demands for the inspection of
                                                      


                                       26



<PAGE>



the shareholder  records of the Fund, the Transfer Agent will endeavor to notify
the  Fund  promptly  and to  secure  instructions  from  an  Officer  as to such
inspection.  The  Transfer  Agent  reserves the right,  however,  to exhibit the
shareholder  records to any person  whenever  it  receives  an opinion  from its
counsel that there is a reasonable  likelihood  that the Transfer  Agent will be
held liable for the failure to exhibit the  shareholder  records to such person;
provided,  however,  that in connection  with any such  disclosure  the Transfer
Agent shall promptly notify the Fund that such disclosure has been made or is to
be made.  

12. At the request of an Officer of the Fund the  Transfer  Agent will
address  and mail  such  appropriate  notices  to  shareholders  as the Fund may
direct. 

13.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing  provisions of this Agreement,
the Transfer  Agent shall be under no duty or obligation  to inquire  into,  and
shall not be liable for:
       (a) The legality of the issue or sale of any Shares,  the  sufficiency of
the amount to be received therefor, or the authority of the Approved Institution
or of the Fund, as the case may be, to request such sale or issuance;
       (b) The  legality  of a transfer  of Shares,  or of a  redemption  of any
Shares, the propriety of the amount to be paid therefor, or the authority of the
Approved  Institution  or of the  Fund,  as the case  may be,  to  request  such
transfer or redemption;  
       (c) The legality of the  declaration of any dividend by
the Fund, or the legality of the issue of any Shares in payment of
                                                    


                                       27



<PAGE>



any stock dividend; or

                      (d) The legality of any recapitalization or readjustment
of Shares.

14. The Transfer  Agent shall be entitled to receive and the Fund hereby  agrees
to pay to the  Transfer  Agent  for its  performance  hereunder,  including  its
performance of the duties and functions set forth in Schedule I hereto,  (i) its
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  (including  reasonable  legal  expenses and
attorney's fees) incurred in connection with its performance  hereunder and (ii)
such  compensation  as may be agreed  upon in  writing  from time to time by the
Transfer  Agent and the Fund.  

15. The  Transfer  Agent  shall have no duties or
responsibilities  whatsoever  except  such  duties and  responsibilities  as are
specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be
implied in this Agreement against the Transfer Agent. 

16. Purchase and Prices of services.
       (a) The Fund will  compensate  the Transfer Agent for, and Transfer Agent
will provide,  beginning on the execution  date of this Agreement and continuing
until the  termination of this Agreement as provided  hereinafter,  the Services
set forth in Schedule I.
       (b) The current  unit prices for the  Services  are set forth in Schedule
III (the "Schedule III Fee  Schedule").  once in each calendar  year,  after the
third anniversary of the date hereof,  the Transfer Agent may elect to raise the
Schedule III Fees upon
                                      

                                       28



<PAGE>



ninety (90) days prior notice to the Fund.  Notwithstanding the annual right to
raise the Schedule III Fees, the Transfer Agent may increase prices due to
changes in legal or regulatory requirements subject to the approval of the Fund,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
17.      Billing and Payment.
         (a) The Transfer  Agent shall bill the Fund as follows:  (i) monthly in
arrears for Accounts maintained and Out-of-Pocket  Expenses; and (ii) monthly in
advance for estimated  postage expenses to be incurred by the Transfer Agent for
the following month.  Documentation to support  reconciliation of actual postage
expense  charges will be provided to the Fund  monthly.  The Transfer  Agent may
from time to time request the Fund to make additional advances when appropriate.
        (b) The Fund shall pay the Transfer Agent in immediately available funds
at United Missouri Bank in Kansas City,  Missouri within thirty (30) days of the
date of the bill and receipt of supporting documents. Any amounts due under this
Agreement  which are not paid  within  said  thirty  (30) day period  shall bear
interest  at the rate of one and  one-half  percent (1 1/2%) per month from such
date until paid in full.
                                                    
                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   TERMINATION

                  Either of the parties  hereto may terminate  this Agreement by
giving  to the  other  party a notice  in  writing  specifying  the date of such
termination, which shall be not less than ninety (90)

                                       29




<PAGE>



days after the date of receipt of such notice. In the event such notice is given
by the Fund, it shall be  accompanied  by a copy of a resolution of the Board of
Directors of the Fund,  certified by the Secretary or any  Assistant  Secretary,
electing to terminate  this  Agreement and  designating  the successor  transfer
agent or  transfer  agents.  In the event such  notice is given by the  Transfer
Agent, the Fund shall on or before the termination date, deliver to the Transfer
Agent  a copy  of a  resolution  of its  Board  of  Directors  certified  by the
Secretary or any Assistant  Secretary  designating a successor transfer agent or
transfer agents.  In the absence of such designation by the Fund, the Fund shall
upon the date  specified  in the notice of  termination  of this  Agreement  and
delivery of the records maintained  hereunder,  be deemed to be its own transfer
agent and the  Transfer  Agent  shall  thereby  be  relieved  of all  duties and
responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement.
         In the event this  Agreement  is  terminated  as provided  herein,  the
Transfer Agent,  upon the written request of the Fund, shall deliver the records
of the  Fund on  electromagnetic  media to the  Fund or its  successor  transfer
agent.  The Fund shall be  responsible  to the Transfer Agent for the reasonable
costs and expenses associated with the preparation and delivery of such media.
                                                
                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

1.    The Fund agrees that prior to effecting any change in the Prospectus which
would increase or alter the duties and obligations
                                                   

                                       30



<PAGE>



of the Transfer  Agent  hereunder,  it shall  advise the Transfer  Agent of such
proposed  change at least 30 days prior to the  intended  date of the same,  and
shall  proceed  with such  change  only if it shall have  received  the  written
consent of the Transfer Agent thereto,  which consent shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.  

2. Any notice or other instrument in writing,  authorized or required
by this  Agreement  to be  given  to the Fund  shall  be  sufficiently  given if
addressed to the Fund and mailed or delivered to it at its office at the address
first  above  written,  or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time
designate in writing.  

3. Any notice or other instrument in writing,  authorized
or  required  by this  Agreement  to be given  to the  Transfer  Agent  shall be
sufficiently given if addressed to the Transfer Agent and mailed or delivered to
the Secretary at 120 South LaSalle, Chicago, IL, with a copy to the President at
811 Main Street,,  Kansas City, NO, or at such other place as the Transfer Agent
may from time to time designate in writing. 

4. This Agreement may not be amended
or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties
with the  formality of this  Agreement.  

5. This  Agreement  shall extend to and
shall be binding upon the parties hereto,  and their  respective  successors and
assigns.  This  Agreement  shall not be  assignable  by either party without the
written  consent of the other party,  except that the Transfer  Agent may assign
this  Agreement  to a corporate  affiliate  with advance  written  notice to and
consent by,the Fund, which consent shall not
                                                       


                                       31



<PAGE>



be unreasonably withheld.

6. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of  Illinois.  

7. This  Agreement  may be executed in any number of
counterparts  each  of  which  shall  be  deemed  to be an  original;  but  such
counterparts shall, together,  constitute only one instrument. 

8. The provisions
of this  Agreement are intended to benefit only the Transfer Agent and the Fund,
and no rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this  Agreement.

9. (a) The  Transfer  Agent will  endeavor  to assist in  resolving  shareholder
inquiries and errors  relating to the period during which prior transfer  agents
acted as such for the  Fund.  Any such  inquiries  or  errors  which  cannot  be
expediently resolved by the Transfer Agent will be referred to the Fund.
      (b) The Transfer Agent shall only be responsible  for the  safekeeping and
maintenance   of   transfer   agency   records,   cancelled   certificates   and
correspondence  of the Fund created or produced  prior to the time of conversion
which are under its control and  acknowledged  in a writing to the Fund to be in
its possession.  Any expenses or liabilities incurred by the Transfer Agent as a
result of shareholder inquiries, regulatory compliance or audits related to such
records  and not  caused as a result of  Transfer  Agent's  bad  faith,  willful
malfeasance or negligence shall be the responsibility of the Fund as provided in
Article VIII herein.  

10. The Transfer Agent shall enter into and shall maintain in
effect with appropriate parties one or more agreements making

                                       32




<PAGE>



reasonable provision for periodic backup or computer files and data with respect
to the Fund and emergency use of electronic  data processing  equipment.  In the
event of equipment failures the Transfer Agent shall at no additional expense to
the Fund,  take all  reasonable  steps to minimize  service  interruptions,  the
Transfer  Agent  shall  have no  liability  with  respect to the loss of data or
service  interruptions  caused  by  equipment  failures,  provided  such loss or
interruption  is not caused by the negligence of the Transfer Agent and provided
further  that the  Transfer  Agent  has  complied  with the  provisions  of this
Paragraph.  

11.  The  Transfer  Agent  agrees on its own  behalf and that of its
employees to make  reasonable  efforts to keep  confidential  all records of the
Fund and information  relating to the Fund and its shareholders  (past,  present
and future),  its investment advisor and its principal  underwriter,  unless the
release of such records or information is otherwise consented to, in writing, by
the Fund prior to its release.  The Fund agrees that such  consent  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld,  and may not be  withheld  where  Transfer  Agent may be
exposed to civil or criminal  contempt  proceedings  or when required to divulge
such  information or records to duly constituted  authorities.  

12. The Transfer
Agent shall  maintain  insurance of the types and in the amounts deemed by it to
be  appropriate.  To the extent  that  policies  of  insurance  may  provide for
coverage of claims for  liability  or indemnity by the parties set forth in this
Agreement, the contracts of insurance shall take precedence, and no provision
                                       

                                       33



<PAGE>



of this Agreement  shall be construed to relieve an insurer of any obligation to
pay claims to the Fund,  the Transfer  Agent or other  insured party which would
otherwise be a covered claim in the absence of any provision of this  Agreement.

13.  The  Transfer  Agent  represents  and  warrants  that,  to the  best of its
knowledge,  the various  procedures  and systems  which the  Transfer  Agent has
implemented with regard to the safeguarding from loss or damage  attributable to
fire, theft or any other cause (including  provision for twenty-four hours a day
restricted access) of the Fund's blank checks,  certificates,  records and other
data and the Transfer Agent's  equipment,  facilities and other property used in
the performance of its obligations hereunder are adequate, and that it will make
such  changes  therein from time to time as in its judgment are required for the
secure performance of its obligations hereunder. The Transfer Agent shall review
such systems and  procedures on a periodic  basis and the Fund shall have access
to review these systems and procedures.
        
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective corporate officer,




                                       34



<PAGE>


thereunto duly  authorized and their  respective  corporate seals to be hereunto
affixed, as the day and year first above written.



Supervised Service Company, Inc.         Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.


By:                                  By:
       (Signature)                             (Signature)

         (Name)                                  (Name)

        (Title)                                  (Title)





                                       35






                         SUPERVISED SERVICE COMPANY INC.
                   Boston         Chicago          Kansas City

  April 4, 1995
                              VIA AIRBORNE EXPRESS

  Bull & Bear Special Equities Funds, Inc.
  Attn: Thomas B. Winmill
  11 Hanover Square
  New York, NY 10005

Dear Mr. Winmill:

As we have advised you,  Supervised  Service Company,  Inc. (SSC) has entered an
agreement to sell  substantially  all of its assets,  including  its mutual fund
transfer  agency business to DST Systems,  Inc. (DST).  DST has agreed to assume
and perform all of SSC's obligations under the Transfer Agency Agreement between
BULL & BEAR SPECIAL  EQUITIES  FUNDS,  INC. and SSC dated August 30, 1994,  (the
"Agreement").  All of the terms and conditions of your  agreement  including the
fee  schedule,  will  remain  in  effect  in  accordance  with the  terms of the
Agreement.

We believe this transaction will ensure continued  excellent  service to you and
your  shareholders.  Please  indicate  your  consent to the  assignment  of your
agreement to DST by executing  and returning the enclosed copy of this letter in
the return Airborne Express envelope provided.

We would appreciate your prompt response. If you have questions,  please contact
either of us at the numbers indicated below.


Supervised Service Company, Inc.                     DST Systems, Inc.

By:                                                  By:
      Robert W. Ciarlelli                                Thomas A. McCullough
      (816) 292-6206                                     (816) 435-8656

BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC. hereby
consents to the assignment of the Agreement
to DST Systems, Inc. as described above.


By

Title

Date



                         SHAREHOLDER SERVICES AGREEMENT


        AGREEMENT  made as of June 11, 1992 between  Bull Bear Special  Equities
Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation ("Fund"),  and Bull Bear Service Center, Inc.
("BBSC), a Delaware corporation.

        WHEREAS,  the Fund is  registered as an open-end  management  investment
company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act"); and

        WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain BBSC to provide certain shareholder
services for the Fund

        WHEREAS,  as a  convenience  to the  Fund and its  shareholders  BBSC is
willing to furnish such services at cost and without a view to profit thereby;

        NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

1.  Appointment.  The Fund hereby appoints BBSC as agent to perform the services
for the period and on the terms set forth in this  Agreement.  BBSC accepts such
appointment  and agrees to furnish the services  herein set forth, in return for
the  reimbursement  specified in paragraph 3 of this  Agreement.  BBSC agrees to
comply with all relevant  provisions of the 1940 Act and the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended  (1934  Act"),  and  applicable  rules and  regulations
thereunder in performing such services.

2.  Services and Duties of BBSC.  BBSC shall be  responsible  for the  following
services relating to shareholders of the Fund  ("Shareholders")  : (a) assisting
the  transfer  agent in  receiving  and  responding  to  written  and  telephone
Shareholder  inquiries  concerning  their accounts;  (b) processing  Shareholder
telephone requests for transfers, purchases, redemptions, changes of address and
similar matters; (c) assisting as necessary in proxy solicitation; (d) providing
a service center for coordinating,  researching and answering general inquiries,
as well as those required by legal process,  regarding Shareholder account data;
and (e)  administering and correcting Fund records as authorized by the Board of
Directors of the Fund.

3.  Reimbursement.  For the performance of its obligations  hereunder,  the Fund
will reimburse BBSC the actual costs incurred with respect  thereto,  including,
without  limitation,  the following costs and all other expenses  related to the
performance of BBSC's obligations hereunder:

                                      - 1 -




<PAGE>



(a)        benefits, payroll taxes, and search costs of BBSC personnel;
(b)        telephone; (c) rent; (d) equipment, including telephone PBX,
  answering  machine,  call  distributor,  conversation  recording  machine  and
  maintenance  thereon;  (e) blue sky  registration  and filing for BBSC and its
  registered  representatives;  (f)  travel and meals;  (g) mail,  postage,  and
  overnight  delivery  services;  (h) allocated E&O and fidelity bond insurance;
  (i) publications,  memberships,  and subscriptions;  (j) office supplies;  (k)
  printing;  (1) Shareholder service related training courses; and (m) corporate
  audit and franchise  taxes.  Such costs and expenses shall be allocated  among
  the Fund and the other Bull & Bear Funds based on the relative  number of open
  Shareholder  accounts and other  factors  deemed  appropriate  by the Board of
  Directors of the Fund.

  4.  Cooperation  with  Accountants.  BBSC  shall  cooperate  with  the  Fund's
independent  public  accountants  and shall  take all  reasonable  action in the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement to assure that the necessary
information  is made available to such  accountants  for the expression of their
unqualified  opinion,  including but not limited to the opinion  included in the
Fund's semi-annual reports on Form N-SAR.

  5. Equipment  Failures.  In the event of failures beyond BBSC's control,  BBSC
shall take reasonable steps to minimize service  interruptions but shall have no
liability with respect thereto.

  6.  Responsibility  of BBSC. BBSC shall be under no duty to take any action on
behalf  of the  Fund  except  as  specifically  set  forth  herein  or as may be
specifically  agreed to by BBSC in  writing.  In the  performance  of its duties
hereunder, BBSC shall be obligated to exercise care and diligence, but shall not
be liable for any act or omission which does not constitute willful misfeasance,
bad faith or gross negligence on the part of BBSC or reckless  disregard by BBSC
of its duties  under this  Agreement.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the
foregoing or of any other  provision of this  Agreement,  in connection with its
duties  under  this  Agreement,  BBSC  shall not be liable  for delays or errors
occurring by reason of  circumstances  beyond BBSC's control,  including acts of
civil or military authorities,  national emergencies, labor difficulties,  fire,
mechanical  breakdown,  flood or catastrophe,  acts of God,  insurrection,  war,
riots or failure of the mails, transportation, communication or power supply.

  7.  Indemnification.  The Fund agrees to indemnify  and hold harmless BBSC and
its  agents  from  all  taxes,  charges,  expenses,   assessments,   claims  and
liabilities  including  (without  limitation)   liabilities  arising  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  the 1934 Act and any state  and  foreign
securities and blue sky laws and regulations, all as or to be amended from time

                                        2




<PAGE>


to time,  and  expenses,  including  (without  limitation)  attorneys'  fees and
disbursements  arising  directly or  indirectly  from any action or matter which
BBSC takes or does or omits to take or do.

8. Duration and  Termination.  This Agreement shall continue until terminated by
the Fund or by BBSC.

9. Amendments.  This Agreement or any part thereof may be changed or waived only
by an instrument in writing  signed by the party  against which  enforcement  of
such change or waiver is sought.

10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement embodies the entire contract and understanding
between the parties  hereto.  The  captions in this  Agreement  are included for
convenience  of  reference  only  and in no way  define  or  delimit  any of the
provisions  thereof or otherwise  affect their  construction  or effect.  If any
provision of this Agreement  shall be held or made invalid by a court  decision,
statute,  rule or  otherwise,  the  remainder  of this  Agreement  shall  not be
affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding and shall inure to the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their officers designated below as of the date first above written.


ATTEST:                              BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.


                                  By:
Fredda E. Ackerman                             Mark C. Winmill
Secretary                                      Co-President



ATTEST:                              BULL & BEAR SERVICE CENTER, INC.



                                 By:
Fredda E. Ackerman                             Thomas B. Winmill
Secretary                                      Co-President




                                       3 -



                                FORM OF AGREEMENT


July 1, 1997

William J. Maynard, Vice President
The Bull & Bear Funds
11 Hanover Square
New York, New York 10005


Dear Mr. Maynard:

This is to advise you that,  based on the  information  you have furnished to us
and our  discussions  to date,  State Street Bank and Trust Company (the "Bank")
has  established  a $15  million  uncommitted,  unsecured  line of  credit  (the
"Uncommitted  Line of Credit") for the funds (or to the extent a series  thereof
is the borrower, such series) listed in Appendix I (collectively the "Borrowers"
and each, a "Borrower"), effective July 1, 1997 (the "Effective Date"). When the
Borrower is a series of a fund listed in Appendix I, the term  "Borrower"  shall
refer only to such series.

Our willingness to provide the proposed financing is contingent upon and subject
to the terms and  conditions  in this letter (the  "Agreement").  This  facility
carries no legal  obligation on the part of the Bank to lend any amount of money
to any  Borrower at any point in time,  and the  Borrowers  will not be paying a
commitment fee for this facility.

The proceeds of advances made under the Uncommitted Line of Credit (a "Loan" and
collectively, the "Loans") may be used as follows:

    1. To  temporarily  finance the  purchase or sale of  securities  for prompt
    delivery,  if the Loan is to be repaid  promptly in the  ordinary  course of
    business upon completion of the purchase or sale transaction;

    2. To finance the redemption of a Borrower's shares; or

    3.  To  enable  the  Borrower  to meet  emergency  expenses  not  reasonably
    foreseeable  on the  Effective  Date  of  this  Agreement,  but  only if the
    Borrower submits a written statement  executed by a duly authorized  officer
    of the Borrower to the effect that the advance is  necessitated  by a change
    in circumstances  involving extreme hardship,  not reasonably foreseeable on
    the Effective Date of this Agreement.

In any event,  a Loan must be repaid in full  within 60 days from the date of an
advance.




<PAGE>



The following are attached as exhibits:

    1. A Loan  request  in the form  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  I (the  "Loan
    Advance/Paydown Request Form") stating the principal amount of the requested
    Loan  and  warranting,  at the time of  borrowing,  (i)  compliance  by such
    Borrower  with the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended  (the "1940
    Act") and the  Prospectus  and  Statement of Additional  Information  of the
    Borrower, and (ii) use of the Loan in accordance with this Agreement;

    2. A Promissory Note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II;

    3. An Officer's Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III;

    4. An  opinion of counsel to the  Borrowers  in a form  satisfactory  to the
    Bank, attached hereto as Exhibit IV; and

5.  An Instruction and  Confirmation  Certificate in the form attached hereto as
    Exhibit V addressed to Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  ("IFTC") in its
    capacity as custodian.

At the time the Agreement is executed,  the Bank shall have received an executed
Promissory Note, an executed Officer's  Certificate,  an opinion of counsel in a
form  satisfactory  to the Bank, and an executed  Instruction  and  Confirmation
Certificate.

All Loans made  under the  Uncommitted  Line of Credit  will be  evidenced  by a
Promissory  Note in the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit  II.  The  outstanding
amount  of the  Loan(s)  set forth on the  Bank's  books  and  records  shall be
conclusive  evidence of the  principal  amount  thereof  owing and unpaid to the
Bank,  absent  manifest  error.  The  failure  to  record,  or any  error  in so
recording,  any such amount on the Bank's books and records, or any other record
maintained by the Bank,  shall not limit or otherwise  affect the  obligation of
each  Borrower  hereunder  or under  the  Promissory  Note to make  payments  of
principal of and interest on the Promissory Note when due.

At the time each Loan is made,  a Borrower  and the Bank  shall  agree as to the
principal  amount of each Loan, the interest rate  applicable to each Loan prior
to maturity,  and the term thereof,  provided that no Loan shall have a maturity
date more than 60 days from the date  such Loan is made.  Loans  made  under the
Uncommitted Line of Credit will be available at the Overnight Federal Funds rate
as in effect from time to time,  plus a spread to be  determined  at the time of
borrowing. Interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan shall be payable
at Maturity on the same day as the principal  amount of such Loan is paid or, if
the Loan is paid prior to Maturity,  on the 15th  business day of the  following
month  at the  rate  determined  at the  time of  borrowing.  Interest  shall be
calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed for a 360-day year.  Requests for
advances or decreases under the  Uncommitted  Line of Credit will be made on the
Loan  Advance/Paydown  Request Form, attached as Exhibit I to this Agreement and
delivered to the Bank at the time of the request. At the time each Loan is made,
the Bank shall mail to the  applicable  Borrower a written  confirmation  of the
amount of such Loan and the interest rate initially applicable thereto.

The Bank will honor requests for Loans under the Uncommitted  Line of Credit for
a 364-day period commencing on the Effective Date.




<PAGE>



Temporary or emergency  borrowings in the aggregate will be limited to an amount
not greater than 20% of the value of the applicable  Borrower's total net assets
(the "Leverage Covenant"), at the time the borrowing is made, or a lesser amount
to the extent provided in the Borrower's  Prospectus and Statement of Additional
Information  or the 1940 Act  registration  statement,  as the case may be.  The
Leverage   Covenant  is  calculated  as  follows:   ((total  assets  less  total
liabilities) plus aggregate bank borrowings)/aggregate bank borrowings.

If at any  time a  Borrower  is in  violation  of the  Leverage  Covenant,  that
Borrower is required  within three (3) business days to repay Loans in an amount
sufficient to achieve compliance with the Leverage Covenant.

Each  Borrower  hereby  promises to pay the  principal and interest of each Loan
made to it and  related  fees on the day  when  due to the  Bank at its  address
stated above.  Each Borrower hereby  authorizes the Bank, if and to the extent a
payment is owed by that  Borrower,  to charge  against  the  Borrower's  deposit
account  with  the  Bank  any  amount  so due on the  15th  business  day of the
following month.

Each  Borrower  agrees  that it shall  not  borrow  from any other  bank,  issue
preferred  stock or  create,  incur  or  assume  or  suffer  to  exist  any lien
(statutory or otherwise), security interest, priority, conditional sale, pledge,
charge or other encumbrance or similar rights of others or any agreement to give
any of the foregoing liens, upon or with respect to any of its properties, owned
or acquired during such period,  except as a result of its investment activities
as  described  in its  then  current  Prospectus  and  Statement  of  Additional
Information or Registration  Statement  under the 1940 Act, and  indebtedness in
favor of the  Borrower's  custodian  consisting of extensions of credit from the
custodian in the ordinary course of business to cover securities trades or liens
in  favor  of  the  Borrower's   custodian   granted  pursuant  to  the  custody
agreement(s) in force.

Each  Borrower  agrees to  furnish  to the Bank (1) a  statement  of assets  and
liabilities  as of the  end of  each  semi-annual  period;  (2)  audited  annual
statements;  (3) the portfolio of investments as of the end of each  semi-annual
period;  and (4) proxy  materials,  reports to the  shareholders  and such other
information as the Bank shall reasonably request from time to time. Such audited
annual  statements  and  semi-annual  statements  shall  present  fairly  in all
material  respects  the  financial  position of the  Borrower  and conform  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

Each  Borrower  agrees  that it will not  change  its  investment  objective  or
fundamental  investment  policies,  as set forth in the  Borrower's  most recent
Statement  of  Additional  Information  or most recent  Prospectus,  without the
consent of the Bank. Each Borrower agrees that it will be a default hereunder if
the  investment  adviser set forth  opposite the  Borrower's  name on Appendix I
ceases to be its  investment  adviser,  or the  Borrower  changes its  Custodian
without  the  consent  of the  Bank,  which  consent  will  not be  unreasonably
withheld.

Notwithstanding  any provision to the contrary contained herein,  each Loan made
to a  Borrower  shall be made only with  respect to that  Borrower  and shall be
repaid solely from the assets of that Borrower,  or a series of that Borrower as
the case may be, and the Bank shall have no right of recourse or offset,  or any
other right  whatsoever,  against the assets of any other series of the Borrower
or any other  Borrower  with  respect  to such Loan or any  default  in  respect
thereof. A default by any Borrower shall not, by itself, constitute a default by
any other Borrower hereunder. A default by a Borrower under the Uncommitted Line
of Credit  shall  constitute a default by that  Borrower and only that  Borrower
under the Leveraging  Line of Credit.  Similarly,  a default by a Borrower under
the Leveraging Line of Credit


<PAGE>



shall also  constitute a default by that Borrower and only that  Borrower  under
the Uncommitted Line of Credit.

As an inducement to the Bank to extend the  Uncommitted  Line of Credit,  and at
any time Loans are  outstanding  to a Borrower or at any time a Loan  Request is
made by that Borrower,  that Borrower  represents and warrants to the Bank as to
itself and not as to any other Borrower that:

    1. The Borrower is, or is a series of a corporation, duly organized, validly
    existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  the  state  of  its
    organization  and has all corporate  powers and all  governmental  licenses,
    authorizations,  consents and approvals required to carry on its business as
    now conducted;

    2.  Neither the Bank nor any  affiliate of the Bank  individually  or in the
    aggregate owns,  controls or holds with the power to vote, 5% or more of the
    outstanding  shares of the Borrower or any  affiliate of the  Borrower,  and
    neither  the  Borrower  nor  any  affiliate  of the  Borrower,  directly  or
    indirectly,  individually or in the aggregate,  owns, controls or holds with
    the power to vote, 5% or more of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the
    Bank or any affiliate of the Bank known to the Borrower;

    3.  Neither the  Borrower nor any  affiliate  of the  Borrower,  directly or
    indirectly,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  controls  or,  to the best
    knowledge  of the  Borrower  after due inquiry,  is  controlled  by or under
    common  control  of the  Bank or any  affiliate  of the  Bank  known  to the
    Borrower.  Furthermore,  no  officer,  director,  trustee or employee of the
    Borrower or any  affiliate  of the Borrower is an  affiliated  person of the
    Bank or of any affiliate of the Bank known to the Borrower;

    4.  The Borrower has no subsidiaries;

    5. The  Borrower is not a member of an ERISA group and has no  liability  in
    respect of any benefit  arrangement,  plan or multi-employer plan subject to
    ERISA;

    6. The Borrower  qualifies as a "regulated  investment  company"  within the
    meaning of the Internal  Revenue  Code,  and as such,  because it intends to
    timely  distribute  all  its  income   (including   capital  gains)  to  its
    shareholders, its income will not be subject to tax at the trust level under
    the Internal  Revenue Code. The Borrower has filed all United States Federal
    income tax returns and all other  material tax returns which are required to
    be filed by it and has  paid all  taxes  due  pursuant  to such  returns  or
    pursuant to any assessment received by the Borrower.  The charges,  accruals
    and  reserves  on the Books of the  Borrower  in  respect  of taxes or other
    governmental charges are, in the opinion of the Borrower, adequate;

    7. All  information  heretofore  furnished  by the  Borrower to the Bank for
    purposes  of or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or  any  transaction
    contemplated hereby is, and all such information  hereafter furnished by the
    Borrower to the Bank will be, true and accurate in all material  respects on
    the date as of which such  information is stated or certified.  The Borrower
    has disclosed to the Bank in writing any and all facts which, to the best of
    the Borrower's knowledge after due inquiry,  materially and adversely affect
    or may affect (to the extent the Borrower can now reasonably  foresee),  the
    business,  operations or financial  condition of the Borrower or the ability
    of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Note;





<PAGE>



    8. The  execution,  delivery and  performance  of all of the  agreements and
    instruments in connection with the Uncommitted Line of Credit are within the
    Borrower's  power and  authority  and have been  authorized by all necessary
    proceedings  and  will  not  contravene  any  provision  of  the  Borrower's
    organizational  documents, by laws, then-current Prospectus and Statement of
    Additional Information (or 1940 Act registration  statement, as the case may
    be) or any agreement or undertaking binding upon the Borrower;

    9. There is no litigation,  proceeding or investigation  pending,  or to the
    knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower, which would have
    a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Borrower's  ability  to carry  out its
    obligations hereunder or under the Note;

      10. The Borrower has statutory  authority to enter into this Agreement and
      any loan requests  hereunder  will not result in an aggregate of all loans
      outstanding  which  exceed  the  limits  permitted  under  the  Borrower's
      then-current  Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information (or 1940
      Act  registration  statement,  as the case may be),  the 1940 Act,  or any
      applicable  rule,  regulation,  statute or Leverage  Covenant,  as defined
      herein;

      11. The Borrower is a registered  management  investment company under the
      1940 Act and the  shares  of  common  stock  of each  Borrower  have  been
      registered  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  the Securities
      Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  applicable  state  securities  or
      so-called "Blue Sky" laws; and

      12. The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with applicable
      law, including the 1940 Act and Federal Reserve Regulation U.

Upon the occurrence of any of the following  events,  a Borrower shall be deemed
to be in default under this Agreement:

    1. Failure of a Borrower to make payment when due of any Loan;  or available
    cash in the deposit  account is  insufficient to repay any Loan due the Bank
    by the Borrower;

    2. Breach or failure to perform by the  Borrower of any terms or  conditions
    as set forth in this  Agreement,  or any  obligation  of the Borrower to the
    Bank;

    3. If any  representation,  statement  or warranty  made or furnished in any
    manner to the Bank by the Borrower in connection  with this Agreement or the
    Loan was false in any material respect when made or furnished;

    4. A material adverse change in the business, assets, financial condition or
    prospects for that particular  Borrower (but no such adverse change shall be
    deemed to have  occurred  as a result of a decline in net  assets  resulting
    from redemptions by shareholders or investors or as a result of a decline in
    the value of the securities held by the Borrower),  as reasonably determined
    by the Bank, has occurred;

    5. A material  adverse  change,  as reasonably  determined by the Bank shall
    have occurred in the facts or information disclosed to the Bank or otherwise
    relied on by the Bank in considering requests hereunder;





<PAGE>



    6. If, by reason of any  default  by the  Borrower,  any  obligation  of the
    Borrower to any other  person or entity for money  borrowed or on account of
    any bond, note or debenture is accelerated prior to maturity;

    7. Upon termination of existence,  insolvency, business failure, appointment
    of a receiver of any part of the property of the  Borrower,  assignment  for
    the benefit of creditors by, the calling of a meeting of  creditors,  or the
    commencement of any voluntary or involuntary proceeding under any bankruptcy
    or insolvency laws by or against the Borrower or any co-maker, accommodation
    maker, surety, or guarantor of the Borrower,  or entry of any final judgment
    or order  against them for the payment of money in excess of $500,000  shall
    be rendered  against the  Borrower  and such  judgment or order shall remain
    unsatisfied, undischarged, or unstayed for a period of 10 days; or

    8. Upon the  issuance of or notice of any tax levy,  attachment,  by trustee
    process or otherwise,  levy of execution or other process issued against the
    Borrower.

Upon the  occurrence  of any of the events  specified in the  preceding  section
hereof, or at any time thereafter,  the Bank may, at its option,  terminate this
Agreement and declare any Loans made to such Borrower under the Uncommitted Line
of Credit to be  immediately  due and payable.  The Bank shall  thereafter  have
available  to it all other  rights and  remedies  hereunder,  or under any other
agreement  or paper  executed by the  Borrower,  or  available to the Bank under
applicable  law.  Furthermore,  the Borrower  authorizes IFTC in its capacity as
Custodian to the Borrower,  in accordance with the Instruction and  Confirmation
Certificate  affixed hereto as Exhibit V, to dispose of the Borrower's assets as
selected by the Borrower's  investment  adviser to the extent necessary to repay
all amounts due to the Bank.

Any Borrower may  terminate  the  Uncommitted  Line of Credit by giving five (5)
days  irrevocable  prior  written  notice to the Bank and  repaying  in full all
amounts then outstanding to it under the Uncommitted Line of Credit or the Note.

The Bank agrees that prior to assigning to any other lender (but not the Federal
Reserve Bank) any of its rights and obligations  under the  Uncommitted  Line of
Credit or the Note, or granting to any other lender any  participation in any of
such rights and  obligations,  the Bank will obtain the Borrowers' prior written
consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld.

Copies of all notices and  confirmations  hereunder  and under the Note shall be
sent to the Bank at its address above,  Attention:  Edward A. Siegel,  Assistant
Vice  President,  and to a Borrower at its address on the signature page hereto,
to the attention of the person  signing on behalf of that  Borrower,  or to such
other address or person for notice as the parties  shall have last  furnished in
writing to the person giving the notice.

Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given or made and to
have become effective (i) if delivered by hand,  overnight  courier or facsimile
to a  responsible  officer of the party to which it is directed,  at the time of
receipt  thereof by such  officer or the sending of such  facsimile  and (ii) if
sent by registered or certified  first-class mail, postage prepaid, on the third
business day following the mailing thereof.



<PAGE>



This Agreement shall take effect as a sealed instrument and shall be governed by
the  laws  (other  than  the  conflict  of law  rules)  of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.  The Agreement and the Note  constitute the entire  understanding
between  the  Borrowers  and the Bank on this  subject and  supersede  all prior
discussions. If the foregoing satisfactorily sets forth the terms and conditions
of the Uncommitted  Line of Credit,  please execute and return the enclosed copy
of this Agreement  together with the enclosed  documents and the opinion of your
outside counsel concerning this transaction.

                              Sincerely,

                              STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


                              By:  ____________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

      ACCEPTED:

Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc. on behalf of:
Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc. on behalf of:
Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
Rockwood Fund, Inc.
Midas Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.

By:  __________________________
       Name:
       Title:

Address:

11 Hanover Square
New York, New York 10005



<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX I



                         BORROWER                  Investment Adviser
Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc. on behalf of:
Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund                 Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc. on behalf of:
Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves                        Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
Rockwood Fund, Inc.                          Aspen Securities and Advisory, Inc.
Midas Fund, Inc.                                   Midas Management Corporation
Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.                    Midas Management Corporation
Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.            Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.  Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.            Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.               Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT I

                              LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN
                                  REQUEST FORM



DATE:
       ----------------------------------------------------------------------

TO:                         STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                            --------------------------------------------------

ATTN:                       Chuck Reid/Ned Siegel
                            facsimile:  (617) 537-2663
                            --------------------------------------------------

FROM:                       [insert borrower]
                            -------------------------------------------------

ON BEHALF OF:               [insert fund name, if a series]
                            --------------------------------------------------


SUBJECT:

In connection with the Agreement dated July 1, 1997 with State Street Bank and 
Trust Company, please increase or reduce the outstanding balance as indicated
below.  The Loan should be recorded on the books of the Borrower to the Bank and
interest payable to the Bank should be recorded at the agreed upon rate.


        Increase/             Cumulative Balance Outstanding    Total Assets
        (Decrease)
Date                     the Loan by

                        $                  $                   $
- ---------------         -----------        ------------       -----------------

Further, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants that:

              Proceeds from the advance shall be limited to conform with the
usage specified in the Agreement, and

              The Borrower is in compliance with all the terms and conditions in
the Agreement.



By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
              ---------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT II

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


$15,000,000                                                      July 1, 1997
                                                          Boston, Massachusetts

     For  value  received,   each  of  the  undersigned,   (each  herein  called
"Borrower"),  severally and not jointly hereby promise(s) to pay to the order of
State Street Bank and Trust  Company  (herein  called  "Bank") at the  principal
office of Bank at 225 Franklin  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02110,  or such
other place as the holder hereof shall designate

                               $15 MILLION DOLLARS

or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of all loans made by the Bank to the
applicable  Borrower  pursuant  to the  Agreement  dated  July  1,  1997 as such
agreement  may be amended,  extended or replaced,  as evidenced on the books and
records of the Bank,  together  with  interest on each loan at the rate or rates
per annum set forth in the Agreement.

     Interest on the unpaid balance of each loan shall be payable monthly in 
arrears, at the rate per annum set forth in the Agreement.  Interest shall be 
calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360-day year.  Overdue 
payments of principal (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise)
 shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a fluctuating interest rate per 
annum equal to 2% (two percent), above the Prime Rate in effect from time to 
time.  "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of
interest announced by the Bank in Boston, Massachusetts from time to time as its
 "Prime Rate".

     All loans hereunder and all payments on account of principal and interest 
hereof shall be recorded on the books and records of the Bank.  The entries on 
the books and records of the Bank (including any appearing on this Note) shall 
be prima facie evidence of amounts outstanding hereunder, absent manifest error.

     The obligations of each Borrower under this Note are several and not joint.
The  principal  amount  of the  Uncommitted  Line of  Credit  made  for use by a
particular Borrower and interest thereon shall be paid or repaid solely from the
assets of such Borrower (or series  thereof,  if the borrowing is made on behalf
of a series of the  Borrower),  and the Bank shall have no right of  recourse or
offset, or any other right whatsoever, against the assets of any other series of
the Borrower or any other Borrower.  A default by any particular  Borrower shall
not, by itself, constitute a default by any other Borrower hereunder.

     Each Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all 
other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, 
performance, default or enforcement hereof and consents that this Note may be 
extended from time to time and that no extension or other indulgence and no 
substitution, release or surrender of collateral shall discharge or otherwise 
affect the liability of the Borrower.  No delay or omission on the part of the 
Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall
operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right hereunder, and a waiver
of any such right on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or 
waiver of any such right on any future occasion.  "Holder" means the payee or 
any endorsee of this Note who is in possession of it.

     This Note shall take effect as a sealed instrument and shall be governed by
the  laws  (other  than  the  conflict  of law  rules)  of The  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

                           Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc. on behalf of:
                           Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
                           Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc. on behalf of:
                           Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
                           Rockwood Fund, Inc.
                           Midas Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
                           Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.


                           By: _______________________
                                     Name:
                                 Title:
                                 Date:




<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT III

                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE

I,  _______________________  , do  hereby  certify  that I am the  duly  elected
Secretary   of   ____________________________________________   ,   a   Maryland
corporation (the  "Corporation"),  and that as such officer,  I am authorized to
execute and deliver this  Certificate on behalf of the Trust. In that capacity I
do hereby further certify as follows:

1.  Attached hereto as Exhibit A is full, true and correct copy of the 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and said Certificate of 
Incorporation remains in full force and effect on the date hereof;
                       ---------

2.  Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a full, true and correct copy of the By-Laws
 of the Corporation, and said By-Laws remain in full force and effect as of the 
date hereof;
                       ---------

3.  Attached hereto as Exhibit C are true, correct and complete copies of the 
votes adopted by the Board of the Corporation on, 199_ , authorizing the 
Borrower to borrow from time to time in accordance with the terms described in
this Agreement, which resolutions are in full force and effect and have not been
 amended, modified, revoked or rescinded as of the date hereof;
                       --------

4. Attached hereto as Exhibit D are full, true and correct copies of the current
prospectus and statement of additional information for the Corporation;

5.  Attached hereto as Exhibit E and F are full, true and correct copies of the
Annual Report to Shareholders dated, 199_ , and Semi-Annual Report to
Shareholders dated              ,    199_ , and
                       --------------------

6.  The following are the duly elected, qualified and acting officers of the 
Corporation, holding the offices set forth below their respective names, and the
 signature of each such officer (where set forth hereon) is such officer's true 
and genuine signature:

                                    ------------------------------

                                    ------------------------------

                                    ------------------------------

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set  forth  my hand  this  ____  day of
__________, 199__

Name:___________________________

The undersigned being the _____________________ of the Corporation,  DOES HEREBY
CERTIFY THAT  _________________________  is duly  elected,  qualified and acting
Secretary of the  Corporation  and that the signature set forth above is his/her
true and genuine signature.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set  forth my hand  this  _____  day of
__________, 199__.




<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT IV

                            LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL




<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT V

                    INSTRUCTION AND CONFIRMATION CERTIFICATE

                                            BORROWER'S LETTERHEAD

                                                 July 1, 1997

TO:  Investors Fiduciary Trust Company
      127 West Tenth Street
      Kansas City, MO 64105

RE:      1.  Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc. on behalf of:
              Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
         2.  Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc. on behalf of:
              Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
         3.  Rockwood Fund, Inc.
         4.  Midas Fund, Inc.
         5.  Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
         6.  Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
         7.  Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
         8.  Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
         9.  Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter  serves as  confirmation  that the mutual funds listed in Appendix I
(each, a "Borrower")  are  authorized  under the  Uncommitted  Line of Credit to
borrow in the  aggregate  up to $15  million  from State  Street  Bank and Trust
Company, as lender (the "Bank").

Pursuant to the terms  contained in the Agreement  dated July 1, 1997, each Loan
made to a Borrower (or series  thereof,  as applicable)  shall be made only with
respect to a specific  Borrower  and shall be repaid  solely  from the assets of
that  Borrower (or series  thereof,  if the Borrower is borrowing on behalf of a
particular  series),  and the Bank shall have no right of recourse or offset, or
any other  right  whatsoever,  against  the  assets of any other  Borrower  with
respect to such Loan or any default in respec thereof.

Investors Fiduciary Trust Company ("IFTC"),  in its capacity as custodian of the
Borrower  (the  "Custodian"),  under the  Custodian  Contract  (s)  between  the
Borrower  and IFTC,  dated  ______________  , 19___ , is hereby  authorized  and
directed by the Borrower to dispose of the Borrower's  assets as selected by the
Borrower's  investment advise r to the extent necessary to repay all amounts due
to the Bank to the  extent  that the  Loans  have not been paid when due or if a
default occurs as defined in the Agreement dated July 1, 1997.

The Custodian is hereby directed to act on any written instructions you receive 
from the Bank with respect to the disposal of the Borrower's assets to 
accomplish the foregoing.  These instructions may not be amended or terminated 
without the prior written consent of the Bank.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has duly caused these  instructions to be
executed on this _____ day of ________, 199__.

                             Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc. on behalf of:
                                     Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
                             Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc. on behalf of:
                                     Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
                             Rockwood Fund, Inc.
                             Midas Fund, Inc.
                             Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
                             Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                             Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
                             Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
                             Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.



                                    By: ___________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


IFTC,  by signing  below,  acknowledges  receipt of, and hereby agrees to accept
instructions in accordance with the foregoing confirmation.

INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY

By: ____________________________
      Name:
     Title:



<PAGE>



                        EXECUTION COPY OF PROMISSORY NOTE




<PAGE>




                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


$15,000,000                                                       July 1, 1997
                                                          Boston, Massachusetts

     For  value  received,   each  of  the  undersigned,   (each  herein  called
"Borrower"),  severally and not jointly hereby promise(s) to pay to the order of
State Street Bank and Trust  Company  (herein  called  "Bank") at the  principal
office of Bank at 225 Franklin  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02110,  or such
other place as the holder hereof shall designate

                               $15 MILLION DOLLARS

or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of all loans made by the Bank to the
applicable  Borrower  pursuant  to the  Agreement  dated  July  1,  1997 as such
agreement  may be amended,  extended or replaced,  as evidenced on the books and
records of the Bank,  together  with  interest on each loan at the rate or rates
per annum set forth in the Agreement.

     Interest on the unpaid balance of each loan shall be payable monthly in 
arrears, at the rate per annum set forth in the Agreement.  Interest shall be 
calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360-day year.  Overdue 
payments of principal (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise)
 shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a fluctuating interest rate per 
annum equal to 2% (two percent), above the Prime Rate in effect from time to 
time.  "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of
interest announced by the Bank in Boston, Massachusetts from time to time as its
 "Prime Rate".

     All loans hereunder and all payments on account of principal and interest 
hereof shall be recorded on the books and records of the Bank.  The entries on 
the books and records of the Bank (including any appearing on this Note) shall 
be prima facie evidence of amounts outstanding hereunder, absent manifest error.

     The obligations of each Borrower under this Note are several and not joint.
The  principal  amount  of the  Uncommitted  Line of  Credit  made  for use by a
particular Borrower and interest thereon shall be paid or repaid solely from the
assets of such Borrower (or series  thereof,  if the borrowing is made on behalf
of a series of the  Borrower),  and the Bank shall have no right of  recourse or
offset, or any other right whatsoever, against the assets of any other series of
the Borrower or any other Borrower.  A default by any particular  Borrower shall
not, by itself, constitute a default by any other Borrower hereunder.

     Each Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all
other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, 
performance, default or enforcement hereof and consents that this Note may be 
extended from time to time and that no extension or other indulgence and no 
substitution, release or surrender of collateral shall discharge or otherwise 
affect the liability of the Borrower.  No delay or omission on the part of the 
Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall
operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right hereunder, and a waiver 
of any such right on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or 
waiver of any such right on any future occasion.  "Holder" means the payee or 
any endorsee of this Note who is in possession of it.

     This Note shall take effect as a sealed instrument and shall be governed by
the  laws  (other  than  the  conflict  of law  rules)  of The  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

                           Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc. on behalf of:
                           Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
                           Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc. on behalf of:
                           Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
                           Rockwood Fund, Inc.
                           Midas Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
                           Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.

                           By: _______________________
                                 Name:
                                 Title:
                                 Date:




<PAGE>



                     EXECUTION COPY OF OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE



<PAGE>



                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE

I,  _______________________  , do  hereby  certify  that I am the  duly  elected
Secretary   of   ____________________________________________   ,   a   Maryland
corporation (the  "Corporation"),  and that as such officer,  I am authorized to
execute and deliver this  Certificate on behalf of the Trust. In that capacity I
do hereby further certify as follows:

1.  Attached hereto as Exhibit A is full, true and correct copy of the 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and said Certificate of 
Incorporation remains in full force and effect on the date hereof;
                       ---------

2.  Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a full, true and correct copy of the By-Law
 of the Corporation, and said By-Laws remain in full force and effect as of the 
date hereof;
                       ---------

3.  Attached hereto as Exhibit C are true, correct and complete copies of the 
votes adopted by the Board of the Corporation on , 199_ , authorizing the 
Borrower to borrow from time to time in accordance with the terms described in 
this Agreement, which resolutions are in full force and effect and have not been
 amended, modified, revoked or rescinded as of the date hereof;
                       ----------------------

4. Attached hereto as Exhibit D are full, true and correct copies of the current
prospectus and statement of additional information for the Corporation;

5.  Attached hereto as Exhibit E and F are full, true and correct copies of the 
Annual Report to Shareholders dated, 199_ , and Semi-Annual Report to 
Shareholders dated              , 199_ , and
                       --------------
6.  The following are the duly elected, qualified and acting officers of the 
Corporation, holding the offices set forth below their respective names, and the
 signature of each such officer (where set forth hereon) is such officer's true 
and genuine signature:

                                    ------------------------------

                                    ------------------------------

                                    ------------------------------

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set  forth  my hand  this  ____  day of
__________, 199__

Name:___________________________

The undersigned being the _____________________ of the Corporation,  DOES HEREBY
CERTIFY THAT  _________________________  is duly  elected,  qualified and acting
Secretary of the  Corporation  and that the signature set forth above is his/her
true and genuine signature.


IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set  forth my hand  this  _____  day of
__________, 199__.




<PAGE>


           EXECUTION COPY OF INSTRUCTION AND CONFIRMATION CERTIFICATE

                       (MUST BE ON BORROWER'S LETTERHEAD)




                                FORM OF AGREEMENT


July 1, 1997

William J. Maynard, Vice President
The Bull & Bear Funds
11 Hanover Square
New York, New York 10005


Dear Mr. Maynard:

This is to advise you that,  based on the  information  you have furnished to us
and our  discussions  to date,  State Street Bank and Trust Company (the "Bank")
has  established a $28 million  committed,  unsecured  leveraging line of credit
(the  "Leveraging  Line of  Credit")  for the funds  (or to the  extent a series
thereof is the borrower,  such series)  listed in Appendix I  (collectively  the
"Borrowers"  and each, a  "Borrower"),  effective  July 1, 1997 (the  "Effective
Date").  When the  Borrower is a series of a fund listed in Appendix I, the term
"Borrower" shall refer only to such series.

Our willingness to provide the proposed financing is contingent upon and subject
to the terms and conditions in this letter (the "Agreement").

The proceeds of advances made under the Leveraging  Line of Credit (a "Loan" and
collectively, the "Loans") may be used as follows:

     1.        To enable a Borrower to leverage its portfolio;

     2. To  temporarily  finance the purchase or sale of  securities  for prompt
    delivery,  if the Loan is to be repaid  promptly in the  ordinary  course of
    business upon completion of the purchase or sale transaction; or

     3. To finance the  redemption of a Borrower's  shares and to meet emergency
    expenses not reasonably foreseeable on the Effective Date of this Agreement,
    but only if the  Borrower  submits a written  statement  executed  by a duly
    authorized  officer  of the  Borrower  to the  effect  that the  advance  is
    necessitated by a change in circumstances  involving extreme  hardship,  not
    reasonably foreseeable on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

The following are attached as exhibits:

    1. A Loan  request  in the form  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  I (the  "Loan
    Advance/Paydown Request Form") stating the principal amount of the requested
    Loan  and  warranting,  at the time of  borrowing,  (i)  compliance  by such
    Borrower with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the


<PAGE>



    "1940 Act") and the  Prospectus  and Statement of Additional  Information of
    the Borrower, and (ii) use of the Loan in accordance with this Agreement; 2.
    A Promissory Note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II;

    3.  An Officer's Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III;

    4. An  opinion of counsel to the  Borrowers  in a form  satisfactory  to the
    Bank, attached hereto as Exhibit IV; and

    5. An Instruction and  Confirmation  Certificate in the form attached hereto
    as Exhibit V addressed to Investors  Fiduciary Trust Company ("IFTC") in its
    capacity as custodian.

At the time the Agreement is executed,  the Bank shall have received an executed
Promissory Note, an executed Officer's  Certificate,  an opinion of counsel in a
form  satisfactory  to the Bank, and an executed  Instruction  and  Confirmation
Certificate.

All Loans under the Leveraging  Line of Credit will be evidenced by a Promissory
Note in the form attached  hereto as Exhibit II. The  outstanding  amount of the
Loan(s) set forth on the Bank's books and records shall be  conclusive  evidence
of the principal  amount thereof owing and unpaid to the Bank,  absent  manifest
error. The failure to record,  or any error in so recording,  any such amount on
the Bank's books and records,  or any other record maintained by the Bank, shall
not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of each Borrower hereunder or under
the  Promissory  Note to make  payments  of  principal  of and  interest  on the
Promissory Note when due.

Loans under the  Leveraging  Line of Credit will be  available  at a  Borrower's
option of (i) Overnight  Federal Funds or (ii) LIBOR (30, 60, 90 days) in effect
from time to time, plus 0.75% per annum. At the time each Loan is made, the Bank
shall mail to the applicable  Borrower a written  confirmation  of the amount of
such Loan and the interest rate initially  applicable  thereto.  Interest on the
unpaid  principal  amount of each Loan shall be payable at  Maturity on the same
day as the  principal  amount of such Loan is paid or, if the Loan is paid prior
to  Maturity,  on the  15th  business  day of the  following  month  at the rate
determined at the time of borrowing.  Interest  shall be calculated on the basis
of actual days  elapsed for a 360-day  year.  Requests for advances or decreases
under the  Leveraging  Line of Credit  will be made on the Loan  Advance/Paydown
Request Form,  attached as Exhibit I to this Agreement and delivered to the Bank
at the time of the request.

The Bank will honor requests for Loans under the Leveraging Line of Credit for a
364-day period commencing on the Effective Date.

As compensation  for holding  available this lending  commitment,  each Borrower
agrees to pay its  pro-rata  share of a 10 basis points per annum fee (0.10%) on
the unused portion of the commitment. The commitment fee will be calculated on a
360 days basis for actual days  elapsed.  The fee will be payable  quarterly  in
arrears with the first  payment  commencing  on October 15, 1997 (for the period
from the Effective Date through the quarter ending  September 30, 1997 and every
90 days thereafter during the term of the Leverage Line.

Borrowings in the aggregate will be limited to an amount not greater than 20% of
the  value  of  the  applicable  Borrower's  total  net  assets  (the  "Leverage
Covenant"),  at the time the borrowing is made, or a lesser amount to the extent
provided in the Borrower's Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information or
the 1940 Act registration  statement,  as the case may be. The Leverage Covenant
is calculated as follows:  ((total assets less total liabilities) plus aggregate
bank  borrowings)/aggregate  bank  borrowings.  If at any time a Borrower  is in
violation of the Leverage Covenant, that Borrower is


<PAGE>



required  within three (3) business days to repay Loans in an amount  sufficient
to achieve compliance with the Leverage Covenant.

Each  Borrower  hereby  promises to pay the  principal and interest of each Loan
made to it and  related  fees on the day  when  due to the  Bank at its  address
stated above.  Each Borrower hereby  authorizes the Bank, if and to the extent a
payment is owed by that  Borrower,  to charge  against  the  Borrower's  deposit
account  with  the  Bank  any  amount  so due on the  15th  business  day of the
following month.

Each  Borrower  agrees  that it shall  not  borrow  from any other  bank,  issue
preferred  stock or  create,  incur  or  assume  or  suffer  to  exist  any lien
(statutory or otherwise), security interest, priority, conditional sale, pledge,
charge or other encumbrance or similar rights of others or any agreement to give
any of the foregoing liens, upon or with respect to any of its properties, owned
or acquired during such period,  except as a result of its investment activities
as  described  in its  then  current  Prospectus  and  Statement  of  Additional
Information or Registration  Statement  under the 1940 Act, and  indebtedness in
favor of the  Borrower's  custodian  consisting of extensions of credit from the
custodian in the ordinary course of business to cover securities trades or liens
in  favor  of  the  Borrower's   custodian   granted  pursuant  to  the  custody
agreement(s) in force.

Each  Borrower  agrees to  furnish  to the Bank (1) a  statement  of assets  and
liabilities  as of the  end of  each  semi-annual  period;  (2)  audited  annual
statements;  (3) the portfolio of investments as of the end of each  semi-annual
period;  and (4) proxy  materials,  reports to the  shareholders  and such other
information as the Bank shall reasonably request from time to time. Such audited
annual  statements  and  semi-annual  statements  shall  present  fairly  in all
material  respects  the  financial  position of the  Borrower  and conform  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

Each  Borrower  agrees  that it will not  change  its  investment  objective  or
fundamental  investment  policies,  as set forth in the  Borrower's  most recent
Statement  of  Additional  Information  or most recent  Prospectus,  without the
consent of the Bank. Each Borrower agrees that it will be a default hereunder if
the  investment  adviser set forth  opposite the  Borrower's  name on Appendix I
ceases to be its  investment  adviser,  or the  Borrower  changes its  Custodian
without  the  consent  of the  Bank,  which  consent  will  not be  unreasonably
withheld.

Notwithstanding  any provision to the contrary contained herein,  each Loan made
to a  Borrower  shall be made only with  respect to that  Borrower  and shall be
repaid solely from the assets of that Borrower,  or a series of that Borrower as
the case may be, and the Bank shall have no right of recourse or offset,  or any
other right  whatsoever,  against the assets of any other series of the Borrower
or any other  Borrower  with  respect  to such Loan or any  default  in  respect
thereof. A default by any Borrower shall not, by itself, constitute a default by
any other Borrower hereunder.  A default by a Borrower under the Leveraging Line
of Credit  shall  constitute a default by that  Borrower and only that  Borrower
under the Uncommitted Line of Credit.  Similarly,  a default by a Borrower under
the Uncommitted  Line of Credit shall also constitute a default by that Borrower
and only that Borrower under the Leveraging Line of Credit.

As an inducement to the Bank to extend the Leveraging Line of Credit, and at any
time Loans are  outstanding  to a Borrower or at any time a Loan Request is made
by that Borrower, that Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank as to itself
and not as to any other Borrower that:

    1. The Borrower is, or is a series of a corporation, duly organized, validly
    existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  the  state  of  its
    organization and has all corporate powers and all


<PAGE>



    governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to 
    carry on its business as
    now conducted;

    2.  Neither the Bank nor any  affiliate of the Bank  individually  or in the
    aggregate owns,  controls or holds with the power to vote, 5% or more of the
    outstanding  shares of the Borrower or any  affiliate of the  Borrower,  and
    neither  the  Borrower  nor  any  affiliate  of the  Borrower,  directly  or
    indirectly,  individually or in the aggregate,  owns, controls or holds with
    the power to vote, 5% or more of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the
    Bank or any affiliate of the Bank known to the Borrower;

    3.  Neither the  Borrower nor any  affiliate  of the  Borrower,  directly or
    indirectly,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  controls  or,  to the best
    knowledge  of the  Borrower  after due inquiry,  is  controlled  by or under
    common  control  of the  Bank or any  affiliate  of the  Bank  known  to the
    Borrower.  Furthermore,  no  officer,  director,  trustee or employee of the
    Borrower or any  affiliate  of the Borrower is an  affiliated  person of the
    Bank or of any affiliate of the Bank known to the Borrower;

    4.  The Borrower has no subsidiaries;

    5. The  Borrower is not a member of an ERISA group and has no  liability  in
    respect of any benefit  arrangement,  plan or multi-employer plan subject to
    ERISA;

    6. The Borrower  qualifies as a "regulated  investment  company"  within the
    meaning of the Internal  Revenue  Code,  and as such,  because it intends to
    timely  distribute  all  its  income   (including   capital  gains)  to  its
    shareholders, its income will not be subject to tax at the trust level under
    the Internal  Revenue Code. The Borrower has filed all United States Federal
    income tax returns and all other  material tax returns which are required to
    be filed by it and has  paid all  taxes  due  pursuant  to such  returns  or
    pursuant to any assessment received by the Borrower.  The charges,  accruals
    and  reserves  on the Books of the  Borrower  in  respect  of taxes or other
    governmental charges are, in the opinion of the Borrower, adequate;

    7. All  information  heretofore  furnished  by the  Borrower to the Bank for
    purposes  of or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or  any  transaction
    contemplated hereby is, and all such information  hereafter furnished by the
    Borrower to the Bank will be, true and accurate in all material  respects on
    the date as of which such  information is stated or certified.  The Borrower
    has disclosed to the Bank in writing any and all facts which, to the best of
    the Borrower's knowledge after due inquiry,  materially and adversely affect
    or may affect (to the extent the Borrower can now reasonably  foresee),  the
    business,  operations or financial  condition of the Borrower or the ability
    of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Note;

    8. The  execution,  delivery and  performance  of all of the  agreements and
    instruments in connection  with the Leveraging Line of Credit are within the
    Borrower's  power and  authority  and have been  authorized by all necessary
    proceedings  and  will  not  contravene  any  provision  of  the  Borrower's
    organizational  documents, by laws, then-current Prospectus and Statement of
    Additional Information (or 1940 Act registration  statement, as the case may
    be) or any agreement or undertaking binding upon the Borrower;

    9. There is no litigation,  proceeding or investigation  pending,  or to the
    knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower, which would have
    a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Borrower's  ability  to carry  out its
    obligations hereunder or under the Note;



<PAGE>



      10. The Borrower has statutory  authority to enter into this Agreement and
      any loan requests  hereunder  will not result in an aggregate of all loans
      outstanding  which  exceed  the  limits  permitted  under  the  Borrower's
      then-current  Prospectus and Statement of Additional  Information (or 1940
      Act  registration  statement,  as the case may be),  the 1940 Act,  or any
      applicable  rule,  regulation,  statute or Leverage  Covenant,  as defined
      herein;

      11. The Borrower is a registered  management  investment company under the
      1940 Act and the  shares  of  common  stock  of each  Borrower  have  been
      registered  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  the Securities
      Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  and  applicable  state  securities  or
      so-called "Blue Sky" laws; and

      12. The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with applicable
      law, including the 1940 Act and Federal Reserve Regulation U.

Upon the occurrence of any of the following  events,  a Borrower shall be deemed
to be in default under this Agreement:

    1. Failure of a Borrower to make payment when due of any Loan;  or available
    cash in the deposit  account is  insufficient to repay any Loan due the Bank
    by the Borrower;

    2. Breach or failure to perform by the  Borrower of any terms or  conditions
    as set forth in this  Agreement,  or any  obligation  of the Borrower to the
    Bank;

    3. If any  representation,  statement  or warranty  made or furnished in any
    manner to the Bank by the Borrower in connection  with this Agreement or the
    Loan was false in any material respect when made or furnished;

    4. A material adverse change in the business, assets, financial condition or
    prospects for that particular  Borrower (but no such adverse change shall be
    deemed to have  occurred  as a result of a decline in net  assets  resulting
    from redemptions by shareholders or investors or as a result of a decline in
    the value of the securities held by the Borrower),  as reasonably determined
    by the Bank, has occurred;

    5. A material  adverse  change,  as reasonably  determined by the Bank shall
    have occurred in the facts or information disclosed to the Bank or otherwise
    relied on by the Bank in considering requests hereunder;

    6. If, by reason of any  default  by the  Borrower,  any  obligation  of the
    Borrower to any other  person or entity for money  borrowed or on account of
    any bond, note or debenture is accelerated prior to maturity;

    7. Upon termination of existence,  insolvency, business failure, appointment
    of a receiver of any part of the property of the  Borrower,  assignment  for
    the benefit of creditors by, the calling of a meeting of  creditors,  or the
    commencement of any voluntary or involuntary proceeding under any bankruptcy
    or insolvency laws by or against the Borrower or any co-maker, accommodation
    maker, surety, or guarantor of the Borrower,  or entry of any final judgment
    or order  against them for the payment of money in excess of $500,000  shall
    be rendered  against the  Borrower  and such  judgment or order shall remain
    unsatisfied, undischarged, or unstayed for a period of 10 days; or



<PAGE>



    8. Upon the  issuance of or notice of any tax levy,  attachment,  by trustee
    process or otherwise,  levy of execution or other process issued against the
    Borrower.

Upon the  occurrence  of any of the events  specified in the  preceding  section
hereof, or at any time thereafter,  the Bank may, at its option,  terminate this
Agreement and declare any Loans made to such Borrower under the Leveraging  Line
of Credit to be  immediately  due and payable.  The Bank shall  thereafter  have
available  to it all other  rights and  remedies  hereunder,  or under any other
agreement  or paper  executed by the  Borrower,  or  available to the Bank under
applicable  law.  Furthermore,  the Borrower  authorizes IFTC in its capacity as
Custodian to the Borrower,  in accordance with the Instruction and  Confirmation
Certificate  affixed hereto as Exhibit V, to dispose of the Borrower's assets as
selected by the Borrower's  investment  adviser to the extent necessary to repay
all amounts due to the Bank.

Any Borrower may terminate the Leveraging Line of Credit by giving five (5) days
irrevocable  prior  written  notice to the Bank and repaying in full all amounts
then outstanding to it under the Leveraging Line of Credit or the Note.

The Bank agrees that prior to assigning to any other lender (but not the Federal
Reserve Bank) any of its rights and  obligations  under the  Leveraging  Line of
Credit or the Note, or granting to any other lender any  participation in any of
such rights and  obligations,  the Bank will obtain the Borrowers' prior written
consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld.

Copies of all notices and  confirmations  hereunder  and under the Note shall be
sent to the Bank at its address above,  Attention:  Edward A. Siegel,  Assistant
Vice  President,  and to a Borrower at its address on the signature page hereto,
to the attention of the person  signing on behalf of that  Borrower,  or to such
other address or person for notice as the parties  shall have last  furnished in
writing to the person giving the notice.

Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given or made and to
have become effective (i) if delivered by hand,  overnight  courier or facsimile
to a  responsible  officer of the party to which it is directed,  at the time of
receipt  thereof by such  officer or the sending of such  facsimile  and (ii) if
sent by registered or certified  first-class mail, postage prepaid, on the third
business day following the mailing thereof.



<PAGE>



This Agreement shall take effect as a sealed instrument and shall be governed by
the  laws  (other  than  the  conflict  of law  rules)  of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.  The Agreement and the Note  constitute the entire  understanding
between  the  Borrowers  and the Bank on this  subject and  supersede  all prior
discussions. If the foregoing satisfactorily sets forth the terms and conditions
of the Leveraging Line of Credit, please execute and return the enclosed copy of
this  Agreement  together  with the enclosed  documents  and the opinion of your
outside counsel concerning this transaction.

                              Sincerely,

                              STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


                              By:  ____________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

ACCEPTED:

Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.
Midas Fund, Inc.



By:  __________________________
       Name:
       Title:

Address:

11 Hanover Square
New York, New York 10005



<PAGE>



                                                  APPENDIX I


BORROWERS:


                         BORROWER                  Investment Adviser
Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.                    Midas Management Corporation
Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.            Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.  Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.            Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.               Bull & Bear Advisers, Inc.
Midas Fund, Inc.                                   Midas Management Corporation
- ---------------------------



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT I

                              LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN
                                  REQUEST FORM



DATE:
            -----------------------------------------------------------------

TO:                         STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
           -------------------------------------------------------------------

ATTN:                       Chuck Reid/Ned Siegel
                            facsimile:  (617) 537-2663
                           ----------------------------------------

FROM:                       [insert borrower]
                            -----------------------------------------

ON BEHALF OF:               [insert fund name, if a series]
                            -----------------------------------------------


SUBJECT:

In connection with the Agreement dated July 1, 1997 with State Street Bank and 
Trust Company, please increase or reduce the outstanding balance as indicated 
below.  The Loan should be recorded on the books of the Borrower to the Bank and
 interest payable to the Bank should be recorded at the agreed upon rate.


    Increase/                Cumulative Balance Outstanding    Total Assets
    (Decrease)
Date                   the Loan by

                       $                  $                   $
- -------------          ---------          -----------         -------------

Further, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants that:

              Proceeds from the advance shall be limited to conform with the 
usage specified in the Agreement, and

              The Borrower is in compliance with all the terms and conditions in
the Agreement.



By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
              ---------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT II

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


$28,000,000                                                         July 1, 1997
                                                           Boston, Massachusetts



     For  value  received,   each  of  the  undersigned,   (each  herein  called
"Borrower"),  severally and not jointly hereby promise(s) to pay to the order of
State Street Bank and Trust  Company  (herein  called  "Bank") at the  principal
office of Bank at 225 Franklin  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02110,  or such
other place as the holder hereof shall designate

                               $28 MILLION DOLLARS

or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of all loans made by the Bank to the
applicable  Borrower  pursuant  to the  Agreement  dated  July  1,  1997 as such
agreement  may be amended,  extended or replaced,  as evidenced on the books and
records of the Bank,  together  with  interest on each loan at the rate or rates
per annum set forth in the Agreement.

     Interest on the unpaid balance of each loan shall be payable monthly in 
arrears, at the rate per annum set forth in the Agreement.  Interest shall be 
calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360-day year.  Overdue 
payments of principal (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise)
 shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a fluctuating interest rate per 
annum equal to 2% (two percent), above the Prime Rate in effect from time to 
time.  "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of
interest announced by the Bank in Boston, Massachusetts from time to time as its
 "Prime Rate".

     All loans hereunder and all payments on account of principal and interest 
hereof shall be recorded on the books and records of the Bank.  The entries on 
the books and records of the Bank (including any appearing on this Note) shall 
be prima facie evidence of amounts outstanding hereunder, absent manifest error.

     The obligations of each Borrower under this Note are several and not joint.
  The principal amount of the Leveraging Line of Credit made for use by a 
particular Borrower and interest thereon shall be paid or repaid solely from the
 assets of such Borrower, and the Bank shall have no right of recourse or 
offset, or any other right whatsoever, against the assets of any other Borrower.
  A default by any particular Borrower shall not, by itself, constitute a 
default by any other Borrower hereunder.

     Each Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all 
other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, 
performance, default or enforcement hereof and consents that this Note may be 
extended from time to time and that no extension or other indulgence and no
substitution, release or surrender of collateral shall discharge or otherwise 
affect the liability of the Borrower.  No delay or omission on the part of the
Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall
operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right hereunder, and a waiver 
of any such right on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or 
waiver of any such right on any future occasion.  "Holder" means the payee or 
any endorsee of this Note who is in possession of it.

     This Note shall take effect as a sealed instrument and shall be governed by
the  laws  (other  than  the  conflict  of law  rules)  of The  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

                           Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
                           Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.
                           Midas Fund, Inc.


                           By: _______________________
                                 Name:
                                 Title:
                                 Date:




<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT III

                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE


I,  _______________________  , do  hereby  certify  that I am the  duly  elected
Secretary   of   ____________________________________________   ,   a   Maryland
corporation (the  "Corporation"),  and that as such officer,  I am authorized to
execute and deliver this  Certificate on behalf of the Trust. In that capacity I
do hereby further certify as follows:

1.  Attached hereto as Exhibit A is full, true and correct copy of the C
ertificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and said Certificate of 
Incorporation remains in full force and effect on the date hereof;
                       ---------

2.  Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a full, true and correct copy of the By-Laws
 of the Corporation, and said By-Laws remain in full force and effect as of the
date hereof;
                       ---------

3.  Attached hereto as Exhibit C are true, correct and complete copies of the 
votes adopted by the Board of the Corporation on, 199_ , authorizing the 
Borrower to borrow from time to time in accordance with the terms described in 
this Agreement, which resolutions are in full force and effect and have not been
 amended, modified, revoked or rescinded as of the date hereof;
                          -----------------------

4. Attached hereto as Exhibit D are full, true and correct copies of the current
prospectus and statement of additional information for the Corporation;

5.  Attached hereto as Exhibit E and F are full, true and correct copies of the 
Annual Report to Shareholders dated, 199_ , and Semi-Annual Report to 
Shareholders dated,    199_ , and
                                               ---------

6.  The following are the duly elected, qualified and acting officers of the C
orporation, holding the offices set forth below their respective names, and the
signature of each such officer (where set forth hereon) is such officer's true 
and genuine signature:

                                    ------------------------------

                                    ------------------------------

                                    ------------------------------

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set  forth  my hand  this  ____  day of
__________, 199__

Name:___________________________

The undersigned being the _____________________ of the Corporation,  DOES HEREBY
CERTIFY THAT  _________________________  is duly  elected,  qualified and acting
Secretary of the  Corporation  and that the signature set forth above is his/her
true and genuine signature.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set  forth my hand  this  _____  day of
__________, 199__.


                                                  EXHIBIT IV

                                           LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL





<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT V


                    INSTRUCTION AND CONFIRMATION CERTIFICATE

                              BORROWER'S LETTERHEAD

                                  July 1, 1997


                TO:  Investors Fiduciary Trust Company
             127 West Tenth Street
             Kansas City, MO 64105

      RE:  Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
      Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
      Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
      Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
      Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.
      Midas Fund, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter  serves as  confirmation  that the mutual funds listed in Appendix I
(each,  a "Borrower")  are  authorized  under the  Leveraging  Line of Credit to
borrow in the  aggregate  up to $28  million  from State  Street  Bank and Trust
Company, as lender (the "Bank").

Pursuant to the terms  contained  in an  Agreement  dated July 1, 1997 each Loan
made to the Borrower shall be made only with respect to a specific  Borrower and
shall be repaid solely from the assets of that Borrower, and the Bank shall have
no right of  recourse  or offset,  or any other  right  whatsoever,  against the
assets of any other Borrower with respect to such Loan or any default in respect
thereof.

Investors Fiduciary Trust Company ("IFTC"),  in its capacity as custodian of the
Borrower  (the  "Custodian"),  under the  Custodian  Contract  (s)  between  the
Borrower  and  IFTC,  dated  __________________________  ,  19___  ,  is  hereby
authorized and directed by the Borrower to dispose of the  Borrower's  assets as
selected by the Borrower's  investment  adviser to the extent necessary to repay
all amounts due to the Bank to the extent that the Loans have not been paid when
due or if a default occurs as defined in the Agreement dated July 1, 1997.

The Custodian is hereby directed to act on any written instructions you receive 
from the Bank with respect to the disposal of the Borrower's assets to 
accomplish the foregoing.  These instructions may not be amended or terminated 
without the prior written consent of the Bank.





<PAGE>



IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  has duly caused these  instructions to be
executed on this _____ day of ________, 19___.


                             Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
                             Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                             Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
                             Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
                             Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.
                             Midas Fund, Inc.


                                    By: ___________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


IFTC,  by signing  below,  acknowledges  receipt of, and hereby agrees to accept
instructions in accordance with the foregoing confirmation.

INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY

By: ____________________________
      Name:
     Title:



<PAGE>



                                      EXECUTION COPY OF PROMISSORY NOTE



<PAGE>



                                               PROMISSORY NOTE


$28,000,000                                                    July 1, 1997
                                                         Boston, Massachusetts


     For  value  received,   each  of  the  undersigned,   (each  herein  called
"Borrower"),  severally and not jointly hereby promise(s) to pay to the order of
State Street Bank and Trust  Company  (herein  called  "Bank") at the  principal
office of Bank at 225 Franklin  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02110,  or such
other place as the holder hereof shall designate

                               $28 MILLION DOLLARS

or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of all loans made by the Bank to the
applicable  Borrower  pursuant  to the  Agreement  dated July 1,  1997,  as such
agreement  may be amended,  extended or replaced,  as evidenced on the books and
records of the Bank,  together  with  interest on each loan at the rate or rates
per annum set forth in the Agreement.

     Interest on the unpaid balance of each loan shall be payable monthly in 
arrears, at the rate per annum set forth in the Agreement.  Interest shall be 
calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360-day year.  Overdue 
payments of principal (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise)
 shall bear interest, payable on demand, at a fluctuating interest rate per 
annum equal to 2% (two percent), above the Prime Rate in effect from time to 
time.  "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of
interest announced by the Bank in Boston, Massachusetts from time to time as its
 "Prime Rate".

     All loans hereunder and all payments on account of principal and interest 
hereof shall be recorded on the books and records of the Bank.  The entries on 
the books and records of the Bank (including any appearing on this Note) shall 
be prima facie evidence of amounts outstanding hereunder, absent manifest error.

     The obligations of each Borrower under this Note are several and not joint.
  The principal amount of the Leveraging Line of Credit made for use by a 
particular Borrower and interest thereon shall be paid or repaid solely from the
 assets of such Borrower, and the Bank shall have no right of recourse or offset
, or any other right whatsoever, against the assets of any other Borrower.  
A default by any particular Borrower shall not, by itself, constitute a default 
by any other Borrower hereunder.

     Each Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all 
other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, 
performance, default or enforcement hereof and consents that this Note may be 
extended from time to time and that no extension or other indulgence and no 
substitution, release or surrender of collateral shall discharge or otherwise 
affect the liability of the Borrower.  No delay or omission on the part of the 
Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall
operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right hereunder, and a waiver 
of any such right on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or 
waiver of any such right on any future occasion.  "Holder" means the payee or 
any endorsee of this Note who is in possession of it.



     This Note shall take effect as a sealed instrument and shall be governed by
the  laws  (other  than  the  conflict  of law  rules)  of The  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.


                           Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
                           Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
                           Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.
                           Midas Fund, Inc.


                           By: _______________________
                                 Name:
                                 Title:
                                 Date:




<PAGE>



                                   EXECUTION COPY OF OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE




<PAGE>



                                            OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE


I,  _______________________  , do  hereby  certify  that I am the  duly  elected
Secretary   of   ____________________________________________   ,   a   Maryland
corporation (the  "Corporation"),  and that as such officer,  I am authorized to
execute and deliver this  Certificate on behalf of the Trust. In that capacity I
do hereby further certify as follows:

1.  Attached hereto as Exhibit A is full, true and correct copy of the 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, and said Certificate of 
Incorporation remains in full force and effect on the date hereof;
                       ---------

2.  Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a full, true and correct copy of the By-Law
 of the Corporation, and said By-Laws remain in full force and effect as of the 
date hereof;
                       ---------

3.  Attached hereto as Exhibit C are true, correct and complete copies of the
votes adopted by the Board of the Corporation on, 199_ , authorizing the 
Borrower to borrow from time to time in accordance with the terms described in 
this Agreement, which resolutions are in full force and effect and have not been
 amended, modified, revoked or rescinded as of the date hereof;
                                            

4. Attached hereto as Exhibit D are full, true and correct copies of the current
prospectus and statement of additional information for the Corporation;

5.  Attached hereto as Exhibit E and F are full, true and correct copies of the 
Annual Report to Shareholders dated, 199_  , and Semi-Annual Report to 
Shareholders dated,    199_ , and
                  --------------

6.  The following are the duly elected, qualified and acting officers of the
Corporation, holding the offices set forth below their respective names, and the
 signature of each such officer (where set forth hereon) is such officer's true 
and genuine signature:

                                    ------------------------------

                                    ------------------------------

                                    ------------------------------

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set  forth  my hand  this  ____  day of
__________, 199__

Name:___________________________

The undersigned being the _____________________ of the Corporation,  DOES HEREBY
CERTIFY THAT  _________________________  is duly  elected,  qualified and acting
Secretary of the  Corporation  and that the signature set forth above is his/her
true and genuine signature.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set  forth my hand  this  _____  day of
__________, 199__.




<PAGE>



           EXECUTION COPY OF INSTRUCTION AND CONFIRMATION CERTIFICATE

                       (MUST BE ON BORROWER'S LETTERHEAD)




<PAGE>


                                           REGULATION U ATTACHMENT


List of Borrowers which may purchase or carry margin stock:

              Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
              Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
              Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.
              Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
              Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.
              Midas Fund, Inc.






                   SECURITIES LENDING AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

                                     Between

                      THE CLIENTS IDENTIFIED ON SCHEDULE A

                                       and

                       STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY





w:client\BULLBEA1.doc
(MUTUALSB)


<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                         PAGE
1.       APPOINTMENT OF STATE STREET....................................   1

2.       SECURITIES TO BE LOANED........................................   1

3.       BORROWERS......................................................   2

4.       SECURITIES Loan AGREEMENTS.....................................   3

5.       LOANS OF AVAILABLE SECURITIES..................................   4

6.       DISTRIBUTIONS ON AND VOTING RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO
         LOANED SECURITIES..............................................   4

7.       COLLATERAL.....................................................   5

8.       COMPENSATION FOR THE CLIENT AND STATE STREET...................   6

9        FEE DISCLOSURE.................................................   7

10.      RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTS.....................................   7

11.      STANDARD OF CARE...............................................   8

12.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.................................   8

13.      DEFINITIONS....................................................   9

14.      CONTINUING AGREEMENT; TERMINATION; REMEDIES....................   10

15.      NOTICES........................................................   10

16.      MISCELLANEOUS..................................................   11

17.      SECURITIES INVESTORS PROTECTION ACT............................   11

18.      MODIFICATION...................................................   12


<PAGE>




                             EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

EXHIBIT 3.1

EXHIBIT 3.2

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE B

SCHEDULE 7.1


<PAGE>





                   SECURITIES LENDING AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

Agreement dated the ____ day of  ______________,  1997 THE CLIENTS IDENTIFIED ON
SCHEDULE A (each a "Client" or collectively,  "Clients"),  and STATE STREET BANK
AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company ("State Street"), setting forth
the terms and conditions under which State Street is authorized to act on behalf
of the Client with  respect to the lending of certain  securities  of the Client
held by State Street as trustee, agent or custodian.

Each undersigned  Client,  whether  organized as a portfolio,  series,  class of
shares, or otherwise, shall be regarded for all purposes hereunder as a separate
party apart from each other. Unless the context otherwise requires, with respect
to every transaction covered by this Agreement,  every reference herein shall be
deemed  to relate  solely to the  particular  client to which  such  transaction
relates.  Under no circumstances shall the rights,  obligations or remedies with
respect  to a  particular  Client  constitute  a  right,  obligation  or  remedy
applicable to any other Client.  The use of this single  document to memorialize
the separate  agreement of each Client is  understood  to be for  administrative
convenience  only and shall not constitute any basis for joining the Clients for
any reason.

Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 13.

The Client and State Street, as the parties hereto, hereby agree as follows:

1. Appointment of State Street. The Clients hereby authorize State Street as its
agent to lend Available  Securities to Borrowers in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement.  State Street shall have the  responsibility and authority to do
or cause to be done all acts  State  Street  shall  determine  to be  desirable,
necessary,  or appropriate to implement and administer this  securities  lending
program.  Client agrees that State Street is acting as a fully  disclosed  agent
and not as principal in connection with the securities  lending  program.  State
Street may take action as agent of the Client on an  undisclosed  or a disclosed
basis.  State Street is also hereby  authorized to request a third party bank to
undertake  certain  custodial  functions  in  connection  with  holding  of  the
Collateral  provided by a Borrower  pursuant to the terms hereof.  In connection
therewith,  State Street may instruct said third party to establish and maintain
a  Borrower's  account  and a  State  Street  account  wherein  all  Collateral,
including  cash shall be maintained  by said third party in accordance  with the
terms of a form of custodial arrangement which shall also be consistent with the
terms hereof.

         2.  Securities  to be Loaned.  State  Street acts or will act as agent,
trustee or custodian  of certain  securities  owned by the  Clients.  All of the
Clients' securities held by State Street as agent, trustee or custodian shall be
subject to this securities lending program and constitute  Available  Securities
hereunder,  except those securities  which the Client or the Investment  Manager
specifically  identifies  in  notices  to State  Street as not  being  Available
Securities.  In the absence of any such notice identifying  specific securities,
State Street shall have no authority or responsibility  for determining  whether
any of the Client's securities should be excluded from the lending program.

3. Borrowers.  The Available Securities may be loaned to any Borrower identified
on the Schedule of Borrowers, as such Schedule may be modified from time to time
by State Street and Client,  including without  limitation,  the Capital Markets
division of State Street; provided,  however, if Available Securities are loaned
to the Capital Markets division,  in addition to being consistent with the terms
hereof, said Loan shall be made in accordance with


<PAGE>



the terms of the Securities  Loan Agreement  attached  hereto as Exhibit 3.1, as
modified  form  time  to  time  in  accordance   with  the   provisions   hereof
(hereinafter,  the "State Street  Securities Loan  Agreement").  The form of the
State Street Securities Loan Agreement may be modified by State Street from time
to time,  without  the  consent  of the  Client,  in order  to  comply  with the
requirements of law or any regulatory  authority having  jurisdiction over State
Street, the Client or the securities lending program or in any other manner that
is not material and adverse to the interests of the Client.

Client  acknowledges  that it is aware that State  Street,  acting as  "Lender's
Agent" hereunder and thereunder, is or may be deemed to be the same legal entity
as State Street  acting as  "Borrower"  under the State Street  Securities  Loan
Agreement, notwithstanding the different designations used herein and therein or
the dual  roles  assumed  by  State  Street  hereunder  and  thereunder.  Client
represents that the power granted herein to State Street, as agent, to lend U.S.
Securities  owned by Client  (including,  in legal effect,  the power granted to
State  Street to make Loans to  itself)  and the other  powers  granted to State
Street,  as agent  herein,  are given  expressly for the purpose of averting and
waiving  any  prohibitions  upon such  lending or other  exercise of such powers
which might exist in the absence of such powers, and that transactions  effected
pursuant  to  and in  compliance  with  this  Agreement  and  the  State  Street
Securities  Loan  Agreement  will  not  constitute  a  breach  of trust or other
fiduciary duty by State Street.

 Client  further  acknowledges  that it has  granted  State  Street the power to
effect  securities  lending  transactions  with the Capital Markets  division of
State Street and other powers  assigned to State Street  hereunder and under the
Securities Loan  Agreements and the State Street  Securities Loan Agreement as a
result of Client's  desire to increase the opportunity for it to lend securities
held in its account on fair and reasonable terms to qualified  Borrowers without
such loans  being  considered  a breach of State  Street's  fiduciary  duty.  In
connection  therewith,  each party  hereby  agrees that it shall  furnish to the
other party (i) the most recent  available  audited  statement of its  financial
condition,  and  (ii) the  most  recent  available  unaudited  statement  of its
financial condition,  if more recent than the audited statement.  As long as any
Loan is outstanding under this Agreement, each party shall also promptly deliver
to  the  other  party  all  such  financial  information  that  is  subsequently
available,  and any other  financial  information or statements  that such other
party may reasonably request.

In the event any such Loan is made to the Capital Markets division, State Street
hereby  covenants  and agrees for the benefit of the Clients that it has adopted
and implemented  procedural  safeguards to help ensure that all actions taken by
it  hereunder  will be effected  by  individuals  other than,  and not under the
supervision of, individuals who are acting in a capacity as Borrower thereunder,
and that  all  trades  effected  hereunder  will  take  place at the same  fully
negotiated  "arms length" prices offered to similarly  situated third parties by
State  Street  when it acts  as  lending  agent,  notwithstanding  the  inherent
conflict of interest with respect to Loans to be effected by State Street to the
Capital Markets division.

In the event  Client  approves  lending  to  borrowers  resident  in the  United
Kingdom,  Client shall  complete Part 1 of the document known as a "MOD-2 form,"
which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.2.

In the event that securities  lending activity is undertaken  through its London
office,  State Street  becomes  subject to additional  regulation in the UK, and
State Street is obliged to notify Client of the following matters:

i.       State Street shall make available to Client established procedures in
accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Futures Authority for


<PAGE>



the effective consideration of complaints concerning State Street's activities
carried on in the UK.

ii.  Where a  liability  in one  currency  is to be  matched  by an  asset  in a
different currency, or where an investment  transaction relates to an investment
denominated in a currency other than sterling,  a movement of exchange rates may
have a separate  effect,  favorable  or  unfavorable,  on the gain or loss which
would otherwise be experienced on the investment.

iii.  State Street or an affiliate  may have an interest that is material to the
investment  or  transaction  concerned  and  neither  State  Street nor any such
affiliate  shall be obliged to disclose  such  interest or account to Client for
any profits or benefits made or derived by it or any of its associates  from any
such transaction.

iv.  Any  assets  which  State  Street  holds in the form of money  shall not be
treated by State Street as Clients'  Money as defined by The Financial  Services
(Client Money)  Regulations 1991 of the United Kingdom as amended (the "Clients'
Money  Regulations")  and will not be held in accordance with the Clients' Money
Regulations  or such other  regulations  as shall amend or replace the  Clients'
Money Regulations from time to time.

4. Securities Loan Agreements.  The Client authorizes State Street to enter into
one or more Securities Loan Agreements with such Borrowers as may be selected by
State  Street.  Each  Securities  Loan  Agreement  shall  have  such  terms  and
conditions as State Street may  negotiate  with the  Borrower,  however  certain
terms of individual loans,  including rebate fees to be paid to the Borrower for
the use of cash Collateral, shall be negotiated at the time a loan is made.

         5. Loans of Available Securities.  State Street shall have authority to
make Loans of Available Securities to Borrowers,  and to deliver such securities
to Borrowers. State Street shall be responsible for determining whether any such
Loan shall be made, and for negotiating and  establishing the terms of each such
Loan.  State  Street  shall  have the  authority  to  terminate  any Loan in its
discretion, at any time and without prior notice to the Client.

The  Client  acknowledges  that  State  Street  administers  securities  lending
programs  for  other  clients  of  State  Street.  State  Street  will  allocate
securities  lending  opportunities  among  its  clients,  using  reasonable  and
equitable  methods  established by State Street from time to time.  State Street
does not  represent  or warrant  that any amount or  percentage  of the Client's
Available Securities will in fact be loaned to Borrowers.  Client agrees that it
shall  have no claim  against  State  Street  and  State  Street  shall  have no
liability  arising from, based on, or relating to, loans made for other clients,
or loan opportunities  refused  hereunder,  whether or not State Street has made
fewer or more  loans  for any  other  client,  and  whether  or not any loan for
another client,  or the opportunity  refused,  could have resulted in loans made
under this Agreement.

The  Client  also  acknowledges  that,  under  the  applicable  Securities  Loan
Agreements,   Borrowers  will  not  be  required  to  return  Loaned  Securities
immediately upon receipt of notice from State Street  terminating the applicable
Loan, but instead will be required to return such Loaned  Securities within such
period  of  time  following  such  notice  as is  specified  in  the  applicable
Securities  Loan  Agreement.  Upon  receiving  a notice  from the  Client or the
Investment  Manager  that  Available  Securities  which  have  been  loaned to a
Borrower should no longer be considered Available Securities (whether because of
the sale of such securities or otherwise), State Street shall use its reasonable
efforts to notify promptly thereafter the Borrower which has


<PAGE>



borrowed such securities that the Loan of such securities is terminated and that
such  securities are to be returned  within the time specified by the applicable
Securities Loan Agreement.

6.  Distributions  on and Voting Rights with Respect to Loaned  Securities.  The
Client  represents and warrants that it is the beneficial owner of (or exercises
complete investment  discretion over) all Available Securities free and clear of
all liens, claims,  security interests and encumbrances and no such security has
been sold,  and that it is  entitled to receive  all  distributions  made by the
issuer  with  respect  to  Loaned  Securities.  Except as  provided  in the next
sentence, all interest,  dividends, and other distributions paid with respect to
Loaned  Securities  shall be credited to the  Client's  account on the date such
amounts are delivered by the Borrower to State Street. Any non-cash distribution
on Loaned Securities which is in the nature of a stock split or a stock dividend
shall be added  to the Loan  (and  shall  be  considered  to  constitute  Loaned
Securities)  as of the  date  such  non-cash  distribution  is  received  by the
Borrower;  provided that the Client (or Investment Manager) may, by giving State
Street  ten (l0)  Business  Days'  notice  prior  to the  date of such  non-cash
distribution,  direct State  Street to request  that the  Borrower  deliver such
non-cash  distribution  to State Street,  pursuant to the applicable  Securities
Loan  Agreement,   in  which  case  State  Street  shall  credit  such  non-cash
distribution  to the  Client's  account  on the  date it is  delivered  to State
Street.

The Client  acknowledges  that it will not be  entitled  to  participate  in any
dividend  reinvestment program or to vote with respect to securities that are on
loan on the applicable record date for such securities.

The Client also acknowledges that any payments of distributions from Borrower to
Client are in  substitution  for the  interest  or  dividend  accrued or paid in
respect of Loaned  Securities  and that the tax  treatment  of such  payment may
differ from the tax treatment of such interest or dividend.

If an installment,  call or rights issue becomes payable on or in respect of any
Loaned  Securities,  State Street shall use all  reasonable  endeavors to ensure
that any timely instructions from the Client are complied with, but State Street
shall not be required to make any payment  unless the Client has first placed it
in funds to make such payment.

7. Collateral. The Client authorizes State Street to receive and to hold, on the
Client's  behalf,  Collateral  from  Borrowers  to  secure  the  obligations  of
Borrowers  with respect to any loan of  securities  made on behalf of the Client
pursuant to the Securities Loan  Agreements.  All investments of cash Collateral
shall be for the account and risk of the Client.  Concurrently with the delivery
of the Loaned  Securities  to the  Borrower  under any Loan,  State Street shall
receive from the Borrower Collateral in any of the forms listed on Schedule 7.1.
Said  Schedule  may be amended  from time to time by State  Street upon  written
notice to the Client. With respect to foreign cash Collateral, State Street will
provide Client with a multicurrency investment vehicle through which the foreign
cash will be converted to U.S. dollars and invested pursuant to Section 8 hereof
(MCIV").  Client acknowledges that State Street, in providing MCIV, will receive
additional compensation by earning a spread on the foreign currency conversions.
Such  Collateral  shall have a Market Value of not less than one hundred percent
(l00%) of the Market Value of the Loaned  Securities.  Thereafter,  State Street
shall take such action as is appropriate  with respect to the  Collateral  under
the applicable Securities Loan Agreement.

         The Collateral shall be returned to Borrower at the termination of the
Loan upon the return of the Loaned Securities by Borrower to State Street in
accordance with the applicable Securities Loan Agreement.  State Street shall


<PAGE>



invest  cash  Collateral  in  accordance  with  any  directions,  including  any
limitations  established by the Client in a writing identified to this Agreement
and acknowledged in writing by State Street and shall exercise  reasonable care,
skill,  diligence and prudence in the investment of  Collateral.  Subject to the
foregoing  limits and standard of care,  State Street does not assume any market
or investment risk of loss with respect to the currency  conversions  associated
with the use of MCIV or the  investment of cash  Collateral  and if, at any time
during the term of any Loan,  the value of the cash  Collateral  so  invested is
insufficient  to return the rebate fee (i.e.,  the return to the Borrower),  the
full amount of the  Collateral,  U.S.  dollar or  otherwise or any and all other
amounts due to such Borrower  pursuant to the Securities Loan Agreement,  Client
shall be solely  responsible  for such  shortfall  and  hereby  agrees to pay an
amount equal to such shortfall to State Street. In addition,  State Street shall
be entitled to charge  Client's  accounts for such shortfall in accordance  with
Section 8.

8.  Compensation  for the Client and State Street.  To the extent that a Loan is
secured by cash  Collateral,  such  Collateral,  including  money  received with
respect  to the  investment  of  the  same,  or  upon  the  maturity,  sale,  or
liquidation of any such investments,  shall be invested by State Street, subject
to the directions  referred to above, if any, in short-term  instruments,  short
term investment funds maintained by State Street,  money market mutual funds and
such other  investments  as State  Street may from time to time to time  select,
including without  limitation  investments in obligations or other securities of
State Street or of any State Street  affiliate and investments in any short-term
investment  fund,  mutual fund,  securities  lending  trust or other  collective
investment fund with respect to which State Street and/or its affiliates provide
investment management or advisory, trust, custody, transfer agency,  shareholder
servicing and/or other services for which they are compensated.

The Client acknowledges that interests in such mutual funds,  securities lending
trusts and other collective  investment  funds, to which State Street and/or one
or more of its  affiliates  provide  services are not  guaranteed  or insured by
State  Street  or any of its  affiliates  or by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation or any government  agency. The Client hereby authorizes State Street
to purchase or sell  investments  of cash  Collateral to or from other  accounts
held by State Street or its affiliates.

The net income  generated  by any  investment  made  pursuant  to the  preceding
paragraph of this Section 8 shall be allocated among the Borrower, State Street,
and the Client,  as follows:  (a) a portion of such income  shall be paid to the
Borrower in accordance  with the agreement  negotiated  between the Borrower and
State Street;  (b) the balance,  if any, shall be split between State Street [as
compensation for its services in connection with this securities lending program
and the Client [as such income  shall be credited to the Client's  account],  in
accordance with the fee schedule attached hereto as Schedule B.

         In the event the net income  generated by any investment  made pursuant
to the first paragraph of this Section 8 does not equal or exceed the amount due
the Borrower in accordance with the agreement between Borrower and State Street,
State  Street  shall  debit  the  Client's  account  by an  amount  equal to the
difference  between the net income  generated  and the amounts to be paid to the
Borrower  pursuant to the Securities Loan Agreement.  In the event debits to the
Client's account produce a deficit therein, State Street shall sell or otherwise
liquidate  investments  made with cash Collateral and credit the net proceeds of
such sale or liquidation to satisfy the deficit. In the event the foregoing does
not  eliminate  the  deficit,  State  Street  shall have the right to charge the
deficiency to any other account or accounts  maintained by the Client with State
Street.


<PAGE>



 In the event of a Loan to a Borrower  resident  in  Canada,  which is made over
record date for a dividend  reinvestment  program ("DRP") and is secured by cash
Collateral,  the Borrower shall pay the Client a substitute payment equal to the
full  amount of the cash  dividend  declared,  and may pay a loan  premium,  the
amount of which shall be  negotiated  by State  Street,  above the amount of the
cash dividend. Such loan premium shall be allocated between State Street and the
Client as  follows:  (a) a portion of such loan  premium  shall be paid to State
Street as  compensation  for its  services in  connection  with this  securities
lending  program,  in  accordance  with Schedule A and (b) the remainder of such
loan premium shall be credited to the Client's account.

         To the  extent  that a Loan is  secured  by  non-cash  Collateral,  the
Borrower  shall be required to pay a loan premium,  the amount of which shall be
negotiated by State Street.  Such loan premium shall be allocated  between State
Street and the Client as follows:  (a) a portion of such loan  premium  shall be
paid to State Street as  compensation  for its services in connection  with this
securities  lending program,  in accordance with Schedule A hereto;  and (b) the
remainder of such loan premium shall be credited to the Client's account.

Client acknowledges that in the event that Client's  participation in securities
lending  generates  income  for the  Client,  State  Street may be  required  to
withhold  tax or may  claim  such tax  from  the  Client  as is  appropriate  in
accordance with applicable law.

The Client shall  reimburse  State Street for such  reasonable fees and expenses
that  State  Street  may  incur  in  connection  with  the  performance  of  its
obligations  hereunder,   including,   without  limitation:   (i)  the  ordinary
telecommunication   charges  associated  with  the  movement  of  securities  in
connection with the securities lending activity  contemplated by this Agreement;
and (ii) any and all funds advanced by State Street on behalf of the Client as a
consequence  of the  Client's  obligations  hereunder,  including  the  Client's
obligation to return cash Collateral to the Borrower and to pay any fees due the
Borrower, all as provided in Section 7 hereof.

9. Fee Disclosure. The fees associated with the investment of cash Collateral in
funds  maintained or advised by State Street are disclosed on Schedule B hereto.
Said  Schedule may be replaced  from time to time by State Street upon notice to
Client.  An annual report with respect to such funds is available to the Client,
at no expense, upon request.

10.  Recordkeeping  and Reports.  State Street will  establish and maintain such
records as are  reasonably  necessary to account for Loans that are made and the
income  derived  therefrom.  On a monthly  basis,  State Street will provide the
Client with a statement  describing  the Loans made, and the income derived from
Loans, during the period covered by such statement. Each party to this Agreement
shall comply with the reasonable requests of the other for information necessary
to the requester's  performance of its duties in connection with this securities
lending program.

11. Standard of Care Subject to the requirements of applicable law, State Street
shall not be liable for any loss or  damage,  including  counsel  fees and court
costs, whether or not resulting from their acts or omissions to act hereunder or
otherwise,  unless  the loss  damage  arises  out of State  Street's  own  gross
negligence. Except for any liability, loss, or expense arising from or connected
with State  Street's own gross  negligence,  the Client  agrees to reimburse and
hold State Street  harmless  from and against any  liability,  loss and expense,
including counsel fees and expenses and court costs,  arising in connection with
this Agreement or any Loan or arising from or connected with claims of any third
parties,   including  any  Borrower,  from  and  against  all  taxes  and  other
governmental charges, and from and against any out-of-pocket


<PAGE>



or  incidental  expenses.  State  Street may  charge any  amounts to which it is
entitled hereunder against the Client's account. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing,  Client agrees: (i) that State Street shall not be responsible
for any statements,  representations  or warranties  which any Borrower makes in
connection with any securities  loans  hereunder,  or for the performance by any
Borrower of the terms of a Loan, or any agreement related thereto, and shall not
be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of, or a
default under the terms of, a Loan or any agreement  related thereto;  (ii) that
State Street shall be fully  protected in acting in accordance  with the oral or
written  instructions of any person believed by State Street to be authorized to
execute this Agreement on behalf of the Client (an "Authorized  Person");  (iii)
that in the event of a default by a Borrower under a Loan, State Street shall be
fully  protected  in  acting  in  its  sole  discretion  in a  manner  it  deems
appropriate;  and (iv) that the  records of State  Street  shall be  presumed to
reflect  accurately  any oral  instructions  given by an Authorized  Person or a
person believed by State Street to be an Authorized Person.

 State Street, in determining the Market Value of Securities,  including without
limitation,  Collateral,  may rely upon any recognized pricing service and shall
not be liable for any errors made by such service.

12.  Representations  and Warranties.  Each party hereto represents and warrants
that (a) it has the power to execute and deliver this  Agreement,  to enter into
the transactions  contemplated hereby, and to perform its obligations hereunder;
(b) it has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery, and
performance;  (c)  this  Agreement  constitutes  a  legal,  valid,  and  binding
obligation  enforceable  against  it;  and  (d)  the  execution,  delivery,  and
performance by it of this Agreement will at all times comply with all applicable
laws and  regulations.  Client  represents and warrants that (a) it has made its
own  determination  as to the tax treatment of any  dividends,  remuneration  or
other funds received hereunder;  and (b) the financial  statements  delivered to
State Street  pursuant to Section 3 fairly  present its financial  condition and
there has been no material  adverse  change in its  financial  condition  or the
financial  condition of any parent  company  since the date of the balance sheet
included within such financial statements.  Each Loan shall constitute a present
representation  by Client that there has been no material  adverse change in its
financial  condition or the financial  condition of any parent  company that has
not been  disclosed in writing to State Street since the date of the most recent
financial statements furnished to State Street pursuant to Section 3.

The person  executing this Agreement on behalf of the Client  represents that he
or she has the authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Client.

The Client hereby  represents to State Street that:  (i) its policies  generally
permit it to engage in securities lending transactions; (ii) its policies permit
it to  purchase  shares of the  Navigator  Securities  Lending  Trust  with cash
Collateral; (iii) its participation in the securities lending program, including
the investment of cash collateral in the Navigator Securities Lending Trust, and
the existing series'  thereof,  has been approved by a majority of the directors
or  trustees  that are not  "interested  persons"  within the meaning of section
2(a)(19) of the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, and such directors or trustees
will evaluate the securities lending program no less frequently than annually to
determine  that the  investment of cash  collateral in the Navigator  Securities
Lending Trust,  including any series  thereof,  is in the Client's best interest
and  (iv)  its  prospectus  provides  appropriate   disclosure   concerning  its
securities  lending  activity;  and (v) that it is not  subject to the  Employee
Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA")  with respect to
this Agreement and the  Securities.  The Client also hereby  represents  that it
qualifies as an "accredited investor"


<PAGE>



within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended.

13. Definitions. For the purposes hereof:

(a) "Available Securities" means the securities of the Client that are available
for Loans pursuant to Section 2.

(b) "Borrower"  means any of the entities to which  Available  Securities may be
loaned under a Securities Lending Agreement, as described in Section 3.

(c)  "Collateral"  means  collateral  delivered  by a  Borrower  to  secure  its
obligations under a Securities Loan Agreement.

(d) "Investment Manager," when used in any provision, means the person or entity
who has discretionary  authority over the investment of the Available Securities
to which the provision applies.

(e) "Loan" means a loan of Available Securities to a Borrower.

(f) "Loaned  Security"  shall mean any  "security"  which is delivered as a Loan
under a  Securities  Loan  Agreement;  provided  that,  if any new or  different
security shall be exchanged for any Loaned Security by recapitalization, merger,
consolidation,  or other corporate action, such new or different security shall,
effective  upon  such  exchange,  be  deemed  to  become  a Loaned  Security  in
substitution for the former Loaned Security for which such exchange was made.

(g)  "Market  Value" of a  security  means  the  market  value of such  security
(including,  in the  case of a  Loaned  Security  that is a debt  security,  the
accrued  interest on such  security) as  determined by the  independent  pricing
service designated by State Street, or such other independent  sources as may be
selected by State Street on a reasonable basis.

(h) "Securities Loan Agreement" means the agreement between a Borrower and State
Street (on behalf of the Client) that governs Loans, as described in Section 4.

14.  Continuing  Agreement;  Termination;  Remedies.  It is the intention of the
parties hereto that this Agreement  shall  constitute a continuing  agreement in
every  respect and shall apply to each and every Loan,  whether now  existing or
hereafter  made. The Client and State Street may each at any time terminate this
Agreement  upon  five (5)  Business  Days'  written  notice to the other to that
effect.  The only effects of any such termination of this Agreement will be that
(a) following  such  termination,  no further  Loans shall be made  hereunder by
State  Street on behalf of the  Client,  and (b) State  Street  shall,  within a
reasonable  time after  termination  of this  Agreement,  terminate  any and all
outstanding Loans. The provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect
in all other respects until all Loans have been  terminated and all  obligations
satisfied as herein provided.

15. Notices.  Except as otherwise  specifically  provided herein,  notices under
this  Agreement may be made orally,  in writing,  or by any other means mutually
acceptable  to the  parties.  If in writing,  a notice  shall be  sufficient  if
delivered  to the party  entitled  to  receive  such  notices  at the  following
addresses:

If to Client:

Bull & Bear Advisers


<PAGE>



11 Hanover Square
New York, N.Y. 10005
Attn:  Thomas B. Winmill
  President

If to State Street:

State Street Bank and Trust Company
Global Securities Lending Division
Two International Place, Floor 31
Boston, Massachusetts 02110

or to such  other  addresses  as either  party may  furnish  the other  party by
written notice under this section.

Whenever  this  Agreement  permits or  requires  the  Client to give  notice to,
direct,  provide  information  to  State  Street,  such  notice,  direction,  or
information  shall be provided  to State  Street on the  Client's  behalf by any
individual  designated  for such  purpose by the  Client in a written  notice to
State Street.  (This  Agreement  shall be considered  such a designation  of the
person  executing  the Agreement on the client's  behalf.)  After its receipt of
such a notice of  designation,  and until its receipt of a notice  revoking such
designation,  State Street shall be fully protected in relying upon the notices,
directions, and information given by such designee.

16.  Miscellaneous.  This Agreement  supersedes any other agreement  between the
parties or any representations  made by one party to the other,  whether oral or
in writing,  concerning  loans of  securities  by State  Street on behalf of the
Client.  This Agreement  shall not be assigned by either party without the prior
written  consent of the other party.  Subject to the  foregoing,  this Agreement
shall be binding  upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and
their respective heirs, representatives, successors, and assigns. This Agreement
shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the  Commonwealth
of Massachusetts.  Client hereby irrevocably  submits to the jurisdiction of any
Massachusetts   state  or  federal   court  sitting  in  The   Commonwealth   of
Massachusetts  in any  action or  proceeding  arising  out of or related to this
agreement,  hereby  irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action
or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Massachusetts state or Federal
court except that this provision  shall not preclude any party from removing any
action to federal court. Client hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent
it  may  effectively  do  so,  the  defense  of an  inconvenient  forum  to  the
maintenance of such action or proceeding.  Client hereby irrevocably appoints as
its  agent to  receive  on its  behalf  service  of copies  of the  summons  and
complaint  and any other  process  which  may be  served  in any such  action or
proceeding  (the  "Process  Agent").  Such  service  may be made by  mailing  or
delivering  a copy of such  process,  in care of the Process  Agent at the above
address.  Client hereby irrevocably  authorizes and directs the Process Agent to
accept such service on its behalf. As an alternative  method of service,  Client
also  irrevocably  consents  to the  service of any and all  process in any such
action or  proceeding  by the mailing of copies of such process to Client at its
address specified in Section 15 hereof. Client agrees that a final judgment


<PAGE>



in any such  action or  proceeding,  all  appeals  having been taken or the time
period for such appeals having expired,  shall be conclusive and may be enforced
in other  jurisdictions  by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided
by law. The  provisions of this  Agreement  are severable and the  invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision hereof shall not affect any other provision of
this Agreement.  If in the  construction of this Agreement any court should deem
any provision to be invalid because of scope or duration,  then such court shall
forthwith reduce such scope or duration to that which is appropriate and enforce
this Agreement in its modified scope or duration.

         17.  Securities  Investors  Protection  Act of 1970  Notice.  CLIENT IS
HEREBY ADVISED AND ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES  INVESTOR
PROTECTION  ACT OF 1970 MAY NOT PROTECT  THE CLIENT WITH  RESPECT TO THE LOAN OF
SECURITIES HEREUNDER AND THAT, THEREFORE, THE COLLATERAL DELIVERED TO THE CLIENT
MAY  CONSTITUTE  THE ONLY  SOURCE OF  SATISFACTION  OF THE  BROKER'S OR DEALER'S
OBLIGATION IN THE EVENT THE BROKER OR DEALER FAILS TO RETURN THE SECURITIES.

18.  Modification.  This Agreement shall not be modified, except by an
instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.



<PAGE>





BULL & BEAR FUNDS I, INC. on behalf       BULL & BEAR FUNDS II, INC.on of its
series BULL & BEAR U.S. AND               behalf of its series
OVERSEAS FUND                             BULL & BEAR DOLLAR RESERVES

By: _____________________                 By: ____________________

Name: ___________________                 Name: _________________

Its: ______________________               Its: ___________________


BULL & BEAR GOLD INVESTORS LTD.          BULL & BEAR SPECIAL
                                         EQUITIES FUND, INC.

By: ______________________               By: _______________________

Name: ___________________                Name: ____________________

Its: ______________________              Its: ______________________


BULL & BEAR MUNICIPAL INCOME             BULL & BEAR GLOBAL
FUND, INC.                               INCOME FUND, INC.

By: ______________________               By: ______________________
Name: ___________________                Name: ___________________
Its: ______________________              Its: ______________________





<PAGE>



BULL & BEAR U.S. GOVERNMENT                MIDAS FUND, INC.
SECURITIES FUND, INC.

By: ________________________               By: _______________________

Name: _____________________                Name: ____________________

Its: ________________________              Its: ______________________


ROCKWOOD FUND, INC.                                  STATE STREET BANK AND
                                                     TRUST COMPANY

By: _____________________                            By: ____________________

Name: ___________________                            Name: __________________

Its: ______________________                          Its: ____________________








<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                This Schedule is attached to and made part of the
                   Securities Lending Authorization Agreement,
                       dated the ____day of _______, 1997
  between THE CLIENTS IDENTIFIED ON SCHEDULE A (each a "Client" or collectively
                                 "Clients") and
              STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY ("State Street").


PARTIES TO THE SECURITIES LENDING AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT

BULL & BEAR FUNDS I, INC. (TIN 13-3368373), on behalf of its series BULL &
BEAR U.S. AND OVERSEAS FUND

BULL & BEAR FUNDS II, INC. (TIN 22-2037796), on behalf of its series BULL &
BEAR DOLLAR RESERVES (TIN 13-6900645)

BULL & BEAR GOLD INVESTORS LTD. (TIN 13-6059519)

BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC. (TIN 13-3343918)

BULL & BEAR MUNICIPAL INCOME FUND, INC. (TIN 13-3196171)

BULL & BEAR GLOBAL INCOME FUND, INC. (TIN 13-3926714)

BULL & BEAR U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES FUND, INC. (TIN 13-3907058)

MIDAS FUND, INC. (TIN 41-1536110)

ROCKWOOD FUND, INC. (TIN 82-0395554)




<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B

                This Schedule is attached to and made part of the
                   Securities Lending Authorization Agreement,
                       dated the ____ day of _______, 1997
  between THE CLIENTS IDENTIFIED ON SCHEDULE A (each a "Client" or collectively
                                 "Clients") and
              STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY ("State Street").


                                SCHEDULE OF FEES

1.       Subject to Paragraph 2 below, all proceeds collected by State Street on
investment of Cash Collateral or any fee income shall be allocated as follows

- - Sixty-five percent (65%) payable to the Client, and

- - Thirty-five percent (35%) payable to State Street.


2. All  payments  to be  allocated  under  Paragraph 1 above shall be made after
deduction of such other amounts payable to State Street or to the Borrower under
the terms of the attached Securities Lending Authorization Agreement.

3. Investment Management Fees

The Navigator Securities Lending Trust:

On an annualized  basis,  the  management/trust/custody  fee for investing  cash
Collateral in the Navigator  Securities Lending Prime Portfolio is not more than
10.00 basis points netted out of yield. The trustee may pay out of the assets of
the  Portfolio  all  reasonable  expenses and fees of the  Portfolio,  including
professional fees or disbursements  incurred in connection with the operation of
the Portfolio.



<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE 7.1

                This Schedule is attached to and made part of the
                   Securities Lending Authorization Agreement,
                       dated the ____day of _______, 1997
  between THE CLIENTS IDENTIFIED ON SCHEDULE A (each a "Client" or collectively
                                 "Clients") and
              STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY ("State Street").


ACCEPTABLE FORMS OF COLLATERAL

- -        Cash (U.S. and foreign currency);

- -        Securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its
         agencies;

- -        Sovereign debt rated A or better

- -        Convertible Bonds

- - Irrevocable  bank letters of credit issued by a person other than the Borrower
or an affiliate of the Borrower may be accepted as  Collateral,  if State Street
has  determined  that it is  appropriate  to accept  such  letters  of credit as
Collateral under the securities lending programs it administers; and

- -       Such other Collateral as the parties may agree to in   writing from time
        to time.



             SEGREGATED ACCOUNT PROCEDURAL AND SAFEKEEPING AGREEMENT

         THIS  AGREEMENT is made  effective  the 17th day of June,  1997, by and
between INVESTORS  FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY,  a trust company chartered under the
laws of the state of Missouri,  having its trust office and  principal  place of
business in Kansas City, Missouri ("IFTC"); STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
a trust company  organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,
having  its trust  office  and  principal  place of  business  in North  Quincy,
Massachusetts  ("Bank");  SMITH BARNEY,  INC., a registered  futures  commission
merchant ("Broker"); and each registered investment company listed on Schedule A
hereto,  as it may be  amended  from time to time,  incorporated  herein by this
reference (each a "Customer"); and

         WHEREAS,  Customer,  on behalf of each of the Portfolios  identified in
Schedule A, as it may be amended from time to time,  incorporated herein by this
reference,  has opened or may hereafter  open a trading  account with Broker for
the purpose of purchasing  and selling  futures  contracts  and related  options
("Contracts") through Broker; and

         WHEREAS,  in  connection  with the  opening  of such  trading  account,
Customer  and Broker  have  entered  or will  enter  into a  Customer  Agreement
requiring  Customer  to deposit as  collateral  the  initial  margin  (including
subsequent margin calls and any additional initial margin requirements for short
option  positions)  ("Margin")  with respect to each Contract as required by the
Commodity Exchange Act, Commodity Futures Trading  Commission  regulations,  and
the rules and regulations of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange,  the Chicago Board
of Trade, the Commodity  Exchange,  and such other exchanges on which Broker may
effect or cause to be effected transactions as broker for Customer (collectively
the "Rules and Regulations"); and

         WHEREAS,  IFTC serves as  custodian  of certain  monies and  securities
owned by Customer  ("Assets")  pursuant to a Custody  Agreement between IFTC and
Customer (each a "Custody Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS, Bank serves as IFTC's sub-custodian of said Assets pursuant to
a Sub-Custody Agreement between Bank and IFTC (the "Sub-Custody Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the parties hereto desire to provide for segregated  accounts
for  the  benefit  of  Customer  to be  established  at Bank  (the  "Safekeeping
Accounts") for custody of the Margin;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  for  and  in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises
contained herein,  the parties hereto,  intending to be legally bound,  mutually
covenant and agree as follows:

1.  GOVERNING  AGREEMENT.  As between each Customer and IFTC,  the Assets in the
Safekeeping  Account  as  collateral  for  the  Margin  ("Collateral")  and  all
instructions,  deliveries,  duties,  rights and liabilities of such Customer and
IFTC with respect to such Safekeeping  Account shall be governed in all respects
by the  Custody  Agreement,  except  as  expressly  provided  otherwise  in this
Agreement.  As  between  IFTC and Bank,  the  Collateral  and all  instructions,
deliveries,  duties, rights and liabilities of IFTC and Bank with respect to the
Safekeeping  Accounts  shall be  governed  in all  respects  by the  Sub-Custody
Agreement, except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement.

2. SAFEKEEPING ACCOUNT. Pursuant to the applicable Custody Agreement, IFTC shall
establish and maintain a  Safekeeping  Account at Bank for each  Customer,  and,
pursuant to the Sub-Custody  Agreement,  Bank shall open, upon  instruction from
IFTC, such  Safekeeping  Account in the name of "Smith Barney Customer Funds for
the benefit of [applicable Customer Name] (Customer Segregated Account)"


<PAGE>



for the  Collateral,  in  accordance  with the  Rules  and  Regulations.  In its
custodial capacity, IFTC is limited to holding the Collateral in safekeeping for
Customer  pursuant  to the  Custody  Agreement  and  dealing  with it as  herein
expressed unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing.  IFTC shall make or cause
Bank to make purchases,  sales, withdrawals and deliveries of securities held as
Collateral  only as  Customer  may  direct,  subject  to the  rights  of  Broker
hereunder. IFTC is hereby authorized and directed to, and to cause Bank to:

         A.       Collect income and principal on bearer securities in the 
                  Safekeeping Accounts;

         B.       Dispose  of  the  monies  received  from  income  collections,
                  maturity, redemption, sale, or other disposition of the Assets
                  pursuant to the terms hereof;

         C.       Send daily confirmations of receipts and disbursements to 
                  Customer and to Broker;

         D.       Provide monthly lists of Assets held in the Safekeeping 
                  Accounts to Customer and to Broker;

         E.       On request, confirm to Broker and Customer all account charges
                  and positions; and

         F.       Provide  Broker and Customer with prompt  Written  Notice,  as
                  hereinafter  defined,  of each transfer of Collateral  into or
                  out of the Safekeeping Account of such Customer.

Bank may hold Assets in the Safekeeping Account in bearer,  nominee, book entry,
or other form and in any  depository  or clearing  corporation,  with or without
indicating  that such Assets are held  hereunder;  provided,  however,  that all
Assets held in the Safekeeping  Account shall be identified on IFTC's and Bank's
records  as  subject  to this  Agreement  and  shall be in a form  that  permits
transfer without additional authorization or consent of Customer.

Pursuant  to  Section  1.20  of  the  Commodity   Futures   Trading   Commission
Regulations,  IFTC and Bank hereby  acknowledge that all Collateral is that of a
"commodity or option" customer of Broker and is being  separately  accounted for
and held as segregated and secured funds. Such Collateral will not be treated by
IFTC or Bank as the funds or securities of any person other than  Customer,  and
will  not be used by IFTC or Bank in  connection  with  the  obligations  of any
person  other than  Customer.  IFTC and Bank have no claim,  and will  assert no
lien,  right of set off or any other claim or interest  in the  Collateral,  and
will not use the Collateral to margin, collateralize, secure or to extend credit
to Customer, to any of its affiliates,  to Broker, to any of Broker's affiliates
or to any other persons for such  activities or otherwise.  IFTC and Bank hereby
agree that the books and records  accounting  for the Collateral may be examined
by an authorized employee of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.



<PAGE>



3.  DEPOSIT OF  COLLATERAL.  IFTC shall  direct  Bank to deposit,  transfer  and
maintain  assets  specified by Customer by Written  Notice as  Collateral in the
Safekeeping  Account in an amount  sufficient to provide such Margin as shall be
required by the Rules and  Regulations,  and Bank shall provide  Broker and IFTC
with Written Notice of each such deposit. Customer may deposit amounts in excess
of such requirements.  The designation  "Customer Funds" in the account title is
intended to indicate the status of the Safekeeping  Accounts under the Rules and
Regulations;  however,  to the  extent  not  inconsistent  with  such  Rules and
Regulations,  the  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be controlling as to the
rights of the parties in the Collateral.

4. FORM OF COLLATERAL.  The Collateral shall be in the form, as Customer elects,
of cash, of eligible  securities of the U.S.  Government  (valued at the current
market value),  other securities issued by United States issuers as Broker shall
accept,  or of a combination  thereof.  Customer may substitute U.S.  Government
securities  of equal or  greater  value  upon prior  approval  by Broker,  which
approval shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Upon receipt of such  substitute
securities  and Written  Notice of Broker's  approval,  IFTC shall cause Bank to
release from the  Safekeeping  Account cash or securities of an equal value,  or
such lesser amount as may be directed by Customer. Separate interest payments on
the  Collateral  shall be  automatically  credited  by IFTC in Federal  Funds to
demand deposit  accounts  designated in Written Notice from Customer on the date
that such  interest  becomes due and received  unless Notice of Default has been
given to IFTC pursuant to Paragraph 7. Amounts due on Assets which mature or are
redeemed will be credited to the applicable Safekeeping Account in Federal Funds
on the date such amounts are received.

5. WITHDRAWALS.  Withdrawals from the Safekeeping Account shall be effected upon
receipt by Bank of Written  Notice from  Customer  and  Broker's  prior  written
consent to such  withdrawal.  Broker  shall,  upon request of  Customer,  inform
Customer of the amount of any excess Collateral in the Safekeeping Account.

6.  VARIATION  MARGIN.  If  additional  Collateral  is required by Broker due to
variation in the value of one or more Contracts  held in the trading  account or
otherwise pursuant to the Customer Agreement ("Variation Margin"):

         A.       Broker shall give Customer  Written Notice of such requirement
                  and such Variation  Margin shall be satisfied from any amounts
                  currently  credited  to  Customer's  trading  account,  to the
                  extent thereof.

         B.       If the  Variation  Margin  cannot be satisfied as set forth in
                  Paragraph  A, then  Customer  shall  immediately  transfer the
                  Variation  Margin to Broker  and Broker  shall  give  Customer
                  prompt Written Notice of receipt.

         C. If the Variation  margin is not satisfied as set forth in Paragraphs
A or B, then,  Broker may give  notice to IFTC of the  failure to deposit or pay
such  amount  and the  amount  required,  which  notice  shall  state  that  all
conditions   precedent  to  Broker's  right  to  receive  Collateral  have  been
satisfied.  Immediately  upon  receipt  of  such  notice,  IFTC  shall  transfer
Collateral of such specified amount from the Safekeeping Account to
                  or for the account of Broker.


7. DEFAULT. If Customer has failed to deposit sufficient  Collateral pursuant to
Paragraph 3 hereof,  or  transfer  the  required  Variation  Margin  pursuant to
Paragraph 6.B hereof,  Broker shall give Customer  immediate  Written  Notice of
such failure,  specifying the amount of such default  ("Notice of Default").  In
the event that Broker gives Notice of Default to IFTC,  Broker shall immediately
give


<PAGE>



Written  Notice to Customer  thereof  and,  without  prejudice  to any rights of
Broker hereunder,  IFTC shall give Written Notice to Customer of its receipt of,
and the instructions,  if any, contained in, such Notice of Default.  The Notice
of Default by Broker to IFTC shall  certify  that all  conditions  precedent  to
Broker's  right  to  direct  disposition  of  Collateral   hereunder  have  been
satisfied, and shall include instructions to IFTC to instruct Bank:

       A.   To transfer specified eligible U.S. Government securities or other
            securities held as Collateral to Broker, in which event Broker shall
            have the right to sell or otherwise dispose of such securities in
            the principal market for such securities or, in the event such
            principal market is closed, in a manner commercially reasonable for
            such securities; provided, however, that Broker shall remit to
            Customer any proceeds of such sale or disposition in excess of the
            amount specified in the Notice of Default;

       B.   To sell at the prevailing market price sufficient Collateral to
            provide for payment to Broker of the amount specified in the Notice
            of Default, in which event Bank shall give consideration to any
            timely request by Customer by Written Notice with respect to
            particular Collateral to be sold and shall sell any Collateral in
            the principal market therefor, or, in the event such principal
            market is closed, in a manner commercially reasonable for such
            Collateral; or

         C.       With respect to cash Collateral,  to immediately transfer cash
                  in the amount  specified  in the  Notice of  Default  from the
                  Safekeeping Account to Broker.

IFTC shall cause Bank to retain in the  Safekeeping  Account any  Collateral not
transferred  as set forth above,  including any proceeds from the Bank's sale of
Collateral in excess of the amount  required.  In no event shall IFTC or Bank be
required to transfer any amount in excess of the value of the Collateral.

8. CREDITS TO CUSTOMER.  Broker shall promptly  credit to the trading account of
Customer any Variation  Margin  resulting  from the variation in value of one or
more  Contracts  purchased or sold by Customer in accordance  with the Rules and
Regulations.  Each  business day such a credit is made,  Broker  shall  transfer
trading account  balances of Customer in Federal Funds to IFTC, or to such other
bank  account in  Customer's  name as Customer  shall  direct.  Amounts due to a
Customer as a result of the variation in value of such  Customer's  short option
positions  shall be credited to  Customer by reducing  the amount of  Collateral
required to be maintained in the Safekeeping Account.


9.       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

         a.       IFTC and Bank  shall not be  responsible  or liable  for,  and
                  Customer  and Broker  shall  indemnify  and hold IFTC and Bank
                  harmless  from  and  against,  any  and all  costs,  expenses,
                  losses,   damages,   charges,   counsel  fees,   payments  and
                  liabilities  which may be asserted against or incurred by IFTC
                  or Bank or for  which  IFTC or Bank may be held to be  liable,
                  arising out of or attributable to:



<PAGE>



                  i.       IFTC's or Bank's  action or omission to act  pursuant
                           hereto; provided that IFTC or Bank have acted in good
                           faith and with due diligence and reasonable care; and
                           provided  further,  that IFTC shall not be liable for
                           consequential,  special,  or punitive  damages in any
                           event.

             ii.  IFTC's action or omission to act hereunder upon any Written
                  Notice, instructions, advice, notice, request, consent,
                  certificate or other instrument or paper reasonably appearing
                  to it to be genuine and to have been properly executed,
                  including but not limited to instructions contained in a
                  Notice of Default, it being expressly understood that IFTC and
                  Bank shall have no duty to determine whether a default has, in
                  fact, occurred, or any other duty of inquiry or verification
                  with respect thereto.

                  iii.     Customer's  or Broker's  refusal or failure to comply
                           with the terms hereof (including  without  limitation
                           failure  to pay or  reimburse  IFTC or Bank and under
                           Section 9 hereof),  Customer's  or  Broker's  acts or
                           omissions,  negligence or willful misconduct,  or the
                           failure of any representation or warranty of Customer
                           or Broker hereunder to be and remain true and correct
                           in all respects at all times.

            iv.   The failure or delay in performance of its obligations
                  hereunder, or those of any entity for which it is responsible
                  hereunder, arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly,
                  by circumstances beyond the affected entity's reasonable
                  control, including, without limitation:  any interruption,
                  loss or malfunction of any utility, transportation, computer
                  (hardware or software) or communication service;  inability to
                  obtain labor, material, equipment or transportation, or a
                  delay in mails;  governmental or exchange action, statute,
                  ordinance, rulings, regulations or direction;  war, strike,
                  riot, emergency, civil disturbance, terrorism, vandalism,
                  explosions, labor disputes, freezes, floods, fires, tornados,
                  acts of God or public enemy, revolutions,  or insurrection.

            v.    The sufficiency or adequacy of the Collateral deposited
                  hereunder from time to time, or compliance with any statute or
                  regulation regarding the  amount and form of Collateral, it
                  being understood that IFTC and Bank shall have no duty to
                  require any Assets to be delivered at any time, or the
                  establishment or maintenance of margin credit, including but
                  not limited to the Rules and Regulations, Regulations T or X
                  of the Board of Governors of the Federal
                  Reserve System, or with any rules or regulations of the
                  Options Clearing Corporation or the Securities and Exchange
                  Commission.

         b.       Broker  shall  not be  responsible  or  liable  for  any  loss
                  incurred  by any  Customer  by  reason  of  IFTC's  or  Bank's
                  negligence or willful  misconduct  in performing  their duties
                  under this Agreement.



<PAGE>



10. NOTICE. All notices,  instructions and communications  shall be given by the
most  expeditious  means possible and shall be deemed a valid  "Written  Notice"
hereunder if delivered by hand,  sent by  registered  or certified  mail (return
receipt  requested),  transmitted  by telegraph,  telex or  telecopier  (receipt
confirmed) or given by telephone  (promptly  followed by written copy) and shall
be deemed  effective  when given if given by telephone  and when received by the
addressee  at the address set forth  opposite  its  signature  hereto or at such
other  address  given by  Written  Notice  if given  in a manner  other  than by
telephone.

11.  FEES AND  EXPENSES.  Customer  shall  pay as  compensation  to IFTC for its
services  hereunder  such amount as may be agreed to by  Customer  and IFTC from
time to time in writing. Any and all expenses of establishing,  maintaining,  or
terminating a Safekeeping Account shall be borne by the applicable Customer.

12. TERMINATION. As to each Safekeeping Account, this Agreement shall terminate:
(a) on the effective  date of IFTC's or Bank's  resignation  or  termination  as
custodian or  sub-custodian  (b) upon the consent by Written  Notice of Customer
and Broker,  or (c) upon thirty (30) days prior written  notice by IFTC and Bank
to Broker and  Customer.  Upon any  termination,  all Assets in the  Safekeeping
Account shall be held by Bank pursuant to the Sub-Custody Agreement.

13. INDIVIDUAL CUSTOMERS.  Each Customer shall be regarded for all purposes as a
separate  party apart from any other  Customer  and every  reference to Customer
shall  be  deemed a  reference  solely  to the  particular  Customer  to which a
particular transaction under the Agreement relates. Under no circumstances shall
the  rights,  obligations  or remedies  with  respect to a  particular  Customer
constitute a right,  obligation or remedy applicable to any other Customer.  The
use of this single  document  to  memorialize  the  separate  agreement  of each
Customer  is  understood  to be for  clerical  convenience  only and  shall  not
constitute any basis for joining Customers for any reason.

14.      MISCELLANEOUS.

         a.       This Agreement shall be construed according to, and the rights
                  and  liabilities  of the parties  hereto shall be governed by,
                  the laws of the State of New York,  without  reference  to the
                  choice of laws principles thereof.

         b.       All terms and provisions  hereof shall be binding upon,  inure
                  to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and
                  their respective successors and permitted assigns.



<PAGE>



         c.       The  representations  and  warranties,   the  indemnifications
                  extended hereunder, and the provisions of Section 9 hereof are
                  intended  to  and  shall   continue   after  and  survive  the
                  expiration, termination or cancellation hereof.

         d.       No provisions  hereof may be amended or modified in any manner
                  except by a written agreement properly authorized and executed
                  by each party hereto.

     e.    The failure of either party to insist upon the performance of any
           terms or conditions hereof or to enforce any rights resulting from
           any breach of any of the terms or conditions hereof, including the
           payment of damages, shall not be construed as a continuing or
           permanent waiver of any such terms, conditions, rights or
           privileges, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and
           effect as if no such forbearance or waiver had occurred.  No waiver,
           release or discharge of any party's rights hereunder shall be
           effective unless contained in a written instrument signed by the
           party sought to be charged.

         f.       The captions  herein are included for convenience of reference
                  only,  and in no way  define  or limit  any of the  provisions
                  hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

         g.       This  Agreement  may be executed in two or more  counterparts,
                  each of which  shall be  deemed an  original  but all of which
                  together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         h.       If any  provision  hereof shall be  determined  to be invalid,
                  illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise  unenforceable,
                  the remaining  provisions hereof shall be considered severable
                  and  shall  not  be  affected  thereby,  and  every  remaining
                  provision  hereof  shall  remain in full  force and effect and
                  shall remain  enforceable to the fullest  extent  permitted by
                  applicable law.

         i.       This Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto without
                  the prior written consent of the other party.

         j.       Neither the execution nor  performance  hereof shall be deemed
                  to create a  partnership  or joint venture by and among any of
                  the parties hereto.

         k.       Except as specifically  provided  herein,  this Agreement does
                  not in any way affect any other agreements  entered into among
                  the parties  hereto and any actions taken or omitted by either
                  party  hereunder shall not affect any rights or obligations of
                  the other party hereunder.


<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each party hereto has caused this Agreement to be
duly executed on the date first above written.


                                        Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.:
                                        Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc.:
                                        Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc.:
                                        Bull & Bear U.S. Government
                                        Securities Fund, Inc.
                                        Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
                                        Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
                                        Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
                                        Midas Fund, Inc.
                                        Rockwood Fund, Inc.



Bull & Bear                                              By:
11 Hanover Square, 11th Floor                            Title:
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Heidi Keating



Smith Barney, Inc.                                        SMITH BARNEY, INC.
388 Greenwich Street                                      By:
New York, NY 10013                                        Title:
Attn: Michael Schaefer



127 West 10th Street                           INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY
Kansas City, MO 64105                          By:
Attn: Custody Department                       Title:




1776 Heritage Drive                          STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
North Quincy, MA 02171                       By:
Attn: Securities Services Division           Title:



<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                LIST OF CUSTOMERS

Portfolios of Customer under the Segregated Account Procedural and Safekeeping
Agreement with Smith Barney, Inc. ("Broker").


  CUSTOMER AND PORTFOLIO NAME                                 TAX ID NUMBER
  ---------------------------                             ---------------------
Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc.:
  Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund                             13-3368373
Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc.:
  Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves                                    13-6900645
Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund, Inc.                13-3907058
Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.                          13-3343918
Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.                                  13-6059519
Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, Inc.                          13-3196171
Midas Fund, Inc.                                                 41-1536110
Rockwood Fund, Inc.                                              82-0395554
Bull & Bear Global Income Fund, Inc.                             13-3926714


Customer is a series investment  company currently  consisting of the Portfolios
set  forth  above.  For  purposes  of  the  Segregated  Account  Procedural  and
Safekeeping  Agreement,  each  Portfolio  shall  be  regarded  for all  purposes
hereunder  as a  separate  party  apart from each  other  Portfolio.  Unless the
context otherwise  requires,  with respect to every transaction  covered hereby,
every  reference  herein to  Customer  shall be  deemed to relate  solely to the
particular Portfolio to which such transaction  relates.  Under no circumstances
shall the rights, obligations or remedies with respect to a particular Portfolio
constitute a right, obligation or remedy applicable to any other Portfolio.  The
use of this single  document  to  memorialize  the  separate  agreement  of each
Portfolio  is  understood  to be for  clerical  convenience  only and  shall not
constitute any basis for joining the Portfolios for any reason.

Customer may add additional  Portfolios to the Segregated Account Procedural and
Safekeeping  Agreement from time to time by written notice to the other parties,
provided  that  IFTC  consents  to such  addition.  Rates  or  charges  for each
additional Portfolio shall be as agreed upon by IFTC and Customer in writing.



                                TOWNLEY & UPDIKE
                        (GIFFORD, WOODY, PALMER & SERLES)

                                CHRYSLER BUILDING

                              405 LEXINGTON AVENUE
                              NEW YORK, N.Y. 10174



                                January 21, 1986



Bull & Bear Equities Fund, Inc.
11 Hanover Square
New York, New York 10005

Re:                 Bull & Bear Special Ecruities Fund, Inc.

Gentlemen:

                We have examined the corporate  records,  including the Articles
of  Incorporation,  By-Laws and minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors of
Bull & Bear Special  Equities Fund, Inc. (the "Fund"),  together with such other
documents,  certificates  and instruments as we deem appropriate to enable us to
render this opinion.

                It is  our  opinion  that  the  Fund  is a  corporation  validly
organized  and existing  under the laws of the State of Maryland and that shares
of its common stock, par value $.Ol per share which will be sold pursuant to the
Fund's registration  statement on Form N-lA (the "Registration  Statement") upon
the effectiveness  thereof,  will, upon receipt of the offering price determined
as prescribed in the Fund's Articles of  Incorporation,  and as set forth in the
prospectus and statement of additional  information included in the Registration
Statement, be duly and legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

                We hereby  consent  to the use of this  opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement.


                                                   Very truly yours,



                                                   TOWNLEY & UPDIKE





              CONSENT 0F INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We consent to the use of our report  dated January 23, 1998 on the  financial
statements and financial  highlights of Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc. 
Such  financial statements  and  financial  highlights appear in the 1997 Annual
Report to Shareholders which is incorporated by reference in the Statement of 
Additional Information filed in Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 under the
Securities Act of 1933 and  Amendment  No. 19 under  the  Investment  Company  
Act of 1940 to the Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of Bull & Bear Special
Equities Fund, Inc. We also  consent to the references to our Firm in the 
Registration Statement and Prospectus.




                                                     TAIT, WELLER & BAKER



Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 27, 1998




                         STROOCK & STROOCK & LAVAN LLP

                                180 MAIDEN LANE
                            NEW YORK, NY 10038-4982

                               PHONE 212-806-5400
                                FAX 212-806-6006


April 27, 1998


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20549

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are counsel to Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc. (the "Fund"), and in 
so acting have reviewed Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 (the "Post-Effective 
Amendment") to the Fund's  Registration  Statement on Form N- 1A,  Registration 
File No. 33-2847.
Representatives  of the  Fund  have  advised  us that  the  Fund  will  file the
Post-Effective  Amendment  pursuant to  paragraph  (b) of Rule 485 ("Rule  485")
promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933. In connection therewith,  the Fund
has requested that we provide this letter.

In  our  examination  of the  Post-Effective  Amendment,  we  have  assumed  the
conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies.

Based upon the foregoing,  we hereby advise you that the prospectus  included as
part of the  Post-Effective  Amendment  does  not  include  disclosure  which we
believe would render it ineligible to become effective pursuant to paragraph (b)
of Rule 485.

Very truly yours,


STROOCK & STROOCK & LAVAN LLP


                                January 21, 1986




Board of Directors
Bull   Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
11 Hanover Square
New York, New York 10005

Gentlemen:

                In order to provide Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc. (the
"Fund")  with the  initial  capital  that it will  require in order to  commence
operation as an open-end  investment company under the Investment Company Act of
1940, Bull & Bear Group,  Inc.  ("Group") has agreed to purchase 7,000 shares of
the Fund's common stock, par value $.Ol per share, at a purchase price of $15.00
per share.

                Group  hereby  represents  and  warrants to Bull & Bear  special
Equities  Fund,  Inc. and its Board of  Directors  that the shares which will be
acquired in accordance  with this  agreement  will be so acquired for investment
purposes  and that Group has no present  intention  of  reselling  or  otherwise
disposing of any portion of such shares,  nor of redeeming all or any portion of
such shares,  provided that it shall have the right to have any or all dividends
paid to it in cash or shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends redeemed
at any time,  and provided  further that the  foregoing  representations  do not
apply to any  purchases  that  Group may make  after the  effective  date of the
Fund's registration statement on Form N-1.




<PAGE>


Page II



                Group further  represents that no consideration has been or will
be paid by the Fund to Group for providing such initial capital.

                Group  acknowledges  that, as of the date hereof,  the shares of
the Fund are not registered  under the Securities Act of 1933 and are being sold
in reliance on the exemption from registration  provided by Section 4(2) thereof
relating to transactions not involving a public offering.



                                              Very truly yours,

                                              BULL & BEAR GROUP, INC.


                                           By:
                                                   Robert D. Anderson
                                                   President




Standardized Profit Sharing Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

SECTION 1.     EMPLOYER INFORMATION

   Name of Employer:
- -------------------------------------------------------


Address_______________________________________________________________
- -----

   City: _______________________State:______________________ Zip:
- --------------

   Telephone: _________________ Federal Tax Identification
Number_______________

   Income Tax Year End __________________________

   Type of Business (Check only one) [ ] Sole Proprietorship [ ] Partnership [ ]
   Corporation [ ] Other (Specify)_______________

   Nature of Business
(Describe)_______________________________________________

   Plan Sequence No. __________  (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
   the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is the second, etc.)

   For a plan which covers only the owner of the  business,  please  provide the
   following information about the owner:

   Social Security No._________________ Date Business Established  ____________

   Date of Birth________________________ Marital
Status_______________________

   Home Address
- ---------------------------------------------------------------


SECTION 2.     EFFECTIVE DATES   Check and complete Option A or B



<PAGE>



   Option A:   [   ]   This is the initial adoption of a profit sharing plan by
              the Employer.  The Effective Date of this Plan is ________, 19  .
              NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan
              Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

   Option B:   [    ]  This is an amendment and restatement of an existing
              profit sharing plan (a Prior Plan).  The Prior Plan was initially
              effective on _____________.  The Effective Date of this amendment
              and restatement is ________________.   NOTE: The effective date
              is usually the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption
              Agreement is signed.


SECTION 3.    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A, B and C
   Part A.    Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       completing _______ (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years of Eligibility Service.  NOTE:
       If more than 1 year is selected,  the immediate 100% vesting  schedule of
       Section 5, Option C will automatically apply. If left blank, the Years of
       Eligibility Service required will be deemed to be 0.

   Part B.    Age Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       attaining age  ____________  (no more than 21).  NOTE: If left blank,  it
       will be deemed there is no age requirement for eligibility.

#705(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
   Part C.     Class of Employees Eligible to Participate:
       All Employees shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan,
       except the following (if checked):
       [   ]  Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by the
              terms  of  a  collective  bargaining  agreement  between  Employee
              representatives  (the  term  "Employee  representatives"  does not
              include  any  organization  more  than half of whose  members  are
              Employees who are owners,  officers or executives of the Employer)
              and the Employer under which retirement  benefits were the subject
              of good faith bargaining  unless the agreement  provides that such
              Employees  are  to be  included  in the  Plan,  and  except  those
              Employees who are  non-resident  aliens pursuant to Section 410(b)
              (3)(C)  of the Code and who  received  no earned  income  from the
              Employer which  constitutes  income from sources within the United
              States.

SECTION 4.     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION FORMULA


<PAGE>



   Part A.     Contribution Formula
               For each Plan Year the Employer  will  contribute an amount to be
               determined from year to year.

   Part B.     Allocation Formula:  (Check Option 1 or 2)
 Option 1: [  ]  Pro Rata Formula.  Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
                 shall be allocated  to the  Individual  Accounts of  qualifying
                 Participants  in the ratio that each  qualifying  Participant's
                 Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation
                 of all qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.

 Option          2:  [  ]  Integrated   Formula:   Employer   Contributions  and
                 Forfeitures shall be allocated as follows (Start with Step 3 if
                 this Plan is not a Top-Heavy Plan):

             Step     1. Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures shall first be
                      allocated  pro  rata  to  qualifying  Participants  in the
                      manner  described  in  Section  4,  Part B,  Option 1. The
                      percent  so   allocated   shall  not  exceed  3%  of  each
                      qualifying Participant's Compensation.

             Step     2. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the  allocation in Step 1 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying  Participant's  Individual Account in the ratio
                      that each qualifying  Participant's  Compensation  for the
                      Plan Year in excess of the integration  level bears to all
                      qualifying  Participants'  Compensation  in  excess of the
                      integration level, but not in excess of 3%.

             Step 3.  Any Employer Contributions and Forfeitures remaining
                      after the allocation in Step 2 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying Participant's Individual Account in the ratio
                      that the sum of each qualifying Participant's total
                      Compensation and Compensation in excess of the
                      integration level bears to the sum of all qualifying
                      Participants' total Compensation and Compensation in
                      excess of the integration level, but not in excess of the
                      profit sharing maximum disparity rate as described in
                      Section 3.01(B)(3) of the Plan.

             Step     4. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the allocation in Step 3 shall be allocated pro rata
                      to  qualifying  Participants  in the manner  described  in
                      Section 4, Part B, Option 1.



<PAGE>



      The integration level shall be (Choose one):

      Option 1:  [  ]  The Taxable Wage Base
      Option 2:  [  ]  $______ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base)
      Option 3:  [  ]  ______% of the Taxable Wage Base
      NOTE: If no box is checked, the integration level shall be the Taxable
            Wage Base.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

<PAGE>
SECTION 5.     VESTING
           A Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account
           attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures as follows
           (Choose one):
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------

YEARS OF                             VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE
  Option A [ ] Option B [ ] Option C [ ] Option D [ ] (Complete if Chosen)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

        1               0%      0%    100%     ____%
        2               0%     20%    100%     ____%
        3           100%       40%    100%     ____% (not less than 20%)
        4           100%       60%    100%     ____% (not less than 40%)
        5           100%       80%    100%     ____% (not less than 60%)
        6           100%      100%    100%     ____% (not less than 80%)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------

  NOTE:  If left blank, Option C, 100% vesting, will be deemed to be selected.

SECTION 6.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
       The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age _____ (not to exceed 65).
       NOTE:  If left blank, the Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to be age
              59 1/2.

SECTION 7.     HOURS REQUIRED   Complete Parts A and B
   Part        A.  ________  Hours of  Service  (no more  than  1,000)  shall be
               required  to  constitute  a Year of Vesting  Service or a Year of
               Eligibility Service.



<PAGE>



   Part B.     ________ Hours of Service (no more than 500) must be exceeded to
               avoid a Break in Vesting Service or a Break in Eligibility
               Service.
               NOTE:  The number of hours in Part A must be greater than the
               number of hours in Part B.

SECTION 8.     OTHER OPTIONS  Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following
               questions by checking the appropriate box.  If a box is not
               checked for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

     A.   Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the
          Plan be permitted?     [   ] Yes  [   ] No

     B.   Participant Direction of Investments:  Will Participants be permitted
          to direct the investment of their Individual Accounts pursuant to
          Section 5.14 of the Plan?        [   ] Yes   [   ] No

     C.   In-Service Withdrawals:  Will Participants be permitted to make
          withdrawals during service pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(3) of the
          Plan?                  [   ] Yes   [  ] No
          NOTE:  If the Plan is being adopted to amend and replace a Prior Plan
          which permitted in-service withdrawals you must answer "Yes."
          Check here if such withdrawals will be permitted only on account of
          hardship.   [   ]

SECTION 9.     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
   Part A.     Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor:
               Will the safe harbor  provisions  of Section  6.05(F) of the Plan
               apply (Choose only one Option)?
 Option 1:  [   ]    Yes
 Option 2:  [   ]    No
            NOTE:  You must select "No" if you are adopting this Plan as an
            amendment and restatement of a Prior Plan that was subject to the
            joint and survivor annuity requirements.

   Part B.     Survivor Annuity Percentage:  (Complete only if your answer in
               Section 9, Part A is "No.")

               The survivor  annuity  portion of the Joint and Survivor  Annuity
               shall be a  percentage  equal to _____  (at least 50% but no more
               than 100%) of the amount paid to the Participant  prior to his or
               her death.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>


<PAGE>



SECTION 10.    ADDITIONAL PLANS
          An  Employer  who has ever  maintained  or who later  adopts  any plan
          (including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
          Code, which provides  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to
          separate  accounts for key employees as defined in Section 419A(d) (3)
          of the Code or an individual  medical  account,  as defined in Section
          415(1)(2)  of the Code) in  addition to this Plan (other than a paired
          standardized profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) may
          not rely on the opinion  letter  issued by the National  Office of the
          Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under
          Section  401 of the Code.  If the  Employer  who  adopts or  maintains
          multiple plans wishes to obtain  reliance that the Employer's  plan(s)
          are qualified,  application for a determination  letter should be made
          to the appropriate Key District Director of Internal Revenue.

          This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic
          Plan Document No. 03.

SECTION 11.    EMPLOYER SIGNATURE  Important:  Please read before signing
          I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and I
          state the following:

          1.   I acknowledge  that I have relied upon my own advisors  regarding
               the  completion of this Adoption  Agreement and the legal and tax
               implications of adopting this Plan.
          2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption
               Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.
          3.   I  understand  that the  Prototype  Sponsor will inform me of any
               amendments  made  to the  Plan  and  will  notify  me  should  it
               discontinue or abandon the Plan.
          4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the
               corresponding Basic Plan Document.

  Signature for Employer_____________________________Date
Signed_______________

  Type
Name________________________________________________________________
- ----

SECTION 12.    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN     Check and complete only one option
      Option A.   [   ]   Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
      Check One:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust powers,
                  or   [   ] Trustee with full trust powers


<PAGE>



      NOTE:  Custodian will be deemed selected if no box is checked.

      Financial Organization
- --------------------------------------------------

Signature_____________________________________________________________
- ----
      Type
Name________________________________________________________________

      Option B.  [   ]    Individual Trustee(s)

      Signature _____________________________
Signature_________________________
      Type Name _____________________________ Type
Name_________________________

SECTION 13.    PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

      Name of Prototype Sponsor

Address_______________________________________________________________
- ---
      Telephone
Number_________________________________________________________

SECTION 14.  LIMITATION  ON  ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan If you maintain or
      ever maintained  another qualified plan (other than a paired  standardized
      money purchase pension plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) in which any
      Participant  in this  Plan is (or was) a  Participant  or  could  become a
      Participant,  you must complete this section.  You must also complete this
      section if you  maintain  a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section
      419(e) of the Code,  or an  individual  medical  account,  as  defined  in
      Section  415(l)(2) of the Code,  under which amounts are treated as annual
      additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
   Part     A. If the  Participant  is covered under another  qualified  defined
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master or
            prototype plan:

         1. [  ]  The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of
                  the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or
                  prototype plan.


<PAGE>


         2. [  ]  Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans
                  will limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible
                  amount, and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a
                  manner that precludes Employer discretion.) ________________
                  ------------------------------------------------------------

   Part      B.  If the  Participant  is or has  ever  been a  participant  in a
             defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer,  the Employer will
             provide below the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of
             Section  415(e) of the Code.  Such language must preclude  Employer
             discretion. (Complete)____________________________________________

   Part C.   Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
            Option 1:  [   ]    Section 3121(a) wages
            Option 2:  [   ]    Section 3401(a) wages
            Option 3:  415 safe-harbor compensation
            NOTE:  If no box is checked, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

   Part D. The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:
             ---------------------------------------

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401




QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST
Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document  03
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

SECTION ONE      DEFINITIONS
     The following  words and phrases when used in the Plan with initial capital
     letters  shall,  for the purpose of this Plan,  have the meanings set forth
     below unless the context indicates that other meanings are intended:

    1.01  ADOPTION AGREEMENT
          Means the document  executed by the Employer  through  which it adopts
          the Plan and  Trust  and  thereby  agrees to be bound by all terms and
          conditions of the Plan and Trust.

    1.02  BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
          Means this prototype Plan and Trust document.



<PAGE>



    1.03  BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
          Means  a  12  consecutive   month  period  which   coincides  with  an
          Eligibility  Computation  Period  during  which an  Employee  fails to
          complete  more than 500 Hours of  Service  (or such  lesser  number of
          Hours  of  Service  specified  in  the  Adoption  Agreement  for  this
          purpose).

    1.04  BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE
          Means a Plan Year during which an Employee fails to complete more than
          500  Hours of  Service  (or such  lesser  number  of Hours of  Service
          specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

    1.05  CODE
          Means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time-to-time.

    1.06  COMPENSATION
          For Plan Years  beginning on or after  January 1, 1989,  the following
          definition of Compensation shall apply:

    Compensation  will mean  Compensation  as that term is  defined  in  Section
    3.05(E)(2) of the Plan. For any Self-Employed  Individual  covered under the
    Plan, Compensation will mean Earned Income.  Compensation shall include only
    that  Compensation  which is  actually  paid to the  Participant  during the
    applicable period. Except as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the applicable
    period  shall be the Plan Year  unless the  Employer  has  selected  another
    period in the Adoption Agreement.

    Unless otherwise  indicated in the Adoption  Agreement,  Compensation  shall
    include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary
    reduction  agreement and which is not  includible in the gross income of the
    Employee under Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

    For years beginning after December 31, 1988, the annual Compensation of each
    Participant  taken into account under the Plan for any year shall not exceed
    $200,000.  This  limitation  shall be adjusted by the  Secretary at the same
    time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code, except that
    the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective
    for years  beginning in such calendar  year and the first  adjustment to the
    $200,000  limitation  is effected on January 1, 1990.  If a Plan  determines
    Compensation  on a period  of time  that  contains  fewer  than 12  calendar
    months,  then the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the annual
    Compensation  limit for the calendar year in which the  compensation  period
    begins  multiplied  by the ratio  obtained  by  dividing  the number of full
    months in the period by 12.



<PAGE>



    In  determining  the  Compensation  of a  Participant  for  purposes of this
    limitation,  the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply,  except
    in applying such rules,  the term "family"  shall include only the spouse of
    the Participant  and any lineal  descendants of the Participant who have not
    attained age 19 before the close of the year.

    If, as a result of the  application  of such  rules  the  adjusted  $200,000
    limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the portion
    of  Compensation  up to the  integration  level if this  Plan  provides  for
    permitted  disparity),  the limitation  shall be prorated among the affected
    individuals  in  proportion  to  each  such  individual's   Compensation  as
    determined under this Section prior to the application of this limitation.

    If Compensation for any prior Plan Year is taken into account in determining
    an  Employee's   contributions   or  benefits  for  the  current  year,  the
    Compensation  for  such  prior  year is  subject  to the  applicable  annual
    Compensation  limit in effect for that prior  year.  For this  purpose,  for
    years beginning before January 1, 1990, the applicable  annual  Compensation
    limit is $200,000.

    Unless  otherwise  indicated  in the Adoption  Agreement,  where an Employee
    enters the Plan (and thus becomes a Participant) on an Entry Date other than
    the Entry  Date in a Plan  Year,  his  Compensation  will  include  any such
    earnings paid to him during the whole of such Plan Year.

    Where this Plan is being adopted as an amendment and  restatement to bring a
    Prior  Plan into  compliance  with the Tax  Reform  Act of 1986,  such Prior
    Plan's  definition  of  Compensation  shall  apply for Plan Years  beginning
    before January 1, 1989.

    In  addition  to other  applicable  limitations  set forth in the Plan,  and
    notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for Plan
    Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each
    Employee  taken  into  account  under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93
    annual  Compensation  limit.  The  OBRA  '93  annual  Compensation  limit is
    $150,000,  as  adjusted by the  Commissioner  for  increases  in the cost of
    living in  accordance  with Section  401(a)(17)(B)  of the Internal  Revenue
    Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to
    any period,  not exceeding 12 months,  over which Compensation is determined
    (determination  period)  beginning in such calendar year. If a determination
    period  consists of fewer than 12 months,  the OBRA '93 annual  Compensation
    limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
    of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.


<PAGE>



    For Plan Years  beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in this
    Plan to the limitation  under Section  401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the
    OBRA '93 annual Compensation limit set forth in this provision.

    If Compensation for any prior determination  period is taken into account in
    determining  an Employee's  benefits  accruing in the current Plan Year, the
    Compensation for that prior determination  period is subject to the OBRA '93
    annual Compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period. For
    this purpose,  for  determination  periods beginning before the first day of
    the  first  Plan Year  beginning  on or after  January  1, 1994 the OBRA '93
    annual Compensation limit is $150,000.
<PAGE>
    1.07  CUSTODIAN
          Means an entity  specified in the  Adoption  Agreement as Custodian or
          any duly appointed successor as provided in Section 5.09.

    1.08  DISABILITY
          Means the inability to engage in any substantial,  gainful activity by
          reason of any  medically  determinable  physical or mental  impairment
          that can be  expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be
          expected to last for a  continuous  period of not less than 12 months.
          The  permanence  and degree of such  impairment  shall be supported by
          medical evidence.

    1.09  EARNED INCOME
          Means the net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business
          with  respect  to which the Plan is  established,  for which  personal
          services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net
          earnings  will be determined  without  regard to items not included in
          gross income and the deductions  allocable to such items. Net earnings
          are reduced by  contributions  by the Employer to a qualified  plan to
          the extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

    1.09  EARNED INCOME
          Means the net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business
          with  respect  to which the Plan is  established,  for which  personal
          services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net
          earnings  will be determined  without  regard to items not included in
          gross income and the deductions  allocable to such items. Net earnings
          are reduced by  contributions  by the Employer to a qualified  plan to
          the extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

          Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction  allowed
          to the  Employer  by  Section  164(f)  of the Code for  taxable  years
          beginning after December 31, 1989.


<PAGE>



    1.10  EFFECTIVE DATE
          Means the date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the Adoption
          Agreement.  However, where a separate date is stated in the Plan as of
          which a particular Plan provision  becomes  effective,  such date will
          control with respect to that provision.

    1.11  ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD
          An Employee's initial  Eligibility  Computation Period shall be the 12
          consecutive  month period commencing with the date such Employee first
          performs  an Hour  of  Service  (employment  commencement  date).  His
          subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the 12 consecutive
          month  periods  commencing  on the  anniversaries  of  his  employment
          commencement  date;  provided,  however,  if pursuant to the  Adoption
          Agreement,  an Employee  is required to complete  one or less Years of
          Eligibility  Service  to  become a  Participant,  then his  subsequent
          Eligibility  Computation  Periods  shall be the Plan Years  commencing
          with  the  Plan  Year   beginning   during  his  initial   Eligibility
          Computation Period.

    1.12  EMPLOYEE
          Means any person  employed by an Employer  maintaining  the Plan or of
          any other employer  required to be aggregated with such Employer under
          Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) or the Code.

          The term Employee shall also include any Leased  Employee deemed to be
          an Employee of any Employer  described  in the  previous  paragraph as
          provided in Section 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

    1.13  EMPLOYER
          Means  any  corporation,  partnership,  sole-proprietorship  or  other
          entity  named  in the  Adoption  Agreement  and any  successor  who by
          merger,  consolidation,  purchase or otherwise assumes the obligations
          of the Plan. A partnership is considered to be the Employer of each of
          the  partners  and a  sole-proprietorship  is  considered  to  be  the
          Employer of a sole proprietor.

    1.14  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
          Means the amount  contributed  by the Employer each year as determined
          under this Plan.

    1.15  ENTRY DATES
          Means the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the  seventh
          month of the  Plan  Year,  unless  the  Employer  has  specified  more
          frequent dates in the Adoption Agreement.



<PAGE>



    1.16  ERISA
          Means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974 as amended
          from time-to-time.

    1.17  FORFEITURE
          Means that portion of a  Participant's  Individual  Account as derived
          from Employer Contributions which he or she is not entitled to receive
          (i.e., the nonvested portion).

    1.18  FUND
          Means  the  Plan  assets  held by the  Trustee  for the  Participants'
          exclusive benefit.

    1.19  HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE
          The term  Highly  Compensated  Employee  includes  highly  compensated
          active employees and highly compensated former employees.

          A  highly  compensated  active  employee  includes  any  Employee  who
          performs  service for the Employer during the  determination  year and
          who,  during the look-back  year: (a) received  Compensation  from the
          Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted  pursuant to Section 415(d)
          of the Code); (b) received Compensation from the Employer in excess of
          $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code) and was a
          member of the top-paid  group for such year;  or (c) was an officer of
          the  Employer  and  received  Compensation  during  such  year that is
          greater  than 50% of the dollar  limitation  in effect  under  Section
          415(b)(1)(A)  of the Code. The term Highly  Compensated  Employee also
          includes:  (a)  Employees  who are  both  described  in the  preceding
          sentence if the term "determination  year" is substituted for the term
          "look-back  year" and the  Employee  is one of the 100  Employees  who
          received  the  most   Compensation   from  the  Employer   during  the
          determination  year;  and (b)  Employees who are 5% owners at any time
          during the look-back year or determination year.

          If no officer has satisfied the Compensation  requirement of (c) above
          during either a determination year or look-back year, the highest paid
          officer  for such  year  shall  be  treated  as a  Highly  Compensated
          Employee.

          For this purpose,  the determination  year shall be the Plan Year. The
          look-back year shall be the 12 month period immediately  preceding the
          determination year.

          A  highly  compensated  former  employee  includes  any  Employee  who
          separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the


<PAGE>



          determination  year,  performs no service for the Employer  during the
          determination  year, and was a highly  compensated active employee for
          either the  separation  year or any  determination  year  ending on or
          after the Employee's 55th birthday.

          If an Employee is, during a  determination  year or look-back  year, a
          family member of either a 5% owner who is an active or former Employee
          or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the 10 most
<PAGE>
          Highly Compensated  Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid
          by the Employer  during such year,  then the family  member and the 5%
          owner or top 10 Highly  Compensated  Employee shall be aggregated.  In
          such case, the family member and 5% owner or top 10 Highly Compensated
          Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving  Compensation
          and  Plan   contributions  or  benefits  equal  to  the  sum  of  such
          Compensation and contributions or benefits of the family member and 5%
          owner or top 10 Highly  Compensated  Employee.  For  purposes  of this
          Section,  family member  includes the spouse,  lineal  ascendants  and
          descendants of the Employee or former Employee and the spouses of such
          lineal ascendants and descendants.

          The determination of who is a Highly Compensated  Employee,  including
          the determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-
          paid group, the top 100 Employees,  the number of Employees treated as
          officers  and the  Compensation  that is  considered,  will be made in
          accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations  there-
          under.

    1.20  HOURS OF SERVICE - Means
          A. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
             for the performance of duties for the Employer.  These hours will
             be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which
             the duties are performed; and

          B. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by
             the  Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties
             are performed  (irrespective of whether the employment relationship
             has  terminated)  due to  vacation,  holiday,  illness,  incapacity
             (including  disability),  layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave
             of  absence.  No more than 501 Hours of  Service  will be  credited
             under this paragraph for any single  continuous  period (whether or
             not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours under
             this paragraph shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section
             2530.200b-2  of  the  Department  of  Labor  Regulations  which  is
             incorporated herein by this reference;


<PAGE>



             and

          C. Each  hour for  which  back  pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of
             damages,  is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.  The same
             Hours of Service will not be credited  both under  paragraph (A) or
             paragraph  (B), as the case may be, and under this  paragraph  (C).
             These hours will be credited to the  Employee  for the  computation
             period or periods to which the award or agreement  pertains  rather
             than the  computation  period in which  the  award,  agreement,  or
             payment is made.

          D. Solely for purposes of  determining  whether a Break in Eligibility
             Service or a Break in Vesting Service has occurred in a computation
             period (the computation period for purposes of determining  whether
             a Break in Vesting  Service  has  occurred  is the Plan  Year),  an
             individual  who is absent  from  work for  maternity  or  paternity
             reasons shall  receive  credit for the Hours of Service which would
             otherwise  have  been  credited  to such  individual  but for  such
             absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8
             Hours of Service  per day of such  absence.  For  purposes  of this
             paragraph,  an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons
             means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the  individual,
             (2) by  reason  of a birth  of a child  of the  individual,  (3) by
             reason  of  the  placement  of  a  child  with  the  individual  in
             connection with the adoption of such child by such  individual,  or
             (4) for  purposes  of caring for such child for a period  beginning
             immediately following such birth or placement. The Hours of Service
             credited  under  this  paragraph  shall  be  credited  (1)  in  the
             Eligibility  Computation  Period or Plan Year in which the  absence
             begins  if the  crediting  is  necessary  to  prevent  a  Break  in
             Eligibility Service or a Break in Vesting Service in the applicable
             period,  or (2) in all other cases,  in the  following  Eligibility
             Computation Period or Plan Year.

          E. Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members
             of an affiliated  service group (under Section 414(m) of the Code),
             a controlled  group of  corporations  (under  Section 414(b) of the
             Code),  or a group of trades or  businesses  under  common  control
             (under Section  414(c) of the Code) of which the adopting  Employer
             is a member,  and any other entity  required to be aggregated  with
             the  Employer  pursuant  to  Section  414(o)  of the  Code  and the
             regulations thereunder.

             Hours  of  Service  will  also  be  credited  for  any   individual
             considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code


<PAGE>



             Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.

          F. Where the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer,
             service for such predecessor employer shall be treated as service
             for the Employer.

          G. The above method for determining Hours of Service may be altered
             as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

    1.21  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT
          Means the account  established and maintained under this Plan for each
          Participant in accordance with Section 4.01.

    1.22  INVESTMENT FUND
          Means a subdivision of the Fund established pursuant to Section 5.05.

    1.23  KEY EMPLOYEE
          Means any person who is determined to be a Key Employee  under Section
          10.08.

    1.24  LEASED EMPLOYEE
          Means  any  person  (other  than an  Employee  of the  recipient)  who
          pursuant to an agreement  between the  recipient  and any other person
          ("leasing  organization") has performed services for the recipient (or
          for the recipient and related  persons  determined in accordance  with
          Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially  full time basis for
          a period  of at  least  one  year,  and  such  services  are of a type
          historically  performed  by  Employees  in the  business  field of the
          recipient  Employer.  Contributions  or  benefits  provided  a  Leased
          Employee  by  the  leasing  organization  which  are  attributable  to
          services  performed  for the  recipient  Employer  shall be treated as
          provided by the recipient Employer.

          A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient
          if: (1) such  employee  is covered by a money  purchase  pension  plan
          providing:  (a) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least
          10% of compensation,  as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but
          including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
          which are excludable  from the  employee's  gross income under Section
          125, Section 402(a)(8),  Section 402(h) or Section 403(b) of the Code,
          (b) immediate  participation,  and (c) full and immediate vesting; and
          (2)  Leased   Employees  do  not  constitute  more  than  20%  of  the
          recipient's nonhighly compensated work force.

    1.25  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE


<PAGE>



          Means the age  specified in the Adoption  Agreement.  However,  if the
          Employer  enforces a mandatory  retirement  age which is less than the
          Normal  Retirement  Age, such mandatory age is deemed to be the Normal
          Retirement Age. If no age is specified in the Adoption Agreement,  the
          Normal Retirement Age shall be age 59 1/2.

    1.26  OWNER - EMPLOYEE
          Means an  individual  who is a sole  proprietor,  or who is a  partner
          owning more than 10% of either the capital or profits  interest of the
          partnership.
<PAGE>
    1.27  PARTICIPANT
          Means any Employee or former  Employee of the Employer who has met the
          Plan's  eligibility  requirements,  has entered the Plan and who is or
          may become eligible to receive a benefit of any type from this Plan or
          whose Beneficiary may be eligible to receive any such benefit.

    1.28  PLAN
          Means the prototype defined contribution plan adopted by the Employer.
          The Plan consists of this Basic Plan  Document plus the  corresponding
          Adoption Agreement as completed and signed by the Employer.

    1.29  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
          Means the person or persons determined to be the Plan Administrator in
          accordance with Section 8.01.

    1.30  PLAN YEAR
          Means  the 12  consecutive  month  period  which  coincides  with  the
          Employer's  tax year or such other 12  consecutive  month period as is
          designated in the Adoption Agreement.

    1.31  PRIOR PLAN
          Means a plan which was  amended or  replaced  by adoption of this Plan
          document as indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

    1.32  PROTOTYPE SPONSOR
          Means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement. Such entity must
          meet the definition of a sponsoring  organization set forth in Section
          3.07 of Revenue Procedure 89-13.

    1.33  SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL
          Means an  individual  who has Earned  Income for the taxable year from
          the trade or  business  for which the Plan is  established;  also,  an
          individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the


<PAGE>



          trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

    1.34  SEPARATE FUND
          Means a  subdivision  of the  Fund  held in the  name of a  particular
          Participant representing certain assets held for that Participant. The
          assets which comprise a  Participant's  Separate Fund are those assets
          earmarked  for him  and  those  assets  subject  to the  Participant's
          individual direction pursuant to Section 5.14.

    1.35  TAXABLE WAGE BASE
          Means,  with  respect  to any  taxable  year,  the  maximum  amount of
          earnings  which may be  considered  wages for such year under  Section
          3121(a)(1) of the Code.

    1.36  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
          A Termination  of Employment of an Employee of an Employer shall occur
          whenever  his status as an  Employee of such  Employer  ceases for any
          reason  other than his death.  An Employee who does not return to work
          for the Employer on or before the expiration of an authorized leave of
          absence  from  such  Employer  shall  be  deemed  to have  incurred  a
          Termination of Employment when such leave ends.

    1.37  TOP-HEAVY PLAN
          This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is determined to
          be such pursuant to Section 10.08.

    1.38  TRUSTEE
          Means an  individual,  individuals  or  corporation  specified  in the
          Adoption  Agreement  as Trustee  or any duly  appointed  successor  as
          provided in Section 5.09.  Trustee  shall mean  Custodian in the event
          the financial  organization  named as Trustee does not have full trust
          powers.

    1.39  VALUATION DATE
          Means the last day of the Plan Year and each other date  designated by
          the  Plan   Administrator   which  is   selected   in  a  uniform  and
          non-discriminatory  manner  when the  assets of the Fund are valued at
          their then fair market value.

    1.40  VESTED
          Means  nonforfeitable,  that is, a claim  which is  unconditional  and
          legally  enforceable against the Plan obtained by a Participant or his
          Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred benefit under the
          Plan which arises from a Participant's Years of Vesting Service.



<PAGE>



    1.41  YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
          Means  a  12  consecutive   month  period  which   coincides  with  an
          Eligibility  Computation  period during which an Employee completes at
          least  1,000  Hours of  Service  (or such  lesser  number  of Hours of
          Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

    1.42  YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE
          Means a Plan Year during  which an Employee  completes  at least 1,000
          Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service  specified
          in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

          In the case of a Participant who has 5 or more  consecutive  Breaks in
          Vesting  Service,  all Years of Vesting  Service  after such Breaks in
          Vesting Service will be disregarded for the purpose of determining the
          Vested  portion  of  his  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employer
          Contributions  that  accrued  before such breaks.  Such  Participant's
          prebreak  service  will  count in  vesting  the  postbreak  Individual
          Account derived from Employer Contributions only if either:

            (A)   such  Participant  had any Vested  right to any portion of his
                  Individual Account derived from Employer  Contributions at the
                  time of his Termination of Employment; or

            (B)   upon returning to service, the number of consecutive Breaks in
                  Vesting  Service  is less than his  number of Years of Vesting
                  Service before such breaks.

          Separate subaccounts will be maintained for the Participant's
<PAGE>
          prebreak and postbreak portions of his Individual Account derived from
          Employer  Contributions.  Both subaccounts will share in the gains and
          losses of the Fund.

          Years of Vesting Service shall not include any period of time excluded
          from Years of Vesting Service in the Adoption Agreement.

          In the  event  the Plan  Year is  changed  to a new  12-month  period,
          Employees  shall  receive  credit  for Years of  Vesting  Service,  in
          accordance with the preceding provisions of this definition,  for each
          of the Plan  Years  (the old and new Plan  Years)  which  overlap as a
          result of such change.


SECTION TWO ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION



<PAGE>



    2.01  ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE
          Each Employee of the Employer,  except those Employees who belong to a
          class of Employees which is excluded from  participation  as indicated
          in the Adoption  Agreement,  shall be eligible to  participate in this
          Plan upon the satisfaction of the age and Years of Eligibility Service
          requirements specified in the Adoption Agreementment.

    2.02  PLAN ENTRY

          A. If this  Plan is a  replacement  of a Prior  Plan by  amendment  or
             restatement, each Employee of the Employer who was a Participant in
             said Prior Plan before the  Effective  Date shall  continue to be a
             Participant in this Plan.

          B. An  Employee  will  become  a  Participant  in the  Plan  as of the
             Effective  Date  if he has  met  the  eligibility  requirements  of
             Section  2.01 as of such  date.  After  the  Effective  Date,  each
             Employee  shall  become  a  Participant  on the  first  Entry  Date
             following  the  date  the  Employee   satisfies   the   eligibility
             requirements of Section 2.01.

          C. The Plan  Administrator  shall  notify  each  Employee  who becomes
             eligible to be a Participant  under this Plan and shall furnish him
             with the  application  form,  enrollment  forms or other  documents
             which are required of  Participants.  The eligible  Employee  shall
             execute such forms or documents and make available such information
             as may be required in the administration of the Plan.

    2.03  TRANSFER TO OR FROM INELIGIBLE CLASS
          If an  Employee  who had  been a  Participant  becomes  ineligible  to
          participate  because he is no longer a member of an eligible  class of
          Employees,  but has not incurred a Break in Eligibility Service,  such
          Employee shall participate  immediately upon his return to an eligible
          class of  Employees.  If such Employee  incurs a Break in  Eligibility
          Service, his eligibility to participate shall be determined by Section
          2.04.

          An Employee  who is not a member of the  eligible  class of  Employees
          will become a  Participant  immediately  upon becoming a member of the
          eligible  class provided such Employee has satisfied the age and Years
          of  Eligibility  Service  requirements.   If  such  Employee  has  not
          satisfied the age and Years of Eligibility Service  requirements as of
          the date he becomes a member of the eligible  class, he shall become a
          Participant  on the first Entry Date  following  the date he satisfies
          said requirements.


<PAGE>




    2.04  RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE

          A. Employee Not  Participant  Before  Break - If an Employee  incurs a
             Break  in  Eligibility   Service   before   satisfying  the  Plan's
             eligibility  requirements,  such  Employee's  Years of  Eligibility
             Service before such Break in Eligibility  Service will not be taken
             into account.

          B. Nonvested  Participants - In the case of a Participant who does not
             have a Vested  interest  in his  Individual  Account  derived  from
             Employer  Contributions,  Years  of  Eligibility  Service  before a
             period of  consecutive  Breaks in  Eligibility  Service will not be
             taken  into  account  for  eligibility  purposes  if the  number of
             consecutive Breaks in Eligibility  Service in such period equals or
             exceeds  the  greater  of 5 or the  aggregate  number  of  Years of
             Eligibility  Service before such break.  Such  aggregate  number of
             Years  of  Eligibility  Service  will  not  include  any  Years  of
             Eligibility  Service  disregarded  under the preceding  sentence by
             reason of prior breaks.

             If a  Participant's  Years of Eligibility  Service are  disregarded
             pursuant  to the  preceding  paragraph,  such  Participant  will be
             treated  as a new  Employee  for  eligibility  purposes.  If a Par-
             ticipant's  Years of  Eligibility  Service  may not be  disregarded
             pursuant  to  the  preceding  paragraph,   such  Participant  shall
             continue  to  participate  in the Plan,  or, if  terminated,  shall
             participate immediately upon reemployment.

          C. Vested  Participants  - A Participant  who has sustained a Break in
             Eligibility  Service  and who  had a  Vested  interest  in all or a
             portion  of  his   Individual   Account   derived   from   Employer
             Contributions  shall  continue to  participate  in the Plan, or, if
             terminated, shall participate immediately upon reemployment.

    2.05  DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION
          The  Plan  Administrator  shall  determine  the  eligibility  of  each
          Employee to be a Participant.  This determination  shall be conclusive
          and binding upon all persons except as otherwise provided herein or by
          law.

    2.06  TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
          Neither the fact of the  establishment of the Plan nor the fact that a
          common law Employee has become a Participant shall give to that common
          law Employee any right to continued employment; nor shall


<PAGE>



          either fact limit the right of the  Employer to  discharge  or to deal
          otherwise with a common law Employee without regard to the effect such
          treatment may have upon the Employee's rights under the Plan.

SECTION THREE  CONTRIBUTIONS

    3.01  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

          A. Obligation to Contribute - The Employer shall make contributions to
             the Plan in accordance with the contribution  formula  specified in
             the Adoption Agreement.  If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the
             Employer shall, in its sole discretion,  make contributions without
             regard to current or accumulated earnings or profits.

          B. Allocation Formula and the Right to Share in the Employer Profit
             Sharing Contribution -

             1. General - The  Employer  Contribution  for any Plan Year will be
                allocated  or  contributed   to  the   Individual   Accounts  of
                qualifying  Participants  in accordance  with the  allocation or
                contribution  formula specified in the Adoption  Agreement.  The
                Employer  Contribution  for any Plan Year will be  allocated  to
                each Participant's Individual Account as of the last day of that
                Plan Year.
<PAGE>
                Any Employer  Contribution  for a Plan Year must satisfy Section
                401(a)(4) and the regulations thereunder for such Plan Year.

             2. Qualifying   Participants   -  A  Participant  is  a  qualifying
                Participant   and  is   entitled   to  share  in  the   Employer
                Contribution for any Plan Year if (1) he was a Participant on at
                least  one day  during  the  Plan  Year,  (2) if this  Plan is a
                nonstandardized  plan,  he  completes a Year of Vesting  Service
                during the Plan Year and (3) where the Employer has selected the
                "last  day  requirement"  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  he is an
                Employee of the  Employer  on the last day of Plan Year  (except
                that  this  last   requirement   (3)  shall  not  apply  if  the
                Participant  has  died  during  the  Plan  Year  or  incurred  a
                Termination  of  Employment  during the Plan Year  after  having
                reached  his  Normal   Retirement  Age  or  having   incurred  a
                Disability).  Notwithstanding  anything in this paragraph to the
                contrary, a Participant will not be a qualifying Participant for
                a Plan Year if he incurs a Termination of Employment during such
                Plan Year with not more than 500 Hours of  Service  if he is not
                an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year. The  determination
                of whether a Participant


<PAGE>



                is entitled to share in the Employer  Contribution shall be made
                as of the last day of each Plan Year.

             3. Special  Rules  for  Integrated  Plans  - If  the  Employer  has
                selected the integrated  contribution  or allocation  formula in
                the Adoption Agreement, then the maximum disparity rate shall be
                determined in accordance with the following table.

                             MAXIMUM DISPARITY RATE

                                        Top-Heavy       Nontop-Heavy
Integration Level      Money Purchase   Profit Sharing  Profit Sharing
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

Taxable Wage Base (TWB)        5.7%       2.7%             5.7%

More than $0 but not more
than X*                        5.7%       2.7%             5.7%

More than X* of TWB but
not more than 80% of TWB       4.3%       1.3%             4.3%

More than 80% of TWB but
not more than TWB              5.4%       2.4%             5.4%

                               * X means the greater of $10, 000 or 20% of TWB.

        C.  Allocation of Forfeitures - Forfeitures for a Plan Year which arise
            as a result of the application of Section 6.01(D) shall be allo-
            cated as follows:

            1. Profit  Sharing  Plan  -  If  this  is  a  profit  sharing  plan,
               Forfeitures  shall be allocated in the manner provided in Section
               3.01 (B) (for Employer  Contributions) to the Individual Accounts
               of  Participants  who  are  entitled  to  share  in the  Employer
               Contribution for such Plan Year.

            2. Money Purchase  Pension and Target Benefit Plan - If this Plan is
               a money purchase plan or a target benefit plan, Forfeitures shall
               be applied towards the reduction of Employer Contributions to the
               Plan.  However,  if the  Employer  has  indicated in the Adoption
               Agreement that  Forfeitures  shall be allocated to the Individual
               Accounts of Participants,  then Forfeitures shall be allocated in
               the manner provided in Section 3.01(B) (for


<PAGE>



               Employer   Contributions)   to   the   Individual   Accounts   of
               Participants   who  are   entitled  to  share  in  the   Employer
               Contributions for such Plan Year.

        D.  Timing  of  Employer  Profit  Sharing  Contribution  - The  Employer
            Contribution  for each Plan Year shall be  delivered  to the Trustee
            (or Custodian, if applicable) not later than the due date for filing
            the  Employer's  income tax return for its fiscal  year in which the
            Plan Year ends, including extensions thereof.

        E.  Minimum  Allocation  for  Top-Heavy  Plans  - The  contribution  and
            allocation  provisions  of this Section  3.01(E) shall apply for any
            Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

            1. Except as otherwise  provided in (3) and (4) below,  the Employer
               Contributions   and  Forfeitures   allocated  on  behalf  of  any
               Participant  who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the
               lesser of 3% of such  Participant's  Compensation or (in the case
               where the Employer has no defined  benefit plan which  designates
               this  Plan  to  satisfy  Section  401 of the  Code)  the  largest
               percentage  of  Employer  Contributions  and  Forfeitures,  as  a
               percentage of the first $200,000 (increased by any cost of living
               adjustment  made by the Secretary of Treasury or his delegate) of
               the Key Employee's  Compensation,  allocated on behalf of any Key
               Employee  for that year.  The minimum  allocation  is  determined
               without regard to any Social Security contribution.  This minimum
               allocation shall be made even though under other Plan provisions,
               the  Participant  would not  otherwise  be entitled to receive an
               allocation,  or would have received a lesser  allocation  for the
               year because of (a) the  Participant's  failure to complete 1,000
               Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), or (b)
               the   Participant's    failure   to   make   mandatory   Employee
               Contributions to the Plan, or (c) Compensation less than a stated
               amount.

            2. For purposes of computing  the minimum  allocation,  Compensation
               shall mean Compensation as defined in Section 1.06 of the Plan.

            3. The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant
               who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan
               Year.

            4. The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant to
               the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or
               plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the adop-


<PAGE>



               tion agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement
               applicable  to  Top-Heavy  Plans will be met in the other plan or
               plans.

            5. The minimum  allocation  required under this Section  3.01(E) and
               Section  3.01(F)(1) (to the extent required to be  nonforfeitable
               under  Code  Section  416(b))  may not be  forfeited  under  Code
               Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

        F.  Special  Requirements  for  Paired  Plans - The  Employer  maintains
            paired plans if the Employer has adopted both a standardized  profit
            sharing plan and a standardized  money  purchase  pension plan using
            this Basic Plan Document.
<PAGE>
            1. Minimum Allocation - The mandatory minimum  allocation  provision
               of  Section  3.01(E)  shall not apply to any  Participant  if the
               Employer maintains paired plans.  Rather, for each Plan Year, the
               Employer  will  provide  a  minimum  contribution  equal to 3% of
               Compensation  for each  non-Key  Employee  who is  entitled  to a
               minimum contribution. Such minimum contribution will only be made
               to one of the Plans.  If an Employee is a Participant in only one
               of the  Plans,  the  minimum  contribution  shall be made to that
               Plan. If the Employee is a Participant in both Plans, the minimum
               contribution shall be made to the money purchase plan.

            2. Only One  Plan  Can Be  Integrated  - If the  Employer  maintains
               paired plans, only one of the Plans may provide for the disparity
               in  contributions  which is permitted under Section 401(l) of the
               Code. In the event that both Adoption Agreements provide for such
               integration, only the money purchase pension plan shall be deemed
               to be integrated.

        G.  Return of the Employer  Contribution  to the Employer  Under Special
            Circumstances - Any  contribution  made by the Employer because of a
            mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer  within one year of
            the contribution.

            In the event that the  Commissioner of Internal  Revenue  determines
            that  the  Plan is not  initially  qualified  under  the  Code,  any
            contributions  made  incident to that initial  qualification  by the
            Employer must be returned to the Employer  within one year after the
            date  the  initial   qualification  is  denied.,  but  only  if  the
            application for  qualification is made by the time prescribed by law
            for filing the  Employer's  return for the taxable year in which the
            Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury
            may


<PAGE>



            prescribe.

            In the event that a  contribution  made by the  Employer  under this
            Plan is conditioned  on  deductibility  and is not deductible  under
            Code  Section  404,  the  contribution,  to the extent of the amount
            disallowed,  must be returned to the Employer  within one year after
            the deduction is disallowed.

        H.  Omission of Participant

            1. If the Plan is a money  purchase  plan or a target  benefit  plan
               and, if in any Plan Year,  any Employee who should be included as
               a  Participant  is  erroneously  omitted  and  discovery  of such
               omission is not made until after a  contribution  by the Employer
               for the year has been made and allocated, the Employer shall make
               a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Employee in
               the amount which the Employer would have contributed with respect
               to that Employee had he not been omitted.

            2. If the Plan is a profit  sharing  plan,  and if in any Plan Year,
               any  Employee  who  should  be  included  as  a  Participant   is
               erroneously  omitted and  discovery of such  omission is not made
               until  after  the  Employer   Contribution   has  been  made  and
               allocated,  then the Plan Administrator must re-do the allocation
               (if  a  correction   can  be  made)  and  inform  the   Employee.
               Alternatively,  the  Employer  may choose to  contribute  for the
               omitted  Employee  the  amount  which  the  Employer  would  have
               contributed for him.

   3.02  EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
         This Plan will not  accept  nondeductible  employee  contributions  and
         matching  contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in
         which this Plan is adopted by the Employer.  Employee contributions for
         Plan Years,  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  together  with any
         matching  contributions  as defined in Section 401(m) of the Code, will
         be limited so as to meet the  nondiscrimination  test of Section 401(m)
         of the Code.

         A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator for the
         nondeductible employee contributions of each Participant.

         A  Participant  may,  upon a  written  request  submitted  to the  Plan
         Administrator  withdraw  the lesser of the  portion  of his  Individual
         Account attributable to his nondeductible employee contributions or the
         amount he contributed as nondeductible employee contributions.



<PAGE>



         Employee  contributions  and earnings thereon will be nonforfeitable at
         all times. No Forfeiture will occur solely as a result of an Employee's
         withdrawal of employee contributions.

         The  Plan   Administrator   will   not   accept   deductible   employee
         contributions  which  are  made  for a  taxable  year  beginning  after
         December  31,  1986.  Contributions  made  prior to that  date  will be
         maintained in a separate  account which will be  nonforfeitable  at all
         times.  The  account  will share in the gains and losses of the Fund in
         the same manner as described  in Section  4.03 of the Plan.  No part of
         the deductible employee  contribution  account will be used to purchase
         life  insurance.  Subject to Section 6.05,  joint and survivor  annuity
         requirements (if applicable),  the Participant may withdraw any part of
         the  deductible  employee  contribution  account  by  making a  written
         application to the Plan Administrator.

   3.03  ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
         If the Plan Administrator so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
         manner, an Employee may contribute a rollover contribution to the Plan;
         provided   that  such   Employee   submits  a  written   certification,
         satisfactory  to the  Trustee  (or  Custodian),  that the  contribution
         qualifies as a rollover contribution.

         A separate  account shall be maintained by the Plan  Administrator  for
         each Employee's rollover  contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
         all times.  Such  account will share in the income and gains and losses
         of the Fund in the  manner  described  in  Section  4.03  and  shall be
         subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.

         For  purposes of this Section  3.03,  "rollover  contribution"  means a
         contribution described in Sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4) or 408(d)(3) of
         the Code or in any other provision which may be added to the Code which
         may authorize rollovers to the Plan.


   3.04  TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS
         If the Plan Administrator so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
         manner,  the  Trustee (or  Custodian,  if  applicable)  may receive any
         amounts transferred to it from the trustee or custodian of another plan
         qualified under Code Section 401(a).

         A separate  account shall be maintained by the Plan  Administrator  for
         each Employee's transfer  contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
         all times.  Such  account will share in the income and gains and losses
         of the Fund in the manner described in Section 4.03 and shall be


<PAGE>



         subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.

   3.05  LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
         A.  If  the  Participant   does  not  participate  in,  and  has  never
             participated  in another  qualified plan maintained by the Employer
             or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code
             maintained by the Employer,  or an individual  medical account,  as
             defined  in  Section  415(l)(2)  of  the  Code,  maintained  by the
             Employer,  which provides an annual  addition as defined in Section
             3.08(E)(1), the following rules shall apply:
<PAGE>
             1. The amount of annual additions which may be credited to the Par-
                ticipant's  Individual  Account for any limitation year will not
                exceed the lesser of the maximum permissible amount or any other
                limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer  Contribution
                that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Partici-
                pant's  Individual  Account would cause the annual additions for
                the limitation  year to exceed the maximum  permissible  amount,
                the amount  contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
                annual  additions for the limitation year will equal the maximum
                permissible amount.

             2. Prior to determining the Participant's  actual  compensation for
                the  limitation  year,  the Employer may  determine  the maximum
                permissible   amount  for  a  Participant  on  the  basis  of  a
                reasonable estimation of the Participant's  Compensation for the
                limitation  year,  uniformly  determined  for  all  participants
                similarly situated.

             3. As soon as is  administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
                limitation  year,  the  maximum   permissible   amount  for  the
                limitation   year  will  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  the
                Participant's actual compensation for the limitation year.

             4. If  pursuant  to  Section  3.08(A)(3)  or  as a  result  of  the
                allocation of Forfeitures there is an excess amount,  the excess
                will be disposed of as follows:

                a.  Any nondeductible voluntary employee contributions, to the
                    extent they would reduce the excess amount, will be returned
                    to the Participant;

                b.  If after the application of paragraph (a) an excess amount
                    still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at
                    the end of the limitation year, the excess amount in the


<PAGE>



                    Participant's  Individual  Account  will be  used to  reduce
                    Employer   Contributions   (including   any   allocation  of
                    Forfeitures)  for such  Participant  in the next  limitation
                    year, and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.

                c.  If after the application of paragraph (b) an excess amount
                    still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan
                    at the end of a limitation year, the excess amount will be
                    held unallocated in a suspense account.  The suspense
                    account will be applied to reduce future Employer Contri-
                    butions (including allocation of any Forfeitures) for all
                    remaining Participants in the next limitation year, and each
                    succeeding limitation year if necessary;

                d.  If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
                    limitation year pursuant to this Section, it will not par-
                    ticipate in the allocation of the Fund's investment gains
                    and losses.  If a suspense account is in existence at any
                    time during a particular limitation year, all amounts in the
                    suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to Par-
                    ticipants' Individual Accounts before any Employer Contribu-
                    tions or any Employee contributions may be made to the Plan
                    for that limitation year.  Excess amounts may not be distri-
                    buted to Participants or former Participants.

        B. If, in  addition  to this Plan,  the  Participant  is  covered  under
           another  qualified  master or  prototype  defined  contribution  plan
           maintained  by the  Employer,  a welfare  benefit fund, as defined in
           Section  419(e)  of  the  Code  maintained  by  the  Employer,  or an
           individual  medical account,  as defined in Section  415(l)(2) of the
           Code,  maintained by the Employer,  which provides an annual addition
           as defined in Section  3.05(E)(1),  during any  limitation  year, the
           following rules apply:

           1. The annual  additions  which may be  credited  to a  Participant's
              Individual  Account under this Plan for any such  limitation  year
              will not  exceed the  maximum  permissible  amount  reduced by the
              annual additions  credited to a Participant's  Individual  Account
              under  the  other  plans and  welfare  benefit  funds for the same
              limitation  year.  If the  annual  additions  with  respect to the
              Participant  under other  defined  contribution  plans and welfare
              benefit funds maintained by the employer are less than the maximum
              permissible  amount  and  the  Employer  Contribution  that  would
              otherwise  be  contributed  or  allocated  to  the   Participant's
              Individual   Account  under  this  Plan  would  cause  the  annual
              additions for the limitation year to exceed this  limitation,  the
              amount contributed


<PAGE>



              or allocated  will be reduced so that the annual  additions  under
              all such  plans and funds for the  limitation  year will equal the
              maximum  permissible  amount. If the annual additions with respect
              to the Participant under such other defined contribution plans and
              welfare  benefit  funds in the  aggregate  are equal to or greater
              than the maximum permissible amount, no amount will be contributed
              or allocated to the  Participant's  Individual  Account under this
              Plan for the limitation year.

           2. Prior to determining the Participant's actual compensation for the
              limitation   year,   the  Employer  may   determine   the  maximum
              permissible  amount for a Participant  in the manner  described in
              Section 3.05(A)(2).

           3. As  soon  as is  administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
              limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the limitation
              year will be determined on the basis of the  Participant's  actual
              compensation for the limitation year.

           4. If,  pursuant  to  Section  3.05(B)(3)  or  as  a  result  of  the
              allocation of Forfeitures a Participant's  annual  additions under
              this Plan and such other  plans would  result in an excess  amount
              for a limitation year, the excess amount will be deemed to consist
              of  the  annual  additions  last  allocated,  except  that  annual
              additions  attributable  to a welfare  benefit fund or  individual
              medical  account  will be  deemed  to have  been  allocated  first
              regardless of the actual allocation date.

           5. If  an  excess  amount  was  allocated  to  a  Participant  on  an
              allocation  date of this Plan which  coincides  with an allocation
              date of another plan,  the excess  amount  attributed to this Plan
              will be the product of,

              a.  the total excess amount allocated as of such date, times
              b.  the ration of (i) the annual additions allocated to the Parti-
                  cipant for the limitation year as of such date under this Plan
                  to  (ii)  the  total   annual   additions   allocated  to  the
                  Participant for the limitation year as of such date under this
                  and all the other  qualified  prototype  defined  contribution
                  plans.

           6. Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
              manner described in Section 3.05(A)(4).

        C. If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contri-
           bution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a master or pro-


<PAGE>



           totype plan,  annual  additions which may be credited to the Partici-
           pant's  Individual  Account under this Plan for any  limitation  year
           will be  limited  in  accordance  with  Sections  3.05(B)(1)  through
           3.08(B)(6)  as though the other plan were a master or prototype  plan
           unless the Employer  provides other limitations in the Section of the
           Adoption  Agreement titled  "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One
           Plan."
<PAGE>
        D. If the Employer  maintains,  or at any time  maintained,  a qualified
           defined  benefit plan covering any  Participant in this Plan, the sum
           of the  Participant's  defined  benefit  plan  fraction  and  defined
           contribution  plan  fraction  will not exceed  1.0 in any  limitation
           year. The annual additions which may be credited to the Participant's
           Individual  Account under this Plan for any  limitation  year will be
           limited in  accordance  with the  Section of the  Adoption  Agreement
           titled "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One Plan."

        E. The following terms shall have the following meanings when used in
           this Section 3.05:

           1. Annual additions:  The sum of the following amounts credited to a
              Participant's Individual Account for the limitation year:

              a.  Employer Contributions,

              b.  Employee contributions,

              c.  Forfeitures, and

              d.  amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual
                  medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
                  which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the
                  Employer are treated as annual additions to a defined contri-
                  bution plan.  Also amounts derived from contributions paid or
                  accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after
                  such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical
                  benefits, allocated to the separate account of a key employee,
                  as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare
                  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, main-
                  tained by the Employer are treated as annual additions to a
                  defined contribution plan.

                  For this  purpose,  any excess  amount  applied  under Section
                  3.05(A)(4)  or  3.05(B)(6)  in the  limitation  year to reduce
                  Employer Contributions will be considered annual additions for


<PAGE>



                  such limitation year.

           2. Compensation:  As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreem-
              ent (and if no election is made, Section 3401(a) wages will be
              deemed to have been selected), Compensation shall mean all of a
              Participant's:

              a.  Section 3121 wages.  Wages as defined in Section 3121(a) of
                  the Code, for purposes of calculating Social Security taxes,
                  but determined without regard to the wage base limitation in
                  Section 3121(a)(1), the special rules in Section 3121(v), any
                  rules that limit covered employment based on the type or loca-
                  tion of an Employee's Employer, and any rules that limit the
                  remuneration included in wages based on familial relationship
                  or based on the nature or location of the employment or the
                  services performed (such as the exceptions to the definition
                  of employment in Section 3121(b)(1) through (2)).

              b.  Section 3401(a) wages.  Wages as defined in Section 3401(a) of
                  the Code,  for the purposes of income tax  withholding  at the
                  source but  determined  without regard to any rules that limit
                  the  remuneration  included  in wages  based on the  nature or
                  location of the employment or the services  performed (such as
                  the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2)).

              c.  415 safe-harbor compensation.  Wages, salaries, and fees for
                  professional services and other amounts received (without
                  regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for per-
                  sonal services actually rendered in the course of employment
                  with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the
                  amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not
                  limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for ser-
                  vices on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on
                  insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, reimburse-
                  ments, and expense allowances), and excluding the following:

                  1. Employer  contributions to a plan of deferred  compensation
                     which are not includible in the Employee's gross income for
                     the  taxable  year  in  which   contributed,   or  employer
                     contributions  under a simplified  employee pension plan to
                     the  extent  such   contributions  are  deductible  by  the
                     Employee,  or any  distributions  from a plan  of  deferred
                     compensation;

                  2. Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
                     option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the


<PAGE>



                     Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
                     subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                  3. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposit-
                     ion of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

                  4. Other  amounts  which  received  special tax  benefits,  or
                     contributions  made by the Employer (whether or not under a
                     salary  reduction  agreement)  towards  the  purchase of an
                     annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or
                     not the  amounts  are  actually  excludable  from the gross
                     income of the Employee).

                     For any  Self-Employed  Individual,  Compensation will mean
                     Earned Income.  For limitation years beginning after Decem-
                     ber 31, 1991,  for purposes of applying the  limitations of
                     this Section 3.05,  compensation  for a limitation  year is
                     the  compensation  actually  paid or  includible  in  gross
                     income during such limitation year.

                     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  compensation for a
                     Participant   in  a  defined   contribution   plan  who  is
                     permanently  and  totally  disabled  (as defined in Section
                     22(e)(3) of the Code) is the compensation  such Participant
                     would  have  received  for  the  limitation   year  if  the
                     Participant had been paid at the rate of compensation  paid
                     immediately   before   becoming   permanently  and  totally
                     disabled;   such  imputed  compensation  for  the  disabled
                     participant   may  be  taken  into   account  only  if  the
                     Participant  is  not  a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  (as
                     defined  in Section  414(q) of the Code) and  contributions
                     made on behalf of such Participant are nonforfeitable  when
                     made.

           3. Defined benefit  fraction:  A fraction,  the numerator of which is
              the sum of the  Participant's  projected annual benefits under all
              the defined benefit plans (whether or not  terminated)  maintained
              by the  Employer,  and the  denominator  of which is the lesser of
              125% of the dollar  limitation  determined for the limitation year
              under  Section  415(b) and (d) of the Code or 140% of the  highest
              average  compensation,  including  any  adjustments  under Section
              415(b) of the Code.

              Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as
              of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after
<PAGE>


<PAGE>



              December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained
              by the  employer  which  were in  existence  on May 6,  1986,  the
              denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125% of the sum
              of the annual  benefits under such plans which the participant had
              accrued  as of the  close of the last  limitation  year  beginning
              before January 1, 1987,  disregarding any changes in the terms and
              conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986.  The preceding  sentence
              applies only if the defined benefit plans  individually and in the
              aggregate  satisfied the  requirements  of Section 415 of the Code
              for all limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.

           4. Defined contribution dollar limitation:  $30,000 or if greater,
              one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in
              Section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect for the limitation
              year.

           5. Defined contribution  fraction: A fraction, the numerator of which
              is the sum of the annual  additions to the  Participant's  account
              under  all  the  defined   contribution   plans  (whether  or  not
              terminated)  maintained  by the  Employer  for the current and all
              prior   limitation   years   (including   the   annual   additions
              attributable   to   the   Participant's   nondeductible   employee
              contributions  to  all  defined  benefit  plans,  whether  or  not
              terminated,  maintained by the Employer,  and the annual additions
              attributable  to all welfare  benefit funds, as defined in Section
              419(e) of the Code, and individual medical accounts, as defined in
              Section  415(l)(2) of the Code,  maintained by the Employer),  and
              the  denominator  of  which  is the sum of the  maximum  aggregate
              amounts for the current and all prior  limitation years of service
              with the Employer  (regardless  of whether a defined  contribution
              plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount
              in any  limitation  year  is the  lesser  of  125%  of the  dollar
              limitation  determined under Section 415(b) and (d) of the Code in
              effect  under  Section  415(c)(1)(A)  of  the  Code  or 35% of the
              Participant's compensation for such year.

              If the Employee was a  participant  as of the end of the first day
              of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
              one or more defined  contribution plans maintained by the Employer
              which were in  existence  on May 6, 1986,  the  numerator  of this
              fraction  will be  adjusted  if the sum of this  fraction  and the
              defined  benefit  fraction  would  otherwise  exceed 1.0 under the
              terms of this Plan.  Under the adjustment,  an amount equal to the
              product  of (1) the  excess of the sum of the  fractions  over 1.0
              times (2) the  denominator of this  fraction,  will be permanently
              subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is


<PAGE>



              calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the
              end of the last limitation year beginning  before January 1, 1987,
              and  disregarding  any changes in the terms and  conditions of the
              Plan made after May 5, 1986,  but using the Section 415 limitation
              applicable  to the first  limitation  year  beginning  on or after
              January 1, 1987.

              The annual addition for any limitation year beginning  before Jan-
              uary 1,  1987,  shall  not be  recomputed  to treat  all  employee
              contributions as annual additions.

           6. Employer:  For purposes of this Section 3.05,  Employer shall mean
              the  Employer  that  adopts  this  Plan,  and  all  members  of  a
              controlled  group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of
              the Code as modified by Section 415(h)),  all commonly  controlled
              trades or businesses  (as defined in Section 414(c) as modified by
              Section  415(h))  or  affiliated  service  groups  (as  defined in
              Section 414(m)) of which the adopting  Employer is a part, and any
              other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer  pursuant
              to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

           7. Excess amount:  The excess of the Participant's annual additions
              for the limitation year over the maximum permissible amount.

           8. Highest average compensation:  The average compensation for the
              three consecutive years of service with the Employer that produces
              the highest average.

           9. Limitation  year: A calendar  year,  or the  12-consecutive  month
              period  elected by the  Employer  in the  Section of the  Adoption
              Agreement titled  "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One Plan."
              All qualified  plans  maintained by the Employer must use the same
              limitation  year. If the limitation year is amended to a different
              12-consecutive month period, the new limitation year must begin on
              a date within the limitation year in which the amendment is made.

         10.  Master or prototype plan:  A plan the form of which is the subject
              of a favorable notification letter from the Internal Revenue
              Service.

         11.  Maximum  permissible  amount: The maximum annual addition that may
              be contributed or allocated to a Participant's  Individual Account
              under the Plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser
              of:



<PAGE>



              a.  the defined contribution dollar limitation, or
              b.  25% of the Participant's compensation for the limitation year.

              The compensation  limitation referred to in (b) shall not apply to
              any  contribution  for  medical  benefits  (within  the meaning of
              Section  401(h)  or  Section  419A(f)(2)  of the  Code)  which  is
              otherwise treated as an annual addition under Section 415(l)(1) or
              419A(d)(2) of the Code.

              If a short  limitation  year is created  because  of an  amendment
              changing the limitation year to a different  12-consecutive  month
              period, the maximum permissible amount will not exceed the defined
              contribution   dollar  limitation   multiplied  by  the  following
              fraction:

              Number of months in the short limitation year / 12

         12.  Projected annual benefit:  The annual retirement benefit (adjusted
              to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit
              is  expressed  in a form  other than a  straight  life  annuity or
              qualified  joint and  survivor  annuity) to which the  Participant
              would be entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming:

              a.  the Participant will continue employment until normal retire-
                  ment age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and

              b.  the Participant's compensation for the current limitation year
                  and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits
                  under the Plan will remain constant for all future limitation
                  years.
<PAGE>
SECTION FOUR   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION

     4.01  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
           A.  The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain an Individual
               Account  in the name of each  Participant  to  reflect  the total
               value  of his  interest  in the  Fund.  Each  Individual  Account
               established hereunder shall consist of such subaccounts as may be
               needed for each Participant including:

             1. a subaccount to reflect Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
                allocated on behalf of a Participant;

             2. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's rollover contributions;



<PAGE>



             3. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's transfer contributions;

             4. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's nondeductible employee
                contributions; and

             5. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's deductible employee
                contributions.

         B. The Plan Administrator may establish  additional  accounts as it may
            deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, including,
            but not limited to, a suspense  account for  Forfeitures as required
            pursuant to Section 6.01(D).

     4.02  VALUATION OF FUND
           The Fund will be valued each Valuation Date at fair market value.

     4.03  VALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
           A. Where all or a portion of the assets of a Participant's Individual
              Account are invested in a Separate Fund for the Participant,  then
              the value of that portion of such Participant's Individual Account
              at any relevant  time equals the sum of the fair market  values of
              the assets in such Separate Fund,  less any applicable  charges or
              penalties.

           B. The fair market value of the remainder of each Individual Account
              is determined in the following manner:

              1. First,  the portion of the Individual  Account invested in each
                 Investment   Fund  as  of  the  previous   Valuation   Date  is
                 determined. Each such portion is reduced by any withdrawal made
                 from the applicable  Investment Fund to or for the benefit of a
                 Participant or his Beneficiary,  further reduced by any amounts
                 forfeited by the  Participant  pursuant to Section  6.01(D) and
                 further  reduced by any  transfer  to another  Investment  Fund
                 since  the  previous  Valuation  Date and is  increased  by any
                 amount  transferred  from  another  Investment  Fund  since the
                 previous  Valuation  Date.  The  resulting  amounts are the net
                 Individual Account portions invested in the Investment Funds.

              2. Secondly,  the net Individual Account portions invested in each
                 Investment  Fund are adjusted  upwards or  downwards,  pro rata
                 (i.e.,  ratio of each net Individual Account portion to the sum
                 of all net Individual  Account portions) so that the sum of all
                 the net Individual  Account portions  invested in an Investment
                 Fund will equal the then fair market value of the Investment


<PAGE>



                 Fund. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, for the first Plan
                 Year only, the net Individual Account portions shall be the sum
                 of all  contributions  made  to each  Participant's  Individual
                 Account during the first Plan Year.

              3. Thirdly,  any  contributions  to the Plan and  Forfeitures  are
                 allocated  in  accordance  with  the   appropriate   allocation
                 provisions   of   Section  3.  For   purposes   of  Section  4,
                 contributions  made by the Employer for any Plan Year but after
                 that Plan Year will be considered to have been made on the last
                 day of that Plan Year  regardless  of when paid to the  Trustee
                 (or Custodian, if applicable).

                 Amounts   contributed  between  Valuation  Dates  will  not  be
                 credited  with  investment  gains  or  losses  until  the  next
                 following Valuation Date.

              4. Finally,  the portions of the  Individual  Account  invested in
                 each  Investment  Fund  (determined in accordance with (1), (2)
                 and (3) above) are added together.


     4.04  SEGREGATION OF ASSETS
           If a Participant elects a mode of distribution other than a lump sum,
           the Plan Administrator may place that  Participant's  account balance
           into a segregated  Investment Fund for the purpose of maintaining the
           necessary  liquidity to provide  benefit  installments  on a periodic
           basis.


     4.05  STATEMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
           No later than 270 days  after the close of each Plan  Year,  the Plan
           Administrator   shall   furnish  a  statement  to  each   Participant
           indicating the Individual  Account balances of such Participant as of
           the last Valuation Date in such Plan Year.

     4.06  MODIFICATION OF METHOD FOR VALUING  INDIVIDUAL  ACCOUNTS If necessary
           or appropriate,  the Plan  Administrator  may establish  different or
           additional procedures (which shall be uniform and non-discriminatory)
           for determining the fair market value of the Individual Accounts.


SECTION FIVE   TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN



<PAGE>



     5.01  CREATION OF FUND
           By adopting this Plan, the Employer  establishes the Fund which shall
           consist of the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee (or  Custodian,
           if applicable) pursuant to this Section 5. Assets within the Fund may
           be pooled on behalf of all Participants,  earmarked on behalf of each
           Participant  or be a  combination  of pooled  and  earmarked.  To the
           extent that assets are earmarked for a particular  Participant,  they
           will be held in a Separate Fund for that Participant.

           No part of the  corpus  or  income  of the Fund may be used  for,  or
           diverted  to,  purposes  other  than  for the  exclusive  benefit  of
           Participants or their Beneficiaries.

     5.02  INVESTMENT AUTHORITY
           Except as provided in Section 5.14 (relating to individual direction
           of investments by Participants), the Employer, not the Trustee (or
<PAGE>
           Custodian,  if  applicable),  shall  have  exclusive  management  and
           control  over  the   investment   of  the  Fund  into  any  permitted
           investment.  Notwithstanding the preceding  sentence,  a Trustee with
           full trust powers (under  applicable  law) may make an agreement with
           the Employer whereby the Trustee will manage the investment of all or
           a portion of the Fund. Any such agreement shall be in writing and set
           forth such matters as the Trustee deems necessary or desirable.

     5.03  FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION CUSTODIAN OR TRUSTEE WITHOUT FULL
TRUST POWERS
           This  Section  5.03  applies  where  a  financial   organization  has
           indicated in the Adoption  Agreement that it will serve, with respect
           to this Plan,  as Custodian  or as Trustee  without full trust powers
           (under applicable law). Hereinafter, a financial organization Trustee
           without full trust powers (under applicable law) shall be referred to
           as a Custodian.

           A. Permissible Investments - The assets of the Plan shall be invested
              only  in  those   investments  which  are  available  through  the
              Custodian in the ordinary  course of business  which the Custodian
              may  legally  hold in a  qualified  plan and which  the  Custodian
              chooses  to  make   available  to  Employers  for  qualified  plan
              investments.

           B. Responsibilities of the Custodian - The responsibilities of the
              Custodian shall be limited to the following:

              1. To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and reinvest
                 the Fund without distinction between principal and interest;


<PAGE>



                 provided,  however, that nothing in this Plan shall require the
                 Custodian to maintain  physical  custody of stock  certificates
                 (or  other   indicia  of   ownership  of  any  type  of  asset)
                 representing assets within the Fund;

              2. To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings, with-
                 drawals and other information the Custodian deems relevant with
                 respect to the Plan;

              3. To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or Benefic-
                 iaries upon the proper authorization of the Plan Administrator;
                 and

              4. To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement which reflects
                 the value of the  investments  in the hands of the Custodian as
                 of the end of each Plan Year.

        C. Powers of the Custodian - Except as otherwise  provided in this Plan,
           the Custodian shall have the power to take any action with respect to
           the Fund which it deems  necessary  or  advisable  to  discharge  its
           responsibilities  under this Plan including,  but not limited to, the
           following powers:

           1. To  invest  all or a  portion  of the Fund  (including  idle  cash
              balances)  in  time  deposits,   savings  accounts,  money  market
              accounts  or  similar  investments  bearing a  reasonable  rate of
              interest in the Custodian's own savings  department or the savings
              department of another financial organization;

           2. To vote  upon any  stocks,  bonds,  or other  securities;  to give
              general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without
              power of  substitution;  to exercise any conversion  privileges or
              subscription  rights and to make any payments  incidental thereto;
              to  oppose,  or  to  consent  to,  or  otherwise  participate  in,
              corporate  reorganizations  or other changes  affecting  corporate
              securities,  and to pay any  assessment  or charges in  connection
              therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner
              with respect to stocks, bonds, securities or other property;

           3. To hold securities or other property of the Fund in its own name,
              in the name of its nominee or in bearer form; and

           4. To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents
              of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that
              may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein


<PAGE>



              granted.

     5.04  FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION TRUSTEE WITH FULL TRUST POWERS AND
INDIVIDUAL
            TRUSTEE

           This  Section  5.04  applies  where  a  financial   organization  has
           indicated  in the  Adoption  Agreement  that it will serve as Trustee
           with full trust  powers.  This Section also applies where one or more
           individuals  are  named  in  the  Adoption   Agreement  to  serve  as
           Trustee(s).

           A. Permissible Investments - The Trustee may invest the assets of the
              Plan in property of any  character,  real or personal,  including,
              but not  limited to the  following:  stocks,  including  shares of
              open-end  investment  companies  (mutual  funds);   bonds;  notes;
              debentures;  options;  limited partnership  interests;  mortgages;
              real estate or any  interests  therein;  unit  investment  trusts;
              Treasury  Bills,  and other U.S.  Government  obligations;  common
              trust funds, combined investment trusts, collective trust funds or
              commingled  funds  maintained  by  a  bank  or  similar  financial
              organization  (whether  or not  the  Trustee  hereunder);  savings
              accounts,  time  deposits  or money  market  accounts of a bank or
              similar  financial   organization  (whether  or  not  the  Trustee
              hereunder); annuity contracts; life insurance policies; or in such
              other   investments   as  is  deemed  proper   without  regard  to
              investments  authorized  by statute or rule of law  governing  the
              investment of trust funds but with regard to ERISA and this Plan.

              Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Prototype Sponsor may,
              as a condition  of making the Plan  available  to the Employer for
              adoption,  limit the types of property in which the Trustee (other
              than a financial  organization Trustee with full trust powers), is
              permitted to invest.

        B. Responsibilities of the Trustee - The responsibilities of the Trustee
           shall be limited to the following:

           1. To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and reinvest the
              Fund without distinction between physical and interest;  provided,
              however,  that  nothing in this Plan shall  require the Trustee to
              maintain physical custody of stock  certificates (or other indicia
              of ownership) representing assets within the Fund;

           2. To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings, with-
              drawals and other information the Trustee deems relevant with re-


<PAGE>



              spect to the Plan;

           3. To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or Beneficiar-
              ies upon the proper authorization of the Plan Administrator; and

           4. To furnish to the Plan  Administrator  a statement  which reflects
              the value of the investments in the hands of the Trustee as of the
              end of each Plan Year.

        C. Powers of the  Trustee - Except as  otherwise  provided in this Plan,
           the Trustee  shall have the power to take any action with  respect to
           the Fund which it deems  necessary  or  advisable  to  discharge  its
           responsibilities  under this Plan including,  but not limited to, the
           following powers:
<PAGE>
           1. To hold any securities or other property of the Fund in its own
              name, in the name of its nominee or in bearer form;

           2. To purchase or subscribe for securities  issued,  or real property
              owned,  by the  Employer  or any trade or  business  under  common
              control with the Employer but only if the prudent  investment  and
              diversification requirements of ERISA are satisfied;

           3. To sell,  exchange,  convey,  transfer or otherwise dispose of any
              securities  or other  property  held by the  Trustee,  by  private
              contract or at public auction.  No person dealing with the Trustee
              shall be bound to see to the  application of the purchase money or
              to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such
              sale or other disposition, with or without advertisement;

           4. To vote  upon any  stocks,  bonds,  or other  securities;  to give
              general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without
              power of  substitution;  to exercise any conversion  privileges or
              subscription  rights and to make any payments  incidental thereto;
              to  oppose,  or  to  consent  to,  or  otherwise  participate  in,
              corporate  reorganizations  or other changes  affecting  corporate
              securities,  and to delegate  discretionary powers, and to pay any
              assessments or charges in connection  therewith;  and generally to
              exercise  any of the  powers of an owner  with  respect to stocks,
              bonds, securities or other property;

           5. To  invest  any  part  or all of the  Fund  (including  idle  cash
              balances) in  certificates  of deposit,  demand or time  deposits,
              savings accounts,  money market accounts or similar investments of
              the  Trustee  (if  the  Trustee  is a bank  or  similar  financial
              organiza-


<PAGE>



              tion), the Prototype Sponsor or any affiliate of such Trustee or
              Prototype Sponsor, which bear a reasonable rate of interest;

           6. To provide  sweep  services  without the receipt by the Trustee of
              additional   compensation  or  other  consideration   (other  than
              reimbursement of direct expenses properly and actually incurred in
              the performance of such services);

           7. To hold in the form of cash for  distribution  or investment  such
              portion  of the Fund as,  at any time and from  time-to-time,  the
              Trustee  shall deem  prudent  and  deposit  such cash in  interest
              bearing or noninterest bearing accounts.;

           8. To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents
              of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that
              may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein
              granted;

           9. To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts,
              or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend
              suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the
              Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

          10. To employ suitable agents and counsel,  to contract with agents to
              perform  administrative and recordkeeping  duties and to pay their
              reasonable  expenses,  fees and  compensation,  and such  agent or
              counsel may or may not be agent or counsel for the Employer;

         11.  To cause any part or all of the Fund, without limitation as to
              amount, to be commingled with the funds of other trusts (including
              trusts for qualified employee benefit plans) by causing such money
              to be invested as a part of any pooled, common, collective or
              commingled trust fund heretofore or hereafter created by any
              trustee (if the Trustee is a bank), by the Prototype Sponsor, by
              any affiliate bank of such a Trustee or by such a Trustee or the
              Prototype Sponsor, or by such an affiliate in participation with
              others; the instrument or instruments establishing such trust fund
              or funds, as amended, being made part of this Plan and trust so
              long as any portion of the Fund shall be invested through the
              medium thereof.

         12.  Generally  to do all such  acts,  execute  all  such  instruments,
              initiate  such  proceedings,  and  exercise  all such  rights  and
              privileges with relation to property  constituting  the Fund as if
              the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof.


<PAGE>



     5.05  DIVISION OF FUND INTO INVESTMENT FUNDS
           The Employer may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) from  time-to-time
           to divide and  redivide the Fund into one or more  Investment  Funds.
           Such Investment Funds may include,  but not be limited to, Investment
           Funds  representing  the assets  under the  control of an  investment
           manager  pursuant to Section 5.12 and Investment  Funds  representing
           investment options available for individual direction by Participants
           pursuant  to Section  5.14.  Upon each  division or  redivision,  the
           Employer  may  specify the part of the Fund to be  allocated  to each
           such  Investment  Fund and the terms and  conditions,  if any,  under
           which the assets in such Investment Fund shall be invested.

     5.06  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES
           The  Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if  applicable)  shall  receive  such
           reasonable  compensation  as may be agreed  upon by the  Trustee  (or
           Custodian)  and the  Employer.  The Trustee (or  Custodian)  shall be
           entitled to  reimbursement  by the Employer  for all proper  expenses
           incurred  in  carrying  out his duties  under  this  Plan,  including
           reasonable legal,  accounting and actuarial expenses.  If not paid by
           the Employer,  such  compensation and expenses may be charged against
           the Fund.

           All taxes of any kind that may be levied or assessed  under  existing
           or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Fund or the income thereof
           shall be paid from the Fund.

     5.07  NOT OBLIGATED TO QUESTION DATA
           The Employer shall furnish the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable)
           and  Plan  Administrator  the  information  which  each  party  deems
           necessary  for the  administration  of the  Plan  including,  but not
           limited to, changes in a Participant's status,  eligibility,  mailing
           addresses  and other such data as may be  required.  The  Trustee (or
           Custodian)  and Plan  Administrator  shall be entitled to act on such
           information   as  is  supplied   them  and  shall  have  no  duty  or
           responsibility to further verify or question such information.

     5.08  LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS
           The Plan Administrator  shall be responsible for withholding  federal
           income taxes from distributions from the Plan, unless the Participant
           (or  Beneficiary,  where  applicable)  elects  not to have such taxes
           withheld.  However, the Trustee (or Custodian) shall act as agent for
           the  Plan  Administrator  to  withhold  such  taxes  and to make  the
           appropriate distribution reports, subject to the Plan Administrator's
           obligation to furnish all the necessary information to so withhold to
           the Trustee (or Custodian).



<PAGE>



     5.09  RESIGNATION  OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE  (OR  CUSTODIAN)  The  Trustee (or
           Custodian,  if  applicable)  may resign at any time by giving 30 days
           advance written notice to the Employer.  The resignation shall become
           effective  30 days  after  receipt  of such  notice  unless a shorter
           period is agreed upon.

           The  Employer  may remove any Trustee (or  Custodian)  at any time by
           giving written notice to such Trustee (or Custodian) and such removal
           shall be  effective  30 days after  receipt of such  notice  unless a
           shorter  period is agreed upon.  The Employer shall have the power to
           appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian).

           Upon such resignation or removal, if the resigning or removed Trustee
           (or Custodian) is the sole Trustee (or Custodian),  he shall transfer
           all of the  assets of the Fund then held by him as  expeditiously  as
           possible to the  successor  Trustee (or  Custodian)  after  paying or
           reserving  such  reasonable  amount  as he shall  deem  necessary  to
           provide for the expense in the  settlement  of the  accounts  and the
           amount of any  compensation  due him and any sums chargeable  against
           the Fund for which he may be liable. If the Funds as reserved are not
           sufficient   for  such   purpose,   then  he  shall  be  entitled  to
           reimbursement  from the successor  Trustee (or  Custodian) out of the
           assets in the successor  Trustee's (or Custodian's)  hands under this
           Plan.  If the  amount  reserved  shall  be in  excess  of the  amount
           actually needed,  the former Trustee (or Custodian) shall return such
           excess to the successor Trustee (or Custodian).

           Upon receipt of such assets,  the  successor  Trustee (or  Custodian)
           shall  thereupon  succeed to all of the  powers and  responsibilities
           given to the Trustee (or Custodian) by this Plan.

           The  resigning  or removed  Trustee (or  Custodian)  shall  render an
           accounting  to the  Employer  and unless  objected to by the Employer
           within 30 days of its receipt, the accounting shall be deemed to have
           been approved and the resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian)
<PAGE>
           shall be released and  discharged  as to all matters set forth in the
           accounting.  Where a financial organization is serving as Trustee (or
           Custodian)  and it is merged  with or bought by another  organization
           (or comes  under the control of any  federal or state  agency),  that
           organization  shall serve as the successor  Trustee (or Custodian) of
           this  Plan,  but only if it is the type of  organization  that can so
           serve under applicable law.

           Where the Trustee or Custodian is serving as a nonbank trustee or


<PAGE>



           custodian   pursuant  to  Section   1.401-12(n)  of  the  Income  Tax
           Regulations,  the  Employer  will  appoint a  successor  Trustee  (or
           Custodian) upon  notification by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
           that such substitution is required because the Trustee (or Custodian)
           has failed to comply with the requirements of Section  1.401-12(n) or
           is not keeping such records or making such returns or rendering  such
           statements as are required by forms or regulations.

     5.10  DEGREE OF CARE
           Limitations  of Liability - The Trustee (or  Custodian)  shall not be
           liable for any losses incurred by the Fund by any lawful direction to
           invest  communicated  by  the  Employer,  Plan  Administrator  or any
           Participant or Beneficiary. The Trustee (or Custodian) shall be under
           no  liability  for  distributions  made or other  action taken or not
           taken  at the  written  direction  of the Plan  Administrator.  It is
           specifically understood that the Trustee (or Custodian) shall have no
           duty or  responsibility  with respect to the determination of matters
           pertaining to the eligibility of any Employee to become a Participant
           or remain a Participant  hereunder,  the amount of benefit to which a
           Participant  or Beneficiary  shall be entitled to receive  hereunder,
           whether a  distribution  to Participant or Beneficiary is appropriate
           under the terms of the Plan or the size and type of any  policy to be
           purchased from any insurer for any  Participant  hereunder or similar
           matters; it being understood that all such responsibilities under the
           Plan are vested in the Plan Administrator.

     5.11  INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR AND TRUSTEE (OR
CUSTODIAN)
           Notwithstanding  any other  provision  herein,  and  except as may be
           otherwise  provided by ERISA,  the Employer shall  indemnify and hold
           harmless the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable) and the Prototype
           Sponsor, their officers,  directors,  employees, agents, their heirs,
           executors,  successors  and  assigns,  from and  against  any and all
           liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges,
           or expenses  (including legal expenses) at any time arising out of or
           incurred in  connection  with any action taken by such parties in the
           performance  of their duties with respect to this Plan,  unless there
           has  been  a  final  adjudication  of  gross  negligence  or  willful
           misconduct in the performance of such duties.

           Further,  except as may be otherwise  provided by ERISA, the Employer
           will indemnify the Trustee (or custodian) and Prototype  Sponsor from
           any liability,  claim or expense  (including legal expense) which the
           Trustee (or Custodian) and Prototype Sponsor shall incur by reason of
           or which results, in whole or in part, from the Trustee's (or Custo-


<PAGE>



           dian's)  or  Prototype  Sponsor's  reliance  on the  facts  and other
           directions  and  elections  the  Employer  communicates  or  fails to
           communicate.

     5.12  INVESTMENT MANAGERS

           A. Definition of Investment Manager - The Employer may appoint one or
              more investment managers to make investment decisions with respect
              to all or a portion of the Fund. The  investment  manager shall be
              any firm or individual  registered as an investment  adviser under
              the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as defined in said Act
              or an insurance  company qualified under the laws of more than one
              state  to  perform   services   consisting   of  the   management,
              acquisition or disposition of any assets of the Plan.

           B. Investment  Manager's Authority - A separate Investment Fund shall
              be established representing the assets of the Fund invested at the
              direction of the investment  manager.  The  investment  manager so
              appointed shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable )
              with  respect  to the  investment  of such  Investment  Fund.  The
              investments  which  may  be  acquired  at  the  direction  of  the
              investment  manager are those  described  in Section  5.03(A) (for
              Custodians) or Section 5.04(A) (for Trustees).

           C. Written  Agreement - The  appointment  of any  investment  manager
              shall  be by  written  agreement  between  the  Employer  and  the
              investment   manager  and  a  copy  of  such  agreement  (and  any
              modification or termination  thereof) must be given to the Trustee
              (or Custodian).

              The agreement shall set forth, among other matters,  the effective
              date   of   the   investment   manager's    appointment   and   an
              acknowledgement  by the investment  manager that it is a fiduciary
              of the Plan under ERISA.

           D. Concerning  the Trustee (or  Custodian)  - Written  notice of each
              appointment of an investment manager shall be given to the Trustee
              (or   Custodian)  in  advance  of  the  effective   date  of  such
              appointment.  Such notice shall  specify which portion of the Fund
              will  constitute  the  Investment  Fund subject to the  investment
              manager's direction.  The Trustee (or Custodian) shall comply with
              the investment direction given to it by the investment manager and
              will not be liable  for any loss which may result by reason of any
              action (or inaction) it takes at the  direction of the  investment
              manager.


<PAGE>



     5.13  MATTERS RELATING TO INSURANCE

           A. If a life  insurance  policy is to be purchased for a Participant,
              the  aggregate   premium  for  certain  life  insurance  for  each
              Participant  must  be  less  than  a  certain  percentage  of  the
              aggregate  Employer  Contributions and Forfeitures  allocated to a
              Partici-  pant's  Individual  Account  at any  particular  time as
              follows:
<PAGE>
              1. Ordinary  Life  Insurance - For  purposes  of these  incidental
                 insurance  provisions,  ordinary life  insurance  contracts are
                 contracts   with  both   nondecreasing   death   benefits   and
                 nonincreasing  premiums. If such contracts are purchased,  less
                 than  50%  of  the   aggregate   Employer   Contributions   and
                 Forfeitures  allocated to any Participant's  Individual Account
                 will be used to pay the premiums attributable to them.

              2. Term and  Universal  Life  Insurance  - No more than 25% of the
                 aggregate Employer  Contributions and Forfeitures  allocated to
                 any  Participant's  Individual  Account will be used to pay the
                 premiums  on term  life  insurance  contracts,  universal  life
                 insurance  contracts,  and all other life  insurance  contracts
                 which are not ordinary life.

              3. Combination  - The sum of 50% of the  ordinary  life  insurance
                 premiums and all other life insurance  premiums will not exceed
                 25% of the aggregate  Employer  Contributions  and  Forfeitures
                 allocated to any Participant's Individual Account.

        B. Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts for a Partici-
           pant shall be allocated to such Participant's Individual Account.

        C. Subject to Section 6.05, the contracts on a Participant's life will
           be converted to cash or an annuity or distributed to the Participant
           upon commencement of benefits.

        D. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall apply for and will be
           the owner of any insurance  contract(s)  purchased under the terms of
           this Plan. The insurance  contract(s) must provide that proceeds will
           be payable to the Trustee (or  Custodian),  however,  the Trustee (or
           Custodian)  shall  be  required  to  pay  over  all  proceeds  of the
           contract(s) to the Participant's designated Beneficiary in accordance
           with the distribution provisions of this Plan. A Participant's spouse
           will  be  the   designated   Beneficiary   of  the  proceeds  in  all
           circumstances unless a qualified election has been made in accordance
           with Section 6.05. Under no circumstances shall the Fund retain any


<PAGE>



           part of the proceeds.  In the event of any conflict between the terms
           of this  Plan  and the  terms  of any  insurance  contract  purchased
           hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

        E. The Plan  Administrator may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) to sell
           and distribute  insurance or annuity  contracts to a Participant  (or
           other party as may be permitted) in accordance with applicable law or
           regulations.

     5.14  DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS BY PARTICIPANT
           If so indicated  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  each  Participant  may
           individually  direct  the  Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if  applicable)
           regarding the investment of part or all of his Individual Account. To
           the extent so directed, the Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee (or
           Custodian) and all other  fiduciaries are relieved of their fiduciary
           responsibility under Section 404 of ERISA.


           The  Plan  Administrator   shall  direct  that  a  Separate  Fund  be
           established  in  the  name  of  each   Participant  who  directs  the
           investment of part or all of his  Individual  Account.  Each Separate
           Fund shall be charged or credited (as appropriate) with the earnings,
           gains,  losses or expenses  attributable  to such  Separate  Fund. No
           fiduciary  shall  be  liable  for  any  loss  which  results  from  a
           Participant's  individual direction. The assets subject to individual
           direction  shall  not be  invested  in  collectibles  as that term is
           defined in Section 408(m) of the Code.

           The   Plan   Administrator   shall   establish   such   uniform   and
           nondiscriminatory  rules relating to individual direction as it deems
           necessary  or  advisable   including,   but  not  limited  to,  rules
           describing (1) which portions of Participant's Individual Account can
           be individually  directed;  (2) the frequency of investment  changes;
           (3) the forms and procedures for making investment  changes;  and (4)
           the effect of a Participant's failure to make a valid direction.

           Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Prototype   Sponsor,   the  Plan
           Administrator may, in a uniform and  nondiscriminatory  manner, limit
           the available  investments for Participants'  individual direction to
           certain specified investment options (including,  but not limited to,
           certain  mutual funds,  investment  contracts,  deposit  accounts and
           group trusts).  The Plan  Administrator  may permit, in a uniform and
           nondiscriminatory  manner, a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant to
           individually direct in accordance with this Section.



<PAGE>



SECTION SIX VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION
     6.01  DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT
        A. When Distributable

           1. Entitlement  to  Distribution  - The Vested  portion of a Partici-
              pant's   Individual   Account  shall  be   distributable   to  the
              Participant upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

              a.   the Participant's Termination of Employment;

              b.   the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age;

              c.   the Participant's Disability;

              d.   the termination of the Plan;

           2. Written  Request:  When  Distributed - A  Participant  entitled to
              distribution  who wishes to receive a  distribution  must submit a
              written request to the Plan  Administrator.  Such request shall be
              made upon a form provided by the Plan Administrator.  Upon a valid
              request,  the Plan  Administrator  shall  direct the  Trustee  (or
              Custodian,  if applicable) to commence  distribution no later than
              90 days following the later of:

              a.  the close of the Plan Year within which the event occurs which
                  entitles the Participant to distribution; or

              b.  the close of the Plan Year in which the request is received.

           3. Special Rules for Withdrawals During Service - If this is a profit
              sharing plan and the Adoption Agreement so provides, a Participant
              who is not otherwise entitled to a distribution under Section 6.01
<PAGE>
              (A)(1) may elect to receive a  distribution  of all or part of the
              Vested  portion  of  his  Individual   Account,   subject  to  the
              requirements  of Section 6.05 and further subject to the following
              limits:

              a.  Participant  for 5 or more years.  An Employee  who has been a
                  Participant in the Plan for 5 or more years may withdraw up to
                  his entire Vested portion of his Individual Account.

              b.  Participant  for less than 5 years. An Employee who has been a
                  Participant  in the Plan for less  than 5 years  may  withdraw
                  only  the  amount  which  has  been in his  Vested  Individual
                  Account attributable to Employer Contributions for at least 2


<PAGE>



                  full Plan Years.

                  However,  if the  distribution is on account of hardship,  the
                  Participant  may withdraw up to his entire  Vested  portion of
                  his  Individual   Account.   For  purposes  of  the  preceding
                  sentence,  hardship  is  defined  as an  immediate  and  heavy
                  financial need of the Participant where such Participant lacks
                  other  available   resources.   The  following  are  the  only
                  financial  needs  considered  immediate  and  heavy:  expenses
                  incurred or necessary for medical  care,  described in Section
                  213(d) of the Code, of the Employee,  the Employee's spouse or
                  dependents;  the purchase  (excluding  mortgage payments) of a
                  principal  residence for the Employee;  payment of tuition and
                  related   educational   fees  for  the  next  12   months   of
                  post-secondary  education  for the  Employee,  the  Employee's
                  spouse,  children  or  dependents;  or the need to prevent the
                  eviction  of  the  Employee  from,  or a  foreclosure  on  the
                  mortgage of, the Employee's principal residence.

                  A  distribution  will be considered as necessary to satisfy an
                  immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee only if:

                  1)   The employee has obtained all distributions, other than
                       hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under
                       all plan maintained by the Employer;

                  2)   The  distribution  is not in excess  of the  amount of an
                       immediate and heavy  financial  need  (including  amounts
                       necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes
                       or penalties  reasonably  anticipated  to result from the
                       distribution)

               4. Commencement   of   Benefits  -   Notwithstanding   any  other
                  provision,    unless   the   Participant   elects   otherwise,
                  distribution of benefits will begin no later than the 60th day
                  after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

                  a.   the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

                  b.   occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Par-
                       ticipant commenced participation in the Plan; or

                  c.   the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment.

        B. Determining the Vested Portion - In determining the Vested portion of


<PAGE>



           a Participant's Individual Account, the following rules apply:

               1. Employer Contributions and Forfeitures - The Vested portion of
                  a  Participant's  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employer
                  Contributions  and  Forfeitures  is determined by applying the
                  vesting  schedule  selected in the Adoption  Agreement (or the
                  vesting schedule described in Section 6.01(C) if the Plan is a
                  Top-Heavy Plan).

               2. Rollover and Transfer  Contributions  - A Participant is fully
                  Vested   in   his   rollover    contributions   and   transfer
                  contributions.

               3. Fully Vested Under Certain  Circumstances  - A Participant  is
                  fully Vested in his Individual Account if any of the following
                  occurs:

                  a.   the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age;
                  b.   the Participant incurs a Disability;
                  c.   the Participant dies;
                  d.   the Plan is terminated or partially terminated; or
                  e.   there exists a complete discontinuance of contributions
                       under the Plan.

               4. Participants  in  a  Prior  Plan  -  If a  Participant  was  a
                  participant in a Prior Plan on the Effective  Date, his Vested
                  percentage  shall  not be less than it would  have been  under
                  such Prior Plan as computed on the Effective Date.

        C. Minimum Vesting Schedule for Top-Heavy Plans - The following  vesting
           provisions  apply for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy
           Plan.

           Notwithstanding  the other  provisions  of this  Section  6.01 or the
           vesting  schedule  selected in the Adoption  Agreement  (unless those
           provisions  or that  schedule  provide  for more  rapid  vesting),  a
           Participant's  Vested portion of his Individual Account  attributable
           to Employer  Contributions  and  Forfeitures  shall be  determined in
           accordance with the following minimum vesting schedule:

               Years of Vesting Service      Vested Percentage
                   1                           0
                   2                          20
                   3                          40
                   4                          60
                   5                          80
                   6                         100
<PAGE>
            This minimum  vesting  schedule  applies to all benefits  within the
            meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the Code, except those  attributable
            to employee  contributions  including  benefits  accrued  before the
            effective  date of  Section  416 of the  Code and  benefits  accrued
            before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan.  Further,  no decrease in a
            Participant's  Vested  percentage  may occur in the event the Plan's
            status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan Year. However,  this
            Section  6.01(C)  does not apply to the  Individual  Account  of any
            Employee  who does not have an Hour of  Service  after  the Plan has
            initially  become a Top-Heavy  Plan and such  Employee's  Individual
            Account attributable to Employer  Contributions and Forfeitures will
            be determined without regard to this Section.

            If this Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy  Plan, then in accordance with
            the above  restrictions,  the  vesting  schedule  as selected in the
            Adoption  Agreement will govern.  If the vesting  schedule under the
            Plan  shifts  in or  out  of  top-heavy  status,  such  shift  is an
            amendment  to the vesting  schedule and the election in Section 9.04
            applies.

        D. Break in Vesting Service and Forfeitures - If a Participant  incurs a
           Termination  of  Employment,  any portion of his  Individual  Account
           which  is not  Vested  shall  be held  in a  suspense  account.  Such
           suspense  account shall share in any increase or decrease in the fair
           market value of the assets of the Fund in  accordance  with Section 4
           of the Plan.  The  disposition  of such suspense  account shall be as
           follows:

           1. No Breaks in Vesting Service - If a Participant  neither  receives
              nor is deemed to receive a  distribution  pursuant to Section 6.01
              (D)(2) or (3) and the  Participant  returns to the  service of the
              Employer before incurring 5 consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service,
              there  shall be no  Forfeiture  and the  amount  in such  suspense
              account  shall  be  recredited  to such  Participant's  Individual
              Account.

           2. Cash-out  of  Certain  Participants  - If the value of the  Vested
              portion of such  Participant's  Individual  Account  derived  from
              Employee and Employer  Contributions  does not exceed $3,500,  the
              Participant  shall  receive a  distribution  of the entire  Vested
              portion of such  Individual  Account and the portion  which is not
              Vested shall be treated as a Forfeiture  and allocated in the year
              of the cash-


<PAGE>



              out.  For  purposes  of this  Section,  if the value of the Vested
              portion  of  a  Participant's  Individual  Account  is  zero,  the
              Participant  shall be deemed to have  received a  distribution  of
              such Vested Individual Account. A Participant's  Vested Individual
              Account balance shall not include accumulated  deductible employee
              contributions  within the  meaning of Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the
              Code for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

           3. Participants  Who  Elect  to  Receive   Distributions  -  If  such
              Participant  elects to receive a distribution,  in accordance with
              Section  6.02(B),  of the  value  of  the  Vested  portion  of his
              Individual    Account   derived   from   Employee   and   Employer
              Contributions, the portion which is not Vested shall be treated as
              a Forfeiture.

           4. Re-employed  Participants - If a Participant receives or is deemed
              to receive a  distribution  pursuant to Section  6.01(D)(2) or (3)
              above and the Participant  resumes  employment  covered under this
              Plan,  the  Participant's   Employer-derived   Individual  Account
              balance will be restored to the amount on the date of distribution
              if the  Participant  repays  to the Plan the  full  amount  of the
              distribution  attributable  to Employer  Contributions  before the
              earlier of 5 years  after the first date on which the  Participant
              is  subsequently  re-employed  by the  Employer,  or the  date the
              Participant   incurs  5  consecutive  Breaks  in  Vesting  Service
              following the date of the distribution.

              Amounts  forfeited  under  Section  6.01(D)  shall be allocated in
              accordance  with  Section  3.01(C)  as of the last day of the Plan
              Year during which the  Forfeiture  arises.  Any  restoration  of a
              Participant's  Individual  Account pursuant to Section  6.01(D)(4)
              shall be made from other  Forfeitures,  income or gain to the Fund
              or contributions made by the Employer.

        E. Distribution  Prior to Full Vesting - If a distribution  is made to a
           Participant  who was not then fully Vested in his Individual  Account
           derived from Employer  Contributions and the Participant may increase
           his Vested percentage in his Individual  Account,  then the following
           rules shall apply:

           1. a separate account will be established for the Participant's in-
              terest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

           2. at any relevant time the Participant's Vested portion of the sep-
              arate account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined by the
              formula:  X=P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D) where "P" is the Vested


<PAGE>



              percentage  at the relevant  time,  "AB" is the  separate  account
              balance  at  the  relevant   time;   "D"  is  the  amount  of  the
              distribution; and "R" is the ratio of the separate account balance
              at  the  relevant  time  to the  separate  account  balance  after
              distribution.

      6.02  FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT

        A. Value of Individual  Account Does Not Exceed $3,500 - If the value of
           the Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account derived from
           Employee  and  Employer   Contributions   does  not  exceed   $3,500,
           distribution  from the Plan  shall  be made to the  Participant  in a
           single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of  distribution  from the
           Plan.

        B. Value of Individual Account Exceeds $3,500

           1. If the value of the Vested portion of a  Participant's  Individual
              Account derived from Employee and Employer  Contributions  exceeds
              (or at the time of any prior  distribution  exceeded) $3,500,  and
              the   Individual   Account  is  immediately   distributable,   the
              Participant  and the  Participants  spouse  (or where  either  the
              Participant  or the spouse died, the survivor) must consent to any
              distribution  of  such  Individual  Account.  The  consent  of the
              Participant  and the  Participant's  spouse  shall be  obtained in
              writing  within the 90-day period  ending on the annuity  starting
              date.  The  annuity  starting  date is the  first day of the first
              period  for  which an amount  is paid as an  annuity  or any other
              form. The Plan Administrator  shall notify the Participant and the
              Participant's  spouse of the right to defer any distribution until
              the  Participant's  Individual  Account  is no longer  immediately
              distributable.   Such   notification   shall   include  a  general
              description  of the material  features,  and an explanation of the
              relative values of, the optional forms of benefit  available under
              the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of
              Section  417(a)(3) of the Code, and shall be provided no less than
              30 days and no more  than 90 days  prior to the  annuity  starting
              date. If a distribution  is one to which  Sections  401(a)(11) and
              417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply,  such  distribution
              may  commence  less than 30 days after the notice  required  under
              Section  1.411(a)-  11(c) of the Income Tax  Regulations is given,
              provided that:

              a. the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
                 Participant  has a right to a period of at least 30 days  after
                 receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not
                 to elect a  distribution  (and,  if  applicable,  a  particular
                 distribution option), and


<PAGE>



              b. the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively
                 elects a distribution.
<PAGE>
              Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  only the Participant need consent
              to the  commencement  of a distribution in the form of a qualified
              joint  and  survivor  annuity  while  the  Individual  Account  is
              immediately distributable.  Neither the consent of the Participant
              nor the Participant's  spouse shall be required to the extent that
              a distribution is required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) or Section
              415 of the Code. In addition, upon termination of this Plan if the
              Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial
              provider),  the Participant's  Individual Account may, without the
              Participant's  consent,  be  distributed  to  the  Participant  or
              transferred to another  defined  contribution  plan (other than an
              employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section 4975 (e)(7) of
              the Code) within the same controlled group.

              An Individual Account is immediately  distributable if any part of
              the Individual Account could be distributed to the Participant (or
              surviving  spouse)  before the  Participant  attains or would have
              attained (if not deceased) the later of Normal  Retirement  Age or
              age 62.

           2. For purposes of  determining  the  applicability  of the foregoing
              consent  requirements to distributions,  made before the first day
              of the first Plan year  beginning  after  December 31,  1988,  the
              Vested  portion of a  Participant's  Individual  Account shall not
              include amounts  attributable to accumulated  deductible  employee
              contributions  within the  meaning of  Section  72(o)(5)(B)  o the
              Code.

        C. Other  Forms of  Distribution  to  Participant  - If the value of the
           Vested portion of a Participant's  Individual  Account exceeds $3,500
           and the  Participant  has  properly  waived  the joint  and  survivor
           annuity, as described in Section 6.05, the Participant may request in
           writing that the Vested portion of his Individual  Account be paid to
           him in one or more of the following  forms of payment:  91) in a lump
           sum; (2) in installment payments over a period not to exceed the life
           expectancy  of the  Participant  or the joint and last  survivor life
           expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary;  or (3)
           applied to the purchase of an annuity contract.

           Notwithstanding  anything in this  Section  6.02 to the  contrary,  a
           Participant  cannot  elect  payments in the form of an annuity if the
           safe harbor rules of Section 6.05(F) apply.



<PAGE>



      6.03  DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT

        A. Designation of Beneficiary - Spousal  Consent - Each  Participant may
           designate,  upon  a  form  provided  by and  delivered  to  the  Plan
           Administrator,  one or more primary and contingent  Beneficiaries  to
           receive all or a specified  portion of his Individual  Account in the
           event  of  his  death.  A  Participant  may  change  or  revoke  such
           Beneficiary   designation   from  time  to  time  by  completing  and
           delivering the proper form to the Plan Administrator.

           In the  event  that a  Participant  wishes  to  designate  a  primary
           Beneficiary who is not his spouse, his spouse must consent in writing
           to such  designation,  and the spouse's  consent must acknowledge the
           effect  of such  designation  and be  witnessed  by a notary  public.
           Notwithstanding   this  consent   requirement,   if  the  Participant
           establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan  Administrator  that such
           written consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse or the
           spouse cannot be located, no consent shall be required. Any change of
           Beneficiary will require a new spousal consent.

        B. Payment to  Beneficiary  - If a  Participant  dies  before his entire
           Individual Account has been paid to him, such deceased  Participant's
           Individual  Account  shall be  payable to any  surviving  Beneficiary
           designated by the  Participant,  or, if no  Beneficiary  survives the
           Participant, to the Participant's estate.

        C. Written  Request:  When  Distributed  - A  Beneficiary  of a deceased
           Participant  entitled  to a  distribution  who  wishes  to  receive a
           distribution must submit a written request to the Plan Administrator.
           Such  request  shall  be  made  upon a  form  provided  by  the  Plan
           Administrator.  Upon a valid request,  the Plan  Administrator  shall
           direct the Trustee (or Custodian) to commence  distribution  no later
           than 90 days following the later of:

           1. the close of the Plan Year within which the Participant dies;  or

           2. the close of the Plan Year in which the request is received.

        D. Location of Participant  or  Beneficiary  Unknown - In the event that
           all, or any portion, of the distribution  payable to a Participant or
           his Beneficiary  hereunder  shall, at the expiration of 5 years after
           it becomes  payable,  remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability
           of the Plan Administrator,  after sending a registered letter, return
           receipt  requested,  to the last  known  address,  and after  further
           diligent effort,  to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or
           his


<PAGE>



           Beneficiary,  the  amount so  distributable  shall be  forfeited  and
           allocated in  accordance  with the terms of the Plan.  In the event a
           Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being
           forfeited, such benefit shall be restored;  provided, however, if all
           or a portion of such amount has been lost by reason of escheat  under
           state law, the Participant or Beneficiary  shall cease to be entitled
           to the portion so lost.

      6.04  FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY

        A. Value of Individual  Account Does Not Exceed $3,500 - If the value of
           the  Participant's  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employee  and
           Employer Contributions does not exceed $3,500, the Plan Administrator
           shall  direct the Trustee (or  Custodian,  if  applicable)  to make a
           distribution  to the  Beneficiary in a single lump sum in lieu of all
           other forms of distribution from the Plan.

        B. Value of Individual  Account  Exceeds $3,500 - If the value of a Par-
           ticipant's  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employee and Employer
           Contributions  exceeds  $3,500  the  preretirement  survivor  annuity
           requirements  of Section 6.05 shall apply unless waived in accordance
           with that Section or unless the safe harbor rules of Section  6.05(F)
           apply.

        C. Other Forms of  Distribution  to Beneficiary - If the value of a Par-
           ticipant's  Individual Account exceeds $3,500 and the Participant has
           properly waived the preretirement  survivor annuity,  as described in
           Section 6.05 (if  applicable),  the Beneficiary  may,  subject to the
           requirements   of  Section   6.06,   request  in  writing   that  the
           Participant's  Individual Account be paid to him as follows: (1) in a
           lump sum; or (2) in installment  payments over a period not to exceed
           the life expectancy of such Beneficiary.

      6.05  JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

        A. The provisions of this Section shall apply to any  Participant who is
           credited  with at least  one  Hour of  Eligibility  Service  with the
           Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other  participants as
           provided in Section 6.05(G).
<PAGE>
        B. Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity - Unless an optional  form of
           benefit is selected  pursuant to a qualified  election within the 90-
           day period ending on the annuity  starting  date, a married  Partici-
           pant's Vested account balance will be paid in the form of a qualified
           joint and survivor annuity and an unmarried Participant's Vested


<PAGE>



           account  balance  will  be paid in the  form of a life  annuity.  The
           Participant  may  elect  to  have  such  annuity   distributed   upon
           attainment of the earliest retirement age under the Plan.

        C. Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity - Unless an option form of
           benefit has been selected  within the election  period  pursuant to a
           qualified election, if a Participant dies before the annuity starting
           date then the  Participant's  Vested account balance shall be applied
           toward  the  purchase  of an  annuity  for the life of the  surviving
           spouse.   The  surviving  spouse  may  elect  to  have  such  annuity
           distributed within a reasonable period after the Participant's death.

        D. Definitions

           1. Election  Period - The period which begins on the first day of the
              Plan Year in which the Participant  attains age 35 and ends on the
              date of the Participant's  death. If a Participant  separates from
              service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is
              attained,  with  respect to the account  balance as of the date of
              separation,  the  election  period  shall  begin  on the  date  of
              separation.

              Pre-age 35 waiver - A  Participant  who will not yet attain age 35
              as of the end of any current Plan Year may make special  qualified
              election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity for
              the period  beginning  on the date of such  election and ending on
              the  first  day of the Plan  Year in which  the  Participant  will
              attain  age 35.  Such  election  shall  not be  valid  unless  the
              Participant receives a written explanation of the qualified prere-
              tirement  survivor  annuity in such terms as are comparable to the
              explanation  required under Section  6.05(E)(1).  Qualified prere-
              tirement   survivor   annuity   coverage  will  be   automatically
              reinstated  as of the  first  day of the Plan  Year in  which  the
              Participant  attains  age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date
              shall be subject to the full requirements of this Section 6.05.

           2. Earliest  Retirement  Age - The earliest date on which,  under the
              Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits.

           3. Qualified  Election - A waiver of a qualified  joint and  survivor
              annuity or a qualified  preretirement survivor annuity. Any waiver
              of a qualified  joint and survivor  annuity or a qualified  prere-
              tirement survivor annuity shall not be effective  unless:  (a) the
              Participant's spouse consents in writing to the election,  (b) the
              election designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of


<PAGE>



              beneficiaries  or any contingent  beneficiaries,  which may not be
              changed without spousal consent (or the spouse  expressly  permits
              designations  by  the  Participant  without  any  further  spousal
              consent);  (c) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the
              election;  and (d) the  spouse's  consent is  witnessed  by a plan
              representative  or notary public.  Additionally,  a  Participant's
              waiver of the  qualified  joint and survivor  annuity shall not be
              effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment
              which may not be changed  without  spousal  consent (or the spouse
              expressly  permits  designations  by the  Participant  without any
              further spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction
              of a plan  representative  that  there  is no  spouse  or that the
              spouse  cannot be  located,  a waiver  will be deemed a  qualified
              election.

              Any  consent  by  a  spouse  obtained  under  this  provision  (or
              establishment  that the  consent of a spouse may not be  obtained)
              shall be effective  only with  respect to such  spouse.  A consent
              that  permits   designations  by  the   Participant   without  any
              requirement  of further  consent by such spouse  must  acknowledge
              that the  spouse  has the  right to limit  consent  to a  specific
              Beneficiary,  and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and
              that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of
              such  rights.  A  revocation  of a prior  waiver  may be made by a
              Participant  without  the consent of the spouse at any time before
              the commencement of benefits.  The number of revocations shall not
              be limited.  No consent  obtained  under this  provision  shall be
              valid unless the  Participant  has received  notice as provided in
              Section 6.05(E) below.

           4. Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity - An immediate  annuity for
              the life of the Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the life
              of the spouse which is not less than 50% and not more than 100% of
              the amount of the annuity which is payable  during the joint lives
              of the  Participant  and the  spouse  and  which is the  amount of
              beneficiary which can be purchased with the  Participant's  vested
              account balance.  The percentage of the survivor annuity under the
              Plan shall be 50% (unless a different percentage is elected by the
              Employer in the Adoption Agreement).

           5. Spouse (surviving  spouse) - The spouse or surviving spouse of the
              Participant,  provided that a former spouse will be treated as the
              spouse  or  surviving  spouse  and a  current  spouse  will not be
              treated as the spouse or surviving  spouse to the extent  provided
              under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Section


<PAGE>



              414(p) of the Code.

           6. Annuity  Starting  Date - The first day of the  first  period  for
              which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

           7. Vested Account Balance - The aggregate value of the  Participant's
              Vested  account   balances  derived  from  Employer  and  Employee
              contributions (including rollovers), whether Vested before or upon
              death,  including the proceeds of insurance contracts,  if any, on
              the Participant's  life. The provisions of this Section 6.05 shall
              apply to a Participant  who is Vested in amounts  attributable  to
              Employer  Contributions,  Employee  contributions (or both) at the
              time of death or distribution.

        E. Notice Requirements

           1. In the case of a qualified  joint and survivor  annuity,  the Plan
              Administrator shall no less than 30 days and not more than 90 days
              prior to the annuity  starting  date  provide each  Participant  a
              written  explanation  of:  (a)  the  terms  and  conditions  of  a
              qualified joint and survivor annuity;  (b) the Participant's right
              to make and the effect of an election to waive the qualified joint
              and survivor annuity form of benefit; (c) the rights of a Partici-
              pant's  spouse;  and (d) the right to make,  and the  effect of, a
              revocation of a previous election to waive the qualified joint and
              survivor annuity.

           2. In the case of a qualified  preretirement  annuity as described in
              Section  6.05(C),   the  Plan  Administrator  shall  provide  each
              Participant  within the applicable  period for such  Participant a
              written  explanation  of  the  qualified   preretirement  survivor
              annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to
              the explanation  provided for meeting the  requirements of Section
              6.05(E)(1) applicable to a qualified joint and survivor annuity.
<PAGE>
              The  applicable  period  for a  Participant  is  whichever  of the
              following  periods ends last:  (a) the period  beginning  with the
              first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32
              and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year
              in which the Participant  attains age 35; (b) a reasonable  period
              ending  after  the  individual   becomes  a  Participant;   (c)  a
              reasonable period ending after Section  6.05(E)(3) ceases to apply
              to the  Participant;  (d) a  reasonable  period  ending after this
              Section 6.05 first applies to the Participant. Notwithstanding the
              foregoing,  notice must be  provided  within a  reasonable  period
              ending


<PAGE>



              after  separation  from service in the case of a  Participant  who
              separates from service before attaining age 35.

              For purposes of applying  the  preceding  paragraph,  a reasonable
              period ending after the  enumerated  events  described in (b), (c)
              and (d) is the end of the two-year period beginning one year prior
              to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one year after
              that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from service
              before the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained,  notice shall be
              provided  within the two-year  period  beginning one year prior to
              separation  and  ending  one  year  after  separation.  If  such a
              Participant  thereafter  returns to employment  with the Employer,
              the applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.

           3. Notwithstanding  the other  requirements of this Section  6.05(E),
              the respective  notices  prescribed by this Section 6.05(E),  need
              not be given to a Participant  if (a) the Plan "fully  subsidizes"
              the costs of a qualified  joint and survivor  annuity or qualified
              preretirement  survivor  annuity,  and (b) the Plan does not allow
              the Participant to waive the qualified joint and survivor  annuity
              or qualified  preretirement  survivor annuity and does not allow a
              married  Participant  to  designate a nonspouse  beneficiary.  For
              purposes of this Section  6.05(E)(3),  a plan fully subsidizes the
              costs of a benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in benefits
              to the  Participant  may result from the  Participants  failure to
              elect another benefit.

        F. Safe Harbor Rules

           1. If the  Employer so  indicates  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  this
              Section  6.05(F) shall apply to a Participant  in a profit sharing
              plan, and shall always apply to any distribution, made on or after
              the first day of the first Plan Year beginning  after December 31,
              1988,  from or under a  separate  account  attributable  solely to
              accumulated  deductible  employee  contributions,  as  defined  in
              Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the Code,  and  maintained on behalf of a
              Participant in a money purchase pension plan,  (including a target
              benefit plan) if the following conditions are satisfied:

              a.   the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the form
                   of a life annuity; and

              b.   on the death of a participant, the Participant's Vested
                   account balance will be paid to the Participant's surviving
                   spouse, but if there is no surviving spouse, or if the sur-


<PAGE>



                   viving  spouse  has  consented  in a manner  conforming  to a
                   qualified  election,  then  to the  Participant's  designated
                   beneficiary.   The   surviving   spouse  may  elect  to  have
                   distribution  of the Vested account  balance  commence within
                   the 90-day  period  following  the date of the  Participant's
                   death.  The account  balance  shall be adjusted  for gains or
                   losses occurring after the Participant's  death in accordance
                   with the  provisions of the Plan  governing the adjustment of
                   account  balances  for  other  types of  distributions.  This
                   Section  6.05(F)  shall not be  operative  with  respect to a
                   Participant  in a profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct
                   or  indirect  transferee  of a defined  benefit  plan,  money
                   purchase plan, a target benefit plan,  stock bonus, or profit
                   sharing  plan  which  is  subject  to  the  survivor  annuity
                   requirements  of Section  401(a)(11)  and  Section 417 of the
                   code.  If  this  Section  6.05(F)  is  operative,   then  the
                   provisions  of this Section  6.05 other than Section  6.05(G)
                   shall be inoperative.

           2. The Participant  may waive the spousal death benefit  described in
              this  Section  6.05(F) at any time  provided  that no such  waiver
              shall be effective  unless it satisfies the  conditions of Section
              6.05(D)(3)  (other than the notification  requirement  referred to
              therein)  that  would  apply to the  Participant's  waiver  of the
              qualified preretirement survivor annuity.

           3. For purposes of this Section 6.05(F), Vested account balance shall
              mean,  in the case of a money  purchase  pension  plan or a target
              benefit  plan,  the   Participant's   separate   account   balance
              attributable    solely   to   accumulated    deductible   employee
              contributions  within the  meaning of Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the
              Code. In the case of a profit sharing plan, Vested account balance
              shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 6.05(D)(7).

        G. Transitional Rules

           1. Any living  Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984,
              who would  otherwise  not receive the benefits  prescribed  by the
              previous  subsections  of this  Section  6.05  must be  given  the
              opportunity to elect to have the prior subsections of this Section
              apply if such  Participant  is credited  with at least one Hour of
              Service  under  this  Plan or a  predecessor  plan in a Plan  Year
              beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at
              least 10 Years of Vesting  Service when he or she  separated  from
              service.



<PAGE>



           2. Any living  Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984,
              who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan
              or a predecessor  plan on or after  September 2, 1974,  and who is
              not otherwise  credited with any service in a Plan Year  beginning
              on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have
              his or her benefits paid in accordance with Section 6.05(G)(4).

           3. The  respective  opportunities  to elect (as  described in Section
              6.05(G)(1)  and (2) above)  must be  afforded  to the  appropriate
              Participants  during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and
              ending  on the date  benefits  would  otherwise  commence  to said
              Participants.

           4. Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 6.05(G)(2) and
              any Participant who does not elect under Section 6.05(G)(1) or who
              meets the  requirements  of Section  6.05(G)(1)  except  that such
              Participant  does not have at  least 10 Years of  Vesting  Service
              when he or she  separates  from  service,  shall  have  his or her
              benefits  distributed  in  accordance  with  all of the  following
              requirements  if benefits would have been payable in the form of a
              life annuity:

              a. Automatic Joint and Survivor  Annuity - If benefits in the form
                 of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who:

                 1. begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal
                    Retirement Age; or

                 2. dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working
                    for the Employer; or

                 3. begins to receive payments on or after the qualified early
                    retirement age; or
<PAGE>
                 4. separates  from  service  on  or  after   attaining   Normal
                    Retirement Age (or the qualified  early  retirement age) and
                    after  satisfying  the  eligibility   requirements  for  the
                    payment  of  benefits  under  the Plan and  thereafter  dies
                    before beginning to receive such benefits;

                    then such benefits  will be received  under this Plan in the
                    form of a qualified joint and survivor  annuity,  unless the
                    Participant  has  elected   otherwise  during  the  election
                    period.  The  election  period  must begin at least 6 months
                    before the Participant  attains  qualified early  retirement
                    age and ends not more than 90 days  before the  commencement
                    of


<PAGE>



                    benefits.  Any election hereunder will be in writing and may
                    be changed by the Participant at any time.

               b. Election  of Early  Survivor  Annuity - A  Participant  who is
                  employed after  attaining the qualified  early  retirement age
                  will be given the  opportunity  to elect,  during the election
                  period,  to have a survivor  annuity  payable on death. If the
                  Participant  elects the survivor annuity,  payments under such
                  annuity  must not be less than the  payments  which would have
                  been made to the spouse under the qualified joint and survivor
                  annuity if the  Participant  had  retirement on the day before
                  his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in
                  writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The
                  election period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before
                  the Participant attains the qualified early retirement age, or
                  92) the date on which  participation  begins,  and ends on the
                  date the Participant terminates employment.

              c.  For purposes of Section 6.05(G)(4):

                  1. Qualified early retirement age is the latest of:

                     a.  the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Parti-
                         cipant may elect to receive retirement benefits,

                     b.  the first day of the 120th month beginning before the
                         Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or

                     c.  the date the Participant begins participation.

                   2. Qualified joint and survivor annuity is an annuity for the
                      life of the  Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the
                      life of the spouse as described in Section  6.05(D)(4)  of
                      this Plan.

6.06  DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
      A. General Rules
         1. Subject to Section 6.05 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, the
            requirements  of this Section shall apply to any  distribution  of a
            Participant's   interest   and  will   take   precedence   over  any
            inconsistent  provisions of this Plan.  Unless otherwise  specified,
            the  provisions  of  this  Section  6.06  apply  to  calendar  years
            beginning after December 31, 1984.

         2. All distributions required under this Section 6.06 shall be deter-


<PAGE>



            mined and made in accordance with the Income Tax  Regulations  under
            Section  401(a)(9),  including the minimum  distribution  incidental
            benefit requirement of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the regulations.

      B. Required  Beginning Date - The entire interest of a Participant must be
         distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the  Participant's
         required beginning date.

      C. Limits on Distribution Periods - As of the first distribution  calendar
         year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over
         one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

         1. the life of the Participant,
         2. the life of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary,
         3. a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
            Participant, or
         4. a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor
            expectancy of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary.

      D. Determination  of Amount to be Distributed  Each Year - If the Partici-
         pant's  interest is to be  distributed  in other than a single sum, the
         following  minimum  distribution  rules  shall  apply on or  after  the
         required beginning date:

         1. Individual Account
            a.  If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed over (1) a per-
                iod not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant
                or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Partici-
                pant and the Participant's designated Beneficiary or (2) a per-
                iod not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated
                Beneficiary, the amount required to be distributed for each
                calendar year, beginning with distributions for the first dis-
                tribution calendar year, must at least equal the quotient ob-
                tained by dividing the Participant's benefit by the applicable
                life expectancy.

           b.   For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1989, if the Par-
                ticipant's spouse is not the designated Beneficiary,  the method
                of  distribution  selected  must assure that at least 50% of the
                present value of the amount  available for  distribution is paid
                within the life expectancy of the Participant.


           c.   For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, the amount
                to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions for


<PAGE>



                the first distribution  calendar year shall not be less than the
                quotient obtained by dividing the  Participant's  benefit by the
                lesser of (1) the applicable  life expectancy or (2) if the Par-
                ticipant's  spouse  is  not  the  designated  Beneficiary,   the
                applicable  divisor determined from the table set forth in Q&A-4
                of  Section   1.401(a)(9)-2   of  the  Income  Tax  Regulations.
                Distributions  after  the  death  of the  Participant  shall  be
                distributed  using the  applicable  life  expectancy  in Section
                6.05(D)(1)(a)  above as the relevant  divisor  without regard to
                regulations 1.401(a)(9)-2.
<PAGE>
           d.   The minimum  distribution  required for the Participant's  first
                distribution  calendar year must be made on or before the Parti-
                cipant's required  beginning date. The minimum  distribution for
                other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for the
                distribution  calendar  year in which  the  Employee's  required
                beginning date occurs,  must be made on or before December 31 of
                that distribution calendar year.

        2. Other Forms - If the Participant's benefit is distributed in the form
           of an annuity  purchased  from an  insurance  company,  distributions
           thereunder  shall  be made in  accordance  with the  requirements  of
           Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

     E. Death Distribution Provisions
        1. Distribution  Beginning  Before Death - If the Participant dies after
           distribution of his or her interest has begun, the remaining  portion
           of such interest will continue to be  distributed at least as rapidly
           as under the method of distribution  being used prior to the Partici-
           pant's death.

        2. Distribution  Beginning After Death - If the Participant  dies before
           distribution of his or her interest begins,  distribution of the Par-
           ticipant's  entire  interest shall be completed by December 31 of the
           calendar year containing the fifth  anniversary of the  Participant's
           death  except  to the  extent  that an  election  is made to  receive
           distributions in accordance with (a) or (b) below:

           a.   if any  portion of the  Participant's  interest  is payable to a
                designated Beneficiary,  distributions may be made over the life
                or over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of
                the designated  Beneficiary  commencing on or before December 31
                of the calendar year immediately  following the calendar year in
                which the Participant died;



<PAGE>



           b.   if the  designated  Beneficiary is the  Participant's  surviving
                spouse,   the  date  distributions  are  required  to  begin  in
                accordance with (a) above shall not be earlier than the later of
                (1) December 31 of the calendar year  immediately  following the
                calendar year in which the  Participant  dies or (2) December 31
                of the  calendar  year  in  which  the  Participant  would  have
                attained age 70 1/2.

                If the  Participant  has not made an  election  pursuant to this
                Section  6.05(E)(2)  by the time of his or her  death,  the Par-
                ticipant's  designated  Beneficiary  must  elect  the  method of
                distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the
                calendar year in which  distributions would be required to begin
                under  this  Section  6.05(E)(2),  or  (2)  December  31 of  the
                calendar year which  contains the fifth  anniversary of the date
                of  death  of  the  Participant.   If  the  Participant  has  no
                designated  Beneficiary,  or if the designated  Beneficiary does
                not  elect  a  method  of  distribution,   distribution  of  the
                Participant's  entire  interest must be completed by December 31
                of the calendar year  containing  the fifth  anniversary  of the
                Participant's death.

        3. For purposes of Section  6.06(E)(2)  above,  if the surviving  spouse
           dies after the Participant, but before payments to such spouse begin,
           the provisions of Section 6.06(E)(2), with the exception of paragraph
           (b)  therein,  shall be applied as if the  surviving  spouse were the
           Participant.

        4. For purposes of this Section  6.06(E),  any amount paid to a child of
           the  Participant  will  be  treated  as if it had  been  paid  to the
           surviving  spouse if the  amount  becomes  payable  to the  surviving
           spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.

        5. For purposes of this Section 6.06(E), distribution of a Participant's
           interest  is  considered  to  begin  on  the  Participant's  required
           beginning date (or, if Section  6.06(E)(3)  above is applicable,  the
           date  distribution  is  required  to  begin to the  surviving  spouse
           pursuant to Section 6.06(E)(2) above). If distribution in the form of
           an  annuity  irrevocably  commences  to the  Participant  before  the
           required beginning date, the date distribution is considered to begin
           is the date distribution actually commences.

     F. Definitions

        1. Applicable Life Expectancy - The life expectancy (or joint and last
           survivor expectancy) calculated using the attained age of the Parti-


<PAGE>



           cipant  (or  designated  Beneficiary)  as of  the  Participant's  (or
           designated  Beneficiary's)  birthday in the applicable  calendar year
           reduced by one for each  calendar  year which has  elapsed  since the
           date life  expectancy  was first  calculated.  If life  expectancy is
           being recalculated,  the applicable life expectancy shall be the life
           expectancy as so recalculated.  The applicable calendar year shall be
           the first distribution calendar year, and if life expectancy is being
           recalculated such succeeding calendar year.

        2. Designated  Beneficiary  - The  individual  who is  designated as the
           Beneficiary  under the Plan in accordance  with Section  401(a)(9) of
           the Code and the regulations thereunder.

        3. Distribution  Calendar  Year - A  calendar  year for  which a minimum
           distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Par-
           ticipant's  death,  the  first  distribution  calendar  year  is  the
           calendar year immediately  preceding the calendar year which contains
           the   Participant's   required   beginning  date.  For  distributions
           beginning  after the  Participant's  death,  the  first  distribution
           calendar  year  is the  calendar  year  in  which  distributions  are
           required to begin pursuant to Section 6.05(E) above.

        4. Life  Expectancy  - Life  expectancy  and  joint  and  last  survivor
           expectancy  are computed by use of the expected  return  multiples in
           Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

           Unless otherwise  elected by the Participant (or spouse,  in the case
           of  distributions  described in Section  6.05(E)(2)(b)  above) by the
           time  distributions are required to begin, life expectancies shall be
           recalculated  annually.  Such election shall be irrevocable as to the
           Participant (or spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent  years. The
           life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

        5. Participant's Benefit

           a.   The  account  balance  as of  the  last  valuation  date  in the
                valuation calendar year (the calendar year immediately preceding
                the  distribution  calendar year) increased by the amount of any
                Contributions or Forfeitures allocated to the account balance as
                of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date
                and decreased by  distributions  made in the valuation  calendar
                year after the valuation date.
<PAGE>
           b.   Exception for second distribution calendar year.  For purposes


<PAGE>



                of  paragraph   (a)  above,   if  any  portion  of  the  minimum
                distribution for the first distribution calendar year is made in
                the second distribution  calendar year on or before the required
                beginning date, the amount of the minimum  distribution  made in
                the second distribution  calendar year shall be treated as if it
                had been made in the immediately preceding distribution calendar
                year.

        6. Required Beginning Date

           a.   General Rule - The required  beginning  date of a Participant is
                the  first  day of  April of the  calendar  year  following  the
                calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

           b.   Transitional   Rules  -  The  required   beginning   date  of  a
                Participant who attains age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988, shall
                be determined in accordance with (1) or (2) below:

                (1)  Non  5%  Owners  -  The  required   beginning   date  of  a
                     Participant who is not a 5% owner is the first day of April
                     of the calendar  year  following the calendar year in which
                     the later of retirement or attainment of age 70 1/2 occurs.

                (2)  5% Owners - The required  beginning  date of a  Participant
                     who is a 5% owner during any year beginning  after December
                     31, 1979, is the first day of April following the later of:

                     (a) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
                         70 1/2, or

                     (b) the earlier of the  calendar  year with or within which
                         ends the Plan Year in which the  Participant  becomes a
                         5% owner, or the calendar year in which the Participant
                         retires.

                         The required beginning date of a Participant who is not
                         a 5% owner who  attains  age 70 1/2 during 1988 and who
                         has not  retired as of  January  1,  1989,  is April 1,
                         1990.

                     (c) 5% Owner - A  Participant  is treated as a 5% owner for
                         purposes of this Section 6.06(F)(6) if such Participant
                         is a 5% owner as defined in Section  416(i) of the Code
                         (determined in accordance  with Section 416 but without
                         regard to whether the Plan is top-heavy) at any time


<PAGE>



                         during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar
                         year in  which  such  owner  attains  age 66 1/2 or any
                         subsequent Plan Year.

                     (d) Once  distributions have begun to a 5% owner under this
                         Section   6.06(F)(6)   they   must   continue   to   be
                         distributed,  even if the Participant ceases to be a 5%
                         owner in a subsequent year.

     G. Transitional Rule

        1. Notwithstanding  the  other  requirements  of this  Section  6.06 and
           subject to the  requirements  of  Section  6.05,  Joint and  Survivor
           Annuity  Requirements,   distribution  on  behalf  of  any  Employee,
           including  a 5%  owner,  may be made in  accordance  with  all of the
           following   requirements   (regardless  of  when  such   distribution
           commences):

           a. The  distribution  by  the  Fund  is  one  which  would  not  have
              disqualified  such Fund under Section  401(a)(9) of the Code as in
              effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

           b. The  distribution  is in accordance  with a method of distribution
              designated  by the  Employee  whose  interest in the Fund is being
              distributed  or, if the Employee is deceased,  by a Beneficiary of
              such Employee.

           c. Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Employee or the
              Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

           d. The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December
              31, 1983.

           e. The  method of  distribution  designated  by the  Employee  or the
              Beneficiary   specifies  the  time  at  which   distribution  will
              commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in
              the  case of any  distribution  upon  the  Employee's  death,  the
              Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of priority.

        2. A  distribution  upon death will not be covered by this  transitional
           rule unless the information in the designation  contains the required
           information  described above with respect to the  distributions to be
           made upon the death of the Employee.

        3. For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but con-
           tinues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the Beneficiary, to


<PAGE>



           whom  such  distribution  is being  made,  will be  presumed  to have
           designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is
           being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and
           the distribution satisfies the requirements in Sections 6.06(G)(1)(a)
           and (e).

        4. If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy
           the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
           thereunder.  If a  designation  is  revoked  subsequent  to the  date
           distributions  are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the
           end of the calendar  year  following  the calendar  year in which the
           revocation  occurs the total amount not yet  distributed  which would
           have  been  required  to have been  distributed  to  satisfy  Section
           401(a)(9)  of the Code and the  regulations  thereunder,  but for the
           Section 242 (b)(2)  election.  For  calendar  years  beginning  after
           December  31,  1988,  such   distributions   must  meet  the  minimum
           distribution incidental benefit requirements in Section 1.401(a)(9)-2
           of the Income Tax Regulations. Any changes in the designation will be
           considered to be a revocation of the designation.  However,  the mere
           substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the
           designation)  under the  designation  will not be  considered to be a
           revocation  of the  designation,  so  long as  such  substitution  or
           addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be
           made under the designation,  directly or indirectly (for example,  by
           altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in which an amount
           is  transferred  or rolled  over from one plan to another  plan,  the
           rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.

6.07  ANNUITY CONTRACTS
      Any annuity contract  distributed under the Plan (if permitted or required
      by this  Section  6) must be  nontransferable.  The  terms of any  annuity
      contract  purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or spouse
      shall comply with the requirements of the Plan.
<PAGE>
6.08  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
      If the Adoption  Agreement so indicates,  a Participant may receive a loan
      from the Fund, subject to the following rules:

      A. Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably
         equivalent basis.

      B. Loans shall not be made available to Highly  Compensated  Employees (as
         defined in Section  414(q) of the Code) in an amount  greater  than the
         amount made available to other Employees.



<PAGE>



      C. Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable interest rate.

      D. No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of the Vested por-
         tion of a Participant's Individual Account.

      E. A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse,  if any, to
         the use of the  Individual  Account as security  for the loan.  Spousal
         consent  shall be obtained no earlier than the  beginning of the 90 day
         period that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. The
         consent must be in writing,  must  acknowledge  the effect of the loan,
         and must be witnessed by a plan  representative or notary public.  Such
         consent  shall  thereafter  be binding with  respect to the  consenting
         spouse or any  subsequent  spouse  with  respect  to that  loan.  A new
         consent  shall  be  required  if  the  account   balance  is  used  for
         renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan.

      F. In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of se-
         curity will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan.

      G. No loans will be made to any  shareholder-employee  or  Owner-Employee.
         For  purposes  of this  requirement,  a  shareholder-employee  means an
         employee  or officer  of an  electing  small  business  (Subchapter  S)
         corporation  who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
         Section  318(a)(1) of the Code),  on any day during the taxable year of
         such  corporation,  more  than  5% of  the  outstanding  stock  of  the
         corporation.

         If a valid  spousal  consent  has  been  obtained  in  accordance  with
         6.08(E),  then,  notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the
         portion  of the  Participant's  Vested  Individual  Account  used  as a
         security  interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan  outstanding to
         the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining
         the  amount  of the  account  balance  payable  at the time of death or
         distribution,  but only if the  reduction  is used as  repayment of the
         loan. If less than 100% of the Participant's  Vested Individual Account
         (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the
         surviving  spouse,  then the account balance shall be adjusted by first
         reducing  the Vested  Individual  Account by the amount of the security
         used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable
         to the surviving spouse.

         No loan to any  Participant  can be made to the  extent  that such loan
         when  added  to the  outstanding  balance  of all  other  loans  to the
         Participant  would  exceed  the  lesser of (a)  $50,000  reduced by the
         excess (if any) of the highest  outstanding balance of loans during the
         one year


<PAGE>



         period ending on the day before the loan is made,  over the outstanding
         balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or (b) 50%
         of the present value of the  nonforfeitable  Individual  Account of the
         Participant or, if greater, the total Individual Account up to $10,000.
         For the  purpose of the above  limitation,  all loans from all plans of
         the  Employer and other  members of a group of  employers  described in
         Sections  414(b),  414(c),  and  414(m)  of the  Code  are  aggregated.
         Furthermore,  any  loan  shall  by its  terms  require  that  repayment
         (principal  and  interest)  be amortized  in level  payments,  not less
         frequently than quarterly,  over a period not extending  beyond 5 years
         from  the date of the  loan,  unless  such  loan is used to  acquire  a
         dwelling unit which within a reasonable  time  (determined  at the time
         the  loan is  made)  will be used  as the  principal  residence  of the
         Participant.   An   assignment   or  pledge  of  any   portion  of  the
         Participant's  interest in the Plan and a loan,  pledge,  or assignment
         with respect to any insurance  contract  purchased under the Plan, will
         be treated as a loan under this paragraph.

         The Plan Administrator  shall administer the loan program in accordance
         with a written  document.  Such written  document shall  include,  at a
         minimum,  the  following:  (i) the  identity of the person or positions
         authorized  to  administer  the  Participant  loan  program;  (ii)  the
         procedure  for applying for loans;  (iii) the basis on which loans will
         be  approved  or  denied;  (iv)  limitations  (if any) on the types and
         amounts of loans  offered;  (v) the  procedure  under the  program  for
         determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types of collateral
         which may secure a Participant loan; and (vii) the events  constituting
         default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets in the
         event of such default.

6.09  DISTRIBUTION IN KIND
      The Plan  Administrator  may cause any distribution  under this Plan to be
      made either in a form  actually held in the Fund, or in cash by converting
      assets  other  than  cash  into  cash,  or in any  combination  of the two
      foregoing ways.

6.10  DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS
      A. Direct Rollover Option - This Section applies to distributions  made on
      or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
      contrary that would otherwise  limit a  distributee's  election under this
      Section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed
      by the Plan  Administrator,  to have any portion of an  eligible  rollover
      distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the
      distributee in a direct rollover.



<PAGE>



      B. Definitions

         1. Eligible rollover  distribution - An eligible rollover  distribution
            is any  distribution  of all or any  portion  of the  balance to the
            credit  of  the  distributee,   except  that  an  eligible  rollover
            distribution does not include:

            a. any distribution  that is one of a series of substantially  equal
               periodic  payments (not less  frequently  than annually) made for
               the life (or life  expectancy)  of the  distributee  or the joint
               lives (or joint life  expectancies)  of the  distributee  and the
               distributee's  designated beneficiary,  or for a specified period
               of ten years or more;

            b. any distribution to the extent such distribution is required un-
               der Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and

            c. the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross
               income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrea-
               lized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

        2. Eligible  retirement  plan  -  An  eligible  retirement  plan  is  an
           individual  retirement  account  described  in Section  408(a) of the
           Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of
           the
<PAGE>
           Code, an annuity plan  described in Section  403(a) of the Code, or a
           qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts
           the distributee's  eligible rollover  distribution.  However,  in the
           case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an
           eligible  retirement  plan is an  individual  retirement  account  or
           individual retirement annuity.

        3. Distributee - A distributee  includes an Employee or former Employee.
           In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and
           the  Employee's or former  Employee's  spouse or former spouse who is
           the alternate payee under a qualified  domestic  relations  order, as
           defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are  distributees  with regard
           to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

        4. Direct  rollover - A direct  rollover is a payment by the Plan to the
           eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

SECTION SEVEN  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

7.01  FILING A CLAIM FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS


<PAGE>



      A Participant  or  Beneficiary  who desires to make a claim for the Vested
      portion  of the  Participant's  Individual  Account  shall  file a written
      request  with the Plan  Administrator  on a form to be furnished to him by
      the Plan  Administrator for such purpose.  The request shall set forth the
      basis of the claim.  The Plan  Administrator is authorized to conduct such
      examinations as may be necessary to facilitate the payment of any benefits
      to which the Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled under the terms of
      the Plan.

7.02  DENIAL OF CLAIM
      Whenever a claim for a Plan distribution by any Participant or Beneficiary
      has been wholly or partially denied,  the Plan  Administrator must furnish
      such  Participant  or  Beneficiary  written notice of the denial within 60
      days of the date the original claim was filed. This notice shall set forth
      the specific reasons for the denial,  specific reference to pertinent Plan
      provisions on which the denial is based,  a description  of any additional
      information or material needed to perfect the claim, an explanation of why
      such additional information or material is necessary and an explanation of
      the procedures for appeal.

7.03  REMEDIES AVAILABLE
      The  Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall have 60 days from  receipt of the
      denial notice in which to make written  application for review by the Plan
      Administrator.  The Participant or Beneficiary may request that the review
      be in the nature of a hearing.  The Participant or Beneficiary  shall have
      the right to representation,  to review pertinent  documents and to submit
      comments in writing. The Plan Administrator shall issue a decision on such
      review  within 60 days  after  receipt  of an  application  for  review as
      provided  for  in  Section  7.02.  Upon  a  decision  unfavorable  to  the
      Participant or  Beneficiary,  such  Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall be
      entitled  to bring such  actions in law or equity as may be  necessary  or
      appropriate to protect or clarify his right to benefits under this Plan.

SECTION EIGHT  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

8.01  EMPLOYER IS PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
      A. The Employer shall be the Plan  Administrator  unless the managing body
         of the Employer  designates a person or persons other than the Employer
         as the Plan Administrator and so notifies the Prototype Sponsor and the
         Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable).  The Employer shall also be the
         Plan  Administrator  if the person or persons so designated cease to be
         the Plan Administrator.

      B. If the managing body of the Employer designates a person or persons
         other than the Employer as Plan Administrator, such person or persons


<PAGE>



         shall serve at the pleasure of the Employer and shall serve pursuant to
         such  procedures as such  managing  body may provide.  Each such person
         shall be bonded as may be required by law.

8.02  POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

      A. The Plan Administrator may, by appointment,  allocate the duties of the
         Plan  Administrator  among  several   individuals  or  entities.   Such
         appointments  shall not be effective until the party designated accepts
         such appointment in writing.

      B. The Plan  Administrator  shall have the authority to control and manage
         the operation and  administration  of the Plan. The Plan  Administrator
         shall administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants
         and their  Beneficiaries  in accordance  with the specific terms of the
         Plan.

      C. The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general
         administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the follow-
         ing:

         1. To determine all questions of  interpretation  or policy in a manner
            consistent  with the Plan's  documents and the Plan  Administrator's
            construction or  determination in good faith shall be conclusive and
            binding on all persons  except as  otherwise  provided  herein or by
            law.  Any   interpretation  or  construction  shall  be  done  in  a
            nondiscriminatory  manner  and shall be  consistent  with the intent
            that the Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the
            terms of Section  401(a) of the Code, as amended from  time-to-time,
            and  shall  comply  with  the  terms  of  ERISA,   as  amended  from
            time-to-time;

         2. To determine all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees
            to become or remain Participants hereunder;

         3. To compute the amounts necessary or desirable to be contributed to
            the Plan;

         4. To compute the amount and kind of benefits to which a Participant or
            Beneficiary  shall be  entitled  under  the Plan and to  direct  the
            Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if   applicable)   with  respect  to  all
            disbursements under the Plan, and, when requested by the Trustee (or
            Custodian), to furnish the Trustee (or Custodian) with instructions,
            in writing,  on matters  pertaining  to the Plan and the Trustee (or
            Custodian) may rely and act thereon;



<PAGE>



         5. To maintain all records necessary for the administration of the
            Plan;

         6. To be responsible for preparing and filing such disclosure and tax
            forms as may be required from time-to-time by the Secretary of Labor
            or the Secretary of the Treasury; and
<PAGE>
         7. To furnish each Employee,  Participant or Beneficiary  such notices,
            information and reports under such  circumstances as may be required
            by law.

      D. The Plan  Administrator  shall  have  all of the  powers  necessary  or
         appropriate to accomplish his duties under the Plan, including, but not
         limited to, the following:

         1. To appoint and retain such persons as may be necessary to carry out
            the functions of the Plan Administrator;

         2. To appoint and retain counsel, specialists or other persons as the
            Plan Administrator deems necessary or advisable in the administra-
            tion of the Plan;

         3. To resolve all questions of administration of the Plan;

         4. To establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules which it deems
            necessary to carry out the terms of the Plan;

         5. To make any adjustments in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner
            which it deems necessary to correct any arithmetical or accounting
            errors which may have been made for any Plan Year; and

         6. To  correct  any  defect,  supply  any  omission  or  reconcile  any
            inconsistency  in such  manner and to such extent as shall be deemed
            necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan.

8.03  EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION
      All reasonable expenses of administration  including,  but not limited to,
      those involved in retaining necessary professional  assistance may be paid
      from the  assets of the Fund.  Alternatively,  the  Employer  may,  in its
      discretion,  pay  such  expenses.  The  Employer  shall  furnish  the Plan
      Administrator  with  such  clerical  and  other  assistance  as  the  Plan
      Administrator may need in the performance of his duties.

8.04  INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
      To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his duties, the Employer shall


<PAGE>



      supply  full and  timely  information  to the Plan  Administrator  (or his
      designated  agents) on all  matters  relating to the  Compensation  of all
      Participants,  their regular employment,  retirement, death, Disability or
      Termination  of  Employment,  and such other  pertinent  facts as the Plan
      Administrator (or his agents) may require.  The Plan  Administrator  shall
      advise the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable) of such of the foregoing
      facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee's (or  Custodian's)  duties under
      the Plan.  The Plan  Administrator  (or his agents) is entitled to rely on
      such  information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or
      responsibility to verify such information.

SECTION NINE   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.01  RIGHT OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR TO AMEND THE PLAN

       A. The  Employer,  by  adopting  the  Plan,  expressly  delegates  to the
          Prototype  Sponsor  the  power,  but no the  duty,  to amend  the Plan
          without any further action or consent of the Employer as the Prototype
          Sponsor  deems  necessary  for the  purpose of  adjusting  the Plan to
          comply  with all laws and  regulations  governing  pension  or  profit
          sharing plans. Specifically,  it is understood that the amendments may
          be made unilaterally by the Prototype  Sponsor.  However,  it shall be
          understood that the Prototype  Sponsor shall be under no obligation to
          amend the Plan documents and the Employer  expressly waives any rights
          or claims against the Prototype  Sponsor for not exercising this power
          to amend. For purposes of Prototype Sponsor amendments,  the mass sub-
          mitter shall be recognized as the agent of the Prototype  Sponsor.  If
          the Prototype  Sponsor does not adopt the amendments  made by the mass
          submitter,  it will no longer be identical  to or a minor  modifier of
          the mass submitter plan.

      B. An amendment by the Prototype  Sponsor shall be  accomplished by giving
         written  notice to the Employer of the amendment to be made. The notice
         shall set forth the text of such  amendment and the date such amendment
         is to be effective.  Such amendment shall take effect unless within the
         30 day period  after such notice is  provided,  or within such  shorter
         period as the notice may  specify,  the  Employer  gives the  Prototype
         Sponsor  written  notice of refusal to consent to the  amendment.  Such
         written notice of refusal shall have the effect of withdrawing the Plan
         as a  prototype  plan and  shall  cause  the Plan to be  considered  an
         individually designed plan. The right of the Prototype Sponsor to cause
         the Plan to be amended shall terminate should the Plan cease to conform
         as a prototype plan as provided in this or any other section.

9.02  RIGHT OF EMPLOYER TO AMEND THE PLAN


<PAGE>



      The  Employer  may (1)  change  the  choice  of  options  in the  Adoption
      Agreement, (2) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such
      language is  necessary  to satisfy  Section 415 or Section 416 of the Code
      because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, and (3) add certain
      model   amendments   published  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  which
      specifically  provide  that their  adoption  will not cause the Plan to be
      treated as individually designed. An Employer that amends the Plan for any
      other reason,  including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under
      Section 412(d) of the Code,  will no longer  participate in this prototype
      plan and will be considered to have an individually designed plan.

      An  Employer  who  wishes to amend the Plan to change  the  options it has
      chosen in the Adoption  Agreement must complete and deliver a new Adoption
      Agreement  to  the  Prototype  Sponsor  and  Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if
      applicable).  Such amendment shall become  effective upon execution by the
      Employer and Trustee (or Custodian).

      The  Employer  further  reserves  the  right  to  replace  the Plan in its
      entirety by adopting another retirement plan which the Employer designates
      as a replacement plan.

9.03  LIMITATION ON POWER TO AMEND
      No  amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the
      effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit.  Notwithstanding the
      preceding sentence,  a Participant's  Individual Account may be reduced to
      the extent permitted under Section  412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes of
      this paragraph, a plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Par-
      ticipant's  Individual  Account or eliminating an optional form of benefit
      with  respect to benefits  attributable  to service  before the  amendment
      shall be  treated as  reducing  an accrued  benefit.  Furthermore,  if the
      vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a
      Participant  as of the later of the date such  amendment is adopted or the
      date it becomes  effective,  the Vested percentage  (determined as of such
      date)  of  such  Employee's   Individual  Account  derived  from  Employer
      Contributions will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan
      without regard to such amendment.
<PAGE>
9.04  AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE
      If the Plan's vesting  schedule is amended,  or the Plan is amended in any
      way that directly or indirectly  affects the  computation  of the Partici-
      pant's Vested percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic
      change to or from a top-heavy vesting  schedule,  each Participant with at
      least 3 Years of Vesting  Service with the Employer may elect,  within the
      time set forth below,  to have the Vested  percentage  computed  under the
      Plan without regard to such amendment.


<PAGE>



      For  Participants  who do not have at least 1 Hour of  Service in any Plan
      Year beginning  after  December 31, 1988, the preceding  sentence shall be
      applied  by  substituting  "5 Years of  Vesting  Service"  for "3 Years of
      Vesting Service" where such language appears.

      The Period  during which the election may be made shall  commence with the
      date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end the later
      of:

      A. 60 days after the amendment is adopted;
      B. 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or
      C. 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment
         by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

9.05  PERMANENCY
      The  Employer  expects  to  continue  this  Plan and  make  the  necessary
      contributions  thereto  indefinitely,  but such continuance and payment is
      not assumed as a contractual  obligation.  Neither the Adoption  Agreement
      nor the Plan nor any amendment or  modification  thereof nor the making of
      contributions  hereunder  shall be construed as giving any  Participant or
      any person  whomsoever any legal or equitable  right against the Employer,
      the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable) the Plan  Administrator  or the
      Prototype  Sponsor except as specifically  provided herein, or as provided
      by law.

9.06  METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION
      The Plan may be  terminated  by the  Employer  at any time by  appropriate
      action of its managing body.  Such  termination  shall be effective on the
      date specified by the Employer.  The Plan shall  terminate if the Employer
      shall be dissolved,  terminated,  or declared bankrupt.  Written notice of
      the  termination  and effective date thereof shall be given to the Trustee
      (or Custodian),  Plan Administrator,  Prototype Sponsor,  Participants and
      Beneficiaries of deceased Participants,  and the required filings (such as
      the Form 5500 series and others)  must be made with the  Internal  Revenue
      Service and any other  regulatory  body as  required  by current  laws and
      regulations.  Until all of the assets have been distributed from the Fund,
      the  Employer  must  keep the Plan in  compliance  with  current  laws and
      regulations  by (a)  making  appropriate  amendments  to the  Plan and (b)
      taking such other measures as may be required.

9.07  CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER
      Notwithstanding  the  preceding  Section 9.06, a successor of the Employer
      may  continue  the Plan and be  substituted  in the  place of the  present
      Employer.  The  successor and the present  Employer (or, if deceased,  the
      executor of the estate of a deceased Self-Employed Individual who was the


<PAGE>



      Employer) must execute a written instrument  authorizing such substitution
      and the successor must complete and sign a new plan document.

9.08  FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION
      If the Plan fails to retain its qualified status,  the Plan will no longer
      be  considered  to be part of a prototype  plan,  and such Employer can no
      longer  participate under this prototype.  In such event, the Plan will be
      considered an individually designed plan.

SECTION TEN MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS
      The terms and  conditions of this Plan shall be applicable  without regard
      to the community property laws of any state.

10.02 HEADINGS
      The headings of the Plan have been inserted for  convenience  of reference
      only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

10.03 GENDER AND NUMBER
      Whenever any words are used herein in the  masculine  gender they shall be
      construed  as though  they were  also used in the  feminine  gender in all
      cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in
      the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in
      the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

10.04 PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
      In the case of any merger or  consolidation  of the Plan with, or transfer
      of assets or liabilities of such Plan to, any other plan, each Participant
      shall be  entitled  to  receive  benefits  immediately  after the  merger,
      consolidation,  or transfer  (if the Plan had then  terminated)  which are
      equal to or  greater  than the  benefits  he would have been  entitled  to
      receive immediately before the merger, consolidation,  or transfer (if the
      Plan had then terminated). The Trustee (or Custodian) has the authority to
      enter into merger agreements or agreements to directly transfer the assets
      of this  Plan  but  only if such  agreements  are made  with  trustees  or
      custodians of other  retirement  plans  described in Section 401(a) of the
      Code.

10.05 STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT
      The Employer,  Plan  Administrator,  Trustee and any other fiduciary under
      this Plan shall discharge their duties with respect to this Plan solely in
      the interests of Participants and their  Beneficiaries  and with the care,
      skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that
      a prudent man acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would
      use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like


<PAGE>



      aims.  No fiduciary shall cause the Plan to engage in any transaction
      known as a "prohibited transaction" under ERISA.

10.06 GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES
      All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming any interest  whatsoever
      hereunder  agree  to  perform  any and all acts  and  execute  any and all
      documents  and papers which may be necessary or desirable for the carrying
      out of this Plan and any of its provisions.
<PAGE>
10.07 AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC.
      This Plan shall be  binding  upon the  heirs,  executors,  administrators,
      successors and assigns,  as those terms shall apply to any and all parties
      hereto, present and future.

10.08 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS
      A. For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this Plan is a
         Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exist:

         1. If the  top-heavy  ratio for this Plan  exceeds 60% and this Plan is
            not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation
            group of plans.

         2. If this Plan is part of a  required  aggregation  group of plans but
            not part of a permissive  aggregation  group and the top-heavy ratio
            for the group of plans exceeds 60%.

         3. If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a
            permissive  aggregation  group of plans and the top-heavy  ratio for
            the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60%.

            For purposes of this Section 10.08,  the following  terms shall have
            the meanings indicated below:

      B. Key Employee - Any Employee or former  Employee (and the  beneficiaries
         of such Employee) who at any time during the  determination  period was
         an officer of the  Employer if such  individual's  annual  compensation
         exceeds 50% of the dollar limitation under Section  415(b)(1)(A) of the
         Code,  an owner (or  considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code)
         of one of the 10 largest interests in the Employer if such individual's
         compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar limitation under Section 415(c)
         (1)(A) of the Code,  a 5% owner of the  Employer,  or a 1% owner of the
         Employer who has an annual  compensation of more than $150,000.  Annual
         compensation  means compensation as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the
         Code, but including  amounts  contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
         salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee's


<PAGE>



         gross income under Section 125,  Section  402(a)(8),  Section 402(h) or
         Section 403(b) of the Code. The  determination  period is the Plan Year
         containing the determination date and the 4 preceding Plan Years.

         The  determination  of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance
         with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

      C. Top-heavy ratio

         1. If the Employer  maintains  one or more defined  contribution  plans
            (including  any simplified  employee  pension plan) and the Employer
            has not maintained any defined  benefit plan which during the 5-year
            period  ending on the  determination  date(s) has or has had accrued
            benefits,  the  top-heavy  ratio  for  this  Plan  alone  or for the
            required  or  permissive  aggregation  group  as  appropriate  is  a
            fraction,  the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances
            of all Key Employees as of the determination  date(s) (including any
            part of any account balance  distributed in the 5-year period ending
            on the determination  date(s)),  and the denominator of which is the
            sum of all  account  balances  (including  any  part of any  account
            balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the determination
            date(s)),  both computed in accordance  with Section 416 of the Code
            and  the  regulations   thereunder.   Both  the  numerator  and  the
            denominator  of the  top-heavy  ratio are  increased  to reflect any
            contribution  not actually made as of the  determination  date,  but
            which is  required  to be taken  into  account  on that  date  under
            Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

         2. If the Employer  maintains  one or more defined  contribution  plans
            (including  any simplified  employee  pension plan) and the Employer
            maintains or has maintained one or more defined  benefit plans which
            during the 5-year period ending on the determination  date(s) has or
            has had any accrued  benefits,  the top-heavy ratio for any required
            or permissive  aggregation  group as appropriate is a fraction,  the
            numerator  of  which  is  the  sum of  account  balances  under  the
            aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees,
            determined  in accordance  with (1) above,  and the present value of
            accrued benefits under the aggregated  defined benefit plan or plans
            for all  Key  Employees  as of the  determination  date(s),  and the
            denominator  of which is the sum of the account  balances  under the
            aggregated defined  contribution plan or plans for all Participants,
            determined  in accordance  with (1) above,  and the present value of
            accrued  benefits  under the defined  benefit  plan or plans for all
            Participants  as of the  determination  date(s),  all  determined in
            accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations there-


<PAGE>



            under. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the
            numerator and  denominator of the top-heavy  ratio are increased for
            any  distribution  of an accrued  benefit made in the 5-year  period
            ending on the determination date.

         3. For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account balances and
            the present  value of accrued  benefits will be determined as of the
            most recent  valuation  date that falls  within or ends with the 12-
            month period ending on the determination date, except as provided in
            Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder for the first
            and  second  plan  years of a  defined  benefit  plan.  The  account
            balances and accrued  benefits of a Participant (a) who is not a Key
            Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Prior Year,  or (b) who has
            not  been  credited  with at  least  one  Hour of  Service  with any
            employer  maintaining  the plan at any time during the 5-year period
            ending  on  the   determination   date  will  be  disregarded.   The
            calculation  of  the  top-heavy  ratio,  and  the  extent  to  which
            distributions,  rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will
            be  made  in  accordance  with  Section  416 of  the  Code  and  the
            regulations  thereunder.  Deductible employee contributions will not
            be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio.
            When  aggregating  plans the value of account  balances  and accrued
            benefits  will be  calculated  with  reference to the  determination
            dates that fall within the same calendar year.

            The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall
            be determined under (a) the method,  if any, that uniformly  applies
            for accrual  purposes under all defined benefit plans  maintained by
            the Employer,  or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit
            accrued not more  rapidly than the slowest  accrual  rate  permitted
            under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

         4. Permissive  aggregation  group:  The required  aggregation  group of
            plans  plus any  other  plan or plans of the  Employer  which,  when
            considered  as a group with the required  aggregation  group,  would
            continue to satisfy the  requirements of Sections  401(a)(4) and 410
            of the Code.
<PAGE>
         5. Required  aggregation group: (a) Each qualified plan of the Employer
            in which at least one Key Employee  participates  or participated at
            any time during the determination  period (regardless of whether the
            Plan  has  terminated),  and (b)  any  other  qualified  plan of the
            Employer  which  enables  a  plan  described  in  (a)  to  meet  the
            requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.



<PAGE>



         6. Determination  date: For any Plan Year  subsequent to the first Plan
            Year,  the last day of the preceding  Plan Year.  For the first Plan
            Year of the Plan, the last day of that year.

         7. Valuation date:  For purposes of calculating the top-heavy ratio,
            the valuation date shall be the last day of each Plan Year.

         8. Present value:  For purposes of establishing  the "present value" of
            benefits  under a defined  benefit  plan to  compute  the  top-heavy
            ratio,  any  benefit  shall be  discounted  only for  mortality  and
            interest  based on the interest rate and mortality  table  specified
            for this purpose in the defined benefit plan.

10.09 SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES
      If this Plan  provides  contributions  or benefits  for one or more Owner-
      Employees who control both the business for which this Plan is established
      and one or more  other  trades  or  businesses,  this  Plan  and the  plan
      established  for other  trades or  businesses  must,  when  looked at as a
      single plan, satisfy Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the employees
      of those trades or businesses.

      If the Plan  provides  contributions  or  benefits  for one or more Owner-
      Employees  who  control  one or  more  other  trades  or  businesses,  the
      employees  of the other  trades or  businesses  must be included in a plan
      which  satisfies  Sections  401(a) and (d) of the Code and which  provides
      contributions   and  benefits  not  less   favorable   than  provided  for
      Owner-Employees under this Plan.

      If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two or
      more trades or  businesses  which are not  controlled  and the  individual
      controls a trade or business,  then the  contributions  or benefits of the
      employees under the plan of the trade or business which is controlled must
      be as favorable as those provided for him under the most favorable plan of
      the trade or business which is not controlled.

      For purposes of the preceding  paragraphs,  an  Owner-Employee,  or two or
      more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or business if
      the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees, together:

      A. own the entire interest in a unincorporated trade or business, or

      B. in the case of a partnership, own more than 50% of either the capital
         interest or the profit interest in the partnership.  For purposes of
         the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employ-
         ees, shall be treated as owning any interest in a partnership which is


<PAGE>


         owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by a  partnership  which such Owner-
         Employee,  or  such  two or more  Owner-Employees,  are  considered  to
         control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

10.10 INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS
      No benefit or interest  available  hereunder will be subject to assignment
      or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The preceding sentence
      shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to
      any benefit  payable with respect to a Participant  pursuant to a domestic
      relations  order,  unless  such  order  is  determined  to be a  qualified
      domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

      Generally,  a domestic  relations  order  cannot be a  qualified  domestic
      relations order until January 1, 1985.  However, in the case of a domestic
      relations order entered before such date, the Plan Administrator:

      (1)   shall treat such order as a qualified  domestic  relations  order if
            such Plan Administrator is paying benefits pursuant to such order on
            such date, and

      (2)   may  treat  any  other  such  order  entered  before  such date as a
            qualified  domestic relations order even if such order does not meet
            the requirements of Section 414(p) of the Code.


#709 (1/94)                  1994 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401




National Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

SECTION 1.     EMPLOYER INFORMATION

     Name of Employer:
- --------------------------------------------------------

     Address:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

     City: __________________________  State:________________ Zip:


<PAGE>



- ------------

     Telephone _______________ Federal Tax Identification Number  _____________

     Income Tax Year End

     Type of Business  (Check only one)
     [  ]  Sole  Proprietorship  [  ]  Partnership  [ ]  Corporation  [ ]  Other
     (Specify)____________________________________________________


     Nature of Business
(Describe)_____________________________________________

     Plan Sequence No.            (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
     the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is the second, etc.)

     For a plan which covers only the owner of the business,  please provide the
     following information about the owner:

     Social Security No._________________Date Business
Established______________

     Date of Birth_______________________Marital
Status________________________

     Home
Address______________________________________________________________


SECTION 2.     EFFECTIVE DATES   Check and complete Option A or B
     Option A:  [  ]  This is the initial adoption of a money purchase pension
                      plan by the Employer.
                      The Effective Date of this Plan is              , 19   .
                      NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the
                      Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

     Option           B: [ ] This is an amendment and restatement of an existing
                      money purchase pension plan (a Prior Plan).
              The Prior Plan was  initially  effective on ________,  19___.  The
              Effective  Date of this  amendment and  restatement  is ___, 19__.
              NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan Year
              in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.




<PAGE>



SECTION 3.     ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A, B and C
   Part A.     Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
          An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan after
          completing  (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years of Eligibility  Service.  NOTE: If
          more than 1 year is selected,  the immediate 100% vesting  schedule of
          Section 5, Option C will automatically apply. If left blank, the Years
          of Eligibility Service required will be deemed to be 0.

#713(12/90)L90              1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>

   Part B.     Age Requirement:
          An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan after
          attaining age (no more than 21).
          NOTE:  If left blank, it will be deemed there is no age requirement
          for eligibility.

   Part C.     Class of Employees Eligible to Participate:
          All Employees shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan,
          except those checked below:
          [  ]  Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by the
                terms of a  collective  bargaining  agreement  between  Employee
                representatives  (the term "Employee  representatives"  does not
                include  any  organization  more than half of whose  members are
                Employees  who  are  owners,   officers  or  executives  of  the
                Employer) and the Employer under which retirement  benefits were
                the  subject  of good  faith  bargaining  unless  the  agreement
                provides that such Employees are to be included in the Plan, and
                except those Employees who are  non-resident  aliens pursuant to
                Section  410(b)  (3)(C) of the Code and who  received  no earned
                income from the Employer which  constitutes  income from sources
                within the United States.

SECTION 4. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FORMULA Check and Complete either
Option A or B
     Option         A:  [ ]  Nonintegrated  Formula:  For  each  Plan  Year  the
                    Employer will contribute for each qualifying  Participant an
                    amount  equal to __% (not to exceed  25%) of the  qualifying
                    Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.
     Option         B: [ ] Integrated Formula:  For each Plan Year, the Employer
                    will  contribute for each  qualifying  Participant an amount
                    equal  to the sum of the  amounts  determined  in Step 1 and
                    Step 2:

                    Step 1. An amount equal to ___% (the base contribution per-
                            centage) of the Participant's Compensation for the


<PAGE>



                            Plan Year up to the integration level, plus

                    Step    2. An amount  equal to ___% (not to exceed  the base
                            contribution  percentage by more than the lesser of:
                            (1) the  base  contribution  percentage,  or (2) the
                            money purchase  maximum  disparity rate as described
                            in   Section   3.01(b)(3)   of  the  Plan)  of  such
                            Participant's  Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year in
                            excess of the integration level.

 The integration level shall be (Choose one):
    Option 1:  [   ] The Taxable Wage Base
    Option 2:  [   ] $________ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base)
    Option 3:  [   ] ______% of the Taxable Wage Base
    NOTE:  If no box is checked, the integration level shall be the Taxable
           Wage Base.

SECTION 5.     VESTING  Complete Parts A and B
     A  Participant  shall  become  Vested  in  his or  her  Individual  Account
     attributable to Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures as follows (Choose
     one):
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

   YEARS OF VESTED PERCENTAGE  (Complete VESTING SERVICE Option A [ ] Option B [
] Option C [ ] Option D [ ] if Chosen)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------

        1               0%      0%    100%     ____%
        2               0%     20%    100%     ____%
        3           100%       40%    100%     ____% (not less than 20%)
        4           100%       60%    100%     ____% (not less than 40%)
        5           100%       80%    100%     ____% (not less than 60%)
        6           100%      100%    100%     ____% (not less than 80%)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

NOTE:  If left blank, Option C, 100% vesting, will be deemed to be selected.

#713(12/90)L90              1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
SECTION 6.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
     The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age        (not to exceed 65).
     NOTE:  If left blank, the Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to be age
            59 1/2.


<PAGE>



SECTION 7.     HOURS REQUIRED   Complete Parts A and B
   Part     A. _____ Hours of Service (no more than 1,000)  shall be required to
            constitute  a Year  of  Vesting  Service  or a Year  of  Eligibility
            Service.
   Part B.  _____ Hours of Service (no more than 500) must be exceeded to avoid
            a Break in Vesting Service or a Break in Eligibility Service.
            NOTE:  The number of hours in Part A must be greater than the number
                   of hours in Part B.

SECTION     8.  OTHER  OPTIONS  Answer  "Yes"  or "No" to each of the  following
            questions by checking the  appropriate  box. If a box is not checked
            for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

     A.  Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the Plan
         be permitted?   [  ] Yes  [  ] No

     B.  Participant Direction of Investments:  Will Participants be permitted
         to direct the investment of their Individual Accounts pursuant to Sec-
         tion 5.14 of the Plan?    [  ] Yes  [  ] No

SECTION 9.   JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
         The survivor annuity portion of the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be
         a percentage equal to ____% (at least 50% but no more than 100%) of the
         amount paid to the Participant prior to his or her death.

SECTION 10.    ADDITIONAL PLANS
         An  Employer  who has ever  maintained  or who  later  adopts  any plan
         (including a welfare  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
         Code,  which provides  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to
         separate accounts for key employees as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of
         the Code or an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(1)
         (2) of the  Code)  in  addition  to  this  Plan  (other  than a  paired
         standardized  profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) may
         not rely on the opinion  letter  issued by the  National  Office of the
         Internal  Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under
         Section  401 of the Code.  If the  Employer  who  adopts  or  maintains
         multiple plans wishes to obtain  reliance that the  Employer's  plan(s)
         are qualified, application for a determination letter should be made to
         the appropriate Key District Director of Internal Revenue.

         This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan
         Document No. 03.

SECTION 11.    EMPLOYER SIGNATURE  Important:  Please read before signing


<PAGE>



         I am an  authorized  representative  of the Employer  named above and I
         state the following:

         1.  I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding the
             completion  of  this  Adoption  Agreement  and  the  legal  and tax
             implications of adopting this Plan.
         2.  I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption
             Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.
         3.  I  understand  that the  Prototype  Sponsor  will  inform me of any
             amendments   made  to  the  Plan  and  will  notify  me  should  it
             discontinue or abandon the Plan.
         4.  I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the corres-
             ponding Basic Plan Document.

         Signature for Employer___________________________Date
Signed__________
         Type
Name_____________________________________________________________

SECTION 12.    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN     Check and complete only one option
    Option A.   [   ]   Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
    Check One:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust powers, or
                [   ] Trustee with full trust powers
    NOTE:  Custodian will be deemed selected if no box is checked.

    Financial
Organization____________________________________________________

Signature_____________________________________________________________
- -----
    Type
Name________________________________________________________________
- --

#713(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
    Option B.  [   ]    Individual Trustee(s)
    Signature _______________________
Signature_____________________________
    Type Name________________________ Type
Name_____________________________

SECTION 13.    PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

     Name of Prototype


<PAGE>



Sponsor________________________________________________

Address_______________________________________________________________
- ---
     Telephone
Number_________________________________________________________


SECTION 14.  LIMITATION  ON  ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan If you maintain or
     ever maintained  another  qualified plan (other than a paired  standardized
     profit  sharing  plan  using  Basic  Plan  Document  No.  03) in which  any
     Participant  in this  Plan is (or  was) a  Participant  or  could  become a
     Participant,  you must complete  this section.  You must also complete this
     section  if you  maintain  a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section
     419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical account, as defined in Section
     415(l)(2) of the Code,  under which amounts are treated as annual additions
     with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

   Part     A. If the  Participant  is covered under another  qualified  defined
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer,  other than a regional
            prototype plan:

            1. [ ] The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of
                   the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or
                   prototype plan.

            2. [ ] Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans will
                   limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible
                   amount, and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a
                   manner that precludes Employer discretion.)_________________

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

   Part     B. If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
            benefit plan  maintained by the Employer,  the Employer will provide
            below the language  which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Section
            415(e) of the Code. Such language must preclude Employer discretion.

(Complete)_________________________________________________________

   Part C. Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
          Option 1:  [   ]    Section 3121(a) wages
          Option 2:  [   ]    Section 3401(a) wages
          Option 3:  415 safe-harbor compensation


<PAGE>


          NOTE:  If no box is checked, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

   Part D. The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:
            ----------------------

#713(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401






Standardized Profit Sharing Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

SECTION 1.     EMPLOYER INFORMATION

   Name of Employer:
- -------------------------------------------------------


Address_______________________________________________________________
- -----

   City: _______________________State:______________________ Zip:
- --------------

   Telephone: _________________ Federal Tax Identification
Number_______________

   Income Tax Year End __________________________

   Type of Business (Check only one) [ ] Sole Proprietorship [ ] Partnership [ ]
   Corporation [ ] Other (Specify)_______________

   Nature of Business
(Describe)_______________________________________________

   Plan Sequence No. __________  (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
   the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is the second, etc.)

   For a plan which covers only the owner of the  business,  please  provide the
   following information about the owner:


<PAGE>



   Social Security No._________________ Date Business Established  ____________

   Date of Birth________________________ Marital
Status_______________________

   Home Address
- ---------------------------------------------------------------


SECTION 2.     EFFECTIVE DATES   Check and complete Option A or B

   Option A:   [   ]   This is the initial adoption of a profit sharing plan by
              the Employer.  The Effective Date of this Plan is ________, 19  .
              NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan
              Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

   Option B:   [    ]  This is an amendment and restatement of an existing
              profit sharing plan (a Prior Plan).  The Prior Plan was initially
              effective on _____________.  The Effective Date of this amendment
              and restatement is ________________.   NOTE: The effective date
              is usually the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption
              Agreement is signed.


SECTION 3.    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A, B and C
   Part A.    Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       completing _______ (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years of Eligibility Service.  NOTE:
       If more than 1 year is selected,  the immediate 100% vesting  schedule of
       Section 5, Option C will automatically apply. If left blank, the Years of
       Eligibility Service required will be deemed to be 0.

   Part B.    Age Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       attaining age  ____________  (no more than 21).  NOTE: If left blank,  it
       will be deemed there is no age requirement for eligibility.

#705(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
   Part C.     Class of Employees Eligible to Participate:
       All Employees shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan,
       except the following (if checked):
       [   ]  Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by the
              terms of a collective bargaining agreement between Employee
              representatives (the term "Employee representatives" does not


<PAGE>



              include  any  organization  more  than half of whose  members  are
              Employees who are owners,  officers or executives of the Employer)
              and the Employer under which retirement  benefits were the subject
              of good faith bargaining  unless the agreement  provides that such
              Employees  are  to be  included  in the  Plan,  and  except  those
              Employees who are  non-resident  aliens pursuant to Section 410(b)
              (3)(C)  of the Code and who  received  no earned  income  from the
              Employer which  constitutes  income from sources within the United
              States.

SECTION 4.     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION FORMULA
   Part A.     Contribution Formula
               For each Plan Year the Employer  will  contribute an amount to be
               determined from year to year.

   Part B.     Allocation Formula:  (Check Option 1 or 2)
 Option 1: [  ]  Pro Rata Formula.  Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
                 shall be allocated  to the  Individual  Accounts of  qualifying
                 Participants  in the ratio that each  qualifying  Participant's
                 Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation
                 of all qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.

 Option          2:  [  ]  Integrated   Formula:   Employer   Contributions  and
                 Forfeitures shall be allocated as follows (Start with Step 3 if
                 this Plan is not a Top-Heavy Plan):

             Step     1. Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures shall first be
                      allocated  pro  rata  to  qualifying  Participants  in the
                      manner  described  in  Section  4,  Part B,  Option 1. The
                      percent  so   allocated   shall  not  exceed  3%  of  each
                      qualifying Participant's Compensation.

             Step     2. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the  allocation in Step 1 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying  Participant's  Individual Account in the ratio
                      that each qualifying  Participant's  Compensation  for the
                      Plan Year in excess of the integration  level bears to all
                      qualifying  Participants'  Compensation  in  excess of the
                      integration level, but not in excess of 3%.

             Step     3. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the  allocation in Step 2 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying  Participant's  Individual Account in the ratio
                      that  the  sum  of  each  qualifying  Participant's  total
                      Compensation and Compensation in excess of the


<PAGE>



                      integration  level  bears  to the  sum  of all  qualifying
                      Participants'   total  Compensation  and  Compensation  in
                      excess of the integration  level, but not in excess of the
                      profit  sharing  maximum  disparity  rate as  described in
                      Section 3.01(B)(3) of the Plan.

             Step     4. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the allocation in Step 3 shall be allocated pro rata
                      to  qualifying  Participants  in the manner  described  in
                      Section 4, Part B, Option 1.

      The integration level shall be (Choose one):

      Option 1:  [  ]  The Taxable Wage Base
      Option 2:  [  ]  $______ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base)
      Option 3:  [  ]  ______% of the Taxable Wage Base
      NOTE: If no box is checked, the integration level shall be the Taxable
            Wage Base.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

<PAGE>
SECTION 5.     VESTING
           A Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account
           attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures as follows
           (Choose one):
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------

YEARS OF                             VESTED PERCENTAGE
VESTING SERVICE
  Option A [ ] Option B [ ] Option C [ ] Option D [ ] (Complete if Chosen)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------

        1               0%      0%    100%     ____%
        2               0%     20%    100%     ____%
        3           100%       40%    100%     ____% (not less than 20%)
        4           100%       60%    100%     ____% (not less than 40%)
        5           100%       80%    100%     ____% (not less than 60%)
        6           100%      100%    100%     ____% (not less than 80%)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------

  NOTE:  If left blank, Option C, 100% vesting, will be deemed to be selected.


<PAGE>




SECTION 6.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
       The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age _____ (not to exceed 65).
       NOTE:  If left blank, the Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to be age
              59 1/2.

SECTION 7.     HOURS REQUIRED   Complete Parts A and B
   Part        A.  ________  Hours of  Service  (no more  than  1,000)  shall be
               required  to  constitute  a Year of Vesting  Service or a Year of
               Eligibility Service.

   Part B.     ________ Hours of Service (no more than 500) must be exceeded to
               avoid a Break in Vesting Service or a Break in Eligibility
               Service.
               NOTE:  The number of hours in Part A must be greater than the
               number of hours in Part B.

SECTION 8.     OTHER OPTIONS  Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following
               questions by checking the appropriate box.  If a box is not
               checked for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

     A.   Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the
          Plan be permitted?     [   ] Yes  [   ] No

     B.   Participant Direction of Investments:  Will Participants be permitted
          to direct the investment of their Individual Accounts pursuant to
          Section 5.14 of the Plan?        [   ] Yes   [   ] No

     C.   In-Service Withdrawals:  Will Participants be permitted to make
          withdrawals during service pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(3) of the
          Plan?                  [   ] Yes   [  ] No
          NOTE:  If the Plan is being adopted to amend and replace a Prior Plan
          which permitted in-service withdrawals you must answer "Yes."
          Check here if such withdrawals will be permitted only on account of
          hardship.   [   ]

SECTION 9.     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
   Part A.     Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor:
               Will the safe harbor  provisions  of Section  6.05(F) of the Plan
               apply (Choose only one Option)?
 Option 1:  [   ]    Yes
 Option 2:  [   ]    No
            NOTE:  You must select "No" if you are adopting this Plan as an
            amendment and restatement of a Prior Plan that was subject to the
            joint and survivor annuity requirements.


<PAGE>



   Part B.     Survivor Annuity Percentage:  (Complete only if your answer in
               Section 9, Part A is "No.")

               The survivor  annuity  portion of the Joint and Survivor  Annuity
               shall be a  percentage  equal to _____  (at least 50% but no more
               than 100%) of the amount paid to the Participant  prior to his or
               her death.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>

SECTION 10.    ADDITIONAL PLANS
          An  Employer  who has ever  maintained  or who later  adopts  any plan
          (including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
          Code, which provides  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to
          separate  accounts for key employees as defined in Section 419A(d) (3)
          of the Code or an individual  medical  account,  as defined in Section
          415(1)(2)  of the Code) in  addition to this Plan (other than a paired
          standardized profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) may
          not rely on the opinion  letter  issued by the National  Office of the
          Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under
          Section  401 of the Code.  If the  Employer  who  adopts or  maintains
          multiple plans wishes to obtain  reliance that the Employer's  plan(s)
          are qualified,  application for a determination  letter should be made
          to the appropriate Key District Director of Internal Revenue.

          This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic
          Plan Document No. 03.

SECTION 11.    EMPLOYER SIGNATURE  Important:  Please read before signing
          I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and I
          state the following:

          1.   I acknowledge  that I have relied upon my own advisors  regarding
               the  completion of this Adoption  Agreement and the legal and tax
               implications of adopting this Plan.
          2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption
               Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.
          3.   I  understand  that the  Prototype  Sponsor will inform me of any
               amendments  made  to the  Plan  and  will  notify  me  should  it
               discontinue or abandon the Plan.
          4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the
               corresponding Basic Plan Document.



<PAGE>



  Signature for Employer_____________________________Date
Signed_______________

  Type
Name________________________________________________________________
- ----

SECTION 12.    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN     Check and complete only one option
      Option A.   [   ]   Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
      Check One:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust powers,
                  or   [   ] Trustee with full trust powers
      NOTE:  Custodian will be deemed selected if no box is checked.

      Financial Organization
- --------------------------------------------------

Signature_____________________________________________________________
- ----
      Type
Name________________________________________________________________

      Option B.  [   ]    Individual Trustee(s)

      Signature _____________________________
Signature_________________________
      Type Name _____________________________ Type
Name_________________________

SECTION 13.    PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

      Name of Prototype Sponsor

Address_______________________________________________________________
- ---
      Telephone
Number_________________________________________________________

SECTION 14.  LIMITATION  ON  ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan If you maintain or
      ever maintained  another qualified plan (other than a paired  standardized
      money purchase pension plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) in which any
      Participant  in this  Plan is (or was) a  Participant  or  could  become a
      Participant,  you must complete this section.  You must also complete this
      section if you  maintain  a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section
      419(e) of the Code,  or an  individual  medical  account,  as  defined  in
      Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are


<PAGE>


      treated as annual additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
   Part     A. If the  Participant  is covered under another  qualified  defined
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master or
            prototype plan:

         1. [  ]  The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of
                  the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or
                  prototype plan.

         2. [  ]  Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans
                  will limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible
                  amount, and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a
                  manner that precludes Employer discretion.) ________________
                  ------------------------------------------------------------

   Part      B.  If the  Participant  is or has  ever  been a  participant  in a
             defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer,  the Employer will
             provide below the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of
             Section  415(e) of the Code.  Such language must preclude  Employer
             discretion. (Complete)____________________________________________

   Part C.   Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
            Option 1:  [   ]    Section 3121(a) wages
            Option 2:  [   ]    Section 3401(a) wages
            Option 3:  415 safe-harbor compensation
            NOTE:  If no box is checked, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

   Part D. The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:
             ---------------------------------------

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401





Simplified Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------

EMPLOYER INFORMATION


<PAGE>



Name of
Employer_____________________________Telephone________________________
- --

Business
Address______________________________________________________________

City__________________________State________________________Zip_________
- --------

Federal Tax Identification Number_________________Income Tax Year
End_________

Type of Business (Check only one)
[  ]  Sole   Proprietorship   [  ]   Partnership  [  ]  Corporation  [  ]  Other
(Specify)__________________________________________

Plan Sequence  No._________  Enter 001 if this is the first  qualified  plan the
Employer  has ever  maintained,  enter 002 if it is the second,  etc. For a Plan
which  covers  only the owner of the  business,  please  provide  the  following
information about the owner:

Social Security No._________________Date Business
Established_________________
Date of Birth_______________________Marital
Status____________________________
Home
Address_______________________________________________________________
- ----

EFFECTIVE DATES    Check and complete Option A or B

Option A.  [  ]  This is the initial adoption of a money purchase pension plan
                 by the Employer.
           The Effective Date of this Plan is ______________________, 19____.
           NOTE:  The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan Year
           in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

Option           B. [ ] This is an  amendment  and  restatement  of an  existing
                 money purchase  pension plan (a prior plan) NOTE: The effective
                 date is  usually  the first day of the Plan Year in which  this
                 Adoption Agreement is signed.
           The Prior Plan was initially effective on _________________, 19_____.
           The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement is _____, 19___.



<PAGE>



PLAN PROVISIONS  Complete Parts A through E

Part A.    Service Requirement:  An Employee will be eligible to become a Par-
           ticipant in the Plan after completing _____ (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years
           of Eligibility Service.  NOTE:  If left blank, the Years of Eligibil-
           ity Service required will be deemed to be 0.

Part B.    Age Requirement:  An Employee will be eligible to become a Partici-
           pant in the Plan after attaining age _____ (no more than 21).
           NOTE:  If left blank, it will be deemed there is no age requirement
           for eligibility.

Part C.    100% Vesting:  A Participant shall be fully Vested at all times in
           his or her Individual Account.

Part D.    Normal Retirement Age:  The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is
           age 59 1/2.

Part       E.  Contribution  Formula:  For  each  Plan  Year the  Employer  will
           contribute for each qualifying Participant an amount equal to ______%
           (not to exceed 25%) of the qualifying Participant's  Compensation for
           the Plan Year.

#726(12/90)                 1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
EMPLOYER SIGNATURE    Important:  Please read before signing

I am an authorized  representative  of the Employer  named above and I state the
following:

1.  I  acknowledge  that I have  relied  upon  my  own  advisors  regarding  the
completion of this  Adoption  Agreement  and the legal and tax  implications  of
adopting this Plan.

2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption Agreement
may result in disqualification of the Plan.

3. I understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me of any amendments made
to the Plan and will notify me should it discontinue or abandon the Plan.

4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the corresponding
Basic Plan Document.

Signature for Employer_____________________Date
Signed_________________________


<PAGE>



Type Name______________________________________________________

TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN
[     ] Check this box only if a financial  organization is named as Trustee and
      it has full trust powers.

     Trustee or Custodian_______________________________________________
     Signature________________________________________________________
     Type Name______________________________________________________

PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

     Name of Prototype Sponsor_________________________________________
     Address____________________________Telephone
Number______________________

ADDITIONAL PLANS

An Employer who has ever  maintained  or who later adopts any plan  (including a
welfare  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code,  which provides
post-retirement   medical  benefits  allocated  to  separate  accounts  for  key
employees as defined in Section  419A(d)(3) of the Code or an individual medical
account,  as defined in Section  415(l)(2) of the Code) in addition to this Plan
(other than a paired  standardized profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document
No. 03) may not rely on the opinion letter issued by the National  Office of the
Internal  Revenue  Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under Section
401 of the Code. If the Employer who adopts or maintains  multiple  plans wishes
to obtain reliance that the Employer's plan(s) are qualified,  application for a
determination  letter should be made to the appropriate Key District Director of
Internal Revenue.  This Adoption  agreement may be used only in conjunction with
Basic Plan Document No. 03.

LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS   More Than One Plan

If you maintain or ever maintained  another  qualified plan (other than a paired
standardized  profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) in which any
Participant  in  this  Plan  is  (or  was)  a  participant  or  could  become  a
participant, you must complete this section. You must also complete this section
if you  maintain a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section  419(e) of the
code, or an individual  medical account,  as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the
Code,  under which amounts are treated as annual  additions  with respect to any
Participant in this Plan.

#726(12/90)                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>


<PAGE>


Part  A.  If  the  Participant  is  covered  under  another   qualified  defined
contribution  plan maintained by the Employer,  other than a master or prototype
plan:
     1. [  ]  The provisions of Sections 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(b)(6) of the
              Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or prototype
              plan.

     2. [  ]  Other method.  (Provide the method under which the plans will lim-
              it total annual additions to the maximum permissible amount, and
              will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a manner that pre-
              cludes Employer discretion.)____________________________________

Part B. If the  Participant  is or has  ever  been a  participant  in a  defined
benefit plan  maintained  by the  Employer,  the Employer will provide below the
language  which will satisfy the 1.0  limitation of Section  415(e) of the Code.
Such language must preclude Employer discretion.

Part C.  The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:_____
- ---------------------------------------

#726(12/90)                 1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401





                         Investor Service Center, Inc.
                        Toll-free 1-888-503-FUND (3863)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              IRA Information Kit
                   Regular o Rollover o Roth o SEP o SAR-SEP
<PAGE>

                               Table of Contents

Questions and Answers about IRAs...........................................  1
How to Get Started.........................................................  3
Application for Regular, Rollover 
and Roth IRAs, SEPs, and SAR-SEPs..........................................  5
IRA Transfer, Direct Rollover & Conversion Form............................  7
Authorization to Add or Convert to a Roth IRA or Other IRA.................  9
Disclosure Statement....................................................... 11
Account Custodial Agreement................................................ 23




<PAGE>

                        Questions and Answers about IRAs

What's new in the world of IRAs?
    An Individual  Retirement  Account ("IRA") has always provided an attractive
means to save money for the future on a tax-advantaged  basis. Recent changes to
Federal  tax law  have now made the IRA an even  more  flexible  investment  and
savings  vehicle.  Among the new changes is the creation of the Roth  Individual
Retirement  Account  ("Roth  IRA"),  which is available for use after January 1,
1998.   Under  a  Roth  IRA,  the  earnings  and  interest  on  an  individual's
nondeductible  contributions  grow without being taxed, and distributions may be
tax-free under certain circumstances. Most taxpayers (except for those with very
high income levels) will be eligible to contribute to a Roth IRA. A Roth IRA can
be used  instead of a Regular  IRA,  to  replace an  existing  Regular  IRA,  or
complement a Regular IRA you wish to continue maintaining.
    Taxpayers  with  adjusted  gross  income of up to $100,000  are  eligible to
convert existing IRAs into Roth IRAs. The details on conversion are found in the
description of Roth IRAs in this Kit.
    Congress has also made significant changes to Regular IRAs. First,  Congress
increased   the  income  levels  at  which  IRA  holders  who   participate   in
employer-sponsored   retirement   plans   can  make   deductible   Regular   IRA
contributions.  Also,  the rules for deductible  contributions  by an IRA holder
whose spouse is a participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan have been
liberalized.  Second, the 10% penalty tax for premature  withdrawals (before age
59 1/2) will no longer apply in the case of  withdrawals  to pay certain  higher
education expenses or certain first-time homebuyer expenses.

What's in this Kit?
    In this Kit you will find detailed information about Roth IRAs and about the
changes that have been made to Regular IRAs.  You will also find all you need to
establish and maintain a Regular,  Roth IRA, SEP IRA, SAR-SEP IRA, or to convert
all or part of an existing Regular IRA to a Roth IRA.
    The beginning of this Kit contains the  instructions and forms you will need
to open a new Regular or Roth IRA, to transfer  from  another IRA to an Investor
Service Center IRA, or to convert a Regular IRA to a Roth IRA.
    The next  section of this Kit  contains our IRA  Disclosure  Statement.  The
Disclosure Statement is divided into three parts:
o   Part One  describes  the basic  rules and  benefits  which are  specifically
    applicable to your Regular IRA.
o Part Two  describes  the basic  rules  and  benefits  which  are  specifically
applicable  to your Roth  IRA.  o Part  Three  describe  rules  and  information
applicable to all IRAs.

    The last  section of this Kit  contains  the IRA  Custodial  Agreement.  The
Custodial Agreement is also divided into three parts:
o    Part One contains provisions specifically applicable to Regular IRAs.
o    Part Two contains provisions specifically applicable to Roth IRAs.
o    Part Three contains provisions applicable to all IRAs (Regular and Roth).


What's the difference between a Regular IRA and a Roth IRA?
    With a Regular IRA, an individual  can  contribute up to $2,000 per year and
may be able to deduct the  contribution  from taxable  income,  reducing  income
taxes.  Taxes on investment growth and dividends are deferred until the money is
withdrawn.  Withdrawals  are taxed as additional  ordinary income when received.
Nondeductible contributions,  if any, are withdrawn tax-free. Withdrawals before
age 59 1/2 are assessed a 10%


<PAGE>



penalty in addition to income tax, unless an exception applies.
    With a Roth IRA, the contribution limits are essentially the same as Regular
IRAs,  but  there is no tax  deduction  for  contributions.  All  dividends  and
investment  growth in the account are tax-free.  Most important with a Roth IRA:
there  is  no  income  tax  on  qualified   withdrawals   from  your  Roth  IRA.
Additionally,   unlike  a  Regular  IRA,  there  is  no  prohibition  on  making
contributions  to Roth IRAs after turning age 70 1/2, and there's no requirement
that you begin making minimum withdrawals at that age.
    The  following  chart  highlights  some of the major  differences  between a
Regular IRA and a Roth IRA:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Characteristics          Regular IRA                                   Roth IRA
- ---------------          ----------------------------------            -----------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                                     <C>
Eligibility              o Individuals (and their spouses)             o Individuals (and their spouses) who receive
                           who receive compensation                      compensation
                         o Individuals age 70 1/2 and over             o Individuals age 70 1/2 and over may
                           may contribute                                contribute

Tax Treatment of 
Contributions            o Subject to limitations, contributions       o No deduction permitted for amounts
                           are deductible                                contributed

Contribution of Limits   o Individuals  may  contribute up             o Individuals may generally
                           to $2000 annually (or 100% of                 contribute  up to $2000  (or 100% of
                           compensation,  if less)                       compensation,  if less)
                                                
                         o Deductibility depends on income level       o Ability to contribute phases out at income
                           for individuals who are active participants   levels of $95,000 to $110,000(individual 
                           in an employer-sponsored retirement plan      taxpayer) and $150,000 to $160,000
                                                                         (married taxpayers)
                                                                                 
                                                                       o Overall limit for contributions to  all IRAs
                                                                         (Regular and Roth combined) is $2,000
                                                                          annually (or 100% of compensation, if less)


Earnings                 o Capital appreciation and dividends are not  o Capital appreciation and dividends are not
                           taxed in your IRA                             taxed in your IRA

Rollover/Conversions     o Individual  may  rollover tax free to       o Rollovers from other Roth IRA's or Regular
                           Regular IRA amounts held in                   IRA's only
                           employer-sponsored retirement
                           arrangements  (401(k), SEP IRA, etc.)       o Amounts rolled over (or converted) from 
                                                                         another Regular IRA are subject to
                                                                         income tax in the year rolled over or converted
                                                                                
                                                                       o Tax on amounts rolled over or converted in 1998
                                                                         is spread over four year period (1998-2001)
                                                                                 
Withdrawals              o Total (contributions + earnings)            o Not taxable as long as a qualified distribution
                           taxable  as income in year withdrawn          - generally, account open for 5 years, and age 59 1/2
                           (except for any prior non-deductible
                           contributions)

                         o Minimum withdrawals must begin after        o Minimum withdrawals not required after
                           age 70 1/2                                    age 70 1/2
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Is a Roth or a Regular IRA right for me?
    We cannot act as your legal or tax  advisor  and so we cannot tell you which
kind of IRA is right for you. The information  contained in this Kit is intended
to provide  you with the basic  information  and  material  you will need if you
decide  whether  a  Regular  or Roth IRA is  better  for you,  or if you want to
convert an existing  Regular IRA to a Roth IRA. We suggest that you consult with
your  accountant,  lawyer or other tax  advisor,  or with a qualified  financial
planner,  to determine  whether you should open a Regular or Roth IRA or convert
any or all of an existing  Regular IRA to a Roth IRA.  Your tax advisor can also
advise you as to the state tax consequences that may affect whether a Regular or
Roth IRA is right for you.

What about SEP IRAs and SAR-SEP IRAs?
    The Investor  Service  Center  Regular IRA may be used in connection  with a
simplified  employee  pension (SEP) or SEP Employer Salary  Reduction  (SAR-SEP)
plan  maintained  by your  employer.  To establish a Regular IRA as part of your
Employer's SEP plan,  complete the IRA Application for a Regular IRA, indicating
in the proper  box that the IRA is part of a SEP plan.  A Roth IRA should not be
used in connection with a SEP plan.

 What are the legal matters applicable to this Kit?
    The Disclosure Statement in this Kit provides you with the basic information
that you should know about  Investor  Service Center Regular IRAs and Roth IRAs.
The Disclosure  Statement provides general information about the governing rules
for these IRAs and the benefits and features  offered  through each type of IRA.
However,  the Application and the Custodial  Agreement are the primary documents
controlling  the terms and conditions of your personal  Investor  Service Center
Regular or Roth IRA, and these shall govern in the case of any  difference  with
the Disclosure Statement.
     Read  carefully the  applicable  sections of the IRA  Disclosure  Statement
contained  in this Kit,  the  Regular or Roth  Individual  Retirement  Custodial
Account document (as applicable),  the IRA Application,  and the  prospectus(es)
for any Fund(s) you are considering. Consult your lawyer or other tax adviser if
you have any  questions  about how opening a Regular IRA or Roth IRA will affect
your financial and tax situation. To establish more than one type of IRA, make a
copy of the enclosed IRA Application for each type of IRA you wish to open.
     "You" or "your" when used  throughout this Kit refer to the person for whom
the Investor Service Center Regular or Roth IRA is established.  A "Roth IRA" is
either an Investor  Service  Center Roth IRA or any Roth IRA  established by any
other  financial  institution.  A "Regular  IRA" is any  non-Roth IRA offered by
Investor Service Center or any other financial institution.
     The minimum investment to establish an Investor Service Center IRA or other
retirement plan is $1,000.  Minimum subsequent investments are $100. The initial
investment minimums are waived if you elect to invest $100 or more each month in
the Fund through the Investor Service Center Automatic  Investment Program - see
Part 3 of the IRA Application. There are no set up fees for any Investor Service
Center  Retirement  Plans.  Subject  to  change  on 30  days'  notice,  the plan
custodian  charges  Investor Service Center IRAs a $10 annual fiduciary fee, $10
for each  distribution  prior to age 59 1/2,  and a $20  plan  termination  fee;
however, the annual fiduciary fee is waived if your IRA has assets of $10,000 or
more or if you invest  regularly  through the Investor  Service Center Automatic
Investment Program.

               More questions? Call toll-free 1-888-503-FUND(3863)

<PAGE>

How to Get Started


To complete the IRA Applications,  please read the following.  Questions? Please
call   1-888-503-FUND   (3863)   to  speak  to  an   Investor   Service   Center
Representative.

1. Print the registration information where requested in Part 1.

2.    Check the circle in Part 2 to specify the fund investment and the type of 
      IRA you are opening.

o If making the initial investment with a contribution, enclose a check drawn to
the order of Investor Service Center in the amount of the contribution.  Be sure
to  indicate  whether  this is a  contribution  for last year or for the current
year. Third party checks cannot be accepted.

o If this is a Direct Transfer from another IRA custodian or trustee,  check the
appropriate circle to indicate whether IRA assets were originally from a Regular
IRA to which you have made annual  contributions,  or originally from a Rollover
IRA that contains only assets from a qualified plan or 403(b) arrangement. Also,
complete and sign the IRA Transfer, Direct Rollover & Conversion form.

o If this is a Direct  Rollover  from an employer  sponsored  qualified  plan or
403(b)  arrangement,  check the  appropriate  circle.  Complete and sign the IRA
Transfer, Direct Rollover & Conversion Form.

o If applicable,  check the circle for a 60-Day  Rollover.  A 60-Day Rollover is
one where your IRA assets with another custodian were wholly  distributed to you
and within 60 days you are rolling the assets over to an Investor Service Center
IRA.

o For a Roth IRA, check the circle in Part 2 to specify the type of Roth IRA you
are opening and provide the requested information.

o If this is a Roth IRA to which you  expect to make  contributions  each  year,
enclose a check drawn to the order of Investor  Service  Center in the amount of
your first  contribution.  Third party checks  cannot be  accepted.  Only annual
contributions  may be  accepted  in a Roth  Contribution  IRA.  Roth IRAs became
available only starting  January 1, 1998, so you cannot make a contribution  for
tax year 1997.

o If you are  converting an existing  Investor  Service  Center Regular IRA to a
Roth IRA, check the  appropriate  circle.  Complete and attach the IRA Transfer,
Direct Rollover and Conversion form and indicate your current IRA account number
and how much you are  converting.  Conversion  of an  existing  Regular IRA will
result in  inclusion  of taxable  amounts in the  existing  Regular  IRA on your
income tax return.  Note: If a  conversion,  rollover or transfer from a Regular
IRA to a Roth  IRA is  being  made,  only  amounts  converted,  rolled  over  or
transferred  during the same tax year will be  accepted  in a single Roth IRA. A
separate Roth IRA must be  established to hold such amounts from a different tax
year.  Annual  contributions  may never be  deposited in a Roth IRA holding such
converted, rolled over or transferred amounts.

o If you want to convert your existing  Regular IRA with Investor Service Center
or with another custodian or trustee,  check the appropriate  circle. A rollover
or transfer  from an  existing  Regular IRA to a Roth IRA means that the taxable
amount in the existing Regular IRA will be treated as additional  income on your
income tax return.

o If you are making a Direct  Transfer  from  another  Roth IRA with a different
trustee or custodian or a 60-Day Rollover, check the appropriate circle. Put the
requested information where indicated.

o For an IRA  that  will be used to  receive  employer  contributions  under  an
employer's  simplified employee pension (or "SEP") plan or under a grandfathered
salary reduction SEP plan (or "SAR-SEP"),  check the appropriate  circle in Part
2.

3. To take advantage of regular monthly investing, complete Part 3.

4.  In  Part  4,  indicate   your  Primary   Beneficiary(ies)   and   Contingent
Beneficiary(ies).  Spousal  consent is required if a  beneficiary  is other than
your spouse.

5. Sign and date the IRA Application in Part 5 at the end. If the Depositor is a
minor under the laws of the Depositor's state of residence, a parent or guardian
must  sign the  Adoption  Agreement.  Until  the  Depositor  reaches  the age of
majority,  the parent or  guardian  will  exercise  the powers and duties of the
Depositor. (If guardian, provide copy of letters of appointment.)

    If you are transferring  assets or rolling over from an existing IRA to this
IRA, or  converting a Regular IRA to a Roth IRA,  please be sure to complete and
attach the IRA Transfer, Direct Rollover & Conversion form.

Send your completed forms and checks to: Investor Service Center, Inc., P.O. Box
419789, Kansas City MO 64141-6789

<PAGE>


<PAGE>



IRA APPLICATION

Use this IRA  Application  to open a new  IRA,  Rollover  IRA,  Roth  IRA,  Roth
Conversion  IRA, SEP IRA,  and/or SAR-SEP IRA. To open a SIMPLE IRA or Education
IRA, call 1-888-503-FUND  (3863). To establish more than one type of IRA, make a
copy of this IRA Application  for each type of IRA you wish to open.  Return the
completed  IRA  Application(s)  in the  enclosed  envelope or mail to:  Investor
Service Center, Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.

1.  Registration  If you need  assistance  in completing  this IRA  Application,
please call 1-888-503-FUND (3863).

First Name    Middle Initial   Last Name       Social Security Number (required)

Mailing Address (Street and Apartment Number or Box Number)    
                 
                    City and State                  Zip

 Birth Date (Month, Day, Year)       

  Home Telephone Number            Work Telephone Number         E-mail Address

Legal Residential Address (if different from Mailing Address)                   

               City and State                   Zip

2.  Initial   Investment   ($1,000  Minimum)  Note:   Minimums  are  waived  for
participants in the Investor
Service  Center Bank Transfer Plan (see Section 3). If you are  transferring  or
converting an existing IRA, please enclose the  "Authorization for IRA Transfer,
Direct Rollover & Conversion" form.

Check the Fund you are investing in.
o   Midas Fund
o   Rockwood Fund
o   Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
o   Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund
o   Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
o   Bull & Bear Gold Investors
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Regular IRA

o Deductible or non-deductible contribution for tax year 199(     )
o Direct Transfer* from an existing      o Regular IRA    o Rollover IRA**
o Direct Rollover from an employer-sponsored plan*
o 60-Day Rollover from an existing       o Regular IRA    o Rollover IRA**  
                                                              Amount: $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Roth  Contribution  IRA (Only  annual  contributions  may be  accepted in a Roth
Contribution IRA.)

o Non-deductible contribution for tax year 199(     )
o Direct  Transfer from Roth  Contribution  IRA,  established on _____________*
o 60-Day Rollover from Roth Contribution IRA, established on     _____________ 
                                                      Amount: $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Roth Conversion IRA

o Convert my existing Investor Service Center Regular IRA to a Roth 
  Conversion IRA*
o Convert my existing Regular IRA with another custodian to an Investor 
  Service Center Roth Conversion IRA*
o Direct Transfer from existing Roth Conversion IRA, established on __________*
o 60-Day Rollover from existing Roth Conversion IRA, established on __________
                                                               Amount: $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
SEP IRA

o SEP Employer (or self employed) contribution
o Direct Transfer from existing SEP IRA*
o 60-Day Rollover from a SEP IRA                              Amount: $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
SAR-SEP IRA plan established before 1997

o SEP Employee  Salary  Reduction  
o Direct  Transfer  from existing  SAR-SEP IRA*
o 60-Day Rollover from a SAR-SEP IRA                          Amount: $


  * Complete and enclose IRA Transfer, Direct Rollover & Conversion Form.
** A  Rollover  IRA is an IRA  originally  set up  with a  distribution  from an
employer-sponsored program.
<PAGE>

3. Investor Service Center Bank Transfer Plan  Lets you automatically purchase
shares of the  Investor  Service  Center  mutual fund you specify  each month by
transferring the dollar amount you specify from your bank account. Please attach
a voided  check to this IRA  Application  showing  the bank name,  address,  and
account number.

From my bank account,  please invest  automatically on the t10th t15th t20th day
of each month the following amount into my Investor Service Center IRA.
                                            Amount: $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fund Name*                                           $100 Minimum
*If no Investor Service Center mutual fund is specified,  the investment will be
made in the money market fund, Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves.

4. IRA Beneficiary  Designation "I hereby designate each person named below as a
beneficiary
of my IRA in the manner set forth  below." If  designating  beneficiaries  other
than a spouse please obtain the spouse's  consent.  "I consent to (1) the naming
of another person as primary beneficiary to receive more than half of this IRA's
assets,  and/or (2) the naming of myself as  primary  beneficiary  and others as
contingent  beneficiaries.  I give any interest in these assets to my spouse, to
the extent  necessary to accomplish each  beneficiary  designation  made below."

- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Spouse's Signature                                      Date

Primary Beneficiary(ies):
First Name  Middle Initial  Last Name   Share %*   Birth Date (Month, Day, Year)
                       
Relationship

First Name  Middle Initial  Last Name   Share %*   Birth Date (Month, Day, Year)

Relationship

*Shares for all primary beneficiaries combined must add up to 100%. Please do 
not indicate fractional percentages. "If more than one person is named and no 
percentages are indicated, payment shall be made in equal shares to my primary 
beneficiary(ies) who survive me. If a percentage is indicated and a primary
beneficiary does not survive me, the percentage of that beneficiary's
designated share shall be divided equally among the surviving primary 
beneficiary(ies). If no primary beneficiary is living at the time of my death, I
hereby specify that the balance be distributed in the same manner to my 
contingent beneficiary(ies) listed below."

Contingent Beneficiary(ies):
 
First Name  Middle Initial  Last Name  Share %*   Birth Date (Month, Day, Year)

Relationship

First Name  Middle Initial  Last Name  Share %*   Birth Date (Month, Day, Year)

Relationship

*Shares for all contingent beneficiaries combined must add up to 100%. Please do
 not indicate fractional percentages. Note: If beneficiary is a trust, please 
 indicate the trust's name and address, the date of the trust, and the name(s)
of  the  trustee(s).  "I  understand  that  if I  choose  not to  designate  any
beneficiary,  my beneficiary will be my estate. I am aware that this beneficiary
designation  will remain in effect  until I deliver to Investor  Service  Center
another beneficiary designation with a later date."


<PAGE>

5. Signature Please sign and date below.

" I hereby adopt the Investor Service Center IRA Custodial Agreement and 
Disclosure Statement as may be amended from time to time (the Investor Service 
Center IRA") and hereby appoint the Custodian named therein, as may be 
designated or redesignated from time to time (the "Custodian"). I have received
and read the prospectus(es) of the Fund(s) in which I am investing and the 
Investor Service Center IRA Agreement. I agree that none of the Custodian, 
Investor Service Center, Inc. ("ISC") nor the Fund(s) will be liable for acting 
in good faith upon instructions it receives and believes genuine under
reasonable procedures designed to prevent unauthorized transactions. I 
understand all telephone conversations with ISC representatives are recorded and
hereby consent to such recording. If I am opening this IRA with a distribution 
from an employer-sponsored retirement plan, I certify that such distribution 
qualifies for rollover treatment and irrevocably elect to treat it as a Rollover
contribution. I understand the annual IRA fiduciary fee of $10, pre-age 591/2 
distribution fee of $10, and plan termination fee of $20 per IRA may be 
separately billed or collected by redeeming sufficient shares from my account. 
ISC or the Custodian may change this fee schedule from time to time, as provided
in the Investor Service Center IRA. By signing below, I hereby consent to the
terms of the Investor Service Center IRA and to the beneficiary(ies) I have 
designated above." 

My Signature  (If a minor, parent or guardian must sign)              Date

             THANK YOU FOR INVESTING WITH INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER!
Investors  Fiduciary  Trust Company will accept  appointment as Custodian of the
Depositor's Account, which becomes binding upon the Custodian when the Depositor
receives a confirmation of the purchase of the Fund shares  indicated above. The
confirmation  also will  serve as  notification  of  Investors  Fiduciary  Trust
Company's acceptance of appointment as Custodian of the Depositor's Account.

Investors Fiduciary Trust Company, Custodian
Signature






<PAGE>



IRA TRANSFER, DIRECT ROLLOVER & CONVERSION FORM

Use this form to  transfer an IRA with  another  custodian  to Investor  Service
Center, to make a direct rollover from a qualified  retirement plan or 403(b) to
an  Investor  Service  Center  IRA,  or to convert a Regular  IRA to an Investor
Service  Center  Roth IRA.  Make  sure you  attach a copy of your  existing  IRA
account  statement  and  an  Investor  Service  Center  IRA  Application  and/or
Authorization to Add an IRA form if you do not have an existing Investor Service
Center IRA of the type  necessary to receive the assets.  Return this  completed
Form in the enclosed  envelope or mail to: Investor Service Center,  Box 419789,
Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.

1.  Registration  If you need  assistance in completing  this Form,  please call
1-888-503-FUND (3863).

First Name       Middle Initial                        Last Name

Mailing Address (Street and Apartment Number or Box Number) 
              City and State                          Zip

Social Security Number (required)              Birth Date (Month, Day, Year)  

      Home Telephone Number                    Work Telephone Number

2. Tell Us About Your Existing IRA Please attach a recent IRA account  statement
or provide the
information  requested  below. If you do not have an existing  Investor  Service
Center IRA of the type receiving the IRA assets,  please also attach an Investor
Service Center IRA Application and/or Authorization to Add an IRA.

Type of Account: o Regular IRA  o Rollover IRA (if transferring funds originally
                                                in an employer-sponsored plan) 
                 o Roth Contribution IRA o Roth Conversion IRA  o  SEP-IRA
                 o SAR-SEP  IRA(for  plans  established  prior to  1997)  

Where It Is  Currently Located:

Name of Current Custodian

Address of Current Custodian           City and State                  Zip

Name and Telephone Number of Current Custodian or Service Organization 

How It Is Currently Invested:

Mutual Fund or Bank Name      Account Number      

 CD Date of Maturity (Month, Day, Year)+                 Other(Specify)

+ If you liquidate a CD prior to maturity, you may incur a penalty. Send us this
IRA Transfer Form at least three weeks prior to the CD's maturity.
If your CD matures  in less than three  weeks,  call  1-888-503-FUND  (3863) for
procedures.

3.  Tell  Us How to  Invest  Your  Transfer  Proceeds  Please  check  one of the
following:
o I am opening a new Investor Service Center IRA.  Attached is my completed IRA
Application  and/or  Authorization  to Add an IRA.  
o I already  have an Investor Service Center IRA of the type necessary to 
  receive the assets:

Investor Service Center IRA Account Number

Important  Note:  If Rollover  and  Regular IRA assets are  combined in the same
account  you will  forfeit the right to roll over your  Rollover  IRA to another
qualified plan in the future, which may have tax implications.
<PAGE>


4. Authorization to Transfer Your IRA to Investor Service Center

Please  transfer-in-kind  or withdraw  assets  from my  existing  account in the
following manner:

A) o Liquidate o all o part $ ________________  of the account listed in Section
2 and transfer any proceeds to my Investor  Service Center IRA o immediately
 o at maturity.

B) o Transfer-in-kind my Investor Service Center Fund shares held in the account
listed in Section 2 above to my Investor Service Center IRA.

     I have  received  and read the  prospectus  for the  Fund(s)  in which I am
investing.  If I am  over  701/2,  I  attest  that  none  of  the  amount  to be
transferred will include the required minimum  distribution for the current year
pursuant to Section  401(a)(9)  of the Internal  Revenue  Code. I certify to the
present  IRA  custodian  or  trustee  that the  undersigned  has  established  a
successor  Individual  Retirement  Custodial Account meeting the requirements of
Internal  Revenue  Code  Section  408(a)  or 408A  (as the case may be) to which
assets will be transferred,  and certifies to Investors  Fiduciary Trust Company
that the IRA from which assets are being  transferred  meets the requirements of
Internal Revenue Code Section 408(a) or 408A (as the case may be).

 Signature                                                     Date

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE (only if required by current custodian or trustee)

 Name of Bank or Dealer Firm

 Signature of Officer and Title

Investors  Fiduciary  Trust Company will accept  appointment as Custodian of the
Depositor's Account, which becomes binding upon the Custodian when the Depositor
receives a confirmation of the purchase of the Fund shares  indicated above. The
confirmation  also will  serve as  notification  of  Investors  Fiduciary  Trust
Company's acceptance of appointment as Custodian of the Depositor's Account.

Investors Fiduciary Trust Company, Custodian
Signature



<PAGE>



AUTHORIZATION  TO ADD AN IRA

If you already have one type of IRA with Investor  Service  Center,  you can use
this form to open another type of IRA with Investor Service Center. For example,
if you already have a deductible-type  Regular IRA with Investor Service Center,
use this form to establish a new Roth-type IRA with Investor Service Center.  If
you want to establish more than one additional type, i.e., a Roth and a SEP-IRA,
make a copy of this form, and return one completed copy for each additional type
of IRA you wish to open.  Return this  completed  Authorization  in the enclosed
envelope or mail to:  Investor  Service  Center,  Box 419789,  Kansas  City,  MO
64141-6789.

1. Request for an  Additional  IRA Do not use this form to open a SIMPLE IRA. To
open a SIMPLE IRA, for information on how to make future changes to your IRA, or
if you need  assistance  in  completing  this form,  please call  1-888-503-FUND
(3863).

Please  open an  additional  Individual  Retirement  Account  (IRA)  for which I
authorize  the  identical  account,  address,  accountholder  birthdate,  social
security number,  and beneficiary  information as given for the existing account
listed below. I direct that the initial investment  indicated below be made with
the same  mutual  fund(s)  (and if more  than one fund,  in the same  percentage
allocation) as is the IRA account number listed below, unless I have checked the
following box o, in which case 100% should be invested in the  following  mutual
fund: ______________.     

Existing Account Information:

Existing IRA Account Number     Social Security Number         Day Telephone #
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
2.  Initial   Investment   ($1,000  Minimum)  Note:   Minimums  are  waived  for
participants in the Investor
Service  Center Bank Transfer Plan (see Section 3). If you are  transferring  or
converting an existing IRA, please enclose the  "Authorization for IRA Transfer,
Direct Rollover & Conversion" form.
- --------------------------------------------
Regular IRA

o Deductible or non-deductible contribution for tax year 199(     )
o Direct Transfer* from an existing          o Regular IRA   o Rollover IRA**
o Direct Rollover from an employer-sponsored plan*
o 60-Day Rollover from an existing           o Regular IRA   o Rollover IRA**
                                                           Amount: $
- --------------------------------------------
Roth  Contribution  IRA (Only annual contributions may be accepted in a Roth
Contribution IRA.)

o Non-deductible contribution for tax year 199(     )
o Direct  Transfer from Roth  Contribution  IRA,  established on  ____________*
o 60-Day Rollover from Roth Contribution IRA, established on    ______________ 
                                                            Amount: $          
- ---------------------------------------------  
Roth Conversion IRA

o Convert my existing Investor Service Center Regular IRA 
  to a Roth Conversion IRA*
o Convert my existing Regular IRA with another custodian to an Investor 
  Service Center Roth Conversion IRA*
o Direct Transfer from existing Roth Conversion IRA, established on___________*
o 60-Day Rollover from existing Roth Conversion IRA, established on__________  
                                                             Amount: $
- ----------------------------------------------
SEP IRA

o SEP Employer (or self employed) contribution
o Direct Transfer from existing SEP IRA*
o 60-Day Rollover from a SEP IRA                              Amount: $
- ----------------------------------------------
SAR-SEP IRA plan established before 1997

oSEP Employee  Salary  Reduction  
o Direct  Transfer  from existing  SAR-SEP IRA*
o 60-Day Rollover from a SAR-SEP IRA                          Amount: $
- -----------------------------------------------
* Complete and enclose IRA Transfer, Direct Rollover & Conversion Form.
** A  Rollover  IRA is an IRA  originally  set up  with a  distribution  from an
employer-sponsored program.
<PAGE>


3. Investor Service Center Bank Transfer Plan  Lets you automatically purchase
shares of the  Investor  Service  Center  mutual fund you specify  each month by
transferring the dollar amount you specify from your bank account. Please attach
a voided  check to this IRA  Application  showing  the bank name,  address,  and
account number.

From my bank account,  please invest  automatically on the o10th o15th o20th day
of each month the following amount into my Investor Service Center IRA.
                                 Amount: $                        
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Fund Name*                                        $100 Minimum

*If no Investor Service Center mutual fund is specified,  the investment will be
made in the money market fund, Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves.

4. Signature Please sign and date below.

" I hereby  adopt the  Investor  Service  Center  IRA  Custodial  Agreement  and
Disclosure  Statement as may be amended from time to time (the "Investor Service
Center  IRA")  and  hereby  appoint  the  Custodian  named  therein,  as  may be
designated or redesignated from time to time (the "Custodian").  I have received
and read the  prospectus(es)  of the  Fund(s)  in which I am  investing  and the
Investor  Service  Center IRA  Agreement.  I agree  that none of the  Custodian,
Investor Service Center,  Inc. ("ISC") nor the Fund(s) will be liable for acting
in  good  faith  upon  instructions  it  receives  and  believes  genuine  under
reasonable   procedures  designed  to  prevent  unauthorized   transactions.   I
understand all telephone conversations with ISC representatives are recorded and
hereby consent to such  recording.  If I am opening this IRA with a distribution
from an  employer-sponsored  retirement  plan, I certify that such  distribution
qualifies for rollover treatment and irrevocably elect to treat it as a Rollover
contribution.  I understand  the annual IRA fiduciary fee of $10,  pre-age 591/2
distribution  fee of  $10,  and  plan  termination  fee of $20  per  IRA  may be
separately  billed or collected by redeeming  sufficient shares from my account.
ISC or the Custodian may change this fee schedule from time to time, as provided
in the Investor  Service  Center IRA. By signing  below, I hereby consent to the
terms of the  Investor  Service  Center IRA and to the  beneficiary(ies)  I have
designated above." 
- ----------------------------------------------------
My Signature                                   Date



If the  Depositor  is a  minor  under  the  laws  of the  Depositor's  state  of
residence,  a parent or guardian  must sign the  Adoption  Agreement.  Until the
Depositor reaches the age of majority,  the parent or guardian will exercise the
powers and duties of the  Depositor.  (If  guardian,  provide copy of letters of
appointment )

Signature of Parent or Guardian                                     Date


Investors  Fiduciary  Trust Company will accept  appointment as Custodian of the
Depositor's Account, which becomes binding upon the Custodian when the Depositor
receives a confirmation of the purchase of the Fund shares  indicated above. The
confirmation  also will  serve as  notification  of  Investors  Fiduciary  Trust
Company's acceptance of appointment as Custodian of the Depositor's Account.

Investors Fiduciary Trust Company, Custodian
Signature



<PAGE>


                              Disclosure Statement

                     Part One: Description of Regular IRAs

INTRODUCTION

     Part One of the  Disclosure  Statement  describes  the rules  applicable to
Regular IRAs beginning January 1, 1998. IRAs described in these pages are called
"Regular  IRAs" to  distinguish  them from the new "Roth IRAs"  first  available
starting  in 1998.  Roth  IRAs  are  described  in Part  Two of this  Disclosure
Statement.
     For Regular IRA contributions for 1997 (including  contributions made up to
April 15, 1998 but designated as  contributions  for 1997),  there are different
rules for determining the deductibility of your contribution on your federal tax
return.  For  contributions  for  1997,  the  "active   participant"  limits  on
deductibility  (described below) apply if either spouse is an active participant
in an  employer-sponsored  plan.  Also, the adjusted gross income ("AGI") levels
for partially deductible or nondeductible  Regular IRA contributions  (described
below) are lower for 1997  ($25,000 for single  taxpayers,  with no deduction if
your AGI is above $35,000; $40,000 for married taxpayers filing jointly, with no
deduction if your AGI is above  $50,000).  Also, the exceptions to the 10% early
withdrawal penalty for withdrawals to pay certain higher education or first-time
homebuyer expenses do not apply to withdrawals in 1997.
     This Part One of the Disclosure  Statement  describes Regular IRAs. It does
not  describe  Roth  IRAs,  a new  type  of  IRA  available  starting  in  1998.
Contributions  to a Roth IRA are not  deductible  (regardless  of your AGI), but
withdrawals  that meet certain  requirements  are not subject to federal  income
tax, so that dividends and investment growth on amounts held in the Roth IRA can
escape federal income tax. Please see Part Two of this  Disclosure  Statement to
learn more about Roth IRAs.
     Regular IRAs described in this Disclosure  Statement may be used as part of
a simplified  employee  pension (SEP) plan maintained by your employer.  Under a
SEP  your  employer  may make  contributions  to your  Regular  IRA,  and  these
contributions  may exceed the normal limits on Regular IRA  contributions.  This
Disclosure  Statement does not describe IRAs  established  in connection  with a
SIMPLE IRA  program  maintained  by your  employer.  Employers  provide  special
explanatory  materials for accounts established as part of a SIMPLE IRA program.
Regular IRAs may be used in  connection  with a SIMPLE IRA program,  but for the
first two years of  participation  a special  SIMPLE IRA (not a Regular  IRA) is
required.

YOUR REGULAR IRA

     This Part One contains information about your Regular Individual Retirement
Custodial  Account with Investor Service Center. A Regular IRA gives you several
tax benefits. Earnings on the assets held in your Regular IRA are not subject to
federal income tax until withdrawn by you. You may be able to deduct all or part
of your Regular IRA contribution on your federal income tax return. State income
tax  treatment of your Regular IRA may differ from federal  treatment;  ask your
state tax department or your personal tax advisor for details.
     Be sure to read  Part  Three of this  Disclosure  Statement  for  important
additional information, including information on how to revoke your Regular IRA,
investments  and  prohibited  transactions,  fees and expenses,  and certain tax
requirements.

ELIGIBILITY

What are the eligibility requirements for a Regular IRA?
    You are eligible to establish and contribute to a Regular IRA for a year if:

o You received  compensation  (or earned income if you are self employed) during
the year for personal  services you rendered.  If you received  taxable alimony,
this is treated like compensation for IRA purposes.
o    You did not reach age 70 1/2 during the year.

Can I contribute to a Regular IRA for my Spouse?
     For each year before the year when your spouse  attains age 70 1/2, you can
contribute to a separate Regular IRA for your spouse, regardless of whether your
spouse had any  compensation  or earned  income in that  year.  This is called a
"spousal IRA." To make a contribution to a Regular IRA for your spouse, you must
file a joint tax return for the year with your spouse.  For a spousal IRA,  your
spouse must set up a different  Regular IRA,  separate from yours,  to which you
contribute.

CONTRIBUTIONS

When can I make contributions to a Regular IRA?
     You may make a contribution to your existing Regular IRA or establish a new
Regular IRA for a taxable year by the due date (not  including  any  extensions)
for your federal income tax return for the year. Usually this is April 15 of the
following year.

How much can I contribute to my Regular IRA?
     For each year when you are eligible (see above),  you can  contribute up to
the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of your  compensation (or earned income, if you are
self-employed).  However,  under  the  tax  laws,  all  or  a  portion  of  your
contribution may not be deductible.
     If you  and  your  spouse  have  spousal  Regular  IRAs,  each  spouse  may
contribute  up to  $2,000  to his or her IRA for a year as long as the  combined
compensation  of both  spouses  for the year (as shown on your joint  income tax
return) is at least $4,000. If the combined compensation of both spouses is less
than $4,000, the spouse with the higher amount of compensation may contribute up
to that spouse's  compensation  amount,  or $2,000 if less.  The spouse with the
lower  compensation  amount  may  contribute  any  amount  up to  that  spouse's
compensation  plus any excess of the other spouse's  compensation over the other
spouse's IRA contribution.  However, the maximum contribution to either spouse's
Regular IRA is $2,000 for the year.
     

<PAGE>

     If you (or your spouse) establish a new Roth IRA and make  contributions to
both your  Regular IRA and a Roth IRA, the combined  limit on  contributions  to
both your (or your spouse's) Regular IRA and Roth IRA for a single calendar year
is $2,000.

How do I know if my contribution is tax deductible?
     The  deductibility  of your  contribution  depends  upon whether you are an
active participant in any employer-sponsored  retirement plan. If you are not an
active participant, the entire contribution to your Regular IRA is deductible.
     If you  are an  active  participant  in an  employer-sponsored  plan,  your
Regular IRA  contribution  may still be completely or partly  deductible on your
tax return.  This depends on the amount of your income (see  below).  Similarly,
the  deductibility  of a  contribution  to a Regular IRA for your spouse depends
upon  whether  your spouse is an active  participant  in any  employer-sponsored
retirement plan. If your spouse is not an active  participant,  the contribution
to your  spouse's  Regular IRA will be  deductible.  If your spouse is an active
participant,  the Regular IRA  contribution  will be  completely,  partly or not
deductible depending upon your combined income.
     An  exception  to  the  preceding  rules  applies  to  high-income  married
taxpayers,  where one spouse is an active  participant in an  employer-sponsored
retirement  plan and the other spouse is not. A  contribution  to the non-active
participant  spouse's Regular IRA will be only partly  deductible at an adjusted
gross income level on the joint tax return of  $150,000,  and the  deductibility
will be phased out as  described  below over the next $10,000 so that there will
be no  deduction  at all with an  adjusted  gross  income  level of  $160,000 or
higher.

How do I determine my or my spouse's "active participant" status?
     Your (or your  spouse's)  Form W-2 should  indicate if you (or your spouse)
were an active participant in an employer-sponsored  retirement plan for a year.
If you have a question, you should ask your employer or the plan administrator.
     In addition, regardless of income level, your spouse's "active participant"
status will not affect the  deductibility of your  contributions to your Regular
IRA if you and your spouse file  separate  tax returns for the taxable  year and
you lived apart at all times during the taxable year.

What are the deduction restrictions for active participants?
     If you (or your  spouse)  are an active  participant  in an  employer  plan
during a year, the  contribution  to your Regular IRA (or your spouse's  Regular
IRA) may be  completely,  partly or not  deductible  depending  upon your filing
status and your amount of adjusted gross income ("AGI"). If AGI is any amount up
to the lower limit,  the  contribution is deductible.  If your AGI falls between
the lower limit and the upper limit, the contribution is partly  deductible.  If
your AGI falls above the upper limit, the contribution is not deductible.

                         FOR ACTIVE PARTICIPANTS - 1998

If You Are Single           If You Are Married           Then Your Regular IRA
                            Filing Jointly                  Contribution Is
- ------------------          ------------------           ---------------------
Up to Lower Limit            Up toLower Limit               Fully Deductible
($30,000 for 1998)          ($50,000 for 1998)

More than Lower Limit        More than Lower Limit          Partly Deductible
but less than                but less than
Upper Limit ($40,000         Upper Limit ($60,000 
for 1998)                    for 1998)

Upper Limit or more          Upper Limit or more             Not Deductible

                     TABLE OF FUTURE LOWER AND UPPER LIMITS

The Lower  Limit and the Upper Limit will  change for 1999 and later  years,  as
shown in the following table. Substitute the correct Lower Limit and Upper Limit
in the table above to determine  deductibility in any particular year. (Note: if
you are married but filing separate returns, your Lower Limit is always zero and
your Upper Limit is always $10,000).

YEAR                      SINGLE                    MARRIED FILING JOINTLY
- -----               --------------------------     ---------------------------
                    Lower Limit    Upper Limit     Lower Limit    Upper Limit

1999                 $31,000        $41,000          $51,000        $61,000
2000                 $32,000        $42,000          $52,000        $62,000
2001                 $33,000        $43,000          $53,000        $63,000
2002                 $34,000        $44,000          $54,000        $64,000
2003                 $40,000        $50,000          $60,000        $70,000
2004                 $45,000        $55,000          $65,000        $75,000
2005                 $50,000        $60,000          $70,000        $80,000
2006                 $50,000        $60,000          $75,000        $85,000
2007 and later       $50,000        $60,000          $80,000        $100,000

<PAGE>

How do I calculate my deduction if I fall in the "partly deductible" range?
     If your AGI falls in the partly  deductible  range,  you must calculate the
portion of your  contribution  that is  deductible.  To do this,  multiply  your
contribution  by a  fraction.  The  numerator  is the  amount by which  your AGI
exceeds  the lower  limit  (for 1998:  $30,000 if single,  or $50,000 if married
filing  jointly).  The  denominator  is $10,000 (note that the  denominator  for
married  joint  filers is $20,000  starting  in 2007).  Subtract  this from your
contribution  and then round down to the nearest $10. The  deductible  amount is
the greater of the amount  calculated or $200 (provided you contributed at least
$200). If your contribution was less than $200, then the entire  contribution is
deductible.
     For example, assume that you make a $2,000 contribution to your Regular IRA
in 1998,  a year in  which  you are an  active  participant  in your  employer's
retirement  plan.  Also  assume  that your AGI is $57,555  and you are  married,
filing jointly.  You would calculate the deductible portion of your contribution
this way:

1.   The amount by which your AGI exceeds the lower limit of the partly
     deductible range:    ($57,555 _ $50,000) = $7,555

2.   Divide this by $10,000:                $7,555     =  0.7555
                           $10,000

3. Multiply this by your contribution limit:

     0.7555 x $2,000 = $1,511

4. Subtract this from your contribution:

     $2,000 - $1,551 = $489

5.   Round this down to the nearest $10: $489 ----- $480

6.   Your deductible contribution is the greater of this amount, $480, or $200

     Even though part or all of your  contribution  is not  deductible,  you may
still  contribute  to your Regular IRA (and your spouse may  contribute  to your
spouse's Regular IRA) up to the limit on  contributions.  When you file your tax
return  for  the  year,  you  must   designate  the  amount  of   non-deductible
contributions to your Regular IRA for the year. See IRS Form 8606.

How do I determine my AGI?
     AGI is your gross income minus those  deductions which are available to all
taxpayers  even if they don't  itemize.  Instructions  to calculate your AGI are
provided with your income tax Form 1040 or 1040A.

What happens if I contribute more than allowed to my regular IRA?
     The maximum  contribution you can make to a Regular IRA generally is $2,000
or 100% of  compensation  or  earned  income,  whichever  is  less.  Any  amount
contributed to the IRA above the maximum is considered an "excess contribution."
The excess is  calculated  using your  contribution  limit,  not the  deductible
limit.  An excess  contribution  is subject to excise tax of 6% for each year it
remains in the IRA.

How can I correct an excess contribution?
     Excess  contributions may be corrected  without paying a 6% penalty.  To do
so, you must  withdraw the excess and any earnings on the excess  before the due
date  (including  extensions)  for filing your federal income tax return for the
year for which you made the excess contribution. A deduction should not be taken
for any excess  contribution.  The earnings  must be included in your income for
the tax year for which the  contribution  was made and may be  subject  to a 10%
premature withdrawal tax if you have not reached age 59 1/2.

What happens if I don't  correct the excess  contribution  by the tax return due
date?
     Any excess contribution not withdrawn by the tax return due date (including
any extensions) for the year for which the contribution was made will be subject
to the 6%  excise  tax.  There  will be an  additional  6%  excise  tax for each
subsequent year the excess remains in your account.
     Under limited  circumstances,  you may correct an excess contribution after
tax filing time by withdrawing the excess contribution  (leaving the earnings in
the account).  This  withdrawal  will not be includable in income nor will it be
subject to any premature  withdrawal  penalty if (1) your  contributions  to all
Regular IRAs do not exceed  $2,000 and (2) you did not take a deduction  for the
excess  amount (or you file an amended  return (Form  1040X)  which  removes the
excess deduction).

How are excess contributions treated if none of the preceding rules apply?
     Unless an excess contribution qualifies for the special treatment outlined 
above, the excess contribution and any earnings on it withdrawn after tax filing
time will be includable in taxable income and may be subject to a 10% premature 
withdrawal penalty.  No deduction will be allowed for the excess contribution 
for the year in which it is made.
     Excess  contributions  may be corrected in a subsequent  year to the extent
that  you  contribute  less  than  your  maximum  amount.  As the  prior  excess
contribution   is  reduced  or  eliminated,   the  6%  excise  tax  will  become
correspondingly reduced or eliminated for subsequent tax years. Also, you may be
able to take an income tax  deduction  for the amount of excess that was reduced
or eliminated, depending on whether you would be able to take a deduction if you
had instead contributed the same amount.
<PAGE>

Are the earnings on my regular IRA funds taxed?
     Any dividends on or growth of the investments  held in your Regular IRA are
generally exempt from federal income taxes and will not be taxed until withdrawn
by you,  unless the tax exempt  status of your  Regular IRA is revoked  (this is
described in Part Three of this Disclosure Statement).

TRANSFERS/ROLLOVERS

Can I  transfer  or roll  over a  distribution  I  receive  from  my  employer's
retirement plan into a regular IRA?
     Almost all  distributions  from employer plans or 403(b)  arrangements (for
employees of  tax-exempt  employers)  are eligible for transfer or rollover to a
Regular IRA. The main exceptions are

o  payments  over  the  lifetime  or  life  expectancy  of the  participant  (or
participant and a designated  beneficiary),  
o  installment payments for a period of 10 years or more,  
o  required  distributions  (generally  the rules require distributions starting
   at age 70 1/2 or for  certain  employees  starting  at
   retirement,  if later), and 
o  payments of employee after-tax  contributions.  

     If you are eligible to receive a distribution from a tax qualified 
retirement plan as a result of, for example, termination of employment, plan
discontinuance,   or  retirement,  all  or  part  of  the  distribution  may  be
transferred  directly  into  your  Regular  IRA.  This  is a  called  a  "Direct
Rollover." Or, you may receive the  distribution  and make a regular rollover to
your Regular IRA within 60 days, called a "60-Day  Rollover." By making a Direct
Rollover or a 60-Day  Rollover,  you can defer income taxes on the amount rolled
over until you subsequently make withdrawals from your IRA.
     The   maximum   amount  you  may  roll  over  is  the  amount  of  employer
contributions  and  earnings  distributed.  You may not roll over any  after-tax
employee contributions you made to the employer retirement plan. If you are over
age 70 1/2 and are  required to take minimum  distributions  under the tax laws,
you may not roll over any amount  required  to be  distributed  to you under the
minimum  distribution  rules.  Also, if you are receiving periodic payments over
your or your and your designated  beneficiary's  life expectancy or for a period
of at least 10 years,  you may not roll over these  payments.  A  rollover  to a
regular IRA must be  completed  within 60 days after the  distribution  from the
employer retirement plan to be valid.
     A qualified plan  administrator or 403(b) sponsor must withhold 20% of your
distribution for federal income taxes unless you elect a Direct  Rollover.  Your
plan or 403(b) sponsor is required to provide you with information  about Direct
and 60-Day Rollovers and withholding  taxes before you receive your distribution
and must comply with your directions to make a Direct Rollover.
     The rules governing rollovers are complicated.  Be sure to consult your tax
advisor or the IRS if you have a question about rollovers.

Once I  have  rolled  over  a  plan  distribution  into  a  Regular  IRA,  can I
subsequently roll over into another employer's qualified retirement plan?
     Yes. Part or all of an eligible distribution received from a qualified plan
may be transferred  from the Regular IRA holding it to another  qualified  plan.
However,  the IRA must have no assets  other  than those  which were  previously
distributed to you from the qualified plan. Specifically, the IRA cannot contain
any  contributions  by you (or your spouse).  Also,  the new qualified plan must
accept rollovers. Similar rules apply to Regular IRAs established with rollovers
from 403(b) arrangements.

Can I make a 60-Day Rollover from my Regular IRA to another Regular IRA?
     You may make a rollover  from one  Regular  IRA to another  Regular IRA you
have or you establish to receive the rollover. Such a rollover must be completed
within 60 days after the withdrawal  from your first Regular IRA. After making a
60-Day Rollover from one Regular IRA to another,  you must wait a full year (365
days) before you can make another such  rollover.  (However,  you can instruct a
Regular IRA  custodian  to  transfer  amounts  directly  to another  Regular IRA
custodian; called a Direct Transfer, it does not count as a rollover.)

What happens if I combine rollover contributions with my normal contributions in
one IRA?
     If you  wish to make  both a  normal  annual  contribution  and a  rollover
contribution,  you may wish to open two separate  Regular IRAs by completing two
IRA  Applications.  You should  consult a tax advisor  before making your annual
contribution to the IRA you established with rollover  contributions  (or make a
rollover  contribution to the IRA to which you make your annual  contributions).
This is because combining your annual  contributions and rollover  contributions
originating  from an  employer  plan  distribution  would  prohibit  the  future
rollover out of the IRA into another  qualified plan. If despite this, you still
wish  to  combine  a  rollover  contribution  and the IRA  holding  your  annual
contributions,  you should  establish  the  account as a Regular  IRA on the IRA
Application   (not  a  Rollover  IRA  or  Direct  Rollover  IRA)  and  make  the
contributions to that account.

How do rollovers affect my contribution or deduction limits?
     Rollover  contributions,  if properly made, do not count toward the maximum
contribution.  Also,  rollovers are not  deductible  and they do not affect your
deduction limits as described above.

What about converting my regular IRA to a Roth IRA?
     The  rules for  converting  a  Regular  IRA to a new Roth IRA,  or making a
rollover from a Regular IRA to a new Roth IRA, are described in Part Two below.

WITHDRAWALS

When can I make withdrawals from my Regular IRA?
     You may withdraw from your Regular IRA at any time.  However, withdrawals 
before age 59 1/2 may be subject to a 10% penalty tax in addition to regular 
income taxes (see below).

When must I start making withdrawals?
     If you have not withdrawn your entire IRA by the April 1 following the year
in which you reach 70 1/2, you must make minimum  withdrawals  in order to avoid
penalty taxes.  The rule allowing  certain  employees to postpone  distributions
from an employer  qualified plan until actual  retirement (even if this is after
age 70 1/2) does not apply to Regular IRAs.
     The minimum withdrawal amount is determined by dividing the balance in your
Regular IRA (or IRAs) by your life expectancy or the combined life expectancy of
you and your designated  beneficiary.  The minimum withdrawal rules are complex.
Consult  your  tax  advisor  for  assistance.  The  penalty  tax  is  50% of the
difference  between the minimum  withdrawal  amount and your actual  withdrawals
during a year.  The IRS may waive or reduce the penalty tax if you can show that
your  failure to make the required  minimum  withdrawals  was due to  reasonable
cause and you are taking reasonable steps to remedy the problem.

How are withdrawals from my Regular IRA taxed?
     Amounts withdrawn by you are includable in your gross income in the taxable
year that you  receive  them,  and are  taxable  as  ordinary  income.  Lump sum
withdrawals  from a  Regular  IRA  are  not  eligible  for  averaging  treatment
currently  available to certain lump sum distributions  from qualified  employer
retirement plans.
    
<PAGE>

     Since the purpose of a Regular IRA is to accumulate  funds for  retirement,
your  receipt or use of any portion of your Regular IRA before you attain age 59
1/2 generally  will be considered  as an early  withdrawal  and subject to a 10%
penalty tax.

   The 10% penalty tax for early withdrawal will not apply if:

o  The distribution was a result of your death or disability.

o  The purpose of the withdrawal is to pay certain higher education expenses for
yourself or your spouse,  child,  or  grandchild.  Qualifying  expenses  include
tuition,  fees,  books,  supplies and  equipment  required for  attendance  at a
post-secondary  educational institution.  Room and board expenses may qualify if
the student is attending at least  half-time.  
o  The  withdrawal  is used to pay
eligible  first-time  homebuyer  expenses.  These are the  costs of  purchasing,
building or rebuilding a principal residence  (including  customary  settlement,
financing or closing costs).  The purchaser may be you, your spouse, or a child,
grandchild,  parent or  grandparent  of you or your  spouse.  An  individual  is
considered a  "first-time  homebuyer"  if the  individual  (or the  individual's
spouse, if married) did not have an ownership interest in a principal  residence
during the two-year  period  immediately  preceding the acquisition in question.
The  withdrawal  must be used for  eligible  expenses  within 120 days after the
withdrawal.  (If  there is an  unexpected  delay,  or  cancellation  of the home
acquisition, a withdrawal may be redeposited as a rollover). There is a lifetime
limit on eligible first-time homebuyer expenses of $10,000 per individual.

o The distribution is one of a scheduled series of substantially  equal periodic
payments  for  your  life  or  life  expectancy  (or  the  joint  lives  or life
expectancies  of you and your  beneficiary).  If there is an  adjustment  to the
scheduled  series of  payments,  the 10% penalty tax may apply.  The 10% penalty
will not apply if you make no change in the series of payments  until the end of
five  years or until  you reach age 59 1/2,  whichever  is later.  If you make a
change before then, the penalty will apply. For example,  if you begin receiving
payments at age 50 under a withdrawal program providing for substantially  equal
payments  over your life  expectancy,  and at age 58 you  elect to  receive  the
remaining  amount in your  Regular IRA in a  lump-sum,  the 10% penalty tax will
apply to the lump sum and to the  amounts  previously  paid to you before age 59
1/2.

o The  distribution  does not  exceed  the  amount  of your  deductible  medical
expenses for the year (generally  speaking,  medical expenses paid during a year
are deductible if they are greater than 7 1/2% of your adjusted gross income for
that year).

o The  distribution  does not exceed  the  amount you paid for health  insurance
coverage for yourself,  your spouse and dependents.  This exception applies only
if  you  have  been  unemployed  and  received  federal  or  state  unemployment
compensation  payments  for  at  least  12  weeks;  this  exception  applies  to
distributions   during  the  year  in  which  you  received   the   unemployment
compensation  and  during  the  following  year,  but  not to any  distributions
received after you have been reemployed for at least 60 days.

How are nondeductible contributions taxed when they are withdrawn?
     A withdrawal of nondeductible  contributions (not including  earnings) will
be  tax-free.   However,   if  you  made  both   deductible  and   nondeductible
contributions  to your Regular IRA,  then each  distribution  will be treated as
partly a return of your  nondeductible  contributions (not taxable) and partly a
distribution of deductible  contributions and earnings (taxable). The nontaxable
amount is the portion of the amount withdrawn which bears the same ratio as your
total  nondeductible  Regular IRA contributions bear to the total balance of all
your Regular IRAs  (including  rollover IRAs and SEPs,  but not  including  Roth
IRAs).
     For example, assume that you made the following Regular IRA contributions:

        Year                      Deductible            Nondeductible
        1995                      $2,000
        1996                      $2,000
        1997                      $1,000                $1,000
        1998                      ______                $1,000
                                  $5,000                $2,000
                                  ======                ======

     In addition assume that your Regular IRA has total investment earnings 
through 1998 of $1,000.  During 1998 you withdraw $500.  Your total account 
balance as of 12/31/98 is $7,500 as shown below.

        Deductible Contributions                           $5,000
        Nondeductible Contributions                        $2,000
        Earnings on IRA                                    $1,000
        Less 1998 Withdrawal                               $  500
          Total Account Balance as of 12/31/98             $7,500
                                                           ======

     To determine the nontaxable portion of your 1998 withdrawal, the total 1998
withdrawal  ($500)  must be  multiplied  by a  fraction.  The  numerator  of the
fraction  is the  total  of all  nondeductible  contributions  remaining  in the
account  before  the 1998  withdrawal  ($2,000).  The  denominator  is the total
account  balance as of  12-31-98  ($7,500)  plus the 1998  withdrawal  ($500) or
$8,000. The calculation is:

         Total Remaining

     Nondeductible Contributions               $2,000              
     ---------------------------               ------   X  $500  = $125
        Total Account Balance                  $8,000            

     Thus,  $125 of the $500  withdrawal  in 1998 will not be  included  in your
taxable  income.  The remaining $375 will be taxable for 1998. In addition,  for
future  calculations  the  remaining  nondeductible  contribution  total will be
$2,000 minus $125, or $1,875.
     A loss in your Regular IRA investment may be deductible. You should consult
your tax advisor for further  details on the  appropriate  calculation  for this
deduction if applicable.

Is there a penalty tax on certain large withdrawals or accumulations in my IRA?
     Earlier tax laws imposed a "success"  penalty  equal to 15% of  withdrawals
from  all  retirement   accounts  (including  IRAs,  401(k)  or  other  employer
retirement  plans,  403(b)  arrangements  and  others)  in a  year  exceeding  a
specified amount (initially $150,000 per year). Also, there was a 15% estate tax
penalty  on  excess  accumulations  remaining  in  IRAs  and  other  tax-favored
arrangements upon your death. These 15% penalty taxes have been repealed.

Important:  Please see Part Three below which contains important information 
applicable to all Investor Service Center IRAs.

<PAGE>

                       Part Two: Description of Roth IRAs

INTRODUCTION

    This Part Two of the  Disclosure  Statement  describes  the rules  generally
    applicable to Roth IRAs beginning  January 1, 1998. Roth IRAs are a new kind
    of IRA available for the first time in 1998. Contributions to a Roth IRA for
    1997 are not permitted.
Contributions  to a Roth IRA are not  tax-deductible,  but withdrawals that meet
certain  requirements  are not subject to federal  income taxes.  This makes the
dividends  on and growth of the  investments  held in your Roth IRA tax-free for
federal income tax purposes if the requirements are met.
    Regular  IRAs,   which  have  existed  since  1975,  are  still   available.
Contributions  to a Regular  IRA may be  tax-deductible.  Earnings  and gains on
amounts while held in a Regular IRA are tax-deferred. Withdrawals are subject to
federal  income  tax  (except  for prior  after-tax  contributions  which may be
recovered without additional federal income tax).
    This  Part  Two does  not  describe  Regular  IRAs.  If you  wish to  review
information  about  Regular  IRAs,  please  see  Part  One  of  this  Disclosure
Statement. Be sure to read Part Three of this Disclosure Statement for important
additional  information,  including  information on how to revoke your Roth IRA,
investments  and  prohibited  transactions,  fees and  expenses  and certain tax
requirements.  This Disclosure Statement also does not describe IRAs established
in connection with a SIMPLE IRA program or a Simplified  Employee  Pension (SEP)
plan maintained by your employer. Roth IRAs may not be used in connection with a
SIMPLE IRA program or a SEP plan.

YOUR ROTH IRA

    Your Roth IRA gives you several tax benefits.  While contributions to a Roth
IRA are not deductible,  dividends on and growth of the assets held in your Roth
IRA are not subject to federal income tax. Withdrawals by you from your Roth IRA
are  excluded  from your  income  for  federal  income tax  purposes  if certain
requirements  (described below) are met. State income tax treatment of your Roth
IRA may differ from federal  treatment;  ask your state tax  department  or your
personal tax advisor for details.

ELIGIBILITY

What are the eligibility requirements for a Roth IRA?
    Starting with 1998,  you are eligible to establish and  contribute to a Roth
IRA for a year if you received  compensation  (or earned  income if you are self
employed)  during the year for personal  services you rendered.  If you received
taxable alimony, this is treated like compensation for IRA purposes. In contrast
to a Regular IRA, with a Roth IRA you may continue  making  contributions  after
you reach age 70 1/2.

Can I contribute to a Roth IRA for my spouse?
    Starting with 1998,  if you meet the  eligibility  requirements  you can not
only  contribute  to your own Roth IRA, but also to a separate Roth IRA for your
spouse out of your  compensation  or earned  income,  regardless of whether your
spouse had any  compensation  or earned  income in that  year.  This is called a
"spousal Roth IRA." To make a  contribution  to a Roth IRA for your spouse,  you
must file a joint tax return for the year with your  spouse.  For a spousal Roth
IRA, your spouse must set up a different Roth IRA, separate from yours, to which
you contribute.
    Of course, if your spouse has compensation or earned income, your spouse can
establish  his or her own Roth IRA and make  contributions  to it in  accordance
with  the  rules  and  limits  described  in  this  Part  Two of the  Disclosure
Statement.

CONTRIBUTIONS

When can I make contributions to a Roth IRA?
    You may make a contribution to your Roth IRA or establish a new Roth IRA for
a taxable year by the due date (not including any  extensions)  for your federal
income tax return for the year.  Usually this is April 15 of the following year.
For  example,  you will  have  until  April  15,  1999 to  establish  and make a
contribution to a Roth IRA for 1998.
    Caution:  Since Roth IRAs are available starting January 1, 1998, you may 
not make a contribution by April 15, 1998 to a Roth IRA for 1997.

How much can I contribute to my Roth IRA?
    For each year when you are eligible  (see above),  you can  contribute up to
the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of your  compensation (or earned income, if you are
self-employed).  For taxpayers with high income levels, the contribution  limits
may be reduced (see below).
    Your Roth IRA limit is reduced by any  contributions  for the same year to a
Regular IRA. For example,  assuming you have at least $2,000 in  compensation or
earned income, if you contribute $500 to your Regular IRA for 1998, your maximum
Roth IRA contribution for 1998 will be $1,500.
    If you and your spouse have spousal Roth IRAs, each spouse may contribute up
to $2,000 to his or her Roth IRA for a year as long as the combined compensation
of both  spouses  for the year (as shown on your joint  income tax return) is at
least $4,000. If the combined  compensation of both spouses is less than $4,000,
the spouse with the higher  amount of  compensation  may  contribute  up to that
spouse's  compensation  amount,  or $2,000 if less.  The  spouse  with the lower
compensation  amount may contribute any amount up to that spouse's  compensation
plus any excess of the other spouse's  compensation over the other spouse's Roth
IRA contribution.  However, the maximum contribution to either spouse's Roth IRA
is $2,000 for the year.
    The spousal  Roth IRA limits are reduced by any  contributions  for the same
calendar year to a Regular IRA maintained by you or your spouse.
    Annual  contributions  may be made  only to a Roth IRA  annual  contribution
account  which does not contain  converted or  transferred  funds from a Regular
IRA.

Are contributions to a Roth IRA tax deductible?
    Contributions  to a Roth IRA are not deductible.  This is a major difference
between  Roth IRAs and  Regular  IRAs.  Contributions  to a  Regular  IRA may be
deductible on your federal income tax return depending on whether or not you are
an active participant in an employer-sponsored plan and on your income level.

Are the earnings on my Roth IRA assets taxed?
    Any  dividends  on or  growth  of  investments  held  in your  Roth  IRA are
generally exempt from federal income taxes and will not be taxed until withdrawn
by you,  unless  the tax  exempt  status  of your  Roth IRA is  revoked.  If the
withdrawal  qualifies as a tax-free  withdrawal (see below),  amounts reflecting
earnings  or growth of assets in your Roth IRA will not be  subject  to  federal
income tax.

<PAGE>

Which is better, a Roth IRA or a Regular IRA?
    This will depend upon your individual situation. A Roth IRA may be better if
you are an active  participant in an  employer-sponsored  plan and your adjusted
gross income is too high to make a deductible IRA contribution (but not too high
to make a Roth IRA contribution). Also, the benefits of a Roth IRA vs. a Regular
IRA may depend upon a number of other factors including: your current income tax
bracket vs. your expected income tax bracket when you make withdrawals from your
IRA, whether you expect to be able to make nontaxable withdrawals from your Roth
IRA (see below), how long you expect to leave your contributions in the IRA, how
much you expect the IRA to earn in the  meantime,  and  possible  future tax law
changes.
    Consult  a  qualified  tax or  financial  advisor  for  assistance  on  this
question. 

Are there any restrictions on contributions to my Roth IRA?
    Taxpayers  with very high income  levels may not be able to  contribute to a
Roth IRA at all,  or their  contribution  may be limited to an amount  less than
$2,000.  This  depends upon your filing  status and the amount of your  adjusted
gross income (AGI).  The following table shows how the  contribution  limits are
restricted:

                          ROTH IRA CONTRIBUTION LIMITS

If you are a                   If you are Married
Single Taxpayer with           Filing Jointly with             Then you may make
Adjusted Gross Income (AGI)    Adjusted Gross Income (AGI)
- ---------------------------    ---------------------------     -----------------

Up to $95,000                    Up to $150,000                Full Contribution

More than $95,000                More than $150,000         Reduced Contribution
but less than                    but less than               (see explanation
$110,000                         $160,000                      below)

$110,000 and up                  $160,000 and up           Zero(no Contribution)

Note: If you are a married  taxpayer  filing  separately,  your maximum Roth IRA
contribution  limit phases out over the first $15,000 of adjusted  gross income.
If your AGI is $15,000  or more,  you may not  contribute  to a Roth IRA for the
year.  Pending  legislation  in Congress  may reduce this number from $15,000 to
$10,000. Consult your tax advisor or the IRS for the latest developments.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Explanation of "Reduced Contribution"
    If your AGI falls in the reduced contribution range, you must calculate your
contribution  limit. To do this, multiply your normal contribution limit ($2,000
or your  compensation,  if less) by a fraction.  The  numerator is the amount by
which  your AGI  exceeds  the  lower  limit of the  reduced  contribution  range
($95,000 if single,  or $150,000 if married filing jointly).  The denominator is
$15,000 (single  taxpayers) or $10,000 (married filing  jointly).  Subtract this
from your normal limit and then round down to the nearest $10.
The contribution limit is the greater of the amount calculated or $200.
    For example, assume that your AGI for the year is $157,555 and you are 
married, filing jointly.  You would calculate your Roth IRA contribution limit 
this way:

1. The  amount  by  which  your  AGI  exceeds  the  lower  limit of the  reduced
contribution deductible range:

               $157,555 - $150,000 = $7,555

2.        Divide this by $10,000:       $7,555
                                       --------
                                        $10,000   =  0.7555

3. Multiply this by $2,000 (or your compensation for the year, if less):

                    0.7555 x $2,000 = $1,511

4. Subtract this from your $2,000 limit:

                    $2,000 - $1,551 = $489

5.        Round this down to the nearest $10 = $480

6.        Your contribution limit is the greater of this amount or $200.

    Remember,  your Roth IRA  contribution  limit of $2,000  is  reduced  by any
contributions  for the same year to a Regular  IRA.  If you fall in the  reduced
contribution  range, the reduction  formula applies to the Roth IRA contribution
limit left after subtracting your contribution for the year to a Regular IRA.

How do I determine my AGI?
    AGI is your gross income minus those  deductions  which are available to all
taxpayers  even if they don't  itemize.  Instructions  to calculate your AGI are
provided with your income tax Form 1040 or 1040A.
    There are two additional rules when calculating AGI for purposes of Roth IRA
contribution limits. First, if you are making a deductible  contribution for the
year to a Regular  IRA,  your AGI is  reduced  by the  amount of the  deduction.
Second, if you are converting a Regular IRA to a Roth IRA in a year (see below),
the  amount  includable  in your  income  as a result of the  conversion  is not
considered  AGI when computing  your Roth IRA  contribution  limit for the year.
(Note:  a bill  pending in Congress  might affect the first rule -- consult your
tax advisor or the IRS for the latest developments.)

What happens if I contribute more than allowed to my Roth IRA?
    The maximum  contribution  you can make to a Roth IRA generally is $2,000 or
100% of compensation or earned income,  whichever is less. As noted above,  your
maximum is reduced by the amount of any  contribution  to a Regular  IRA for the
same  year  and  may be  further  reduced  if you  have  high  AGI.  Any  amount
contributed  to the  Roth  IRA  above  the  maximum  is  considered  an  "excess
contribution."  An excess  contribution  is subject to excise tax of 6% for each
year it remains in the Roth IRA.
<PAGE>


How can I correct an excess contribution?
    Excess contributions may be corrected without paying a 6% penalty. To do so,
you must  withdraw the excess and any earnings on the excess before the due date
(including  extensions)  for filing your federal  income tax return for the year
for which you made the excess  contribution.  The  earnings  must be included in
your  income  for the tax year for  which the  contribution  was made and may be
subject to a 10%  premature  withdrawal  tax if you have not  reached age 59 1/2
(unless an exception to the 10% penalty tax applies).

What happens if I don't  correct the excess  contribution  by the tax return due
date?
    Any excess  contribution not withdrawn by the tax return due date (including
any extensions) for the year for which the contribution was made will be subject
to the 6%  excise  tax.  There  will be an  additional  6%  excise  tax for each
subsequent year the excess remains in your account.
    For  subsequent  years,  you may  reduce the  excess  contributions  in your
account  by  making a  withdrawal  equal  to the  excess.  Earnings  need not be
withdrawn. To the extent that no earnings are withdrawn, the withdrawal will not
be subject to income  taxes or  possible  penalties  for  premature  withdrawals
before age 59 1/2.  Excess  contributions  may also be corrected in a subsequent
year to the  extent  that you  contribute  less than your Roth IRA  contribution
limit for the subsequent  year. As the prior excess  contribution  is reduced or
eliminated,  the 6% excise tax will become correspondingly reduced or eliminated
for subsequent tax years.

CONVERSION OF EXISTING REGULAR IRA

Can I convert an existing Regular IRA into a Roth IRA?
    Yes,  starting in 1998 you can  convert an existing  Regular IRA into a Roth
IRA if you  meet  the  adjusted  gross  income  (AGI)  limits  described  below.
Conversion  may be  accomplished  either  by  establishing  a Roth  IRA and then
transferring  the amount in your Regular IRA you wish to convert to the new Roth
IRA. Or, if you want to convert an existing Regular IRA with Investors Fiduciary
Trust Company as custodian to a Roth IRA, you may give us directions to convert.
    You are  eligible to convert a Regular IRA to a Roth IRA if, for the year of
the conversion,  your AGI is $100,000 or less. The same limit applies to married
and single taxpayers, and the limit is not indexed to cost-of-living  increases.
Married  taxpayers  are  eligible to convert a Regular IRA to a Roth IRA only if
they file a joint income tax return; married taxpayers filing separately are not
eligible to  convert.  Note:  No  contributions  other than Roth IRA  conversion
contributions  made during the same tax year may be  deposited  in a single Roth
IRA conversion account.
    Caution: You should be extremely cautious in converting an existing IRA into
a Roth IRA  early in a year if there is any  possibility  that  your AGI for the
year will exceed $100,000.  Although a bill pending in Congress would permit you
to transfer amounts back to your Regular IRA if your AGI exceeds $100,000, under
the current rules, if you have already  converted during a year and you turn out
to have more than  $100,000  of AGI,  there may be adverse  tax results for you.
Consult  your tax advisor or the IRS for the latest  developments. 

What are the tax results from converting?
    The  taxable  amount in your  Regular  IRA you convert to a Roth IRA will be
considered  taxable income on your federal income tax return for the year of the
conversion.  All  amounts  in a Regular  IRA are  taxable  except for your prior
non-deductible contributions to the Regular IRA.
    If you make the  conversion  during 1998,  the taxable income is spread over
four years. In other words,  you would include one quarter of the taxable amount
on your federal income tax return for 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001.

Should I convert my Regular IRA to a Roth IRA?
    Only  you can  answer  this  question,  in  consultation  with  your  tax or
financial  advisors.  A number  of  factors,  including  the  following,  may be
relevant.  Conversion may be  advantageous  if you expect to leave the converted
funds on  deposit  in your  Roth IRA for at least  five  years and to be able to
withdraw the funds under circumstances that will not be taxable (see below). The
benefits of converting  will also depend on whether you expect to be in the same
tax  bracket  when  you  withdraw  from  your  Roth  IRA as you are  now.  Also,
conversion  is based upon an  assumption  that  Congress will not change the tax
rules  for  withdrawals  from  Roth  IRAs in the  future,  but  this  cannot  be
guaranteed.

TRANSFERS/ROLLOVERS

Can I  transfer  or roll  over a  distribution  I  receive  from  my  employer's
    retirement   plan   into   a  Roth   IRA?   
     Distributions   from   qualified employer-sponsored retirement plans or 
403(b) arrangements (for employees of tax-exempt
employers)  are not  eligible  for  rollover  or direct  transfer to a Roth IRA.
However,  in certain  circumstances it may be possible to make a direct rollover
of an eligible distribution to a Regular IRA and then to convert the Regular IRA
to a Roth IRA (see above).  Consult  your tax or  financial  advisor for further
information on this possibility.

Can I make a rollover from my Roth IRA to another Roth IRA?
    You may make a rollover  from one Roth IRA to  another  Roth IRA you have or
you establish to receive the rollover.  Such a rollover must be completed within
60 days after the  withdrawal  from your first Roth IRA. After making a rollover
from one Roth IRA to  another,  you must wait a full year (365 days)  before you
can make another such rollover.  (However, you can instruct a Roth IRA custodian
to  transfer  amounts  directly  to another  Roth IRA  custodian;  such a direct
transfer does not count as a rollover.)

How do rollovers affect my Roth IRA contribution limits?
    Rollover  contributions,  if properly  made, do not count toward the maximum
contribution.  Also,  you may make a rollover  from one Roth IRA to another even
during  a year  when  you are not  eligible  to  contribute  to a Roth  IRA (for
example, because your AGI for that year is too high).

WITHDRAWALS

When can I make withdrawals from my Roth IRA?
    You may withdraw from your Roth IRA at any time. If the withdrawal meets the
requirements discussed below, it is tax-free. This means that you pay no federal
income  tax  even  though  the  withdrawal  includes  earnings  or gains on your
contributions  while they were held in your Roth IRA. 
<PAGE>


When must I start  making withdrawals?
    There are no rules on when you must start making  withdrawals from your Roth
IRA or on minimum  required  withdrawal  amounts for any particular  year during
your  lifetime.  Unlike  Regular  IRAs,  you are not  required  to start  making
withdrawals from a Roth IRA by the April 1 following the year in which you reach
age 70 1/2.
    After  your  death,  there  are  IRS  rules  on the  timing  and  amount  of
distributions.  In general,  the amount in your Roth IRA must be  distributed by
the  end of the  fifth  year  after  your  death.  However,  distributions  to a
designated  beneficiary  that begin by the end of the year following the year of
your death and that are paid over the life expectancy of the beneficiary satisfy
the rules.  Also, if your surviving spouse is your designated  beneficiary,  the
spouse may defer the start of distributions  until you would have reached age 70
1/2 had you lived.

What are the requirements for a tax-free withdrawal?
    To be tax-free,  a withdrawal from your Roth IRA must meet two requirements.
First,  the  Roth  IRA must  have  been  open  for 5 or more  years  before  the
withdrawal. Second, at least one of the following conditions must be satisfied:

o   You are age 59 1/2 or older when you make the withdrawal.
o   The withdrawal is made by your beneficiary after you die.
o   You are disabled (as defined in IRS rules) when you make the withdrawal.
o You are using the withdrawal to cover eligible first time homebuyer  expenses.
These are the costs of purchasing,  building or rebuilding a principal residence
(including customary settlement,  financing or closing costs). The purchaser may
be you, your spouse or a  child,  grandchild,  parent  or  grandparent  of you 
or  your  spouse.  An individual  is considered a "first-time  homebuyer"  if
the  individual  (or the
individual's  spouse,  if  married)  did not  have an  ownership  interest  in a
principal  residence  during  the  two-year  period  immediately  preceding  the
acquisition  in question.  The  withdrawal  must be used for  eligible  expenses
within  120 days  after the  withdrawal  (if there is an  unexpected  delay,  or
cancellation  of the home  acquisition,  a withdrawal  may be  redeposited  as a
rollover).

    There is a lifetime  limit on  eligible  first-time  homebuyer  expenses  of
$10,000 per individual.
    For a Roth IRA that you set up with amounts  rolled over or converted from a
Regular IRA, the 5 year period  begins with the year in which the  conversion or
rollover was made.  (Note:  a bill pending in Congress might affect this rule --
consult your tax advisor or the IRS for the latest developments.) For a Roth IRA
that you started with a normal  contribution,  the 5 year period starts with the
year for which you make the initial normal contribution.

How Are withdrawals from my Roth IRA taxed if the tax-free  requirements are not
met?
    If  the  qualified  withdrawal   requirements  are  not  met,  a  withdrawal
consisting of your own prior  contribution  amounts to your Roth IRA will not be
considered  taxable  income in the year you receive it, nor will the 10% penalty
apply. To the extent that the nonqualified  withdrawal  consists of dividends or
gains while your  contributions  were held in your Roth IRA, the  withdrawal  is
includable  in your gross  income in the taxable year you receive it, and may be
subject to the 10% withdrawal penalty.  All amounts withdrawn from your Roth IRA
are considered  withdrawals of your  contributions  until you have withdrawn the
entire  amount you have  contributed.  After  that,  all amounts  withdrawn  are
considered taxable withdrawals of dividends and gains.
    Note that, for purposes of determining  what portion of any  distribution is
includable in income, all of your Roth IRA accounts are considered as one single
account.  Amounts  withdrawn  from any one Roth IRA  account  are  deemed  to be
withdrawn from  contributions  first. Since all your Roth IRAs are considered to
be one account for this  purpose,  withdrawals  from Roth IRA  accounts  are not
considered  to be from  earnings  or  interest  until  an  amount  equal  to all
contributions made to all of an individual's Roth IRA accounts is withdrawn. The
following example illustrates this:
    A single individual contributes $1,000 a year to his Investor Service Center
Roth IRA account  and $1,000 a year to a  non-Investor  Service  Center Roth IRA
account over a period of ten years. At the end of 10 years, his account balances
are as follows:

                                  Principal
                                  Contributions               Earnings
                                  -------------               --------
Investor Service
Center Roth IRA                     $10,000                    $10,000

Non-Investor Service
Center Roth IRA                     $10,000                    $10,000

    Total                           $20,000                    $20,000
                                    =======                    =======


    At the end of 10 years,  this person has $40,000 in both Roth IRA  accounts,
of  which  $20,000   represents  his  contributions   (aggregated)  and  $20,000
represents his earnings  (aggregated).  This  individual,  who is 40,  withdraws
$15,000  from  his  non-Investor  Service  Center  Roth  IRA  (not  a  qualified
withdrawal).  We look to the aggregate amount of all principal  contributions in
this case $20,000 - to determine if the  withdrawal is from  contributions,  and
thus non-taxable.  In this example,  there is no ($0) taxable income as a result
of this withdrawal  because the $15,000 withdrawal is less than the total amount
of aggregated  contributions ($20,000). If this individual then withdrew $15,000
from his  Investor  Service  Center Roth IRA,  $5,000  would not be taxable (the
remaining  aggregate  contributions)  and  $10,000  would be  treated as taxable
income for the year of the  withdrawal,  subject to regular income taxes and the
10% premature withdrawal penalty (unless an exception applies).



<PAGE>

    Note:  If passed, a bill currently pending in Congress will change the rules
and the results discussed above.  Under the proposed legislation, in general, 
separate Roth IRAs established for annual contributions and conversions for 
separate years are not aggregated as explained above to determine the tax on 
withdrawals.  See your tax advisor for more information and the latest 
developments.
    Taxable withdrawals of dividends and gains from a Roth IRA are treated as 
ordinary income.  Withdrawals of taxable amounts from
a Roth IRA are not  eligible  for  averaging  treatment  currently  available to
certain lump sum  distributions  from  qualified  employer-sponsored  retirement
plans, nor are such withdrawals eligible for taxable gains tax treatment.
    Your receipt of any taxable  withdrawal from your Roth IRA before you attain
age 59 1/2 generally will be considered as an early  withdrawal and subject to a
10% penalty tax.
    The 10%  penalty  tax for  early  withdrawal  will  not  apply if any of the
following exceptions applies:

o   The withdrawal was a result of your death or disability.
o   The withdrawal is one of a scheduled series of substantially equal periodic
payments  for  your  life  or  life  expectancy  (or  the  joint  lives  or life
expectancies of you and your beneficiary).

     If there is an  adjustment  to the  scheduled  series of payments,  the 10%
penalty tax will apply. For example,  if you begin receiving  payments at age 50
under a withdrawal program providing for substantially  equal payments over your
life  expectancy,  and at age 58 you elect to withdraw the  remaining  amount in
your Roth IRA in a lump-sum,  the 10% penalty tax will apply to the lump sum and
to the amounts  previously paid to you before age 59 1/2 to the extent they were
includable in your taxable income.

o   The withdrawal is used to pay eligible higher education  expenses. These are
expenses  for  tuition,   fees,  books,  and  supplies  required  to  attend  an
institution  for  post-secondary  education.  Room and board  expenses  are also
eligible  for a student  attending at least  half-time.  The student may be you,
your spouse,  or your child or grandchild.  However,  expenses that are paid for
with a  scholarship  or other  educational  assistance  payment are not eligible
expenses.

o   The withdrawal is used to cover  eligible first time homebuyer expenses (as
described above in the discussion of tax-free withdrawals).

o The withdrawal does not exceed the amount of your deductible  medical expenses
for the  year  (generally  speaking,  medical  expenses  paid  during a year are
deductible  if they are greater  than 7 1/2% of your  adjusted  gross income for
that year).

o The  withdrawal  does not exceed  the  amount  you paid for  health  insurance
coverage for yourself,  your spouse and dependents.  This exception applies only
if  you  have  been  unemployed  and  received  federal  or  state  unemployment
compensation  payments  for  at  least  12  weeks;  this  exception  applies  to
distributions   during  the  year  in  which  you  received   the   unemployment
compensation  and  during  the  following  year,  but  not to any  distributions
received after you have been reemployed for at least 60 days.

What about the 15 percent penalty tax?
    The  rule  imposing  a 15%  penalty  tax  on  very  large  withdrawals  from
tax-favored  arrangements  (including  IRAs,  403(b)  arrangements and qualified
employer-sponsored  plans),  or on excess amounts  remaining in such tax-favored
arrangements at your death, has been repealed. This 15% tax no longer applies.

Important:  The  discussion  of the tax rules  for Roth IRAs in this  Disclosure
Statement is based upon the best available  information.  However, Roth IRAs are
new under the tax laws, and the IRS has not issued regulations or rulings on the
operation and tax treatment of Roth IRA accounts. Also, if enacted,  legislation
now pending in Congress  will  change some of the rules.  Therefore,  you should
consult  your tax advisor for the latest  developments  or for advice  about how
maintaining  a Roth IRA will affect your  personal tax or  financial  situation.
Also,  please  see  Part  Three  below  which  contains  important   information
applicable to all Investor Service Center IRAs.


               Part Three: Rules for All IRAs (Regular and Roth)

GENERAL INFORMATION

What are the basic IRA requirements?
    All IRAs must meet certain  requirements.  Contributions  generally  must be
made in cash (which may be paid by check.) The IRA trustee or custodian  must be
a bank or other person who has been  approved by the  Secretary of the Treasury.
Your  contributions  may not be invested in life  insurance or collectible or be
commingled with other property except in a common trust or investment fund. Your
interest  in the account  must be  nonforfeitable  at all times.  You may obtain
further  information  on IRAs from any district  office of the Internal  Revenue
Service.

May I revoke my IRA?
    You may revoke a newly  established  Regular or Roth IRA at any time  within
seven days after the date on which you  receive  this  Disclosure  Statement.  A
Regular  or Roth IRA  established  more than  seven  days after the date of your
receipt of this Disclosure Statement may not be revoked.
    To revoke  your  Regular or Roth IRA,  mail or  deliver a written  notice of
revocation  to the  Custodian  at the address  which  appears at the end of this
Disclosure Statement.  Mailed notice will be deemed given on the date that it is
postmarked  (or,  if  sent by  certified  or  registered  mail,  on the  date of
certification  or  registration).  If you revoke your Regular or Roth IRA within
the  seven-day  period,  you are  entitled to a return of the entire  amount you
originally  contributed  into your Regular or Roth IRA,  without  adjustment for
such items as sales charges,  administrative  expenses or fluctuations in market
value.

INVESTMENTS

How are my IRA contributions invested?
    You control the investment and reinvestment of contributions to your Regular
or Roth IRA.  Investments  must be in one or more of the Fund(s)  available from
time to time as listed in the IRA Application for your Regular or Roth IRA or in
an investment selection form provided with your IRA Application or from Investor
Service Center.  You direct the investment of your IRA by giving your investment
instructions  to Investor  Service  Center.  Since you control the investment of
your  Regular or Roth IRA,  you are  responsible  for any  losses;  neither  the
Custodian nor Investor  Service  Center has any  responsibility  for any loss or
diminution  in  value  occasioned  by  your  exercise  of  investment   control.
Transactions  for your Regular or Roth IRA will  generally be at the  applicable
public offering price or net asset value for shares of the Fund(s) involved next
established   after  Investor   Service  Center   receives   proper   investment
instructions  from you; consult the current  prospectus for the Fund(s) involved
for additional information.
    Before making any investment,  read carefully the current prospectus for any
Fund you are  considering as an investment for your Regular IRA or Roth IRA. The
prospectus will contain  information about the Fund's investment  objectives and
policies,  as  well  as  any  minimum  initial  investment  or  minimum  balance
requirements and any sales, redemption or other charges.
    Because you control the  selection of  investments  for your Regular or Roth
IRA and because  mutual fund shares  fluctuate in value,  the growth in value of
your Regular or Roth IRA cannot be guaranteed or projected.
<PAGE>


Are there any restrictions on the use of my IRA assets?
    The  tax-exempt  status of your  Regular  or Roth IRA will be revoked if you
engage in any of the prohibited  transactions  listed in Section 4975 of the tax
code. Upon such revocation,  your Regular or Roth IRA is treated as distributing
its assets to you. The taxable portion of the amount in your IRA will be subject
to  income  tax  (unless,  in the case of a Roth  IRA,  the  requirements  for a
tax-free  withdrawal are  satisfied).  Also, you may be subject to a 10% penalty
tax on the taxable amount as a premature  withdrawal if you have not yet reached
the age of 59 1/2.
    Any investment in a collectible  (for example,  rare stamps) by your Regular
or Roth IRA is treated as a  withdrawal;  the only  exception  involves  certain
types of government-sponsored coins or certain types of precious metal bullion.

What is a prohibited transaction?
    Generally,  a  prohibited  transaction  is any improper use of the assets in
your Regular or Roth IRA. Some examples of prohibited transactions are:

o Direct or indirect  sale or exchange of property  between you and your Regular
or Roth IRA.
o Transfer  of any  property  from your  Regular or Roth IRA to yourself or from
yourself to your Regular or Roth IRA.

    Your Regular or Roth IRA could lose its tax exempt  status if you use all or
part of your  interest  in your  Regular or Roth IRA as  security  for a loan or
borrow any money from your  Regular or Roth IRA.  Any portion of your Regular or
Roth IRA used as security  for a loan will be treated as a  distribution  in the
year in which the money is borrowed. This amount may be taxable and you may also
be subject to the 10% premature withdrawal penalty on the taxable amount.

FEES AND EXPENSES

    The annual  fiduciary fee charged by the Custodian for maintaining  either a
Regular IRA or a Roth IRA is listed in the IRA Application.  Fees may be paid by
you  directly,  or the  Custodian may deduct them from your Regular or Roth IRA.
Fees  may be  changed  upon 30 days  written  notice  to you.  The  full  annual
fiduciary  fee will be charged for any  calendar  year  during  which you have a
Regular or Roth IRA with Investor  Service Center.  This fee is not prorated for
periods of less than one full year. If provided for in this Disclosure Statement
or the IRA Application, termination fees are charged when your account is closed
whether  the  assets  are  distributed  to you  or  transferred  to a  successor
custodian or trustee. The Custodian may charge you for its reasonable expenses
for services not covered by its fee schedule.There may be sales or other charges
associated  with the  purchase or  redemption  of shares of a Fund in which your
Regular IRA or Roth IRA is invested. Before investing, be sure to read carefully
the current prospectus of any Fund you are considering as an investment for your
Regular IRA or Roth IRA for a description of applicable charges.

TAX MATTERS

What IRA reports does the Custodian issue?
    The Custodian  will report all  withdrawals  to the IRS and the recipient on
the appropriate form. For reporting  purposes,  a direct transfer of assets to a
successor custodian or trustee is not considered a withdrawal.
    The Custodian  will report to the IRS the year-end value of your account and
the amount of any  rollover  (including  conversions  of a Regular IRA to a Roth
IRA) or regular  contribution  made during a calendar  year,  as well as the tax
year for  which a  contribution  is  made.  Unless  the  Custodian  receives  an
indication from you to the contrary,  it will treat any amount as a contribution
for  the  tax  year  in  which  it is  received.  It is  most  important  that a
contribution  between  January  and  April  15th for the prior  year be  clearly
designated as such.

What tax information must I report to the IRS?
    You must file Form  5329  with the IRS for each  taxable  year for which you
made an excess  contribution or you take a premature  withdrawal that is subject
to the 10% penalty tax, or you withdraw  less than the minimum  amount  required
from your  Regular  IRA.  If your  beneficiary  fails to make  required  minimum
withdrawals from your Regular or Roth IRA after your death, your beneficiary may
be subject to an excise tax and be required to file Form 5329.
    For Regular IRAs, you must also report each  nondeductible  contribution  to
the IRS by designating it a nondeductible  contribution on your tax return.  Use
Form  8606.  In  addition,  for  any  year in  which  you  make a  nondeductible
contribution or take a withdrawal,  you must include  additional  information on
your tax  return.  The  information  required  includes:  (1) the amount of your
nondeductible  contributions  for that year; (2) the amount of withdrawals  from
Regular  IRAs in that year;  (3) the  amount by which  your total  nondeductible
contributions  for all the years exceed the total  amount of your  distributions
previously  excluded  from  gross  income;  and (4) the total  value of all your
Regular  IRAs as of the end of the  year.  If you  fail  to  report  any of this
information,  the IRS will assume that all your  contributions  were deductible.
This will result in the taxation of the portion of your  withdrawals that should
be treated as a nontaxable return of your nondeductible contributions.

Which withdrawals are subject to withholding?

Roth IRA
    Federal  income tax will be  withheld  at a flat rate of 10% of any  taxable
withdrawal  from  your  Roth IRA,  unless  you  elect not to have tax  withheld.
Withdrawals  from a Roth IRA are not  subject  to the  mandatory  20% income tax
withholding  that applies to most  distributions  from qualified plans or 403(b)
accounts that are not directly rolled over to another plan or IRA.

Regular IRA
    Federal  income  tax  will  be  withheld  at a flat  rate  of 10%  from  any
withdrawal  from your  Regular IRA,  unless you elect not to have tax  withheld.
Withdrawals  from a Regular IRA are not subject to the  mandatory 20% income tax
withholding  that applies to most  distributions  from qualified plans or 403(b)
accounts that are not directly rolled over to another plan or IRA.

<PAGE>


ACCOUNT TERMINATION

    You may  terminate  your  Regular  IRA or Roth  IRA at any  time  after  its
establishment  by  sending a  completed  withdrawal  form (or  other  withdrawal
instructions in a form acceptable to the Custodian), or a transfer authorization
form, to: Investor Service Center, P.O.
Box 418789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.

    Your Regular IRA or Roth IRA with  Investor  Service  Center will  terminate
upon the first to occur of the following:

o The date your properly executed  withdrawal form or instructions (as described
above)  withdrawing  your total  Regular IRA or Roth IRA balance is received and
accepted by the Custodian or, if later,  the  termination  date specified in the
withdrawal form.

o The date the  Regular  IRA or Roth IRA ceases to  qualify  under the tax code.
This will be deemed a termination.

o     The transfer of the Regular IRA or Roth IRA to another custodian/trustee.

o The  rollover  of the  amounts  in the  Regular  IRA or  Roth  IRA to  another
custodian/trustee.

    Any  outstanding  fees must be received  prior to such a termination of your
account.
    The amount you receive from your IRA upon termination of the account will be
treated as a withdrawal,  and thus the rules relating to Regular IRA or Roth IRA
withdrawals will apply. For example,  if the IRA is terminated  before you reach
age 59 1/2, the 10% early withdrawal penalty may apply to the taxable amount you
receive.

IRA DOCUMENTS

Regular IRA
    The terms contained in Articles I to VII of Part One of the Investor Service
Center Individual Retirement Custodial Account document have been promulgated by
the IRS in Form 5305-A for use in  establishing a Regular IRA Custodial  Account
that meets the requirements of Code Section 408(a) for a valid Regular IRA. This
IRS  approval  relates  only  to the  form  of  Articles  I to VII and is not an
approval of the merits of the Regular IRA or of any investment  permitted by the
Regular IRA.

Roth IRA
    The terms contained in Articles I to VII of Part Two of the Investor Service
Center Individual  Retirement Account Custodial  Agreement have been promulgated
by the IRS in Form 5305-RA for use in establishing a Roth IRA Custodial  Account
that meets the  requirements of Code Section 408A for a valid Roth IRA. This IRS
approval relates only to the form of Articles I to VII and is not an approval of
the merits of the Roth IRA or of any investment permitted by the Roth IRA.
    Based on legal  advice  relating to current tax laws and IRS  meetings,  the
Custodian believes that the use of a Individual  Retirement Account  Information
Kit such as this, containing information and documents for both a Regular IRA or
a Roth IRA, will be acceptable to the IRS.  However,  if the IRS makes a ruling,
or if Congress enacts legislation, regarding the use of different documentation,
to the  extent  it  become  aware of such  documentation  and can be  reasonably
prepare such documentation,  Investor Service Center will seek to forward to you
new documentation for your Regular IRA or a Roth IRA (as appropriate) for you to
read and, if necessary,  an appropriate  new IRA  Application to sign,  although
there can be no assurance of this. By adopting a Regular IRA or a Roth IRA using
these materials, you acknowledge this possibility and agree to this procedure if
necessary.  In all cases, to the extent permitted,  Investor Service Center will
treat your IRA as being opened on the date your account was opened using the IRA
Application in this Kit.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
    For additional information,  please call 1-800-345-0051 or write to Investor
Service Center, Inc., P.O. Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.


<PAGE>



                              Custodial Agreement

                Part One: Provisions Applicable to Regular IRAs

The following provisions of Articles I to VII are in the form promulgated by the
Internal  Revenue  Service in Form 5305-A for use in  establishing an individual
retirement custodial account.

Article I.
     The Custodian may accept  additional  cash  contributions  on behalf of the
Depositor  for a tax year of the  Depositor.  The total cash  contributions  are
limited  to  $2,000  for the tax year  unless  the  contribution  is a  rollover
contribution described in section 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or an
employer  contribution  to a  simplified  employee  pension plan as described in
section 408(k).

Article II.
     The  Depositor's  interest  in the  balance  in the  custodial  account  is
nonforfeitable.

Article III.
     1.  No  part of the  custodial  funds  may be  invested  in life  insurance
contracts,  nor may the assets of the custodial account be commingled with other
property  except in a common  trust fund or common  investment  fund (within the
meaning of section 408(a)(5)).
     2. No part of the custodial funds may be invested in  collectibles  (within
the  meaning  of  section  408(m))  except as  otherwise  permitted  by  section
408(m)(3)  which  provides an exception for certain gold,  silver,  and platinum
coins, coins issued under the laws of any state, and certain bullion.

Article IV.
     1.  Notwithstanding  any provisions of this agreement to the contrary,  the
distribution of the Depositor's  interest in the custodial account shall be made
in accordance with the following  requirements  and shall otherwise  comply with
section  408(a)(6)  and Proposed  Regulations  section  1.408-8,  including  the
incidental   death   benefit   provisions   of  Proposed   Regulations   section
1.401(a)(9)-2, the provisions of which are incorporated by reference.
     2. Unless otherwise elected by the time distributions are required to begin
to the Depositor under  paragraph 3, or to the surviving  spouse under paragraph
4,  other  than in the  case  of a life  annuity,  life  expectancies  shall  be
recalculated  annually.  Such election  shall be irrevocable as to the Depositor
and the  surviving  spouse and shall  apply to all  subsequent  years.  The life
expectancy of a nonspouse beneficiary may not be recalculated.
     3. The  Depositor's  entire  interest in the custodial  account must be, or
begin to be, distributed by the Depositor's required beginning date, the April 1
following the calendar  year end in which the  Depositor  reaches age 70 1/2. By
that date, the Depositor may elect, in a manner acceptable to the Custodian,  to
have the balance in the custodial account distributed in:
     (a)       A  single-sum payment.
     (b)       An annuity contract that provides equal or substantially equal  
          monthly, quarterly, or annual payments over the life of the Depositor.
     (c) An annuity contract that provides equal or substantially equal monthly,
quarterly,  or annual  payments  over the joint and last  survivor  lives of the
Depositor and his or her designated beneficiary.
     (d) Equal or  substantially  equal annual payments over a specified  period
that may not be longer than the Depositor's life expectancy.
     (e) Equal or  substantially  equal annual payments over a specified  period
that may not be longer than the joint life and last  survivor  expectancy of the
Depositor and his or her designated beneficiary.
         4.  If  the  Depositor  dies  before  his  or her  entire  interest  is
distributed to him or her, the entire remaining  interest will be distributed as
follows:
     (a) If the Depositor dies on or after  distribution  of his or her interest
has begun, distribution must continue to be made in accordance with paragraph 3.
     (b) If the Depositor  dies before  distribution  of his or her interest has
begun, the entire remaining  interest will, at the election of the Depositor or,
if the  Depositor  has not so elected,  at the  election of the  beneficiary  or
beneficiaries, either
     (i) Be  distributed  by the  December 31 of the year  containing  the fifth
     anniversary of the  Depositor's  death,  or (ii)Be  distributed in equal or
     substantially  equal  payments  over  the  life or life  expectancy  of the
     designated beneficiary or
beneficiaries  starting  by December  31 of the year  following  the year of the
Depositor's  death.  If, however,  the beneficiary is the Depositor's  surviving
spouse,  then this  distribution  is not required to begin before December 31 of
the year in which the Depositor would have turned age 70 1/2.
     (c)  Except  where  distribution  in the  form of an  annuity  meeting  the
requirements  of section  408(b)(3) and its related  regulations has irrevocably
commenced, distributions are treated as having begun on the Depositor's required
beginning  date,  even though  payments may actually  have been made before that
date.
     (d) If the  Depositor  dies  before  his or her  entire  interest  has been
distributed  and if the  beneficiary  is other  than the  surviving  spouse,  no
additional cash  contributions or rollover  contributions may be accepted in the
account.
     5.  In  the  case  of  distribution   over  life  expectancy  in  equal  or
substantially equal annual payments, to determine the minimum annual payment for
each year, divide the Depositor's entire interest in the custodial account as of
the  close  of  business  on  December  31 of the  preceding  year  by the  life
expectancy of the  Depositor (or the joint life and last survivor  expectancy of
the Depositor and the Depositor's designated beneficiary, or the life expectancy
of the designated beneficiary,  whichever applies.) In the case of distributions
under paragraph 3, determine the initial life expectancy (or joint life and last
survivor  expectancy)  using the attained ages of the  Depositor and  designated
beneficiary as of their birthdays in the year the Depositor  reaches age 70 1/2.
In the case of a distribution in accordance with paragraph  4(b)(ii),  determine
life expectancy  using the attained age of the designated  beneficiary as of the
beneficiary's birthday in the year distributions are required to commence.



<PAGE>

     6. The  owner of two or more  individual  retirement  accounts  may use the
"alternative  method" described in Notice 88-38, 1988-1 C.B. 524, to satisfy the
minimum  distribution  requirements  described  above.  This  method  permits an
individual  to  satisfy  these   requirements  by  taking  from  one  individual
retirement account the amount required to satisfy the requirement for another.

Article V.
     1. The Depositor agrees to provide the Custodian with information necessary
for the  Custodian  to prepare any reports  required  under  section  408(i) and
Regulations sections 1.408-5 and 1.408-6.
     2. The Custodian  agrees to submit reports to the Internal  Revenue Service
and the Depositor as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

Article VI.
     Notwithstanding any other articles which may be added or incorporated,  the
provisions of Articles I through III and this sentence will be controlling.  Any
additional  articles that are not consistent with section 408(a) and the related
regulations will be invalid.

Article VII.
     This  agreement  will be  amended  from  time to time to  comply  with  the
provisions of the Code and related  regulations.  Other  amendments  may be made
with the consent of the persons whose signatures appear on the IRA Application.

                 PART TWO: PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ROTH IRA'S

    The following provisions of Articles I to VII are in the form promulgated by
the  Internal  Revenue  Service in Form 5305-RA for use in  establishing  a Roth
Individual Retirement Custodial Account.

Article I
    1. If this Roth IRA is not designated as a Roth Conversion IRA, then, except
in the  case of a  rollover  contribution  described  in  section  408A(e),  the
Custodian will accept only cash contributions and only up to a maximum amount of
$2,000 for any tax year of the Depositor.
    2. If this Roth IRA is designated as a Roth Conversion IRA, no contributions
other than IRA  Conversion  Contributions  made during the same tax year will be
accepted.

Article IA
    The $2,000 limit  described in Article I is gradually  reduced to $0 between
certain  levels of adjusted  gross income  (AGI).  For a single  Depositor,  the
$2,000  annual  contribution  is phased out between AGI of $95,000 and $110,000;
for a married Depositor who files jointly, between AGI of $150,000 and $160,000;
and for a married  Depositor who files  separately,  between $0 and $10,000.  In
case of a conversion, the Custodian will not accept IRA Conversion Contributions
in a tax year if the  Depositor's  AGI for that tax year exceeds  $100,000 or if
the Depositor is married and files a separate  return.  Adjusted gross income is
defined in section 408A(c)(3) and does not include IRA Conversion Contributions.

Article II
    The  Depositor's  interest  in the  balance  in  the  custodial  account  is
nonforfeitable.

Article III
    1.  No  part of the  custodial  funds  may be  invested  in  life  insurance
contracts,  nor may the assets of the custodial account be commingled with other
property  except in a common  trust fund or common  investment  fund (within the
meaning of section 408(a)(5)).
    2. No part of the custodial  funds may be invested in  collectibles  (within
the  meaning  of  section  408(m))  except as  otherwise  permitted  by  section
408(m)(3),  which provides an exception for certain gold,  silver,  and platinum
coins, coins issued under the laws of any state, and certain bullion.

Article IV
    1. If the Depositor dies before his or her entire interest is distributed to
him or her and the Depositor's surviving spouse is not the sole beneficiary, the
entire  remaining  interest  will,  at the election of the  Depositor or, if the
Depositor  has  not  so  elected,   at  the  election  of  the   beneficiary  or
beneficiaries, either:

        (a) Be  distributed  by  December  31 of the year  containing  the fifth
    anniversary of the Depositor's  death,  or (b) Be distributed  over the life
    expectancy of the designated  beneficiary starting no later than December 31
    of the year following
the year of the Depositor's death.
    If  distributions  do not begin by the date  described in (b),  distribution
method (a) will apply.
    2. In the case of  distribution  method 1(b) above, to determine the minimum
annual  payment for each year,  divide the  Depositor's  entire  interest in the
custodial  account as of the close of business  on December 31 of the  preceding
year by the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary using the attained age
of the designated beneficiary as of the beneficiary's birthday in the year
distributions are required to commence and subtract 1 for each subsequent year.
    3. If the Depositor's spouse is the sole beneficiary on the Depositor's date
of death, such spouse will then be treated as the Depositor.




<PAGE>

Article V
    1. The Depositor agrees to provide the Custodian with information  necessary
for the  Custodian to prepare any reports  required  under  sections  408(i) and
408A(d)(3)(E),  and Regulations section 1.408-5 and 1.408-6,  and under guidance
published by the Internal Revenue Service.
    2. The Custodian  agrees to submit reports to the Internal  Revenue  Service
and the Depositor as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.

Article VI
    Notwithstanding  any other articles which may be added or incorporated,  the
provisions of Articles I through IV and this sentence will be  controlling.  Any
additional  articles  that are not  consistent  with section  408A,  the related
regulations, and other published guidance will be invalid.

Article VII
    This  agreement  will be  amended  from  time to time  to  comply  with  the
provisions of the Code, related regulations, and other published guidance. Other
amendments may be made with the consent of the persons whose  signatures  appear
below.



      Part Three: Provisions Applicable to Both Regular IRAs and Roth IRAs

Article VIII.
     1. As used in this  Article  VIII the  following  terms have the  following
meanings:
     "Account" or "Custodial  Account" means the individual  retirement  account
established using the terms of either Part One or Part Two and, in either event,
Part  Three  of this  Investor  Service  Center  Individual  Retirement  Account
Custodial Agreement and the IRA Application signed by the Depositor. The Account
may be a Regular Individual  Retirement Account or a Roth Individual  Retirement
Account, as specified by the Depositor. See Section 24 below.
     "Custodian" means Investors Fiduciary Trust Company.
     "Fund" means any registered investment company which is advised,  sponsored
or  distributed  by  Sponsor;  provided,  however,  that  such a mutual  fund or
registered  investment  company must be legally offered for sale in the state of
the Depositor's residence.
     "Distributor"  means the entity  which has a contract  with the  Fund(s) to
serve as distributor  of the shares of such Fund(s).  In any case where there is
no  Distributor,  the  duties  assigned  hereunder  to  the  Distributor  may be
performed  by the  Fund(s)  or by an  entity  that  has a  contract  to  perform
management or investment advisory services for the Fund(s).
     "IRA  Provider"  means the Custodian,  Fund,  Distributor,  Sonsor,  and/or
Service Company,  as the content requires,  which shall be interpreted for their
protection and benefit.
     "Service  Company"  means  any  entity  employed  by the  Custodian  or the
Distributor,  including the transfer agent for the Fund(s),  to perform  various
administrative duties of either the Custodian or the Distributor.
     In any  case  where  there  is no  Service  Company,  the  duties  assigned
hereunder to the Service  Company will be performed by the  Distributor (if any)
or by an entity specified in the second preceding paragraph.
     "Sponsor" means Investor Service Center, Inc. or other fund entity that is 
making Fund(s) available under this Agreement and has the power to appoint a 
successor Custodian.
     2. The Depositor may revoke the Custodial Account established  hereunder by
mailing or delivering a written  notice of  revocation  to the Custodian  within
seven days after the Depositor receives the Disclosure  Statement related to the
Custodial Account. Mailed notice is treated as given to the Custodian on date of
the postmark (or on the date of Post Office certification or registration in the
case of notice sent by certified or registered  mail).  Upon timely  revocation,
the Depositor's  initial  contribution will be returned,  without adjustment for
administrative  expenses,  commissions or sales charges,  fluctuations in market
value or other changes. By signing the IRA Application,  the Depositor certifies
that the Depositor  received the Disclosure  Statement  related to the Custodial
Account at least seven days before the Depositor  signed the IRA  Application to
establish  the  Custodial  Account,  and the IRA  Provider  may rely  upon  such
certification.
     3.  All  contributions  to the  Custodial  Account  shall be  invested  and
reinvested in full and fractional  shares of one or more Funds. Such investments
shall be made in such proportions  and/or in such amounts as Depositor from time
to time in the IRA Application or by other written notice to the Service Company
(in such form as may be  acceptable  to the Service  Company)  may  direct.  The
Service
Company shall be responsible for promptly transmitting all investment directions
by the  Depositor  for  the  purchase  or sale of  shares  of one or more  Funds
hereunder to the Funds'  transfer  agent for execution.  However,  if investment
directions with respect to the investment of any contribution  hereunder are not
received  from the  Depositor  as  required  or, if  received,  are  unclear  or
incomplete  in the  opinion of the Service  Company,  the  contribution  will be
returned to the  Depositor,  or will be held  uninvested (or invested in a money
market fund if available) pending  clarification or completion by the Depositor,
in  either  case  without  liability  for  interest  or for  loss of  income  or
appreciation.  If any other  directions  or other orders by the  Depositor  with
respect to the sale or purchase of shares of one or more Funds for the Custodial
Account are unclear or  incomplete  in the opinion of the Service  Company,  the
Service  Company will refrain from  carrying out such  investment  directions or
from executing any such sale or purchase, without liability for loss of income 
or for appreciation or depreciation of any asset, pending receipt of 
clarification or completion from the Depositor. All investment directions by 
Depositor will be subject to any minimum initial or additional investment or 
minimum balance rules applicable to a Fund as described in its prospectus. All 
dividends and capital gains or other distributions received on the shares of any
Fund held in the Depositor's Account shall be (unless received in additional 
shares) reinvested in full and fractional shares of such
Fund (or of any other Fund offered by the Sponsor, if so directed).
     4. Subject to the minimum initial or additional investment, minimum balance
and other  exchange  rules  applicable to a Fund,  the Depositor may at any time
direct the Service Company to exchange all or a specified  portion of the shares
of a Fund in the Depositor's  Account for shares and fractional shares of one or
more other Funds.  The Depositor  shall give such  directions by written  notice
acceptable  to the Service  Company,  and the Service  Company will process such
directions as soon as practicable  after receipt thereof  (subject to the second
paragraph of Section 3 of this Article VIII).
    


<PAGE>

     5.  Any  purchase  or  redemption  of  shares  of a Fund  for or  from  the
Depositor's  Account will be effected at the public  offering price or net asset
value of such Fund (as described in the then effective prospectus for such Fund)
next  established  after the Service  Company has  transmitted  the  Depositor's
investment  directions  to the  transfer  agent for the Fund(s).  Any  purchase,
exchange, transfer or redemption of shares of a Fund for or from the Depositor's
Account will be subject to any applicable  sales,  redemption or other charge as
described in the then effective prospectus for such Fund.
     6. The Service Company shall maintain  adequate records of all purchases or
sales of shares of one or more Funds for the Depositor's  Custodial Account. Any
account maintained in connection  herewith shall be in the name of the Custodian
for the benefit of the Depositor.  All assets of the Custodial  Account shall be
registered in the name of the Custodian or of a suitable nominee.  The books and
records of the Custodian  shall show that all such  investments  are part of the
Custodial  Account.  The  Custodian  shall  maintain  or cause to be  maintained
adequate  records  reflecting  transactions  of the  Custodial  Account.  In the
discretion of the  Custodian,  records  maintained  by the Service  Company with
respect  to the  Account  hereunder  will be deemed to satisfy  the  Custodian's
recordkeeping  responsibilities  therefor. The Service Company agrees to furnish
the  Custodian  with any  information  the  Custodian  requires to carry out the
Custodian's recordkeeping responsibilities.
     7.  Neither the  Custodian  nor any other party  providing  services to the
Custodial Account will have any responsibility for rendering advice with respect
to the investment and reinvestment of Depositor's  Custodial Account,  nor shall
such parties be liable for any loss or  diminution  in value which  results from
Depositor's exercise of investment control over his Custodial Account. Depositor
shall  have and  exercise  exclusive  responsibility  for and  control  over the
investment of the assets of his Custodial Account, and neither Custodian nor any
other such party shall have any duty to question his  directions  in that regard
or to advise him regarding  the purchase,  retention or sale of shares of one or
more Funds for the Custodial Account.
     8. The Depositor may in writing appoint an investment  advisor with respect
to the Custodial  Account on a form  acceptable to the Custodian and the Service
Company.  The investment  advisor's  appointment will be in effect until written
notice to the  contrary is received by the  Custodian  and the Service  Company.
While an investment  advisor's  appointment is in effect, the investment advisor
may issue investment  directions or may issue orders for the sale or purchase of
shares of one or more Funds to the IRA  Provider,  and the IRA Provider  will be
fully protected and indemnified by the Depositor in carrying out such investment
directions  or  orders  to the same  extent  as if they  had  been  given by the
Depositor.  The Depositor's  appointment of any investment  advisor will also be
deemed to be instructions  to the IRA Provider to pay such investment  advisor's
fees to the  investment  advisor from the Custodial  Account  hereunder  without
additional authorization by the Depositor or the Custodian.
     9.  Distribution  of the assets of the  Custodial  Account shall be made at
such time and in such form as  Depositor  (or the  Beneficiary  if  Depositor is
deceased)  shall  elect  by  written  order  to  the  IRA  Provider.   Depositor
acknowledges  that any  distribution  of a  taxable  amount  from the  Custodial
Account (except for distribution on account of Depositor's  disability or death,
return of an  "excess  contribution"  referred  to in Code  Section  4973,  or a
"rollover" from this Custodial Account) made earlier than age 59 1/2 may subject
Depositor to an "additional tax on early distributions" under Code Section 72(t)
unless an exception to such  additional  tax is  applicable.  For that  purpose,
Depositor  will be considered  disabled if Depositor  can prove,  as provided in
Code Section  72(m)(7),  that  Depositor is unable to engage in any  substantial
gainful  activity  by reason of any  medically  determinable  physical or mental
impairment  which can be expected to result in death or be of long continued and
indefinite  duration.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Depositor  (or  the
Beneficiary)  by appropriate  distribution  instructions  to the IRA Provider to
insure that any applicable  distribution  requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)
and Article IV above are met. If the Depositor (or Beneficiary)  does not direct
the IRA Provider to make  distributions  from the Custodial  Account by the time
that such distributions are required to commence in


<PAGE>



accordance with such  distribution  requirements,  the IRA Provider shall assume
that  the  Depositor  (or  Beneficiary)  is  meeting  the  minimum  distribution
requirements from another individual  retirement  arrangement  maintained by the
Depositor (or  Beneficiary)  and the IRA Provider  shall be fully  protected and
indemnified  by the depositor in so doing.  The  Depositor  (or the  Depositor's
surviving  spouse) may elect to comply  with the  distribution  requirements  in
Article IV using the recalculation of life expectancy  method, or may elect that
the life expectancy of the Depositor and/or the Depositor's surviving spouse, as
applicable,  will not be recalculated;  any such election may be in such form as
the Depositor (or surviving  spouse)  provides  (including  the  calculation  of
minimum  distribution  amounts in accordance with a method that does not provide
for  recalculation  of the life  expectancy  of one or both of the Depositor and
surviving  spouse  and  instructions  for  withdrawals  to the IRA  Provider  in
accordance with such method).  Notwithstanding paragraph 2 of Article IV, unless
an election to have life expectancies  recalculated annually is made by the time
distributions   are  required  to  begin,   life   expectancies   shall  not  be
recalculated. Neither the IRA Provider nor any other party providing services to
the Custodial  Account assumes any  responsibility  for the tax treatment of any
distribution from the Custodial Account;  such responsibility  rests solely with
the person ordering the distribution.
     10. IRA  Provider  assumes (and shall have) no  responsibility  to make any
distribution  except upon the written  order of  Depositor  (or  Beneficiary  if
Depositor  is  deceased)  containing  such  information  as the IRA Provider may
reasonably  request.  Also,  before  making any  distribution  or  honoring  any
assignment of the Custodial  Account,  IRA Provider  shall be furnished with any
and all applications,  certificates, tax waivers, signature guarantees and other
documents  (including  proof of any  legal  representative's  authority)  deemed
necessary  or  advisable  by  Ira  Provider,  but  Ira  Provider  shall  not  be
responsible  for complying  with any order or  instruction  which appears on its
face to be genuine,  or for  refusing to comply if not  satisfied it is genuine,
and Ira  Provider has no duty of further  inquiry.  Any  distributions  from the
Account may be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the last known address of
the person who is to receive such  distribution,  as shown on the Ira Provider's
records,  and such distribution shall to the extent thereof completely discharge
the Ira Provider's liability for such payment.
     11. (a) The term  "Beneficiary"  means the person or persons  designated as
such by the "designating  person" (as defined below) on a form acceptable to the
Ira provider for use in  connection  with the Custodial  Account,  signed by the
designating  person,  and  filed  with  the IRA  Provider.  The  form  may  name
individuals,  trusts, estates, or other entities as either primary or contingent
beneficiaries.  However,  if the designation does not effectively dispose of the
entire Custodial  Account as of the time  distribution is to commence,  the term
"Beneficiary"  shall then mean the  designating  person's estate with respect to
the assets of the Custodial Account not disposed of by the designation form. The
form last accepted by the IRA Provider before such  distribution is to commence,
provided it was received by the IRA Provider (or  deposited in the U.S.  Mail or
with a reputable  delivery  service) during the designating  person's  lifetime,
shall be  controlling  and,  whether or not fully  dispositive  of the Custodial
Account,  thereupon shall revoke all such forms previously filed by that person.
The term  "designating  person" means Depositor during his/her  lifetime;  after
Depositor's  death,  it also means  Depositor's  spouse,  but only if the spouse
elects to treat the Custodial  Account as the spouse's own Custodial  Account in
accordance with applicable provisions of the Code.
     (b) When and after  distributions from the Custodial Account to Depositor's
Beneficiary commence, all rights and obligations assigned to Depositor hereunder
shall  inure to,  and be  enjoyed  and  exercised  by,  Beneficiary  instead  of
Depositor.
     12. (a) The Depositor agrees to provide  information to the IRA Provider at
such time and in such manner as may be necessary for the IRA Provider to prepare
any reports  required under Section 408(i) or Section  408A(d)(3)(E) of the Code
and the regulations thereunder or otherwise.
     (b) The IRA Provider will submit  reports to the Internal  Revenue  Service
and the Depositor at such time and manner and containing such  information as is
prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service.
     (c)  The  Depositor,   IRA  Provider  shall  furnish  to  each  other  such
information  relevant to the Custodial Account as may be required under the Code
and  any  regulations  issued  or  forms  adopted  by  the  Treasury  Department
thereunder  or as may  otherwise  be  necessary  for the  administration  of the
Custodial Account.
     (d) The Depositor  shall file any reports to the Internal  Revenue  Service
which are  required of him by law  (including  Form 5329),  and the IRA Provider
shall not have any duty to advise  Depositor  concerning or monitor  Depositor's
compliance with such requirement.
     13.  (a)  Depositor  retains  the  right to amend  this  Custodial  Account
document in any respect at any time,  effective  on a stated date which shall be
at least 60 days after giving  written  notice of the amendment  (including  its
exact  terms) to IRA  Provider  by  registered  or  certified  mail,  unless IRA
Provider waives notice as to such  amendment.  If the IRA Provider does not wish
to continue serving as such under this Custodial Account document as so amended,
it may resign in accordance with Section 17 below.

<PAGE>

     (b)  Depositor  delegates to the IRA Provider the  Depositor's  right so to
amend,  provided (i) the IRA Provider does not change the investments  available
under this  Custodial  Agreement  and (ii) the IRA  Provider  amends in the same
manner all  agreements  comparable  to this one,  having the same IRA  Provider,
permitting comparable investments, and under which such power has been delegated
to  it;  this  includes  the  power  to  amend  retroactively  if  necessary  or
appropriate  in the  opinion  of the IRA  Provider  in  order  to  conform  this
Custodial  Account  to  pertinent  provisions  of the  Code  and  other  laws or
successor  provisions  of law,  or to  obtain a  governmental  ruling  that such
requirements  are met,  to adopt a  prototype  or master  form of  agreement  in
substitution for this Agreement, or as otherwise may be advisable in the opinion
of the IRA Provider. Such an amendment by the IRA Provider shall be
communicated  in writing to  Depositor,  and  Depositor  shall be deemed to have
consented thereto unless,  within 10 days after such  communication to Depositor
is  mailed,  Depositor  either  (i) gives  IRA  Provider  a written  order for a
complete  distribution or transfer of the Custodial Account, or (ii) removes the
IRA  Provider  and  appoints a  successor  under  Section 17 below.  Pending the
adoption of any  amendment  necessary or  desirable  to conform  this  Custodial
Account  document  to the  requirements  of  any  amendment  to  any  applicable
provision of the Internal Revenue Code or regulations or rulings thereunder, the
IRA  Provider  and the Service  Company may  operate the  Depositor's  Custodial
Account in accordance with such requirements to the extent that the IRA Provider
and/or the Service  Company  deem  necessary to preserve the tax benefits of the
Account.
     (c)  Notwithstanding  the provisions of subsections  (a) and (b) above,  no
amendment shall increase the  responsibilities or duties of IRA Provider without
its prior written consent.
     (d) This Section 13 shall not be  construed to restrict the IRA  Provider's
right to substitute  fee  schedules in the manner  provided by Section 16 below,
and no such substitution shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.
     14. (a) Custodian shall  terminate the Custodial  Account if this Agreement
is terminated or if, within 30 days (or such longer time as Custodian may agree)
after  resignation  or removal of  Custodian  under  Section  17,  Depositor  or
Sponsor,  as the case may be, has not  appointed a successor  which has accepted
such  appointment.  Termination  of the  Custodial  Account shall be effected by
distributing  all  assets  thereof  in a  single  payment  in cash or in kind to
Depositor,  subject to Custodian's right to reserve funds as provided in Section
17.
     (b) Upon  termination  of the Custodial  Account,  this  custodial  account
document  shall have no further  force and effect  (except for  Sections  15(f),
17(b) and (c) hereof  which  shall  survive  the  termination  of the  Custodial
Account and this  document),  and  Custodian  shall be relieved from all further
liability  hereunder  or with  respect to the  Custodial  Account and all assets
thereof so distributed.
     15.  (a) In its  discretion,  the  IRA  Provider  may  appoint  one or more
contractors  or service  providers to carry out any of their  functions  and may
compensate  them from the  Custodial  Account for  expenses  attendant  to those
functions.  In the event of such  appointment,  all rights and privileges of the
IRA Provider  under this  Agreement  shall pass through to such  contractors  or
service providers who shall be entitled to enforce them as if a named party.
     (b) The IRA Provider shall be responsible  for receiving all  instructions,
notices, forms and remittances from Depositor and for dealing with or forwarding
the same to the transfer agent for the Fund(s).
     (c) The  parties  do not  intend  to  confer  any  fiduciary  duties on IRA
Provider (or any other party providing services to the Custodial  Account),  and
none shall be implied.  Neither shall be liable (or assumes any  responsibility)
for the collection of contributions, the proper amount, time or tax treatment of
any contribution to the Custodial  Account or the propriety of any contributions
under this  Agreement,  or the  purpose,  time,  amount  (including  any minimum
distribution amounts), tax treatment or propriety of any distribution hereunder,
which  matters  are  the  sole   responsibility  of  Depositor  and  Depositor's
Beneficiary.
     (d) Not later than 60 days after the close of each  calendar year (or after
the IRA Provider's  resignation or removal), the IRA Provider or Service Company
shall  file  with  Depositor  a  written   report  or  reports   reflecting  the
transactions  effected by it during such period and the assets of the  Custodial
Account at its close. Upon the expiration of 60 days after such a report is sent
to Depositor (or  Beneficiary),  the IRA Provider and their  affiliates shall be
forever released and discharged from all liability and  accountability to anyone
with respect to  transactions  shown in or reflected by such report and shall be
indemnified by Depositor in connection therewith except with respect to any such
acts or transactions  as to which Depositor shall have filed written  objections
with the IRA Provider within such 60 day period.
     (e) The  Service  Company  shall  deliver,  or  cause to be  delivered,  to
Depositor all notices,  prospectuses,  financial statements and other reports to
shareholders,  proxies and proxy soliciting  materials relating to the shares of
the Funds(s) credited to the Custodial Account. No shares shall be voted, and no
other action shall be taken pursuant to such  documents,  except upon receipt of
adequate written instructions from Depositor.
     (f)  Depositor  shall  always  fully  indemnify  the IRA Provider and their
affiliates  and save them harmless from any and all liability  whatsoever  which
may arise either (i) in connection  with this Agreement and the matters which it
contemplates,  except that which arises  directly out of the IRA  Provider's  or
their affiliate's,  bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct, (ii) with
respect to making or failing to make any distribution, other than for failure to
make  distribution  in  accordance  with  an  order  therefor  which  is in full
compliance  with Section 10, or (iii)  actions taken or omitted in good faith by
such  parties.  None of the IRA  Providers  shall be  obligated  or  expected to
commence  or defend  any legal  action or  proceeding  in  connection  with this
Agreement or such matters  unless agreed upon by that party and  Depositor,  and
unless fully indemnified for so doing to that party's satisfaction.
     (g) The IRA Providers  shall each be responsible  solely for performance of
those duties expressly assigned to it in this Agreement, and neither assumes any
responsibility as to duties assigned to anyone else hereunder or by operation of
law.
     (h) The IRA Provider may each conclusively rely upon and shall be protected
in  acting  upon  any  written  order  from  Depositor  or  Beneficiary,  or any
investment  advisor  appointed  under Section 8, or any other  notice,  request,
consent,  certificate or other  instrument or paper believed by it to be genuine
and to have been  properly  executed,  and so long as it acts in good faith,  in
taking or omitting to take any other  action in reliance  thereon.  In addition,
IRA Provider will carry out the requirements of any apparently valid court order
relating to the Custodial  Account and will incur no liability or responsibility
for so doing.
     16. (a) The Depositor, in consideration of the services received under this
Agreement,  shall pay the fees specified on the applicable fee schedule. The fee
schedule originally applicable shall be the one specified in the IRA Application
or Disclosure Statement,  as applicable.  The Sponsor may substitute a different
fee schedule at any time upon 30 days' notice to Depositor.  The Depositor shall
also pay reasonable fees for any services not contemplated by any applicable fee
schedule  and either  deemed by the IRA Provider to be necessary or desirable or
requested by Depositor.

<PAGE>

     (b) Any income,  gift,  estate and inheritance taxes and other taxes of any
kind  whatsoever,  including  transfer  taxes  incurred in  connection  with the
investment or reinvestment of the assets of the Custodial  Account,  that may be
levied or  assessed  in respect  to such  assets,  and all other  administrative
expenses  incurred  by the  IRA  Provider  in  the  performance  of  its  duties
(including  fees  for  legal  services  rendered  to it in  connection  with the
Custodial  Account)  shall  be  charged  to the  Custodial  Account.  If the IRA
Provider is required to pay any such  amount,  the  Depositor  (or  Beneficiary)
shall promptly upon notice thereof reimburse the IRA Provider.
     (c) All such fees and taxes and other  administrative  expenses  charged to
the  Custodial  Account  shall  be  collected  either  from  the  amount  of any
contribution or  distribution  to or from the Account,  or (at the option of the
person  entitled  to collect  such  amounts)  to the extent  possible  under the
circumstances  by the conversion  into cash of sufficient  shares of one or more
Funds held in the  Custodial  Account  (without  liability for any loss incurred
thereby).  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the IRA Provider may make demand upon
the  Depositor  for  payment  of the  amount  of  such  fees,  taxes  and  other
administrative  expenses.  Fees which  remain  outstanding  after 60 days may be
subject to a collection charge.
     17. (a) Upon 30 days' prior written notice to the  Custodian,  Depositor or
Sponsor,  as the case may be,  may  remove it from its  office  hereunder.  Such
notice,  to be  effective,  shall  designate a successor  custodian and shall be
accompanied by the successor's written acceptance. The Custodian also may at any
time resign upon 30 days' prior written notice to Sponsor, whereupon the Sponsor
shall notify the Depositor (or Beneficiary) and shall appoint a successor to the
Custodian. In connection with its resignation hereunder,  the Custodian may, but
is not required  to,  designate a successor  custodian by written  notice to the
Sponsor  or  Depositor  (or  Beneficiary),  and the  Sponsor  or  Depositor  (or
Beneficiary)  will be deemed to have  consented  to such  successor  unless  the
Sponsor or Depositor (or Beneficiary) designates a different successor custodian
and provides written notice thereof  together with such a different  successor's
written  acceptance  by such date as the  Custodian  specifies  in its  original
notice to the Sponsor or Depositor (or  Beneficiary)  (provided that the Sponsor
or  Depositor  (or  Beneficiary)  will have a minimum of 30 days to  designate a
different successor).
     (b) The successor custodian shall be a bank, insured credit union, or other
person  satisfactory  to  the  Secretary  of the  Treasury  under  Code  Section
408(a)(2).  Upon receipt by Custodian of written  acceptance by its successor of
such  successor's  appointment,  Custodian  shall  transfer and pay over to such
successor  the  assets of the  Custodial  Account  and all  records  (or  copies
thereof) of Custodian pertaining thereto,  provided that the successor custodian
agrees not to dispose  of any such  records  without  the  Custodian's  consent.
Custodian is authorized, however, to reserve such sum of money or property as it
may deem  advisable  for  payment  of all its  fees,  compensation,  costs,  and
expenses,  or for payment of any other  liabilities  constituting a charge on or
against the assets of the  Custodial  Account or on or against the IRA Provider,
with any balance of such reserve  remaining  after the payment of all such items
to be paid over to the successor custodian.
     (c) No IRA  Provider  shall  be  liable  for the acts or  omissions  of its
predecessor or its successor.
     18. References herein to the "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code" and sections
thereof shall mean the same as amended from time to time,  including  successors
to such sections.
     19. Except where otherwise  specifically  required in this  Agreement,  any
notice from IRA Provider to any person  provided for in this Agreement  shall be
effective  if sent by  first-class  mail to such  person at that  person's  last
address on the IRA Provider's records.
     20. Depositor or Depositor's  Beneficiary shall not have the right or power
to anticipate any part of the Custodial  Account or to sell,  assign,  transfer,
pledge or  hypothecate  any part  thereof.  The  Custodial  Account shall not be
liable for the debts of Depositor or  Depositor's  Beneficiary or subject to any
seizure, attachment,  execution or other legal process in respect thereof except
to the extent  required by law. At no time shall it be possible  for any part of
the assets of the Custodial Account to be used for or diverted to purposes other
than for the exclusive benefit of the Depositor or his/her Beneficiary except to
the extent required by law.
     21. When accepted by the Custodian, this Agreement is accepted in and shall
be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the state where the
principal  offices  of the  Custodian  are  located.  Any action  involving  the
Custodian brought by any other party must be brought in a state or federal court
in such state.
     If in the IRA Application,  Depositor designates that the Custodial Account
is a Regular  IRA,  this  Agreement  is intended to qualify  under Code  Section
408(a) as an individual retirement Custodial Account and to entitle Depositor to
the retirement savings deduction under Code Section 219 if available.  If in the
IRA  ApplicationDepositor  designates that the Custodial  Account is a Roth IRA,
this  Agreement  is  intended  to  qualify  under  Code  Section  408A as a Roth
individual retirement Custodial Account and to entitle Depositor to the tax-free
withdrawal of amounts from the Custodial Account to the extent permitted in such
Code section. If any provision hereof is subject to more than one interpretation
or any term used herein is subject to more than one construction, such ambiguity
shall be  resolved  in favor of that  interpretation  or  construction  which is
consistent with the intent expressed in whichever of the two preceding sentences
is applicable. However, the IRA Provider shall not be responsible for whether or
not such intentions are achieved through use of this Agreement, and Depositor is
referred to Depositor's attorney for any such assurances.
     22. Depositor should seek advice from  Depositor's  attorney  regarding the
legal consequences  (including but not limited to federal and state tax matters)
of entering into this  Agreement,  contributing  to the Custodial  Account,  and
ordering  IRA  Provider  to  make  distributions  from  the  Account.  Depositor
acknowledges  that IRA  Provider  (and any  company  associated  therewith)  are
prohibited by law from rendering such advice.

<PAGE>

     23. If any  provision  of any  document  governing  the  Custodial  Account
provides  for notice,  instructions  or other  communications  from one party to
another in writing,  to the extent  provided  for in the  procedures  of the IRA
Provider  or  any  other  party,   any  such  notice,   instructions   or  other
communications may be given by telephonic,  computer,  other electronic or other
means, and the requirement for written notice will be deemed satisfied.
     24. The legal documents governing the Custodial Account are as follows:
     (a) If in the IRA Applicationthe Depositor designated the Custodial Account
as a Regular IRA under Code Section 408(a),  the provisions of Part One and Part
Three of this Agreement and the provisions of the IRA  Applicationare  the legal
documents governing the Depositor's Custodial Account.
     (b) If in the IRA Applicationthe Depositor designated the Custodial Account
as a Roth IRA under Code Section 408A, the provisions of Part Two and Part Three
of this  Agreement  and the  provisions  of the IRA  Application  are the  legal
documents governing the Depositor's Custodial Account.
     (c) In the IRA  Application  the  Depositor  must  designate  the Custodian
Account as either a Roth IRA or a Regular  IRA,  and a separate  account will be
established for such IRA. One Custodial  Account may not serve as a Roth IRA and
a Regular IRA (through the use of subaccounts or otherwise).
     25.  Articles I through VII of Part One of this  Agreement  are in the form
promulgated by the Internal  Revenue  Service as Form 5305-A.  It is anticipated
that,  if and when the  Internal  Revenue  Service  promulgates  changes to Form
5305-A, the IRA Provider will amend this Agreement correspondingly.
     Articles  I  through  VII of Part  Two of this  Agreement  are in the  form
promulgated by the Internal  Revenue Service as Form 5305-RA.  It is anticipated
that,  if and when the  Internal  Revenue  Service  promulgates  changes to Form
5305-RA,  the IRA  Provider  will  amend  this  Agreement  correspondingly.  The
Internal  Revenue  Service has  endorsed the use of  documentation  permitting a
Depositor  to  establish  either a Regular IRA or Roth IRA (but not both using a
single IRA Application),  and this Kit complies with the requirements of the IRS
guidance for such use. If the Internal Revenue Service  subsequently  determines
that such an approach is not  permissible,  or that the use of a "combined"  IRA
Application  does not  establish a valid  Regular IRA or a Roth IRA (as the case
may be), the IRA Provider  will seek to furnish the Depositor  with  replacement
documents and the Depositor will if necessary sign such  replacement  documents.
Depositor  acknowledge  and agrees to such  procedures and to cooperate with IRA
Provider to preserve the intended tax treatment of the Account.
     26. If the Depositor maintains an Individual  Retirement Account under Code
section  408(a),  Depositor may convert or transfer such other IRA to a Roth IRA
under  Code  section  408A  using  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  the IRA
Application by completing and executing the IRA  Application and giving suitable
directions  to the IRA Provider and the  custodian or trustee of such other IRA.
Alternatively,  the  Depositor  may convert or transfer such other IRA to a Roth
IRA by use of a reply card or by  telephonic,  computer or  electronic  means in
accordance  with  procedures  adopted by the IRA  Provider  intended to meet the
requirements  of Code section  408A,  and the  Depositor  will be deemed to have
executed the IRA  Application  and adopted the  provisions of this Agreement and
the IRA Application in accordance with such procedures.
     27. The  Depositor  acknowledges  that he or she has  received and read the
current prospectus for each Fund in which his or her Account is invested and the
Individual  Retirement Account Disclosure  Statement related to the Account. The
Depositor  represents under penalties of perjury that his or her Social Security
number  (or  other  Taxpayer   Identification  Number)  as  stated  in  the  IRA
Application is correct.

<PAGE>



IRAK-1/98



   IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER 403(B)(7) ACCOUNT


Dear Investor Service Center 403(b)(7) Account Holder:

Recent  legislation  makes some  changes in the tax law rules for the  403(b)(7)
custodial accounts. The main changes for 403(b)(7) accounts are as follows:

Previously,  an employee could make only one salary reduction  agreement (or one
modification to an existing salary reduction agreement) in a calendar year. Now,
an employee may (subject to any reasonable  limitations imposed by his employer)
change  his/her  salary  reduction  agreement  as often as he  wishes.  The only
requirement is that any change may relate only to  compensation  to be earned in
the future  (i.e.  future pay  periods),  not to any pay  already  earned at the
effective date of the change.

The current tax law rule requiring an employee to start receiving  distributions
from his  403(b)(7)  account on the April 1 following the calendar year in which
the employee reaches age 702 has been changed. Under the new rule, distributions
must start by the April 1 following  the year in which the employee  reaches age
702 or retires,  whichever  is later.  This change is effective as of January 1,
1997.

The method for calculating the maximum 403(b)(7) contribution by an employee has
changed.  First,  the limit on  voluntary  salary  reductions  by an  individual
(including both salary reduction  contributions  to a 403(b)(7)  account or to a
401(k) plan) has been increased from $9,500 in 1997 to $10,000 in 1998.  Second,
the  definition  of  Acompensation@  for purposes of  calculating  certain other
limits on an  individual=s  contribution  have been  changed.  Starting in 1998,
compensation  before  salary  reductions  will be used to determine  these other
contribution  limits. These changes in general will result in eligible employees
being able to make larger 403(b)(7) contributions in 1998.

The tax law rule  imposing  a 15%  penalty  tax on very large  withdrawals  from
tax-favored  retirement  arrangements,  including  403(b)(7) custodial accounts,
IRAs and qualified  employer-sponsored  plans has been  repealed.  A related 15%
penalty tax on large accumulations remaining in such tax-favored arrangements at
an individual=s death has also been repealed.

Enclosed is an amendment and  restatement of your 403(b)(7)  Account  Agreement.
This amendment  revises your Agreement to reflect the new tax law changes and to
make other technical or clarifying changes.  YOU DO NOT NEED TO SIGN ANYTHING OR
RETURN ANYTHING TO US.

It is our  pleasure  to serve  your  retirement  planning  needs by  continually
revising  the  documentation  for your  403(b)(7)  account as tax laws and other
legal rules change.




<PAGE>



      INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER SECTION 403(B)(7) CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT

                   AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 1998



                                    ARTICLE I



                                   DEFINITIONS



         1.1 Account:  The custodial  account  established and maintained  under
this  Agreement on behalf of the Employee  pursuant to Section  403(b)(7) of the
Code.

         1.2 Account Holder: The Employee,  or, after the death of the Employee,
the Beneficiary of the Employee,  or executor or  administrator of the estate of
the Employee entitled to direct investment of assets held in the Account.

         1.3 Agreement:  The Investor Service Center Section 403(b)(7) Custodial
Account  Agreement  as set forth  herein (and as it may be amended  from time to
time).

         1.4  Application:  The  Application  for the  Investor  Service  Center
Section  403(b)(7)  Custodial Account executed by the Employee and the Custodian
providing for the  establishment of the Account in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.

         1.5  Beneficiary:  The person or persons  designated in accordance with
the provisions of Article 5.6 to receive any  undistributed  amounts credited to
the Account upon the death of the  Employee.  No person(s)  will be treated as a
Beneficiary   hereunder   until  the  Custodian  has  been  provided  with  such
verification of the Employee's death as the Custodian deems  necessary,  and the
Custodian  will incur no liability  (including  but not limited to liability for
investment  losses or loss of appreciation) for not treating the Beneficiary or,
if applicable,  the Executor or Administrator of the Employee's  estate,  as the
Account  Holder  until  the  Employee's  death  has  been so  verified,  and the
Custodian  has been  provided  with such  verification  as the  Custodian  deems
necessary of the  identity of the person  claiming to be  Beneficiary  or of the
valid appointment of the person claiming to be Executor or Administrator.

         1.6 Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and including
any regulations or rulings issued thereunder.

         1.7      Company:  [Name of Mutual Fund Management Company].  
Contributions to the Account shall be invested in one or more Funds which have 
an investment management, distribution and/or service contract with the Company.

         1.8  Custodian:  Investors  Fiduciary  Trust  Company or any  successor
thereto  appointed in accordance with the provisions of Article 8, provided that
such successor is either a bank or another person who satisfies the requirements
of Section 401(f)(2) of the Code.

         1.9  Direct Contribution:  The amount, other than a Salary Reduction
Contribution, contributed by the employer to the Account.

         1.10 Disability:  A determination that the Employee is unable to engage
in any  substantial  gainful  activity  by  reason of a  medically  determinable
physical or mental  impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be
of long-continued and indefinite duration.

                                        2

<PAGE>



         1.11 Employee:  The individual who has executed the Application and who
is employed by the Employer on a full or  part-time  basis or who is a former or
retired employee of the Employer.

         1.12     Employer:  The employer that is:

                  (a)      described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and exempt
                           from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code; or

                  (b)      a State, a political  subdivision  of a State,  or an
                           agency  or  instrumentality  thereof,  but only  with
                           respect to  employees  who perform or have  performed
                           services for an educational organization described in
                           Section 170(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code;

and,  except  with  respect to an Account to which no  contributions  other than
rollovers or transfers are made, the Employer that has executed the Application.

         1.13 ERISA:  The Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended, including any regulations issued thereunder.

         1.14  Financial  Hardship:  A  determination  that the  Employee has an
immediate and heavy  financial need  requiring a distribution  from the Account.
Any  determination  of the existence of a qualifying  financial  hardship on the
part of the Employee and the amount  required to be distributed to meet the need
created  by the  hardship  shall  be made  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and
regulations under Section 403(b)(7) of the Code.

         1.15 Fund(s): One or more of the regulated investment companies offered
by [Name of funds], a [state] corporation,  as available  investments under this
Agreement.

         1.16     Salary Reduction Agreement:  The Salary Reduction Agreement 
described in Article 3.2.

         1.17     Salary Reduction Contribution:  The amount contributed by the
Employer to the Account in accordance with a Salary Reduction Agreement.



                                   ARTICLE II

                            ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNT

         2.1   Purpose.   This   Agreement   is  intended  to  provide  for  the
establishment and  administration of an Account to receive  contributions by the
Employer on behalf of the Employee in accordance  with Section  403(b)(7) of the
Code or to receive  rollover  contributions  or transfers  from  another  403(b)
annuity contract or custodial account.

         2.2  Establishment  of  Account.  The  Custodian  shall  establish  and
maintain the Account for the benefit of the Employee  according to the terms and
conditions of this  Agreement.  The name,  address and social security number of
the Employee and Beneficiary are set forth on the  Application,  and it shall be
the  obligation  of the Account  Holder to notify the  Custodian  of any changes
thereto. The Application and, if applicable, the Salary Reduction Agreement, are
incorporated  herein by  reference.  The  Account  will  become  effective  upon
acceptance  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Custodian,   as  evidenced  by  written
confirmation to the Employee.



                                   ARTICLE III

                                  CONTRIBUTIONS

                                        3

<PAGE>



         3.1   Contributions.   The   Employer   shall  make  Salary   Reduction
Contributions  to the Account on behalf of the Employee in  accordance  with the
Salary Reduction Agreement between the Employer and the Employee as described in
Article  3.2,  subject to the  limitations  of Articles  3.4,  3.5,  and 3.6. In
addition, the Employer may make Direct Contributions to the Account on behalf of
any Employee in accordance with any retirement  plan,  fund or program  covering
the Employee,  subject to the limitations of Article 3.4, the  nondiscrimination
requirements of Code section 403(b)(12), and applicable requirements of ERISA.

         3.2 Salary Reduction Agreement. The Salary Reduction Agreement shall be
a legally binding  agreement  between the Employer and the Employee  whereby the
Employee agrees to take a reduction in salary or to forego an increase in salary
with respect to amounts earned after the agreement's effective date, and whereby
the Employer  agrees to contribute  the amount of salary  reduced or foregone by
the Employee to the Account. The Salary Reduction Agreement may be terminated at
any time by the Employee with respect to amounts not yet earned by the Employee.

         3.3  Limitations  in General.  The Employee shall compute and determine
the  maximum  amount  that may be  contributed  on  behalf  of the  Employee  in
accordance  with the  Employee's  exclusion  allowance,  as  defined  in Section
403(b)(2) of the Code, and in accordance with the applicable  limitations  under
Section 415(c) of the Code and, if applicable, in accordance with Section 402(g)
of the Code.  Neither the  Custodian nor the Company shall have any liability or
responsibility  with respect to such computations or determinations,  or for any
tax imposed on any excess contributions that exceed the limitations or exclusion
allowance, which matters are solely the responsibility of the Employee.

         3.4      Contribution Limitations.

                  (a)      No  amount  shall be  contributed  on  behalf  of the
                           Employee  for any  limitation  year in  excess of the
                           applicable limitations of Section 415(c) of the Code.
                           In the absence of a special  election by the Employee
                           under  Section  415(c)(4)  of the  Code,  the  amount
                           contributed shall not exceed the lesser of:

                           (i)      $30,000  (or,  if  greater,  one-fourth  the
                                    defined  benefit plan dollar  limitation  in
                                    effect under  Section  415(b)(1) of the Code
                                    for the limitation year); or

                           (ii)     25  percent of the  Employee's  compensation
                                    (within the meaning of Section  415(c)(3) of
                                    the Code) for the limitation year.

                  (b)      The term "limitation year" shall mean the calendar 
                           year, unless the Employee elects to change the 
                           limitation year to another twelve-month period by
                           attaching a statement to his or her federal income 
                           tax return in accordance with the regulations under 
                           Section 415 of the Code.  If the Employee is
                           in control (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)
                           or (c), as modified by Code Section 415(h)) of the 
                           Employer, the limitation year shall be the same as 
                           the limitation year of
                           the Employer under Section 415 of the Code.

                  (c)      If the Employer or any affiliated employer as 
                           described in Section 415(h) of the Code makes 
                           contributions on behalf of the Employee to any other 
                           custodial account or annuity contract described in 
                           Section 403(b) of the Code, then the contributions to
                           such annuity contract shall be combined with
                           the contributions to the Account for purposes of the
                           limitations of subsection (a).  If the Employee is 
                           covered by a qualified plan sponsored by an entity 
                           controlled by the

                                        4

<PAGE>



                           Employee,  then  contributions  to such a plan  shall
                           also be included for the purposes of the  limitations
                           of subsection (a).

         3.5 Exclusion from Gross Income. For federal tax purposes, the Employee
may exclude from gross  income for any taxable  year the Employer  contributions
that are made to the Account to the extent such  contributions do not exceed the
Employee's  exclusion  allowance  under  Section  403(b)(2)  of the Code for the
taxable year (and all other applicable limitations, including those set forth in
Sections 3.4 and 3.7).

         3.6 Excess  Contributions.  Any  excess  contributions  (as  defined in
Section  4973(c) of the Code) that are made to the  Account  shall be subject to
the six percent excise tax of Section 4973(a) of the Code. Neither the Custodian
nor the Company shall have any duty or  responsibility  for determining  whether
any  contributions  to the  Account are  excludable  from the  Employee's  gross
income,  or for assuring that any contributions to the Account do not constitute
excess  contributions  for purposes of Code Section  4973.  The  disposition  of
excess  contributions  will be made in  accordance  with  instructions  from the
Employer, if the Employee has not separated from service, or otherwise, from the
Employee.  The Employer or Employee  providing such  instructions is responsible
for determining that they are consistent with applicable law.

         3.7      Limitation on Salary Reduction Contributions.

           (a)      Employer contributions that are made to the Account pursuant
                    to a Salary Reduction Agreement shall not exceed the amount 
                    of $10,000, or such greater amounts as may be permitted with
                    respect to the Employee for the taxable year under Section
                    402(g)(5) of the Code, reduced by the aggregate amounts
                    contributed in any calendar year at the election of the
                    Employee to any qualified cash and deferred arrangement
                    described in Section 401(k) of the Code, any simplified
                    employee pension described in Section 408(k)(6) of the Code,
                    any Simple IRA described in Section 408(p) of the Code, and
                    any eligible deferred compensation plan described in Section
                    457 of the Code.

           (b)      Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the
                    contrary, if the Employee determines that an amount
                    contributed during a taxable year to the Account exceeds the
                    limitation set forth in subsection (a), and no later than
                    March 1 of the following taxable year notifies the Custodian
                    in writing of the excess amount the Employee has determined,
                    then the Custodian shall distribute such excess amount, plus
                    any income or minus any losses allocable thereto, to the
                    Employee no later than the following April 15.  The Employee
                    shall have the sole responsibility for timely determining 
                    any excess deferrals to the Account and notifying the 
                    Custodian in accordance with these procedures.

                  (c)      Neither the  Custodian nor the Company shall have any
                           duty or  responsibility  for determining  whether any
                           contributions  to  the  Account   constitute   excess
                           deferrals as described in Section 402(g)(2)(A) of the
                           Code, or for assuring  that any excess  deferrals are
                           timely  distributed in accordance with the procedures
                           of Section 402(g)(2)(A) of the Code.

                                        5

<PAGE>



         3.8      Rollover Contributions and Transfers.

                  (a)      The  Employee  shall be  permitted to make a rollover
                           contribution  to the Account of an amount received by
                           the Employee that is attributable to participation in
                           another   annuity   contract  or  custodial   account
                           described  in  Section  403(b) of the Code,  provided
                           such   rollover   contribution   complies   with  all
                           requirements   of   Section   403(b)(8)   or  Section
                           408(d)(3)(A)(iii)   of   the   Code,   whichever   is
                           applicable.

           (b)    The Custodian may accept a direct transfer of assets to the
                  Account on behalf of the Employee from another annuity
                  contract or custodial account described in Section 403(b) of
                  the Code to the extent permitted by the Code and the
                  regulations and rulings thereunder.  The Employee shall not
                  request or initiate a transfer (or a rollover) from a contract
                  or account containing distribution restrictions that are more
                  restrictive than those provided in Article V.  The Employee
                  shall not request or initiate a transfer from a contract or
                  account covered by ERISA, unless the transferee Account is
                  part of an employee benefit plan which provides distribution
                  restrictions which meet the requirements of Section 205 of
                  ERISA and the regulations thereunder with respect to any
                  amount transferred.

                  (c)      Neither the  Custodian nor the Company shall have any
                           duty or  responsibility  for determining  whether any
                           rollover  contribution or transfer of assets by or on
                           behalf of the  Employee  pursuant to this Article 3.8
                           is a proper  rollover  contribution  or  transfer  of
                           assets  under the Code,  or for the tax  treatment to
                           the Employee of any transfer or rollover.

           (d)    To the extent permitted under applicable law, the Account
                  Holder reserves the right to transfer or rollover any or all
                  of the assets of the Account to such other form of annuity
                  contract or custodial account described in Section 403(b) of
                  the Code or to such Individual Retirement Account (IRA) or
                  other plan established pursuant to Section 408 of the Code as
                  the Employee may determine, upon written instructions to the
                  Custodian, in a form acceptable to the Custodian; provided,
                  however that the Custodian shall have no responsibility for
                  the tax treatment to the Account Holder of any such transfer
                  or rollover.

           (e)    The Custodian shall not be liable for losses arising from the
                  acts, omissions, or delays or other inaction of any party
                  transferring assets to the Account or receiving assets
                  transferred from the Account pursuant to this Article, or for
                  determining or inquiring into whether any account or annuity
                  transferring assets to or receiving assets from the Account
                  complies with all applicable requirements of the Code and IRS
                  rulings or for the tax or other consequences of noncompliance.

         3.9 Manner of Making  Contributions.  All  contributions to the Account
shall be paid directly to the Custodian.  Contributions  may be made by check or
bank  wire.   Contributions   shall  be  preceded  or   accompanied  by  written
instructions directing the investment of the amount contributed on behalf of the
Employee in accordance with Article 4.1.



                                        6

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   INVESTMENTS

         4.1  Investment of Account.  All  contributions  to the Account and all
assets in the  Account  shall be  invested  in the  Fund(s) in  accordance  with
instructions given to the Custodian by the Account Holder in a manner acceptable
to the Custodian.  Such instructions shall remain in effect until changed by the
Account  Holder in a manner  acceptable  to the  Custodian.  By giving  any such
instructions,  the Account Holder will be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of
the then current  prospectus of any Fund in which the Account  Holder  instructs
the Custodian to invest such  contributions or assets. If the Custodian receives
any   contribution  to  the  Account  that  is  not  accompanied  by  acceptable
instructions directing its investment, the Custodian may hold or return all or a
part of the  contribution  uninvested  (or  invested  in a money  market fund if
available) without liability for loss of income or appreciation  pending receipt
of acceptable instructions.

         4.2  Investment  Advice.  The Account  Holder  agrees that  neither the
Custodian  nor the Company  undertake  to provide any advice with respect to the
investment  of the  Account,  and that the  responsibility  of the  Custodian to
invest in shares of a particular  Fund pursuant to the directions of the Account
Holder does not  constitute an  endorsement  by the Custodian of that Fund.  The
Account Holder will have sole power and responsibility for the investment of the
Account in shares of one or more Funds selected by the Account  Holder.  Neither
the Custodian nor the Company shall be liable for any loss that results from the
exercise of control over the Account by the Account Holder.

         4.3 Account Earnings.  All dividends,  capital gains  distributions and
other  earnings  received by the  Custodian  on any shares of a Fund held in the
Account shall be automatically reinvested in additional shares of such Fund.

         4.4 Investment  Exchanges.  The Account Holder may direct the Custodian
to redeem  any or all  shares of any Fund  that are held in the  Account  and to
reinvest the proceeds in any other Fund available under this Agreement. Any such
directions shall be given in a manner  acceptable to the Custodian.  If any such
directions  are  incomplete or ambiguous,  the Custodian will not carry out such
directions until the incompleteness or ambiguity is resolved,  and the Custodian
will have no liability for loss of income or appreciation pending the resolution
of such incompleteness or ambiguity. By giving any such directions,  the Account
Holder  will  be  deemed  to  have  acknowledged  receipt  of the  then  current
prospectus  of any Fund in which the Account  Holder  instructs the Custodian to
reinvest such  proceeds.  Any such exchange  transaction  shall conform with the
provisions of the current prospectus for the applicable Fund.

         4.5 Record Ownership; Voting of Shares. All Fund shares acquired by the
Custodian  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be  registered  in the name of the
Custodian or its nominee.  The  Custodian  shall mail or transmit to the Account
Holder's  address of record all  notices,  prospectuses,  financial  statements,
proxies  and proxy  soliciting  materials  relating  to the  shares  held in the
Account.  The Custodian shall not vote any such shares except in accordance with
written instructions  received from the Account Holder,  provided however,  that
the Custodian may, in the absence of  instructions,  vote "present" for the sole
purpose of allowing such shares to be counted for establishment of a quorum at a
shareholder's meeting.



                                    ARTICLE V

                        DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS OF ACCOUNT

                                        7

<PAGE>



         5.1 Request for Distribution. The Custodian shall distribute the assets
of the  Account  to the  Employee  upon  receipt by the  Custodian  of a written
request for distribution  submitted by the Employee, in a form acceptable to the
Custodian, subject to the limitations of Article 5.2.

         5.2 Limitations on  Distributions.  Except as may otherwise be provided
in  Article  3.6 or  Article  3.7(b),  the  assets of the  Account  shall not be
distributed  to the Employee  before the Employee  attains age 59-1/2 unless the
Employee has:

                  (a)      separated from the service of the Employer,

                  (b)      incurred a Disability, or

                  (c)      encountered Financial Hardship.

Any distribution  that is made to the Employee for reason of Financial  Hardship
shall not  exceed  the  amount of  Employer  contributions  made to the  Account
pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement with the Employee,  excluding earnings
thereon.

         5.3 Method of Distribution.  Subject to the limitations of this Article
5, the Employee may elect to have distribution of the assets of the Account made
in one or a combination of the following ways:

                  (a)      lump-sum payment; or

                  (b)      monthly,  quarterly  or annual  installment  payments
                           over  a  period   certain  not  to  exceed  the  life
                           expectancy  of the  Employee  or the  joint  and last
                           survivor  life  expectancy of the Employee and his or
                           her  Beneficiary  in  a  manner  that  satisfies  the
                           minimum distribution requirements of Article 5.4.

If no election of the method of  distribution  is made by the Employee within 30
days of  receipt  by the  Custodian  of the  written  request  for  distribution
referred to in Article 5.1, the Custodian  shall make such  distribution  to the
Employee in a lump-sum payment of cash.

         5.4      Minimum Distribution Requirements Prior to Death of Employee.

          (a)    Commencement of Distributions.  Notwithstanding any provision
                 -----------------------------
                 of this Agreement to the contrary,  distribution of the
                 Account shall commence no later than the "Required Beginning
                 Date".  For any Employee who attained age 70-1/2 after
                 December 31, 1996 or before January 1, 1988, the Required
                 Beginning Date is the April 1 following the calendar year in
                 which the Employee attains age 70-1/2 or terminates
                 employment, whichever is the later.  For any Employee who
                 attained age 70-1/2 in 1988 and had not retired by January 1,
                 1989, the Required Beginning Date is April 1, 1990.  For any
                 other Employee who attained age 70 and 1/2 after December 31,
                 1987 and before January 1, 1997, the Required Beginning Date
                 is the April 1 following the calendar year in which the
                 Employee attains age 70-1/2 regardless of whether the Employee
                 has then retired.  Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph,
                 effective January 1, 1997, the Required Beginning Date for an
                 Employee (other than an Employee who is  a five percent owner,
                 as defined in Section 416 of the Code, of the Employer with
                 respect to the year in which the Employee attains age 70-1/2)
                 is the April 1 following the calendar year in which the
                 Employee attains age 70-1/2 or retires from the Employer,
                 whichever is later. [If an Employee is still employed by the

                                        8

<PAGE>



                           Employer  after January 1, 1997,  and he is receiving
                           required   distributions   in  accordance   with  the
                           preceding  paragraph  but  would not be  required  to
                           receive  distributions  under the preceding sentence,
                           the Employee may file an election  with the Custodian
                           to cease  minimum  required  distributions  under the
                           preceding  paragraph;  and such  Employee  may resume
                           distributions  by filing a written  request  with the
                           Custodian   under  Section  5.1  above  at  the  time
                           required by the preceding sentence. In the case of an
                           Account  which  contains  Direct  Contributions,  the
                           election in the preceding sentence will apply only if
                           the Employer  consents  thereto in a written  consent
                           filed with the Custodian.]

                  (b)      Minimum Amounts to be Distributed. The minimum amount
                           distributed  to the Employee  for each taxable  year,
                           beginning no later than the Required  Beginning  Date
                           under subsection (a) above,  must equal or exceed the
                           minimum   distribution    required   under   Sections
                           401(a)(9)  and  403(b)(10)  of the Code and must meet
                           the  incidental  death  benefit  requirement  of  the
                           regulations under Section 401(a)(9).

         5.5 Distribution Upon Death of Employee. In the event the Employee dies
prior to the  complete  distribution  of the assets of the  Account,  all assets
remaining in the Account shall be distributed to the Employee's Beneficiary in a
lump-sum payment or in monthly,  quarterly or annual installment payments over a
specified  period as selected in writing by the  Beneficiary in accordance  with
the following rules:

                  (a)      Where   Distribution   Had  Already   Commenced.   If
                           distribution  to the Employee  had already  commenced
                           and the Employee died after the  Employee's  Required
                           Beginning  Date,  the assets of the Account  shall be
                           distributed to the Beneficiary at least as rapidly as
                           under the method of  distribution  in effect prior to
                           the Employee's death.

                  (b)      Five-Year  Rule.  If the  Employee  died  before  the
                           Employee's Required Beginning Date, the assets of the
                           Account shall be  distributed  to the  Beneficiary by
                           December 31 of the calendar  year which  contains the
                           fifth anniversary of the death of the Employee.

              (c)     Exception for Distributions Over Life Expectancy.
                      ------------------------------------------------
                      Notwithstanding subsection (b) above, the assets of the
                      Account may be distributed to the Beneficiary in 
                      installment payments over a period certain not exceeding
                      the Beneficiary's life expectancy, provided such 
                      distribution commences by
                      December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
                      year of the Employee's death or, if the Beneficiary is the
                      surviving spouse of the Employee, by December 31 of the 
                      later of (1) the calendar year immediately following the 
                      calendar year in which the Employee died or (2) the
                      calendar year in which the Employee would have attained
                      age 70- 1/2.

In determining the minimum amounts required to be distributed  under Section 5.4
or this Section 5.5, life  expectancies  of the Employee  and/or the  Employee's
spouse may be recalculated  annually in accordance with applicable  regulations,
but only if the Employee and/or the Employee's spouse specifically so provide in
writing;  life  expectancies  of any  person  other  than  the  Employee  or the
Employee's  spouse will not be  recalculated.  Notwithstanding  any provision of
this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent permitted under regulation, ruling

                                        9

<PAGE>



procedures or notice of the Internal Revenue Service,  the minimum  distribution
calculated in  accordance  with Code  sections  403(b)(10)  and 401(a)(9) may be
taken from any 403(b)  annuity or account of the Employee.  The  Custodian  will
have no  responsibility  for  determining  the  required  time or  amount of any
distribution required under such Code sections, but will make distributions only
in accordance with the proper  directions by the Account  Holder;  the Custodian
will have no  liability  for not making a  distribution  in the  absence of such
directions  and may assume that the Account  Holder is satisfying any applicable
minimum  distribution  requirement  from  another  403(b)  annuity or  custodial
account. If the Beneficiary dies while receiving payments from the Account,  all
remaining  assets in the Account shall be  distributed as soon as practicable to
the estate of the Beneficiary.

         5.6  Designation  of  Beneficiary.  The  Employee may from time to time
designate any person, persons or entity as the Beneficiary who shall receive any
undistributed  assets held in the Account at the time of the  Employee's  death.
Any  Beneficiary  designation by the Employee shall be made on a form prescribed
by  the  Custodian  (or  in  another  written  designation   acceptable  to  the
Custodian), and shall be effective only when filed with the Custodian during the
lifetime of the Employee.  If the Employee  fails to designate a Beneficiary  in
the manner  provided  above,  or if the  Beneficiary  designated by the Employee
predeceases  the Employee,  the assets of the Account shall be distributed  upon
the death of the  Employee  in the  following  order of  priority:  first to the
employee's  surviving spouse, if any, and second, to the estate of the Employee.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if  this  Agreement  constitutes  part  of  an
"employee  benefit plan" under ERISA, then the Beneficiary of a married Employee
must be the spouse of the Employee,  unless the spouse of the Employee  consents
in  writing  to  designation  of  a  different   Beneficiary  and  such  consent
acknowledges the effect of the designation,  specifies the nonspouse Beneficiary
designated, and is witnessed by a notary public. Furthermore, such a designation
of a nonspouse  Beneficiary may be changed to a different nonspouse  Beneficiary
only if the  spouse  of the  Employee  provides  a new  consent  that  meets all
requirements of the preceding sentence.

         5.7 Distributions  Pursuant to Qualified  Domestic  Relations Orders or
Other  Court  Orders.  In the case of an  Account  that is part of an  "employee
pension  benefit plan" (as defined in ERISA),  nothing in this  Agreement  shall
prohibit distribution to any person in accordance with the terms of a "qualified
domestic  relations  order" as defined in Section 206(d) of ERISA. The Custodian
will make payments in accordance with an apparently valid order or judgment of a
court binding on the Custodian. The Account Holder will be responsible to direct
the Custodian whether or not to contest, defend against or appeal any such order
or judgment (subject to the last sentence of Section 6.5).

         5.8  Payments  to  Incompetent  Persons.  If an amount is  payable to a
person believed by the Custodian to be a minor or otherwise legally incompetent,
the Custodian may make such payment to the parent,  a legal guardian,  committee
or other legal  representative  (however or wherever  appointed),  or any person
having  control or  custody  of such  person,  and any such  payment  will fully
discharge the Custodian to the extent of the payment.

         5.9 Direct Rollovers. This Article 5.9 applies to distributions made on
or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the
contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this section,
a  distributee  may  elect,  at the time  and in the  manner  prescribed  by the
Custodian and fund transfer agent,  to have any portion of an eligible  rollover
distribution  paid  directly to an eligible  retirement  plan  specified  by the
distributee in a direct rollover. For the purpose of this section, the following
definitions apply:

                                       10

<PAGE>



          (a)     Eligible rollover distribution:  An eligible rollover is any
                  distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the
                  credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover
                  distribution does not include:  any distribution that is one
                  of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
                  frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
                  expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint
                  life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's
                  designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years
                  or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is
                  required to comply with the minimum distribution and
                  incidental death benefit requirements of section 401(a)(9) and
                  403(b)(10) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution
                  that is not includible in gross income.  An eligible rollover
                  distribution also does not include any other amounts that may
                  be excluded under regulations, procedures, notices, or rulings
                  interpreting the term eligible rollover distribution under
                  sections 401(a)(31), 402, or 403(b) of the Code.

          (b)     Eligible retirement plan:  An eligible retirement plan is an
                  individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of
                  the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in
                  section 408(b) of the Code, or another 403(b) annuity or
                  403(b)(7) custodial account, that accepts the distributee's
                  eligible rollover distribution.  However, in the case of an
                  eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an
                  eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account
                  or individual retirement annuity.

          (c)     Distributee:  A  distributee  includes an employee or
                  former  employee.  In  addition,  the  employee's  or
                  former employee's surviving spouse and the employee's
                  or former  employee's  spouse or former spouse who is
                  the  alternate  payee  under  a  qualified   domestic
                  relations  order, as defined in section 414(p) of the
                  Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of
                  the spouse or former spouse.

          (d)     Direct  rollover:  A direct  rollover is a payment by
                  the plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by
                  the distributee.

          (e)     The Custodian and fund transfer agent may prescribe reasonable
                  procedures for the election of direct rollovers under this
                  section, including, but not limited to, requirements that the
                  distributee provide the Custodian with adequate information,
                  including, but not limited to: the name of the eligible
                  retirement plan to which the rollover is to be made; a
                  representation that the recipient plan is an individual
                  retirement plan or a 403(b) annuity or 403(b)(7) custodial
                  account, as appropriate; acknowledgment from the recipient
                  plan that it will accept the direct rollover; and any other
                  information necessary to make the direct rollover.



                                       11

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

                    RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN

         6.1 Asset Retention.  The Custodian shall hold all contributions to the
Account  which are  received by it subject to the terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement  and for the  purposes  set  forth  herein.  The  Custodian  shall  be
responsible only for such assets as shall actually be received by it.

         6.2 Records and Reports. The Custodian shall file such reports with the
Internal  Revenue  Service as may be required to be filed by the Custodian  (not
including  such  reports as may be required to be filed by the  Employer  or, if
applicable,  the plan administrator) under Treasury Regulations.  The Custodian,
the  Employer,  Employee  and  Beneficiary  shall  furnish to one  another  such
information  relevant to the Account as may be required in connection  with such
reports.  The Custodian  will also furnish the Employee (or  Beneficiary  if the
Employee  is  deceased)  with  annual  or  more  frequent  reports  showing  all
transactions  in the  Account  during the  period  covered by the report and the
number  of shares of each  Fund  held in the  Account  at the end of the  period
covered by such report.  Unless the Employee (or Beneficiary,  where applicable)
sends the  Custodian  written  objection to any such report within 60 days after
its receipt, the Employee (or Beneficiary,  where applicable) shall be deemed to
have  approved  such  report,  and in such case the  Custodian  shall be forever
released and  discharged  from all liability and  accountability  to anyone with
respect to all matters and things  included  therein.  The  Custodian may seek a
judicial settlement of its accounts. In any such proceeding,  the only necessary
party thereto in addition to the Custodian shall be the Employee.

         6.3      Limitations on Responsibilities and Duties.

           (a)    The Custodian shall not be responsible in any way for the
                  timing, amount or collection of contributions provided for
                  under this Agreement, the selection of the investments for the
                  Account, the timing, amount or purpose or propriety of any
                  distribution made pursuant to Article 5 hereof, or the tax
                  consequences of any such transaction to the Employee or
                  Beneficiary, or any other action taken at the direction of the
                  Employee (or Beneficiary or Employer, where applicable).  The
                  Custodian shall not be obliged to take any action whatsoever
                  with respect to the Account except upon receipt of directions
                  in a form acceptable to the Custodian from the Employee (or
                  Beneficiary or Employer, where applicable).  The Custodian
                  shall be under no obligation to determine the accuracy or
                  propriety of any such directions and shall be fully protected
                  in acting in accordance therewith.  The Custodian will be
                  fully protected in acting in reliance upon any document, order
                  or other direction believed by it to be genuine and properly
                  given.  The Custodian will have no responsibility if the
                  Custodian does not act in the absence of proper instructions,
                  or if the Custodian believes any document, order or other
                  direction is not genuine or properly given, or on the basis of
                  any incomplete or ambiguous document, order or other direction
                  until such incompleteness or ambiguity is resolved to the
                  Custodian's satisfaction.

                                       12

<PAGE>



          (b)     The Custodian is an agent appointed by the Company to
                  perform  solely the duties  assigned  to it under the
                  Agreement, it being acknowledged that certain of such
                  duties may be performed by the Custodian in any event
                  pursuant   to   one   or   more   other   contractual
                  arrangements  or  relationships.  The Custodian shall
                  not  be  deemed  to be a  fiduciary  under  ERISA  in
                  carrying out its duties.

          (c)     The Employer shall be solely responsible for assuring
                  compliance at all times with the nondiscrimination
                  requirements of Code section 403(b)(12) (whether or not the
                  Account holds any Direct Contributions) and the Custodian
                  shall not be responsible in any way for such compliance.  If
                  the Account holds any Direct Contributions, the Employer shall
                  be solely responsible for compliance with all applicable
                  requirements of the Code (including the non-discrimination
                  requirements of Code Section 403(b)(12) applicable to such
                  Direct Contributions) and ERISA.

                  (d) The Custodian will have no liability to the Account Holder
for  transferring  any amount to a state  authority in  accordance  with any law
relating to escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property.

                  (e)      It is hereby agreed that,  subject to the  provisions
                           of  applicable  law, no person other than the Account
                           Holder  may  institute  or  maintain  any  action  or
                           proceeding against the Custodian.

         6.4 Indemnification of Custodian. The Account Holder and the successors
of the Account Holder,  including any executor or  administrator  of the Account
Holder,  shall,  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  at all times fully
indemnify and save harmless the  Custodian,  its successors and assigns from any
and  all  claims,   actions,   or  liabilities   arising  from   investments  or
distributions  made or actions taken at the direction of the Account Holder, and
from any and all other liability  whatsoever  (including  without limitation all
reasonable  expenses incurred in defending against or settlement of such claims,
actions or liabilities) which may arise in connection with this Agreement or the
Account,   except  liability  arising  from  the  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of the Custodian.

         6.5  Liability  of  Custodian.  The  Custodian's  liability  under this
Agreement and matters which it contemplates  shall be limited to matters arising
from the Custodian's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Custodian shall
be entitled  to rely  conclusively  upon,  and shall be fully  protected  in any
action or  nonaction  taken in  reliance  upon,  any  written  notices  or other
communications  or  instruments  believed by the  Custodian to be genuine and to
have been properly executed.  The Custodian shall not under any circumstances be
responsible for the timing,  purpose, or propriety of any contribution or of any
distribution  made  hereunder,  nor shall the  Custodian  incur any liability or
responsibility  for any tax  imposed  on  account  of any such  contribution  or
distribution.  The  Custodian  shall not be obligated or expected to commence or
defend any legal action or proceeding in connection  with this Agreement  unless
agreed upon by the Custodian and Account  Holder,  and unless fully  indemnified
for so doing to the satisfaction of the Custodian.



                                   ARTICLE VII

                       FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE CUSTODIAN

                                       13

<PAGE>



         7.1  Compensation  of  Custodian.  In  consideration  for its  services
hereunder,  the  Custodian  shall be  entitled to receive  the  applicable  fees
specified  in the  Application.  The  Custodian  may  substitute  a revised  fee
schedule from time to time. The Custodian  shall be entitled to such  reasonable
additional  fees as it may from time to time determine for services  required of
it and not clearly  identified  on the fee schedule.  The Employee  acknowledges
that the  Custodian's  ability to earn  income on amounts  held in  non-interest
bearing  accounts  has  been  taken  into   consideration  in  establishing  the
Custodian's  fees. The Employee  agrees that the Custodian  shall be entitled to
retain any such income as a part of its agreed compensation hereunder,  and such
income shall not be or become a part of the Fund.

         7.2 Charges  Upon the  Account.  Any income taxes or other taxes of any
kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed upon or in respect of the Account
(including  any transfer  taxes  incurred in connection  with the investment and
reinvestment  of  Account  assets),  expenses,  fees  and  administrative  costs
incurred by the Custodian in the  performance of its duties  (including fees for
legal services rendered to the Custodian),  and the Custodian's  compensation as
determined  under  Article 7.1 shall  constitute a charge upon the assets of the
Account.  At the Custodian's  option, such fees, taxes or expenses shall be paid
from the Account or by the Account Holder.  The Custodian may redeem Fund shares
and use the proceeds of redemption to pay such fees, taxes or expenses,  and the
Custodian will have no liability for loss of income or  appreciation as a result
of the Custodian's selection of Fund shares to be redeemed under this sentence.



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF CUSTODIAN

         8.1  Resignation  or Removal.  The  Custodian may resign at any time by
written  notice to the Company  which shall be effective 30 days after  delivery
thereof.  The Company shall appoint a successor  Custodian who shall accept such
appointment  in a writing  provided to the Custodian  and Account  Holder within
such 30-day period. The Custodian may be removed by the Company at any time upon
30 days written notice to the Custodian,  provided that the Company designates a
successor  Custodian that accepts such  appointment by a writing provided to the
Account  Holder  and  the  Custodian  within  such  30-day  period.   Upon  such
resignation or removal,  the Custodian  shall transfer and deliver all assets of
the  Account  and  copies  of all  records  relative  thereto  to the  successor
Custodian  appointed by the Company,  provided such  successor  Custodian has in
writing accepted this Agreement as it is or may be then amended. Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  the  Custodian is authorized to reserve such sum of money as it
may deem  advisable  for  payment  of all of its fees,  compensation,  costs and
expenses,  or for  payment of any other  liability  constituting  a charge on or
against  the assets of the  Account or on or against  the  Custodian,  and where
necessary  may  liquidate  shares in the Account for such payments in accordance
with the last  sentence of Section 7.2.  Any balance of such  reserve  remaining
after  the  payment  of all  such  items  shall  be paid  over to the  successor
Custodian.

         8.2 Liability for  Successor's  Acts.  Upon its resignation or removal,
the  Custodian  shall not be liable for the acts or omissions  of any  successor
Custodian.  Upon the transfer of assets of the Account to a successor Custodian,
the resigning or removed  Custodian  shall be relieved of all further  liability
with respect to this Agreement, the Account and the assets thereof.



                                   ARTICLE IX

                                       14

<PAGE>



                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         9.1      Amendment of Agreement.

                  (a)      The Account Holder,  Employer,  and Custodian  hereby
                           delegate  to the  Company  the  power to  amend  this
                           Agreement,   including  any   retroactive   amendment
                           necessary for the purpose of conforming the Agreement
                           to the  requirements  of the Code.  The Company shall
                           deliver  written  notice of any such amendment to the
                           Account  Holder,  Custodian  and any  Employer who is
                           party to this Agreement.

                  (b) No amendment to this Agreement shall cause or permit:

            any part of the assets of the Account to be used for, or
diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the
Employee or Beneficiary, except with regard to payment of the expenses
                  of  the  Custodian  and  the  Company  as  authorized  by  the
provisions  of this  Agreement  and except to the extent  required  by law;  the
Employee to be deprived of any accrued benefits under this Agreement unless such
amendment is required for the purpose of conforming the Agreement to
the requirements of any law, government regulation or ruling;
or the imposition of any additional duties or obligations on
the Custodian without its written consent.

         9.2  Termination of Agreement.  This Agreement shall terminate when all
assets in the Account have been distributed or otherwise  transferred out of the
Account.  Upon completion of such distribution,  the Custodian shall be released
from all  further  liability  with  respect to all amounts so paid to the extent
permitted  by  applicable  law.  However,   the  provisions  of  this  Agreement
protecting the Custodian or limiting the liability of the  Custodian,  including
specifically  but without  implied  limitation  Section  6.4,  will  survive the
termination of this Agreement.



                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         10.1   Retirement  Plan   Provisions   Shall  Control.   In  the  event
contributions  are being made to the Account  pursuant to any retirement plan or
program  sponsored  by the  Employer,  to the  extent  any  provisions  of  this
Agreement are inconsistent with such retirement plan or program,  the provisions
of the Employer's retirement plan or program shall control, provided:

                  (a)      such provisions are not contrary to the rules and 
                           regulations
                           under Section 403(b)(7) of the Code; and

                  (b)      such   provisions   do  not  impose  any   additional
                           responsibilities  or duties on the Custodian  without
                           its prior  written  consent.  The  Employer  shall be
                           responsible  for  delivering  the most recent copy of
                           any such retirement plan or program to the Custodian.

         10.2 ERISA Requirements.  If this Agreement is determined to constitute
part of an "employee  benefit  plan"  established  or maintained by the Employer
subject to Title I of ERISA,  then the Employer shall be solely  responsible for
assuring such employee  benefit plan complies at all times with the requirements
of Title I of ERISA. In such a case, the Employer (or a person designated by the
Employer) will be the "plan administrator" of such employee benefit plan for

                                       15

<PAGE>


purposes of ERISA.  Neither  the  Custodian  nor the  Company  will be the "plan
administrator" of such employee benefit plan for purposes of ERISA.

         10.3  Exclusive  Benefit.  The assets of the Account  shall not be used
for,  or  diverted  to,  purposes  other than for the  exclusive  benefit of the
Employee  or his or her  Beneficiary.  The  assets of the  Account  shall not be
subject to the claims of the creditors of the Employer.

         10.4  Nonforfeitability  and  Nontransferability.  The  interest of the
Employee in the balance of the Account shall at all times be nonforfeitable  and
nontransferable.  All rights under this Agreement are enforceable  solely by the
Employee or his or her Beneficiary, or any duly authorized representative of the
Employee or Beneficiary.

         10.5  Nonalienation.  The assets of the Account shall not be subject in
any manner to anticipation,  alienation,  sale,  transfer,  assignment,  pledge,
encumbrance,  charge, attachment,  garnishment,  execution, or levy of any kind,
either  voluntary or  involuntary,  except with regard to payment of expenses of
the Custodian as authorized by the provisions of the Agreement and except to the
extent required by law.

         10.6 Notices. Any notice,  accounting, or other communication which the
Custodian  may give to the Employer or the Account  Holder shall be deemed given
when mailed to the Employee at the latest  address  which has been  furnished to
the Custodian.  Any notice or other  communication which the Employer or Account
Holder may give to the Custodian shall not become effective until actual receipt
of said notice by the Custodian.

         10.7  Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
accordance  with the laws of  Missouri,  to the extent not  preempted by Federal
law. No provision  of this  Agreement  shall be  construed to conflict  with any
provision of an Internal Revenue Service regulation,  ruling,  release, or other
order  which  affects,  or could  affect,  the  terms of this  Agreement  or its
compliance with the requirements of Section 403(b)(7) of the Code.

         The Account  Holder (and, if applicable,  the Employer)  agree that any
legal action brought against the Custodian by any other party must be brought in
a state or federal court located in the judicial district in which the principal
offices of the Custodian are located.

                                       16


                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT  made as of September  17, 1993,  between BULL & BEAR SPECIAL
EQUITIES FUND, INC. ("Corporation") , a corporation organized and existing under
the  laws of the  State  of  Maryland,  and  Bull & Bear  Service  Center , Inc.
("Distributor")  , a corporation  organized  and existing  under the laws of the
State of Delaware.

         WHEREAS the Corporation is registered under the Investment  Company Act
of 1940, as amended (1940 Act") , as an open-end  management  investment company
and

         WHEREAS the Corporation  desires to retain the Distributor as principal
distributor  in  connection  with the  offering and sale of the shares of common
stock ("Shares") and

         WHEREAS the Distributor is willing to act as principal  distributor for
each such Series on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

1. Appointment. The Corporation hereby appoints the Distributor as its exclusive
agent to be the  principal  distributor  to sell and arrange for the sale of the
Shares  on the  terms  and for the  period  set  forth  in this  Agreement.  The
Distributor hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act hereunder.

2. Services and Duties of the Distributor.

(a) The Distributor  agrees to sell the Shares on a best efforts basis from time
to time during the term of this Agreement as agent for the  Corporation and upon
the terms described in the  Registration  Statement.  As used in this Agreement,
the  term   "Registration   Statement"   shall  mean  the  currently   effective
registration  statement of the Corporation,  and any supplements thereto,  under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act") and the 1940 Act.



<PAGE>



(b) Upon the date of this Agreement,  the Distributor will hold itself available
to receive purchase orders,  satisfactory to the Distributor for Shares and will
accept  such  orders on behalf of the  Corporation  as of the time of receipt of
such  orders  and  promptly   transmit  such  orders  as  are  accepted  to  the
Corporation's  transfer agent.  Purchase orders shall be deemed effective at the
time and in the manner set forth in the Registration Statement.

(c) The  Distributor in its discretion may enter into  agreements to sell Shares
to such  registered and qualified  retail dealers,  as it may select.  In making
agreements with such dealers,  the  Distributor  shall act only as principal and
not as agent for the Corporation.

(d) The offering price of the Shares of each Series shall be the net asset value
per Share as next determined by the Corporation following receipt of an order at
the Distributor's  principal office.  The Corporation shall promptly furnish the
Distributor with a statement of each computation of net asset value.

(e) The Distributor shall not be obligated to sell any certain number of Shares.

(f) The Distributor shall provide ongoing  shareholder  services,  which include
responding to shareholder -inquiries, providing shareholders with information on
their  investments  in the  Corporation  and any other services now or hereafter
deemed to be  appropriate  subjects  for the  payments of  "service  fees" under
Section 26(d) of the National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD")
Rules of Fair Practice (collectively, "service activities").

(g) The Distributor shall have the right to use any lists of shareholders of the
Corporation or any other lists of investors  that it obtains in connection  with
its provision of services  under this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that the
Distributor  shall not sell or knowingly  provide such lists of  shareholders to
any unaffiliated person unless reasonable payment is made to the Corporation.

3.  Authorization  to Enter into  Dealer--Agreements  and to Delegate  Duties as
Distributor.  The distributor may enter into a dealer  agreement with respect to
sales of the Shares or the provision of service  activities  with any registered
and  qualified  dealer.  In a separate  contract  or as part of any such  dealer
agreement, the Distributor may also delegate to another registered and qualified
dealer ("sub-distributor") any or all of its duties specified in this Agreement,
provided that such separate contract or dealer agreement imposes on the sub-

                                        2




<PAGE>



distributor  bound  thereby all  applicable  duties and  conditions to which the
Distributor  is subject  under this  Agreement,  and further  provided that such
separate contract meets all requirements of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder.

4. Services Not Exclusive.  The services furnished by the Distributor  hereunder
are not to be deemed  exclusive  and the  Distributor  shall be free to  furnish
similar  services to others so long as its services under this Agreement are not
impaired thereby. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of
any  director,  officer  or  employee  of the  Distributor,  who  may  also be a
director,  officer  or  employee  of the  Corporation,  to  engage  in any other
business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to the management or
other  aspects  of any other  business,  whether  of a similar  or a  dissimilar
nature.

5.       Compensation for Distribution and Service Activities.

(a) As compensation  for its activities under this Agreement with respect to the
distribution of Shares, the Distributor shall receive from the Corporation a fee
at the rate and  under  the terms  and  conditions  of the Plan of  Distribution
pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act ("Plan")  adopted by the Corporation ,
as such  Plan  is  amended  from  time  to  time,  and  subject  to any  further
limitations on such fee as the Board may impose.

(b) As  compensation  for  its  service  activities  under  this  Agreement  the
Distributor  shall receive from the  Corporation a fee at the rate and under the
terms and  conditions  of the Plan adopted by the  Corporation,  as such Plan is
amended from time to time, and subject to any further limitations on such fee as
the Board may impose.

(c)  The  Distributor  may re  allow  any or all of the  fees it is paid to such
dealers as the Distributor may from time to time determine.

6. Duties of the Corporation.

(a) The Corporation  reserves the right at any time to withdraw  offering Shares
of any or all  Series by  written  notice to the  Distributor  at its  principal
office.

(b) The Corporation shall determine in its sole discretion whether  certificates
shall be issued with respect to the Shares.  If the  Corporation  has determined
that certificates  shall be issued,  the Corporation will not cause certificates
representing  Shares to be issued unless so requested by  shareholders.  If such
request is transmitted by the Distributor, the Corporation will


                                        3




<PAGE>



cause   certificates   evidencing   Shares  to  be  issued  in  such  names  and
denominations as the Distributor shall from time to time direct.

(c) The Corporation shall keep the Distributor fully informed of its affairs and
shall make available to the  Distributor  copies of all  information,  financial
statements, and other papers that the Distributor may reasonably request for use
in connection with the distribution of Shares,  including,  without  limitation,
certified copies of any financial statements prepared for the Corporation by its
independent  public  accountant and such reasonable number of copies of the most
current prospectus,  statement of additional information, and annual and interim
reports of any Series as the Distributor may request,  and the Corporation shall
fully  cooperate in the efforts of the  Distributor  to sell and arrange for the
sale of the Shares and in the performance of the Distributor's duties under this
Agreement.

(d) The  Corporation  shall  take,  from  time to time,  all  necessary  action,
including  payment of the related  filing fee, as may be  necessary  to register
Shares under the 1933 Act to the end that there will be available  for sale such
number of Shares as the  Distributor  may be expected to sell.  The  Corporation
agrees to file, from time to time, such amendments, reports, and other documents
as may be  necessary  in order  that  there  will be no  untrue  statement  of a
material fact in the Registration Statement, nor any omission of a material fact
that would make the statements therein misleading.

(e) The  Corporation  shall use its best  efforts to qualify  and  maintain  the
qualification  of an appropriate  number of Shares for sale under the securities
laws  of  such  states  or  other  jurisdictions  as  the  Distributor  and  the
Corporation  may  approve,  and,  if  necessary  or  appropriate  in  connection
therewith,  to qualify and maintain the  qualification  of the  Corporation as a
broker or dealer in such jurisdictions;  provided that the Corporation shall not
be required to amend its Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws to comply with the
laws of any jurisdiction,  to maintain an office in any jurisdiction,  to change
the terms of the offering of the Shares in any  jurisdiction  from the terms set
forth in its Registration  Statement, to qualify as a foreign corporation in any
jurisdiction, or to consent to service of process in any jurisdiction other than
with  respect  to  claims  arising  out  of the  offering  of  the  Shares.  The
Distributor  shall furnish such  information and other material  relating to its
affairs and activities as maybe required by the  Corporation in connection  with
such qualifications.

7.  Expenses  of the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  shall  bear all  costs and
expenses of registering  the Shares with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
and state and other  regulatory  bodies,  and shall assume  expenses  related to
communications  with  shareholders  of  each  Series,  including  (i)  fees  and
disbursements

                                        4




<PAGE>



of its counsel and independent public accountant; (ii) the preparation,  filing,
and printing of  registration  statements  and/or  prospectuses or statements of
additional  information  required under the federal  securities  laws; (iii) the
preparation and mailing of annual and interim reports, prospectuses,  statements
of additional  information,  and proxy materials to  shareholders;  and (iv) the
qualifications  of Shares for sale and of the  Corporation as a broker or dealer
under the  securities  laws of such  jurisdictions  as shall be  selected by the
Corporation  and the  Distributor  pursuant to  Paragraph 6 (e) hereof,  and the
costs  and  expenses   payable  to  each  such   jurisdiction   for   continuing
qualification therein.

8. Expenses of the Distributor. Distributor shall bear all costs and expenses of
(i)  preparing,  printing and  distributing  any  materials  not prepared by the
Corporation  and other  materials used by the Distributor in connection with the
sale of Shares under this  Agreement,  including the additional cost of printing
copies of  prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,  and annual and
interim  shareholder reports other than copies thereof required for distribution
to existing  shareholders  or for filing  with any  Federal or state  securities
authorities;  (ii) any expenses of  advertising  incurred by the  Distributor in
connection   with  such  offering;   (iii)  the  expenses  of   registration  or
qualification  of the  Distributor  as a broker or dealer under federal or state
laws and the expenses of continuing such registration or qualification; and (iv)
all  compensation  paid to the  Distributor's  employees  and others for selling
Shares,  and all  expenses of the  Distributor,  its  employees,  and others who
engage in or support the sale of Shares as may be incurred  in  connection  with
their sales efforts.

9.       Indemnification.

(a) The Corporation agrees to indemnify,  defend, and hold the Distributor,  its
officers and directors,  and any person who controls the Distributor  within the
meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,  free and  harmless  from and against any
and all  claims,  demands,  liabilities,  and  expenses  (including  the cost of
investigating or defending such claims,  demands, or liabilities and any counsel
fees  incurred in  connection  therewith)  that the  Distributor,  its officers,
directors, or any such controlling person may incur under the 1933 Act, or under
common  law or  otherwise,  arising  out of or  based  upon any  alleged  untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Registration  Statement or arising
out of or based upon any alleged  omission to state a material  fact required to
be stated in the  Registration  Statement or  necessary  to make the  statements
therein not misleading,  except insofar as such claims, demands, liabilities, or
expenses arise out of or are based upon any such untrue statement or omission or
alleged  untrue  statement or omission  made in reliance  upon and in conformity
with information  furnished in writing by the Distributor to the Corporation for
use in the  Registration  Statement;  provided,  however,  that  this  indemnity
agreement shall not inure to the

                                      - 5 -




<PAGE>



benefit of any person who is also an officer or director of the  Corporation  or
who controls the  Corporation  within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,
unless a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine,  or it shall have been
determined  by  controlling  precedent ' that such  result  would not be against
public  policy as expressed in the 1933 Act;  and further  provided,  that in no
event  shall  anything  contained  herein  be so  construed  as to  protect  the
Distributor  against any liability to the Corporation or to the  shareholders of
any  Series to which the  Distributor  would  otherwise  be subject by reason of
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross  negligence in the performance of its
duties or by reason of its  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  under this
Agreement.  The Corporation  shall not be liable to the  Distributor  under this
Agreement  with respect to any claim made against the  Distributor or any person
indemnified  unless the Distributor or other such person shall have notified the
Corporation  in writing of the claim within a reasonable  time after the summons
or other first  written  notification  giving  information  of the nature of the
claim shall have been served upon the Distributor or such other person (or after
the  Distributor  or the  person  shall have  received  notice of service on any
designated agent). However, failure to notify the Corporation of any claim shall
not  relieve  the  Corporation  from  any  liability  that  it may  have  to the
Distributor or any person against whom such action is brought  otherwise than on
account of this Agreement.  The Corporation  shall be entitled to participate at
its own expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any
suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this Agreement. If the Corporation
elects to assume the defense of any such claim,  the defense  shall be conducted
by counsel chosen by the Corporation and satisfactory to indemnified  defendants
in the suit whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that
the Corporation elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the
indemnified  defendants  shall  bear  the fees and  expenses  of any  additional
counsel  retained  by them.  If the  Corporation  does not elect to  assume  the
defense  of a  suit,  it  will  reimburse  the  indemnified  defendants  for the
reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of any  counsel  retained  by  the  indemnified
defendants.  The  Corporation  agrees to promptly  notify the Distributor of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of any of its Shares.

(b) The Distributor  shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of
law or for any loss suffered by the  Corporation in connection  with the matters
to which this Agreement  relates  (including any loss arising out of the receipt
by the  Distributor of inadequate  consideration  in connection with an order to
purchase Shares whether in the form of fraudulent check, draft, or wire; a check
returned  for  insufficient   funds;  or  any  other  inadequate   consideration
(hereinafter  "Check  Loss")  ) ,  except  a loss  resulting  from  the  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith,  or gross  negligence on its part in the performance of
its duties or from

                                        6




<PAGE>



reckless  disregard by it of its  obligations  and duties under this  Agreement;
provided,  -however,  that the  Corporation  shall not be liable  for Check Loss
resulting from willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence on the part
of the Distributor.

(c) The Distributor agrees to indemnify,  defend, and hold the Corporation,  its
officers and directors,  and any person who controls the Corporation  within the
meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,  free and  harmless  from and against any
and all  claims,  demands,  liabilities,  and  expenses  (including  the cost of
investigating or defending against such claims,  demands, or liabilities and any
counsel  fees  incurred  in  connection  therewith)  that the  Corporation,  its
directors or officers,  or any such controlling  person may incur under the 1933
Act or under  common law or  otherwise  arising out of or based upon any alleged
untrue  statement  of a material  fact  contained  in  information  furnished in
writing  by the  Distributor  to the  Corporation  for  use in the  Registration
Statement, arising out of or based upon any alleged omission to state a material
fact  in  connection  with  such  information  required  to  be  stated  in  the
Registration  Statement  necessary to make such  information not misleading,  or
arising out of any agreement  between the Distributor and any retail dealer,  or
arising out of any  supplemental  sales  literature or  advertising  used by the
Distributor in connection with its duties under this Agreement.  The Distributor
shall be entitled to participate,  at its own expense,  in the defense or, if it
so elects,  to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce the claim,  but
if the Distributor elects to assume the defense,  the defense shall be conducted
by  counsel  chosen  by the  Distributor  and  satisfactory  to the  indemnified
defendants whose approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld. In the event that
the Distributor elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the
defendants  in the suit  shall  bear the fees  and  expenses  of any  additional
counsel  retained  by them.  If the  Distributor  does not elect to  assume  the
defense of any suit, it will  reimburse the  indemnified  defendants in the suit
for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.

10. Services  Provided to the Corporation by Employees of the  Distributor.  Any
person,  even  though  also an  officer,  director,  employee,  or  agent of the
Distributor who may be or become an officer, director, employee, or agent of the
Corporation,  shall be deemed,  when  rendering  services to the  Corporation or
acting in any business of the  Corporation,  to be rendering such services to or
acting for solely the Corporation and not as an officer, director,  employee, or
agent or one under the control or direction of the Distributor  even though paid
by the Distributor.

11.      Duration and Termination.

(a) This  Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the date  hereabove  written,
provided that, with respect to any Series, this

                                      - 7 -




<PAGE>



Agreement  shall not take effect  unless such action has first been  approved by
vote of a majority of the Board and by vote of a majority of those  directors of
the Corporation who are not interested  persons of the Corporation,  and have no
direct or indirect  financial  interest in the operation of the Plan relating to
the Series or in any agreements related thereto (all such directors collectively
being referred to herein as the  "Independent  Directors"),  cast in person at a
meeting called for the purpose of voting on such action.

(b) Unless sooner  terminated as provided herein,  this Agreement shall continue
in  effect  for one  year  from  the  above  written  date.  Thereafter,  if not
terminated,  this Agreement shall automatically  continue for successive periods
of twelve months each,  provided that such continuance is specifically  approved
at least annually (i) by a vote of a majority of the Independent Directors, cast
in person at a meeting  called for the purpose of voting on such  approval,  and
(ii) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding  voting securities
of the Corporation.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated at any time,
without the payment of any penalty,  by vote of the Board, by vote of a majority
of the Independent Directors, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting
securities of the  Corporation on sixty days,  written notice to the Distributor
or by the Distributor at any time, without the payment of any penalty,  on sixty
days' written  notice to the  Corporation.  This  Agreement  will  automatically
terminate in the event of its assignment.


12. Amendment of this Agreement.  No provision of this Agreement may be changed,
waived,  discharged,  or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing
signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver,  discharge,
or termination is sought.  13.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed
in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York and the 1940 Act.  To the
extent  that the  applicable  laws of the  State of New York  conflict  with the
applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

14. Notice.  Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the
other shall be deemed  sufficient  upon receipt in writing at the other  party's
principal offices.




<PAGE>


15.  Miscellaneous.  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience
of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the  provisions  hereof
or  otherwise  affect their  construction  or effect.  If any  provision of this
Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision,  statute,  rule, or
otherwise,  the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This
Agreement  shall be binding  upon and shall  inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their  respective  successors.  As used in this Agreement,  the terms
"majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities,"  "interested  person,"  and
"assignment" shall have the same meaning as such terms have in the 1940 Act.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed  by  their  officers  designated  as of the day and  year  first  above
written.

    ATTEST:                             BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.

                                        By:
    


    ATTEST:                             BULL & BEAR SERVICE CENTER, INC.
                                          
                                        BY:




                     BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.
                   AMENDED PLAN AND AGREEMENT OF DISTRIBUTION


         AMENDED PLAN AND AGREEMENT  made this 17th day of  September,  1993, by
and between BULL & BEAR SPECIAL  EQUITIES  FUND,  INC., a corporation  organized
under the laws of the State of Maryland  (the  "Fund"),  and BULL & BEAR SERVICE
CENTER,  INC., a corporation  organized  under the laws of the State of Delaware
(the "Distributor").

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is engaged in  business  as an  open-end  management
investment company and is registered as such under the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "Act"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Fund has entered into a  Distribution  Agreement with the
Distributor  pursuant  to  which  the  Distributor  has  agreed  to serve as the
principle distributor for the Fund; and

         NOW,   THEREFORE,   the  Fund  hereby   adopts  this  amended  plan  of
distribution  (the 'Amended Plan and  Agreement") in accordance  with Rule 12b-1
under the Act:

1. As  Distributor  for the Fund, the  Distributor  agrees to assist the Fund in
selling its shares and to perform distribution and service activities as defined
herein.  In rendering  services  pursuant to this Amended Plan and Agreement and
the Distribution  Agreement,  the Distributor may spend such amounts as it deems
appropriate  on any activities or expenses  primarily  intended to result in the
sale of the  Fund's  shares or the  servicing  and  maintenance  of  shareholder
accounts,  including,  but  not  limited  to:  advertising,   direct  mail,  and
promotional  expenses;  compensation  to  the  Distributor  and  its  employees;
compensation  to and  expenses,  including  overhead  and  telephone  and  other
communication  expenses,  of the Distributor,  the Investment Manager, the Fund,
and selected  broker  dealers and their  affiliates who engage in or support the
distribution  of  shares  or  who  service  shareholder  accounts;   fulfillment
expenses,  including  the  costs  of  printing  and  distributing  prospectuses,
statements  of  additional  information,  and  reports  for other than  existing
shareholders; the costs of preparing, printing and distributing sales literature
and  advertising  materials;  and internal costs incurred by the Distributor and
allocated by the  Distributor  to its efforts to  distribute  shares of the Fund
such as office rent and equipment, employee salaries, employee bonuses and other
overhead expenses.

2. A. The Fund is authorized to pay to the Distributor,  as compensation for the
Distributor's  distribution  activities as defined in paragraph 14 hereof, a fee
at the rate of 0.75% on an  annualized  basis of the average daily net assets of
the Fund. Such  distribution  fee shall be calculated and accrued daily and paid
monthly or at such other intervals as the Board shall determine.
      B.  The  Fund  is  further  authorized  to  pay  to  the  Distributor,  as
compensation for the Distributor's service activities as defined in paragraph 14
hereof,  a fee at the rate of 0.25% on an annualized  basis of the average daily
net assets of the Fund.  Such service fee shall be calculated  and accrued daily
and paid monthly or at such other intervals as the Board shall determine.

         C. The Fund may pay a distribution or service fee to the Distributor at
a lesser rate than the fees specified in paragraphs 2A and 2B, respectively,  of
this Amended  Plan and  Agreement,  in either case as mutually  agreed to by the
Fund and the Distributor.

3. This  Amended  Plan and  Agreement  shall not take  effect  until it has been
approved by the vote of a majority of both (i) those  directors  of the Fund who
are not  "interested  persons"  of the Fund (as  defined in the Act) and have no
direct or indirect  financial interest in the operation of this Amended Plan and
Agreement or any agreement


                                        1


<PAGE>




related to it (the "Rule 12b-1 Plan  Directors"),  and (ii) all of the directors
then in office, cast in person at a meeting (or meetings) called for the purpose
of voting on this Amended Plan and Agreement and such related agreements.

4. This Amended Plan and  Agreement  shall  continue in affect for one year from
its  execution or adoption and  thereafter  for so long as such  continuance  is
specifically  approved at least annually in the manner  provided for approval of
this Amended Plan and Agreement in paragraph 3.

5. The  Distributor  shall provide to the Board and the Board shall  review,  at
least  quarterly,  a written  report of the amounts  expended under this Amended
Plan and  Agreement  and the purposes for which such  expenditures  were made. A
reasonable  allocation of overhead and other expenses of the Distributor related
to its distribution  activities and service activities,  including telephone and
other  communication  expenses,  may be  included in the  information  regarding
amounts expended for such activities.

6. This Amended Plan and Agreement may not be amended to increase materially the
amount of fees provided for in paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof unless such amendment
is approved by a vote of a majority of the outstanding  voting securities of the
Fund, and no material amendment to this Amended Plan and Agreement shall be made
unless  approved by the Board and the Plan Directors in the manner  provided for
approval of this Amended Plan and Agreement in paragraph 3.

7. The amount of the  distribution  and service  fees payable by the Fund to the
Distributor  under  paragraphs  2A and 2B  hereof  is not  related  directly  to
expenses  incurred  by the  Distributor  on  behalf  of the Fund in  serving  as
Distributor,  and paragraph 2 hereof does not obligate the Fund to reimburse the
Distributor for such expenses.  The  distribution  and service fees set forth in
paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof will be paid by the Fund to the  Distributor  unless
and until this Amended Plan and Agreement is terminated or not renewed.  If this
Amended Plan and Agreement is terminated or not renewed,  any expenses  incurred
by the  Distributor  an behalf of the Fund in  excess  of  payments  of the fees
specified in paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof which the  Distributor  has received or
accrued through the termination date are the sole  responsibility  and liability
of the Distributor, and are not obligations of the Fund.

8. Any other  agreements  related to this Amended Plan and  Agreement  shall not
take effect until  approved in the manner  provided for approval of this Amended
Plan and Agreement in paragraph 3.

9. The Distributor shall use its best efforts in rendering  services to the Fund
hereunder,  but in the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or  reckless  disregard  of its
obligations and duties  hereunder,  the  Distributor  shall not be liable to the
Fund or to any  shareholder  of the Fund f or any act or  failure  to act by the
Distributor  or any  affiliated  person  of  the  Distributor  or f or any  loss
sustained by the Fund or its shareholders.

10.  Nothing  contained  in this Amended Plan and  Agreement  shall  prevent the
Distributor or any affiliated person of the Distributor from performing
services similar to those to be performed hereunder for any other person,  firm,
corporation or for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others.

11. This Amended Plan and  Agreement  may be terminated at any time by vote of a
majority  of the Plan  Directors,  or by vote of a majority  of the  outstanding
voting   securities  of  the  Fund.   This  Amended  Plan  and  Agreement  shall
automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

12. While this  Amended  Plan and  Agreement  is in effect,  the  selection  and
nomination  of  directors  who are not  interested  persons of the Fund shall be
committed to the discretion of the directors who are not interested persons.

                                        2




<PAGE>


13. The Fund shall  preserve  copies of this Amended Plan and  Agreement and any
other agreements related to this Amended Plan and Agreement and all reports made
pursuant to paragraph 5 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the
date of this Amended Plan and Agreement, or the date of any such agreement or of
any such report, as the case may be, the first two years in an easily accessible
place.

14. For purposes of this Amended Plan and Agreement,  "distribution  activities"
shall mean any activities in connection  with the  Distributor's  performance of
its  services  under  this  Amended  Plan  and  Agreement  and the  Distribution
Agreement that are not deemed "service  activities."  "Service activities" shall
mean activities  covered by the definition of "service fee" contained in Section
26(b) of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.'s Rules of Fair
Practice, as amended.

15.      As used in this Amended Plan and Agreement, the terms: "majority of the
         outstanding voting securities,"  "interested  person," and "assignment"
         shall have the same meaning as those terms have in the Act.

16. This Amended Plan and Agreement  shall be construed in  accordance  with the
laws of the State of New York and the Act. To the extent the  applicable  law of
the  State of New  York,  or any at the  provisions  herein,  conflict  with the
applicable provisions of the Act, the latter shall control.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Amended Plan and Agreement is executed on the
day and year set forth above in the City and State of New York.


                               BULL & BEAR SPECIAL EQUITIES FUND, INC.


                               By:


                               BULL & BEAR SERVICE CENTER, INC.


                               By:



                                AGREEMENT BETWEEN
                        BULL & BEAR SERVICE CENTER, INC.
                                       AND
                    HANOVER DIRECT ADVERTISING COMPANY, INC.



         AGREEMENT made this 29th day of April,  1993 by and between BULL & BEAR
SERVICE  CENTER,  INC., a corporation  organized  under the laws of the State of
Delaware (the  "Distributor")  and HANOVER DIRECT ADVERTISING  COMPANY,  INC., a
corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware ("HDAC").
         WHEREAS, the Distributor and HDAC are affiliates of Bull & Bear
Advisers, Inc. (the "Investment Manager"), the investment manager to Bull &
Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc. (the "Fund"); and
         WHEREAS,  the  Distributor  has been  retained  by the Fund to  provide
services and personnel, to render services to the Fund, and to incur expenses on
behalf  of the Fund in  accordance  with a plan and  agreement  of  distribution
pursuant  to Rule 12b-1 (the  "Plan")  adopted by the Fund under the  Investment
Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"); and
         WHEREAS, HDAC is an advertising agency and desires to provide the
Distributor with marketing services; and

         WHEREAS, the Distributor desires to enter into an agreement with HDAC
pursuant to the Plan;
         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  accordance  with Rule  12b-1 of the 1940 Act,  the
Distributor  and HDAC hereby enter into this agreement (the  "Agreement") on the
following terms and conditions: 1. HDAC will provide services to the Distributor
on behalf of the Fund and the other Bull & Bear Funds.

2. All expenses  incurred  hereunder shall be deemed expenses incurred under the
Plan.

3. HDAC shall bill the Distributor at standard  industry  rates,  which includes
commissions. HDAC will absorb any of its costs exceeding such commissions.

4. This  Agreement  shall not take effect until it has been approved by the vote
of a majority of both (i) those  directors  of the Fund who are not  "interested
persons" of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) and have no direct or indirect
financial  interest in the operation of this  Agreement or the Plan or any other
agreement related to it (the "12b-1  Directors"),  and (ii) all of the directors
then in office, cast in person at a meeting (or meetings) called for the purpose
of voting on this-Agreement and such related Agreements.
                                                   



<PAGE>



5. This  Agreement  shall  continue in effect for one year from its execution or
adoption and thereafter for so long as such continuance is specifically approved
at least annually in the manner provided for approval of the Plan. 6. HDAC shall
provide to the Board of Directors of the Fund and the directors shall review, at
least  quarterly,  a written  report of all  expenditures  made pursuant to this
Agreement, and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. 7. HDAC shall
use its best  efforts in  rendering  services  to the  Distributor  and the Fund
hereunder,  but in the  absence of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or  reckless  disregard  of its
obligations and duties hereunder, HDAC shall not be liable to the Distributor or
the Fund or to any shareholder of the Fund for any act or failure to act by HDAC
or any  affiliated  person of HDAC or for any loss  sustained by the Fund or its
shareholders.  8. Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall prevent HDAC or any
affiliated  person  of HDAC  from  performing  services  similar  to those to be
performed hereunder for any other person, firm,  corporation or for its or their
own accounts or for the accounts of others.

9.       This Agreement may be terminated at any time by vote of a

                                              



<PAGE>



majority  of  the  Rule  12b-1  Directors,  or by  vote  of a  majority  of  the
outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund. This Agreement shall  automatically
terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

10. This  Agreement  may not be modified  in any manner  which would  materially
increase  the amount of money to be spent  pursuant  to the Plan and no material
amendment to this Agreement shall be made unless approved in the manner provided
for approval and annual renewal above.

11.  The Fund shall  preserve  copies of this  Agreement  and all  reports  made
pursuant to paragraph 6 hereof, for a period of not less than six years from the
date of this Agreement, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

12. This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with the laws of the State
of New York and the  applicable  provisions  of the 1940 Act.  To the extent the
applicable  law of the  State  of New  York,  or any of the  provisions  herein,
conflict  with the  applicable  provisions  of the 1940 Act,  the  latter  shall
control.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Distributor  and HDAC  have  executed  this
Agreement on the day and year set forth above in the City and State of New York.


                              BULL & BEAR SERVICE CENTER, INC.
                              By:

                              HANOVER DIRECT ADVERTISING COMPANY, INC.
                              By:



                                        5



                                       COMPUTATION OF PERFORMANCE QUOTATIONS

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN

         Average  annual total return is computed by finding the average  annual
compounded rates of return over the periods indicated in the advertisement  that
would  equate  the  initial  amount  invested  to the ending  redeemable  value,
according to the following formula:


          P(1+T)n = ERV

Where:    P      =    a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000;

          T      =    average annual total return;
          n      =    number of years; and
          ERV    =    ending redeemable value at the end of the period of a
                      hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the beginning of such
                      period.

This calculation deducts the maximum sales charge from the initial  hypothetical
$1,000 investment,  assumes all dividends and other distributions are reinvested
at net asset value on the  appropriate  reinvestment  dates as  described in the
Prospectus,  and includes all recurring  fees,  such as investment  advisory and
management fees, charged to all shareholder accounts.


CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

         Cumulative  total  return  is  calculated  by  finding  the  cumulative
compounded rate of return over the period  indicated in the  advertisement  that
would  equate  the  initial  amount  invested  to the ending  redeemable  value,
according to the following formula:


                                                 CTR=( ERV-P )100
                                                         P

CTR      =   Cumulative total return

ERV      =   ending redeemable value at the end of the period of a hypothetical 
             $1,000 payment made at the beginning of such period

P        =   initial payment of $1,000


This calculation deducts the maximum sales charge from the initial  hypothetical
$1,000 investment,  assumes all dividends and other distributions are reinvested
at net asset value on the  appropriate  reinvestment  dates as  described in the
Prospectus, and includes all recurring fees, such as
investment advisory and management fees, charged to all shareholder accounts.



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            6
<LEGEND>
 This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from Annual
Report and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial
statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000788422
<NAME>                        Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                            1
<CURRENCY>                              U.S. Dollar
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               Dec-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                  Jan-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                    Dec-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                 1.00
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                          42,775,935
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                         47,346,928
<RECEIVABLES>                                   9,484,184
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                      5,624
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                    0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 56,836,736
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                                0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                                 0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                      12,063,335
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                            12,063,335
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                         0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                       40,138,286
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                           1,915,255
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                           2,171,070
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                               0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                                  0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                            64,122
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                                0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                        4,570,993
<NET-ASSETS>                                   44,773,401
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                 453,428
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                 103,182
<OTHER-INCOME>                                          0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                  1,325,444
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          (768,834)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                        1,989,972
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                       1,258,458
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                           2,479,596
<EQUALIZATION>                                          0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                               0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                        1,388,183
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                   0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                           190,298
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                       503,800
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                57,687
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                         (5,066,518)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                                 0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                         (40,477)
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                                 0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                              0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                             403,809
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                142,106
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                   655,846
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                           47,171,875
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                22.96
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                     (0.38)
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              1.55
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0.00
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            (.75)
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0.00
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                 23.38
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      2.53
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                         3,462,218
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                1.74
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission